• Software - Application
  • Technology
Fair Isaac Corporation logo
Fair Isaac Corporation
FICO · US · NYSE
1809.75
USD
+35.09
(1.94%)
Executives
Name Title Pay
Mr. Mark Russell Scadina Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary 749K
Mr. John Chen Managing Director of China Operations --
Mr. Steven P. Weber Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 605K
Mr. Amir Hermelin Vice President & Chief Technology Officer --
Dave Singleton Vice President of Investor Relations --
Mr. Richard Shawn Deal Executive Vice President & Chief Human Resources Officer 349K
Ms. Michelle Beetar Vice President & MD of Africa --
Mr. William J. Lansing President, Chief Executive Officer & Director 2.01M
Mr. James M. Wehmann Executive Vice President of Scores 887K
Mr. Michael S. Leonard Vice President & Chief Accounting Officer --
Insider Transactions
Date Name Title Acquisition Or Disposition Stock / Options # of Shares Price
2024-08-12 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 2906 1715.2258
2024-08-12 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 94 1716.5896
2024-08-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1800 1735
2024-08-08 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3500 185.05
2024-08-08 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 656 1712.0472
2024-08-08 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 873 1712.9485
2024-08-08 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 656 1714.7645
2024-08-08 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 1309 1715.7578
2024-08-08 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 6 1716.72
2024-08-08 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 3500 185.05
2024-08-07 KIRSNER JAMES director D - S-Sale Common Stock 687 1695.9699
2024-08-07 KIRSNER JAMES director D - S-Sale Common Stock 203 1697.046
2024-08-07 KIRSNER JAMES director D - S-Sale Common Stock 2110 1697.42
2024-07-05 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 967 0
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1380.51
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 396 1381.8416
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 332 1383.0318
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 662 1384.1266
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 1391 1385.1637
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 1145 1386.218
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 98 1387.0834
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 776 1390.4111
2024-06-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1392.35
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 7221 1370.3921
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1411 1371.4265
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 451 1372.2699
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1206 1373.4175
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 150 1374.83
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 70 1376.5
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 409 1380.1548
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 837 1382.0344
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 179 1383.2727
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 527 1388.0078
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1129 1388.731
2024-06-12 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1 1389.76
2024-05-23 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 2195 0
2024-05-23 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2195 0
2024-05-23 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 1003 1353.18
2024-05-23 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 156 1371
2024-05-23 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 249 1372.7163
2024-05-23 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 18 1373.685
2024-05-24 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 4019 1371.2965
2024-05-24 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 291 1372.5204
2024-05-24 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 2846 1374.316
2024-05-24 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 154 1375.2439
2024-05-17 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1600 391.57
2024-05-17 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 541 1412.352
2024-05-17 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1059 1413.63
2024-05-17 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 1600 391.57
2024-05-16 Rees Joanna director D - S-Sale Common Stock 500 1400
2024-05-15 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 706 0
2024-05-15 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 266 1368.16
2024-05-15 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 706 0
2024-05-14 Rees Joanna director D - S-Sale Common Stock 500 1350
2024-05-09 Rees Joanna director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 1255
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 166 1132.2359
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 448 1133.4135
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 572 1134.9637
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 811 1136.1483
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 220 1137.3055
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1021 1138.2818
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 957 1139.3554
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 869 1140.6827
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 355 1141.8492
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 245 1142.6153
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 403 1144.1945
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 511 1145.4541
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 648 1146.4569
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 201 1147.5763
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 373 1148.636
2024-04-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 1151.41
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 255 1214.3733
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 267 1216.3108
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 706 1217.3979
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 316 1218.4197
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 385 1219.74
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 263 1220.779
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 342 1221.953
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 465 1222.8374
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 138 1224.17
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 624 1226.5025
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 723 1227.5991
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 527 1228.4516
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 600 1229.7855
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 664 1230.8219
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 600 1232.0609
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 837 1233.0414
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 188 1234.7153
2024-03-19 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1235.66
2024-03-06 KIRSNER JAMES director D - G-Gift Common 20 0
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 228 1252.7872
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 355 1254.5867
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 747 1255.4258
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 458 1256.5336
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 841 1257.6147
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1288 1258.5251
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1039 1259.5926
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 794 1260.7336
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 694 1261.5769
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 441 1262.7726
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 600 1263.7133
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 15 1264.63
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1266.2926
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1269.922
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 38 1272.2839
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 31 1273.48
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 31 1275.24
2024-02-20 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 1279.8938
2024-02-14 Rey David A director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 344 0
2024-02-14 Rey David A director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 353 1293.84
2024-02-14 Rey David A director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 128 0
2024-02-14 Rey David A director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 46 1293.84
2024-02-14 Rey David A director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 344 0
2024-02-14 Rees Joanna director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 705 1293.84
2024-02-14 Rees Joanna director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 227 1293.84
2024-02-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 636 1293.84
2024-02-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 171 1293.84
2024-02-14 Manolis Eva director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 636 1293.84
2024-02-14 Manolis Eva director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 344 0
2024-02-14 Manolis Eva director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 344 0
2024-02-14 KIRSNER JAMES director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 389 0
2024-02-14 KIRSNER JAMES director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 230 0
2024-02-14 KIRSNER JAMES director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 389 0
2024-02-14 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 389 0
2024-02-14 KELLY BRADEN R director D - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 255 0
2024-02-14 KELLY BRADEN R director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 389 0
2024-02-14 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 344 0
2024-02-14 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 636 1293.84
2024-02-14 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 171 1293.84
2024-02-14 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 344 0
2024-01-30 Rees Joanna director D - G-Gift Common Stock 174 0
2024-01-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 421 0
2024-01-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 136 1159.66
2024-01-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 421 0
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5128 163.17
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 141 1120.0495
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 335 1121.2566
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 423 1122.1885
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 532 1123.2032
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1709 1124.2596
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 690 1125.258
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 150 1126.1583
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1127.865
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 2 1128.93
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 1130.73
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 250 1133.776
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 1135.49
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1138.78
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 150 1141.1417
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1145.135
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 1146.46
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 1148.65
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 96 1152.4
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1154.005
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 1155.585
2024-01-02 Manolis Eva director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 5128 163.17
2022-12-20 Rees Joanna director D - G-Gift Common Stock 108 0
2023-08-03 Rees Joanna director D - G-Gift Common Stock 117 0
2023-12-13 Rey David A director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6756 128.8
2023-12-13 Rey David A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1766 1165.3474
2023-12-13 Rey David A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 3431 1167.9959
2023-12-13 Rey David A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 1168.7976
2023-12-13 Rey David A director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 441 128.8
2023-12-13 Rey David A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 1170.0466
2023-12-13 Rey David A director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 6756 128.8
2023-12-10 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 584 0
2023-12-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 1691 0
2023-12-10 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 288 1134.39
2023-12-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 150 0
2023-12-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 74 1134.39
2023-12-09 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 150 0
2023-12-10 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 201 0
2023-12-10 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 164 0
2023-12-10 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 219 0
2023-12-10 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1361 0
2023-12-09 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 1184 0
2023-12-09 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 328 0
2023-12-10 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 468 0
2023-12-10 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 677 1134.39
2023-12-09 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 328 0
2023-12-10 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 382 0
2023-12-09 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 163 1134.39
2023-12-10 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 511 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - M-Exempt Common Stock 13729 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - F-InKind Common Stock 7414 1134.39
2023-12-09 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3948 0
2023-12-09 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - F-InKind Common Stock 2000 1134.39
2023-12-09 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1662 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2322 0
2023-12-09 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 624 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 892 0
2023-12-09 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 1691 0
2023-12-09 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1662 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2378 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 728 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 4797 0
2023-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 670 0
2023-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 584 0
2023-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 222 1134.39
2023-12-09 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 150 0
2023-12-11 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 317 1144.3928
2023-12-09 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 52 1134.39
2023-12-09 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 150 0
2023-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 201 0
2023-12-09 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 267 1134.39
2023-12-09 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 267 0
2023-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 164 0
2023-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 219 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 12250 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 6616 1134.39
2023-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2870 0
2023-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 1550 1134.39
2023-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 3043 1134.39
2023-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1248 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2322 0
2023-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1248 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2378 0
2023-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 374 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 446 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 365 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 4797 0
2023-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 47625 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 21755 1134.39
2023-12-09 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 19927 0
2023-12-09 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 9159 1134.39
2023-12-09 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 8390 0
2023-12-09 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 3147 0
2023-12-09 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 8455 0
2023-12-09 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 8390 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 8126 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 3121 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 8322 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 2549 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 6798 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 16791 0
2023-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1918 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 20393 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 10037 1134.39
2023-12-09 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5923 0
2023-12-09 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 2784 1134.39
2023-12-09 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2494 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 3482 0
2023-12-09 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 935 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1338 0
2023-12-09 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2494 0
2023-12-09 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 2030 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 3566 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1092 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2914 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 804 0
2023-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 7197 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 13729 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 6758 1134.39
2023-12-09 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3948 0
2023-12-09 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 1812 1134.39
2023-12-09 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1662 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2322 0
2023-12-09 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 624 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 892 0
2023-12-09 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 1691 0
2023-12-09 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1662 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2378 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 728 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 670 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 4797 0
2023-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2023-12-04 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 7197 0
2023-12-04 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 3566 0
2023-12-04 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 2494 0
2023-12-04 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Market Share Units 4797 0
2023-12-04 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Market Share Units 2378 0
2023-12-04 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Market Share Units 1662 0
2023-12-04 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Market Share Units 16791 0
2023-12-04 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Market Share Units 8390 0
2023-12-04 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Market Share Units 8322 0
2023-12-04 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 4797 0
2023-12-04 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 2378 0
2023-12-04 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 1662 0
2023-12-04 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 4797 0
2023-12-04 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 2378 0
2023-12-04 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Common Stock 1248 0
2023-11-22 Rees Joanna director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 6756 128.8
2023-11-22 Rees Joanna director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2203 128.8
2023-11-22 Rees Joanna director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 6756 128.8
2023-11-20 Rees Joanna director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1323 1056
2023-11-16 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Performance Share Units 7478 0
2023-11-16 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Common Stock 4986 0
2023-11-16 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Performance Share Units 25170 0
2023-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Performance Share Units 4986 0
2023-11-16 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Performance Share Units 3740 0
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3378 128.8
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1500 1030
2023-11-16 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3308 128.8
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1783 1032.0407
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 95 1033.3502
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3154 128.8
2023-11-16 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1654 1035
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1654 1034
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1500 1035
2023-11-16 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1654 1036
2023-11-15 KELLY BRADEN R director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 3154 128.8
2023-11-16 KELLY BRADEN R director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 3308 128.8
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 334 391.57
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 1020.324
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 80 1021.82
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 631 391.57
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1596 247.82
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 334 391.57
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1593 1023.2328
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 1023.855
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 86 1025.56
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 85 1027.7594
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 417 1029.2171
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 1596 247.82
2023-11-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 631 391.57
2023-11-13 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1327 185.05
2023-11-13 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1327 1007
2023-11-13 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 1005.78
2023-11-13 Weber Steven P. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 1327 185.05
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 885
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 104 886.125
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 760 887.5888
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 687 888.6058
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 533 890.3692
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 302 891.4453
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 300 892.7513
2023-10-13 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 894.99
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 116 880.3462
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 199 882.5741
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 318 885.0454
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 115 885.7387
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 886.84
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 667 888.3061
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 622 890.0779
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 340 890.9906
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 359 892.4407
2023-09-22 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 50 894.05
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 38 894.0263
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 364 895.9995
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 163 897
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 131 898.659
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 115 899.9565
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 154 902.1987
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 270 905.7156
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 488 907
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 890 908.1114
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 213 910.0519
2023-09-01 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 10 911.82
2023-08-22 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President I - Common Stock 0 0
2023-08-22 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President D - Common Stock 0 0
2023-12-09 Behl Nikhil Executive Vice President D - Restricted Stock Units 1309 0
2023-08-25 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1181 0
2023-08-25 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 289 851.89
2023-08-25 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1181 0
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 2564 163.17
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2564 163.17
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 84 842.43
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 72 847.3808
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 95 850.2125
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 656 852.0802
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 470 852.7769
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1173 853.5668
2023-08-25 Manolis Eva director D - S-Sale Common Stock 14 854.395
2023-08-22 Stansbury Henry Tayloe director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 745 843.51
2023-08-22 Stansbury Henry Tayloe director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 274 0
2023-08-22 Stansbury Henry Tayloe - 0 0
2023-08-07 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 236 858.5108
2023-07-22 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 365 0
2023-07-22 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 129 844.5
2023-07-22 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 365 0
2023-07-22 Weber Steven P. Chief Financial Officer A - M-Exempt Common Stock 365 0
2023-07-22 Weber Steven P. Chief Financial Officer D - F-InKind Common Stock 112 844.5
2023-07-22 Weber Steven P. Chief Financial Officer D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 365 0
2023-06-05 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 52082 791.6
2023-06-02 Rey David A director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 791.0538
2023-05-24 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1324 169.94
2023-05-24 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1324 758.58
2023-05-24 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 1324 169.94
2023-05-15 Weber Steven P. Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 2824 0
2023-02-28 Weber Steven P. Chief Financial Officer A - A-Award Common Stock 23.964 575.7815
2023-05-02 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1335 740.3437
2023-03-01 Rey David A director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 238 0
2023-03-01 Rey David A director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 344 0
2023-03-01 Rey David A director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 59 682.79
2023-03-01 Rey David A director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 238 0
2023-03-01 Rees Joanna director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 1023 682.79
2023-03-01 Rees Joanna director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 394 682.79
2023-03-01 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 905 682.79
2023-03-01 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 295 682.79
2023-03-01 Manolis Eva director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 344 0
2023-03-01 KIRSNER JAMES director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 537 0
2023-03-01 KIRSNER JAMES director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 389 0
2023-03-01 KIRSNER JAMES director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 537 0
2023-03-01 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 537 0
2023-03-01 KELLY BRADEN R director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 537 0
2023-03-01 KELLY BRADEN R director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 389 0
2023-03-01 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 475 0
2023-03-01 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 369 0
2023-03-01 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 344 0
2023-03-01 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director A - A-Award Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 295 682.79
2023-03-01 ARREDONDO FABIOLA R director D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 475 0
2023-02-15 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2030 169.94
2023-02-15 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 135 700.1348
2023-02-15 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 837 701.2832
2023-02-15 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1058 701.9022
2023-02-15 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 2030 169.94
2023-02-15 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 300 701.805
2023-02-14 KIRSNER JAMES director D - S-Sale Common Stock 5000 700.2192
2023-02-14 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1177 700
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1606 407.49
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 5362 506.91
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 4193 354.18
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 9828 650.8695
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 5362 506.91
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 1606 407.49
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1029 651.8553
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 304 652.4471
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 2330 650.1008
2023-01-31 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Stock Options (right to buy) 4193 354.18
2024-01-09 Weber Steven P. Interim Chief Financial Ofc. D - Restricted Stock Units 1684 0
2023-01-13 Weber Steven P. Interim Chief Financial Ofc. D - Common Stock 0 0
2022-12-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3378 128.8
2022-12-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 86 610.0953
2022-12-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1288 612.1415
2022-12-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1589 612.82
2022-12-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 358 613.7297
2022-12-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director D - S-Sale Common Stock 57 615.1132
2022-12-14 MCMORRIS MARC F director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 3378 0
2022-12-13 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3000 95.59
2022-12-13 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 628
2022-12-13 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 630
2022-12-13 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 1000 632
2022-12-13 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 289 0
2022-12-13 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 640 629.2513
2022-12-13 Rees Joanna director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 7453 95.59
2022-12-15 Rees Joanna director D - S-Sale Common Stock 244 594.02
2022-12-13 Rees Joanna director A - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 5393 0
2022-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 981 0
2022-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 341 615.45
2022-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 201 0
2022-12-09 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 599 0
2022-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 164 0
2022-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 219 0
2022-12-10 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President A - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 397 0
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 8483 0
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2323 0
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 4338 615.45
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2022-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 1496 0
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 446 0
2022-12-09 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 1101 0
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-10 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 365 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 16138 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 7700 615.45
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2323 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 892 0
2022-12-09 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 2493 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 728 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 670 0
2022-12-10 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1104 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - M-Exempt Common Stock 15586 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - F-InKind Common Stock 8174 615.45
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2323 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 892 0
2022-12-09 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 2493 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 728 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 670 0
2022-12-10 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 552 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 11382 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - F-InKind Common Stock 6147 615.45
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2323 0
2022-12-09 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 3116 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 892 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 728 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 244 0
2022-12-10 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 650 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 13190 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 5123 615.45
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 3485 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1338 0
2022-12-09 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 3739 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 3568 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 1942 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 728 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 438 0
2022-12-10 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 662 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 22157 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 10662 615.45
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 3485 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1338 0
2022-12-09 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 3739 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 3568 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 2912 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1093 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 1543 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 804 0
2022-12-10 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1325 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - M-Exempt Common Stock 53803 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - F-InKind Common Stock 24488 615.45
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 8127 0
2022-12-09 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Restricted Stock Units 12585 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 3121 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 8322 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 6796 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 2549 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Market Share Units 3601 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1918 0
2022-12-10 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO D - M-Exempt Performance Share Units 6820 0
2022-12-08 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 3638 95.59
2022-12-08 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 2239 625.0405
2022-12-08 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 800 626.3356
2022-12-09 KELLY BRADEN R director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 461 95.59
2022-12-08 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 628.1601
2022-12-09 KELLY BRADEN R director D - S-Sale Common Stock 461 625
2022-12-08 KELLY BRADEN R director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 3638 0
2022-12-09 KELLY BRADEN R director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 461 0
2022-12-05 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-05 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-05 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 3286 0
2022-12-05 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-05 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-05 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO A - A-Award Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-05 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO A - A-Award Market Share Units 1196 0
2022-12-05 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO A - A-Award Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-05 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Market Share Units 3286 0
2022-12-05 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Market Share Units 2378 0
2022-12-05 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-05 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 3568 0
2022-12-05 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 1029 0
2022-12-05 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 3945 0
2022-12-05 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 3568 0
2022-12-05 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Market Share Units 1543 0
2022-12-05 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Market Share Units 12549 0
2022-12-05 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Market Share Units 8322 0
2022-12-05 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Market Share Units 3601 0
2022-11-21 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President A - A-Award Performance Share Units 10449 0
2022-11-21 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. A - A-Award Performance Share Units 6967 0
2022-11-21 McLaughlin Michael I. Executive Vice President & CFO A - A-Award Performance Share Units 6967 0
2022-11-21 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President A - A-Award Performance Share Units 10449 0
2022-11-21 LANSING WILLIAM J President and CEO A - A-Award Performance Share Units 24380 0
2022-11-21 Bowers Thomas A. Executive Vice President A - A-Award Performance Share Units 6967 0
2022-11-21 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President A - A-Award Performance Share Units 6967 0
2022-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 483 617.4325
2022-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 5728 618.3333
2022-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 4862 619.1305
2022-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 2388 620.0309
2022-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 528 621.1727
2022-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 621.875
2022-11-16 DEAL RICHARD Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 300 622.5933
2022-11-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 3120 599
2022-11-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 2787 601
2022-11-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 2877 600
2022-11-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 2610 602.3109
2022-11-14 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 2399 605
2022-11-15 Scadina Mark R EVP, Gen. Counsel & Sec. D - S-Sale Common Stock 2209 614.6643
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1179 590.6233
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1246 591.2781
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1196 592.603
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 704 593.3933
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 999 595.1591
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1 595.87
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 730 597.3878
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 270 598.4955
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 599.4778
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 600.5872
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 488 601.8758
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1649 602.8548
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1038 604.0779
2022-11-14 Wehmann James M Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 200 604.99
2022-11-14 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1786 600
2022-11-14 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 100 600.66
2022-11-14 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 16 600.2
2022-11-14 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 84 600.19
2022-11-14 Leonard Michael S CAO and Vice President D - S-Sale Common Stock 1734 600.18
2022-09-07 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - D-Return Common Stock 442 450
2022-08-25 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President A - M-Exempt Common Stock 1181 0
2022-08-25 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - F-InKind Common Stock 288 485.58
2022-08-25 Covert Stephanie Executive Vice President D - M-Exempt Restricted Stock Units 1181 0
2022-08-17 Rees Joanna director A - M-Exempt Common Stock 2500 95.59
2022-08-17 Rees Joanna director D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 2500 95.59
2022-08-17 Rees Joanna D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 2500 0
2022-08-17 Rees Joanna D - D-Return Common Stock 2499 500.2162
2022-08-17 Rees Joanna director D - D-Return Common Stock 1 501.295
2022-08-15 MCMORRIS MARC F D - S-Sale Common Stock 516 493.1272
2022-08-15 MCMORRIS MARC F D - M-Exempt Non-Qualified Option (right-to-buy) 516 0
2022-08-10 KIRSNER JAMES D - D-Return Common Stock 6001 499.0482
Transcripts
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Third Quarter 2024 FICO Earnings Conference Call. At this time, all participants are in a listen-only mode. After the speakers' presentation, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today, Dave Singleton. Please go ahead.
Dave Singleton:
Good afternoon, and thank you for attending FICO's third quarter earnings call. I'm Dave Singleton, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Steve Weber. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. And on this call, management will also discuss results in comparison with the prior quarter to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of the business. Certain statements made in this presentation are forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these risks and uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, particularly in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. And a replay of this webcast will be available through July 31, 2025. Now I will turn the call over to our CEO, Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Dave, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted some financial highlights slides that we will be referencing during our presentation. Today, I'll talk about this quarter's results and our increased guidance for the full fiscal year. We continue to deliver strong quarterly results, including impressive growth in our ACV bookings and free cash flow. As shown on Page 2 of the third quarter financial highlights, we reported Q3 revenues of $448 million, up 12% over the last year. We delivered $126 million of GAAP net income in the quarter, down 2% and GAAP earnings of $5.05 per share, down 1% from the prior year. On a non-GAAP basis, Q3 net income was $156 million with earnings of $6.25 per share, up 9% and 10%, respectively. We had a difficult comp in year-over-year net income as Q3 of 2023 included an $8.5 million onetime reimbursement of third-party data implementation costs as well as a $9.5 million reduction in income tax expense associated with the valuation of our R&D credits. We delivered record free cash flow of $206 million in our third quarter and $551 million over the last four quarters. We continue to return capital to our shareholders through buybacks. In Q3, we repurchased 196,000 shares at an average price of $1,293 per share, and we announced a new Board authorization for $1 billion of share repurchase. In our Scores segment on Page 6 of the presentation, our third quarter revenues were $241 million, up 20% versus the prior year. Breaking that down, in B2B, current quarter revenues were up 27% versus the prior year. In B2C, the current quarter revenues were down 2% versus the prior year. Third quarter mortgage originations revenues were up 80% versus the prior year. Mortgage origination revenue accounted for 49% of B2B revenue and 39% of total Scores revenue. Auto originations revenues were down 3%, while credit card, personal loan and other originations revenues were down 7% versus the prior year. We continue to drive strong adoption for FICO Score 10-T for non-GSE mortgages. Based on 2023 firm reported data, clients with over $126 billion in annualized mortgage originations and about $380 billion in eligible mortgage portfolio servicing have signed up for the FICO Score 10-T. Firms are using FICO 10-T to make credit decisions, delivered to investors and for securitization. FICO 10-T for conforming mortgages will be rolled out based on the time line of the FHFA's implementation of enterprise credit score requirements. In our Software segment, we delivered $206 million in Q3 revenue, up 5% and from last year, driven mainly by growth in SaaS software, partially offset by a decline in professional services. We continue to drive strong growth in ARR and NRR through our land and expand strategy with expand driven by increased customer usage. As shown on Page 7, total ARR was up 10%, with platform ARR growing 31% and non-platform ARR growing 3%. Total NRR for the quarter shown on Page 8, was 108%, with platform NRR at 124% and non-platform NRR at 101%. Our total ACV bookings for the quarter were an impressive $27.5 million. We continue to drive more FICO platform SaaS bookings, which aligns with our strategy. We expect this trend to continue as our recent FICO World event has been a catalyst for driving pipeline growth, especially for the FICO platform. I'm very proud of the strength of our software business, both the industry-leading technology as well as our remarkable team. This quarter, we secured another award for our FICO platform, the business intelligence platform in the year from data breakthrough. In July, Nikhil Behl was promoted to EVP for software, leading all technology and go-to-market functions. Nikhil has been instrumental in strengthening our brand value, reputation with customers and regulators, strategic competitive positioning for FICO scores and FICO platform and market-leading business growth. We continue to excel in our Scores business as well. Our team is focused on innovation to provide new ways to add value for our customers. FICO scores a tool that market participants rely on to make many crucial decisions, including prequel [ph] underwriting, pricing, ensuring, securitizing, rating, selling, assessing capital requirements, assessing prepayment risk and determining collection strategies. The FICO Score has long been freely chosen because it's trusted as the most predictive and reliable independent credit score, enabling lenders to fairly expand credit access to more consumers. The FICO Score was widely adopted because it democratized and expanded access to credit while simultaneously underpinning the safety and soundness of the market. It's worth pointing out that over half of mortgage market is not conforming and also overwhelmingly uses FICO scores. The FICO Score is provided and will continue to provide tremendous value to the credit ecosystem. As part of our ongoing commitment to industry-leading credit decision, we've made significant commitments to financial knowledge and financial inclusion. We've once again partnered with Chelsea Football Club, both men's and women's teams and U.S. Soccer Foundation for the field of financial empowerment summer tour. The goal is to build excitement for and access to financial education and resources to help more people, including the next generation of fans make more informed credit decisions. As part of the campaign, FICO host free score a better future fundamentals, financial education workshops for students from traditionally underserved communities. Students improve financial literacy and have the opportunity to attend a Chelsea football game. I'll talk about our outlook for the balance of the year, including our increased guidance after Steve provides further financial details.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will and good afternoon everyone. As Will mentioned, we had another good quarter with total revenues of $448 million, an increase of 12% over the prior year. Score segment revenues for the quarter were $241 million, up 20% from Q3of 2023. B2B revenues were up 27%, driven primarily by mortgage origination revenues. Our B2C revenues were down 2% versus the prior year due to volume declines in our on myFICO.com business. Software segment revenues in the third quarter were $206 million, up 5% versus Q 32023. On prem and SaaS, software revenue grew 7% year-over-year, while professional services declined 9%. This quarter. 85% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region, which is the combination of our North America and Latin American regions. Our EMEA region generated 10% of revenues and the Asia Pacific region generated 5%. Our total software ARR was $710 million, a 10% increase over the prior year. Platform ARR was $215 million, representing 30% of our total Q3 '24 ARR, up from 25% of total in of 2023. Platform ARR grew 31% versus the prior year, while non platform ARR grew 3% to $495 million this quarter. Our platform land and expand strategy continues to be successful. Our dollar based net retention rate in the quarter was 108%. Platform NRR was 124% while our non platform NRR was 101%. Platform NRR was driven by a combination of new use cases and increased usage. Our software ACV bookings for the quarter were $27.5 million. As a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of software sales and exclude professional services. Our expenses for the quarter - total operating expenses were $258 million this quarter versus $220 million $2 million in the prior year and the increase of 16% year-over-year and 8% versus the prior quarter. Our third quarter included our FICO World event and a true up for our annual incentive rewards, and we expect Q4 expenses to be down modestly from our Q3 run rate. As Will noted, the prior year includes an $8.5 million one time reimbursement of third party data implementation costs and a reduction to income tax expense of $9.5 million associated with the valuation of our R&D tax credits. Our non GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Reg-G schedule was 52% for the quarter, compared with 51% in the same quarter last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $126 million, down 2% from the prior year's quarter. Our non GAAP net income was $156 million with a quarter of 9% from the prior year's quarter. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 24.5%. We believe that our fiscal year 2024, net effective tax rate is expected to be around 22%, while our recurring tax rate is expected to be around 26%. The recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefit and other discrete items. Free cash flow for the quarter was $206 million, a 69% increase from the previous year. The trailing 12 month free cash flow was $551 million compared to $467 million in the prior quarter. At the end of the quarter, we had $199 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $2.13 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 5.3%. Currently, 61% of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating rate debt is prepayable at any time, giving us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating rate debt balances in future periods. During the quarter, we secured a $450 million term loan and used those proceeds to reduce our revolving line of credit and to provide additional debt capacity. Turning to return of capital. We bought back 196,000 shares in the third quarter at an average price of $1,293 per share. That exhausted the existing board authorization, which was approved in January, and we have just announced a new Board authorization for $1 billion. We continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. And with that, I'll turn it back to Will for his thoughts on the rest of the year and the increase in our full year guidance.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. We are executing on our strategy. Our customers are delighted with our innovative products. Our execution is generating strong financial results, including impressive ACV bookings, record free cash flow and an increase in FICO platform and FICO 10-T adoption. The business is strong. I'm pleased to report that today, we're again raising our full year guidance as we enter the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. We're raising our full year revenue guidance to $1.70 billion. GAAP net income is now expected to be $500 million with GAAP earnings per share of $19.90. Non-GAAP net income is now expected to be $582 million, with non-GAAP earnings per share of $23.16. With that, I'll turn it back to Dave, and we'll open up the Q&A session.
Dave Singleton:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're now ready to take questions. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
Thank you. And our first question is going to come from the line of Faiza Alwy with Deutsche Bank. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Faiza Alwy:
Yes. Hi. Thank you so much. So I wanted to start with the software business and just ask you if you could comment on the selling environment. If there's any change from a macro perspective, anything new or different you're hearing from your customers? And then I know at FICO World, we had talked about improvement of the platform and talking about decomposition of the platform. So just give us a sense of if there's any update there and any additional color?
Will Lansing:
FICO World is always and was this year the biggest pipeline generating event that we have. And so we came out of FICO World with a very, very healthy pipeline. I would say that the selling environment has not changed that much over the last year or so. And I would also emphasize that increasingly, customers are buying FICO software as a strategic move. And so it's a very considered purchase. And it's not just like going out and finding a point solution to a small problem, to a specific problem. It's a bigger thing than that. And that hasn't changed. That's kind of the new way of operating.
Faiza Alwy:
Got it. Thank you. And then just a question on mortgage revenues. You obviously had very strong growth in the quarter. I'm curious how volume trended in the quarter? I know you don't give a breakdown, but was it in line with your expectations? Are there any dynamics you're seeing around soft fold where I believe lenders have the option to go to one or two bureaus like that? Are you seeing an impact on volumes from that and just the general environment around more...
Will Lansing:
Our mortgage volumes are a lagging indicator relative to other mortgage data that you have. Our mortgage volumes are down versus a year ago, they're pretty much flat versus a quarter - last quarter. And then none of that is particularly surprising.
Faiza Alwy:
All right. Thank you so much.
Operator:
Thank you. And one moment as we move on to our next question. And our next question is going to come from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. First question on just the guidance raise. It implies revenues are going to be down roughly $10 million quarter-over-quarter. Just any color there? I know you normally are conservative in the guide, but just can you do the walk for us from 3Q to fiscal...
Steve Weber:
Yes. So we are pretty conservative with the way we guide. So we want to make sure that a lot of the -- on the Scores, we don't have much control over, right? So we don't really know what's going to happen there. I would say that generally, the fourth quarter is a little lighter seasonally for mortgage. Mortgage volumes aren't as high, typically then as they are in the spring. So there might be some -- a little bit of volume decline there, but a lot of it just spends in the environment which we don't have a lot of visibility to.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. And then in terms of just when I think about the non-platform business here. The NRR was 101%. That's the slowest pace of growth in about 2 years. So any color there that you can help with? Is there some movement of revenues from non-platform to platform at this point? How should we think about that?
Will Lansing:
I wouldn't say that it's cannibalization if that's what your question is getting at. We're pretty pleased with our classic offerings with 101% NRR. We've been trying to manage that business in this relatively flat way, and we're pleased that it's turning out that way. But as you can see, the growth is on the expand side on the platform. It's -- we don't -- we let the market tell us what it wants, but we're not displeased with the way it's shaking out.
Steve Weber:
Yes. And I would say, I mean, we had higher numbers last year. And at the time, we said there were some things driving that. Some of it was some of the CPI increase that we had. And we had some advantages last year from some FX as well. And we knew that we're not going to maintain this year. So it's kind of what we thought was going to happen, it would settle more to around 100%.
Surinder Thind:
Okay. Thank you. I'll get back in the queue for additional questions.
Operator:
Thank you. And one moment as we move on to our next question . And our next question is going to come from the line of Scott Wurtzel with Wolfe Research. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Scott Wurtzel:
Hey, good afternoon, guys, and thank you for taking my questions. I wanted to start on the auto origination side. Revenue is down 3% versus modestly up last quarter. Just wondering, similar to how you did a mortgage, maybe comment on the volumes there and how they trended versus last quarter?
Will Lansing:
Yes, volumes were relatively flat, but there really is a mix shift. So we had more of a mix shift to more market share in the peers that are a little bit less price for us. Unit cost is a little bit lower. So that's really the difference between the volume and the revenue. So the price per score went down slightly because of a mix shift.
Scott Wurtzel:
Got it. That's helpful. And then on the software side, on the platform ARR, I mean, I think it's pretty good to see the sort of rate of deceleration moderate from 2Q to 3Q at sort of this low 30s level. I mean, do you kind of see this as a sort of sustainable growth rate for platform ARR over the near to medium term here?
Will Lansing:
Probably, yes. I mean we don't -- we think we're pretty confident in that at around that rate. It can change as we go out further, but we think that's a sustainable rate. And we've got -- it helps when you have a good quarter like this in terms of signing new deals, too, because that will help boost the ARR in the future. So we don't have really good visibility to because a lot of it depends on how quickly our customers can get online and how much usage they have, but there's a lot of growth there. So we're pretty confident that we can maintain these levels.
Scott Wurtzel:
Great. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. And one moment as we move on to our next question. And our next question is going to come from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Kyle Peterson:
Great. Thanks. Good afternoon, guys. I just wanted to start out on software, particularly the bookings looked pretty nice on an ACV basis, come a lot of the prior quarters. So how should we think about some of the implementation cycles and kind of when some of those bookings will start to translate to revenue here?
Will Lansing:
Well, it's -- as you know, it's a long sales cycle as long as 400 days, and it takes not that long to get live once it's all said and done. But I think that the flow-through is the subsequent year. I mean that's the easiest way to think about it.
Steve Weber:
Yes. And it does depend on the customer, how sophisticated they are, how ready they are. But yes, I mean, if you sign deals now in the next 6 to 9 months, you should start seeing a flow-through on that.
Kyle Peterson:
Got it. That's very helpful. And then just a follow-up on -- particularly on if we do get rate cuts, whether it's later this year or next year, maybe if you could walk us through some of the different sensitivities. I know your business now looks quite a bit different maybe compared to past cycles. So especially in those first one to two rate cuts, what are some of the impacts that we should be mindful of if those do come to fruition?
Will Lansing:
We're already seeing a little bit of an uptick in refi and it's not exactly a gigantic leap of faith that as rates come down, we'll see volumes go up. We fully anticipate that. Your guess is as good as ours as to the timing of the rate cuts. We would hope to see some rate cuts towards the end of this year and next year and volumes go up with that.
Kyle Peterson:
All right, that's helpful. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. And one moment as we move on to our next question. And our next question is going to come from the line of George Tong with Goldman Sachs. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
George Tong:
Hi. Thanks. Good afternoon. Within the Scores business, card and personal loan revenue fell 7% in the quarter, which is a little bit better than the 9% decline in the prior quarter. Can you talk about some of the trends you're seeing among subprime or lower tier consumers that may be impacting card and personal loan performance and also talk about overall bank lending conditions?
Will Lansing:
Yes. I mean the subprime markets obviously seem the biggest pullback, which is not surprising, right? You're late in the credit cycle, you have a lot more uncertainty, and that's kind of where you see that happen first. Bank by bank, it kind of varies depending on what they're looking at and what kind of what kind of campaigns they might -- may or may not be running. But we see banks being relatively conservative with new originations. And I think we're kind of waiting to see what happens and see what the economic environment looks like. So it's really not surprising. We saw probably a little over a year ago, strong growth there when mortgage started to slow down and rates start to go up, we saw strong growth there. But now I think there's just more uncertainty in the market, and they're just kind of being more cautious in their originations.
George Tong:
Got it. That's helpful. And then switching to the software side, software operating margins contracted about 430 bps year-over-year in the quarter. Can you talk about some of the reasons behind that...
Will Lansing:
It's almost completely around that reimbursement we had last year. So that was a big number we had, and that was all on the software side. So that's the driver of that.
George Tong:
And so as that lapse, when would you expect to flip to margin expansion in the software business?
Will Lansing:
Well, we'll get some margin expansion next quarter because, I mean, again, we had some costs at FICO World this quarter was not going to repeat next quarter. So we'll have some -- our costs will decline next quarter, and that will end up with some margin expansion. We -- these costs are big enough where any one given quarter, something like FICO is going to have an impact on that quarter's margin.
George Tong:
Got it. Very helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And one moment as we move on to our next question. And our next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra with RBC. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Ashish Sabadra:
Thanks for taking the question. Just on the software revenue growth, particularly the on-prem and SaaS. And within that, when I look at software recognized over the contract term, the growth there moderated. How should we think about the growth profile there?
Will Lansing:
Ashish, we can't hear you. We can't hear you.
Ashish Sabadra:
Sorry. Let me know better. Yes. So I wanted to focus on the on-prem and SaaS software revenue growth. And within that, even the software recognized over contract term that moderated a bit, still pretty strong at 80%, but did moderate from mid-teens. How should we think about those puts and takes on the revenue growth going forward?
Will Lansing:
Yes. I mean a lot of that is the fact that we had the Omega growth the non-platform growth to what we saw last year. So that right there drives most of the -- and obviously, the platform side is growing 50% either. But -- so we think these kind of growth rates going forward, as I said earlier, that's probably more likely, but we're going to see it continue. And as the numbers get bigger, it's harder to drive 50% growth, 3% to 4% growth. So we're pretty happy with the 30% growth on the platform side and on the non-platform we think we can get better than 100%. We're happy with that as well.
Ashish Sabadra:
That's very helpful. Thanks. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. And one moment as we move on to our next question. And our next question comes from the line of Simon Clinch with Redburn Atlantic. Your line open. Please go ahead.
Simon Clinch:
Hi, thanks for taking my question. I wanted to cycle back to the 3%0 plus growth in the platform software ARR. And just -- I was wondering if you could just give in a little bit more detail as to why you think that, that is a sustainable level of growth? And just perhaps flesh that out a little bit more for us, please?
Will Lansing:
Well, I mean, we've got -- I mean, again, we had a really good quarter with new bookings, and we've got a lot of installed base that's rapidly expanding. I mean when we install most of our customers look for new ways to use it, and we see that in the net retention rate. And that's -- that number continues to be do well, and we continue to add more business to it. So we can't guarantee it, but we've got a lot of reasons, both data-driven and anecdotally to think that we're going to continue to see that kind of growth.
Simon Clinch:
Okay. Thanks. And just to follow up on that. Could you -- I mean, just frame the approach to pricing within the software business. You mentioned last year in the, I think it was the non-platform side, you had sort of higher inflationary pricing. But just wondering if you could talk a bit about the strategy around the pricing, pricing value and how to think about that going forward?
Will Lansing:
Our strategy around software pricing is -- we're very focused right now on making our software accessible and encouraging adoption. And so while there's probably room for value pricing in our software business, that's not where our direction is. Our direction is to put the software in the hands of our customers and then watch revenue grow as their usage increases. And the usage increases within the initial applications that they put the platform to use for. And then also, as they discover new uses, the expand part of our land expand strategy is very much wrapped around the customer taking control of what they can do with the platform and coming up with new use cases. And we tend to design in a way that we don't have to renegotiate contracts and go back and do a lot of contractual work for them to do more revenue with us. we tend to design it in a way that they can select how much usage they want and our revenue goes up automatically as their usage goes up.
Simon Clinch:
Thank so much. Appreciate it.
Operat0:
Thank you. And one moment as we move on to our next question. And our next question is going to come from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Jeff Meuler:
Yeah, thanks. Instead of me getting to ask a question about cash flow this quarter, I just got to say congrats on the nice cash flow. Can you give us some perspective on the geographic kind of trends within software? And I guess it looks like America's revenue was down a little year over year. So any particular call outs? And then EMEA was up a lot. So just any mega wins in EMEA or any reason to think that you're at an inflection point there and it's really taking off.
Will Lansing:
You know, Jeff, I don't think that we have tremendous changes regionally. I wouldn't try to read too much into the data on a quarterly basis. We have strength of platform across all the regions. I think Asia Pacific was a little behind the other regions in terms of platform adoption, and there were some structural reasons for that. For example, AWS was not available in India before and now it is. But we're seeing adoption across all the regions. Yes, I would think some of what you see might see with the volatility is when we have that point-in-time license revenue, and that could skew things in one given quarter. But we've had a lot of adoption in the last year in North America, and we're starting to see a lot more interest to in EMEA as well.
Jeff Meuler:
And then when you're calling out the FICO 10-T adoption and then the nonperforming mortgage market, is that almost exclusively about upgrades from prior versions of the FICO score given how high your penetration is? Or are you finding, I guess, like incremental volume as part of that adoption?
Will Lansing:
It's a bit of both, but probably more of the upgrade.
Steve Weber:
Yes. I mean for the most part, everybody was using the traditional FICO scores and now they're just moving to the 10-k [ph] ahead of the adoption by the FHFA.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay. Thank you.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our next question is going to come from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Your line is open. Please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you. Good evening. I just wanted to ask, Will, I think you tried to reference some of these in your prepared remarks, but in the face of some public criticism around the price of your scores, how is your approach of high process around the value of your score? Maybe the timing around which you get to that value, has that changed at all?
Steve Weber:
Well, you've heard us say in the past, and I certainly continue believe that what in charge to the FICO of you have some public criticism around the price of your stores. Like how is your approach or thought process, Our thought process sis that over time, we're going to close some of that gap. And I think anyone who actually studied the numbers and gets into the details of it, sees the FICO scores are a tiny piece of the overall process, whether you're talking mortgage or any other kind of credit evaluation process. And so I would say no, no real change anticipated.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. And then somewhat similarly, on the software side, I think you talked about that value proposition being unique and niche, et cetera. But we've heard obviously a lot of other software companies during learning season talk about the weak environment and the slowdown. It doesn't sound like you're seeing any of that, but anything you'd like to call out? Was there may be some -- could it be a lag that you see some of these headwinds or perhaps you're not seeing that at all?
Steve Weber:
We're really not seeing that. That's not -- I mean, we've certainly heard that and I guess the industry is experiencing that, but we haven't felt that.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay, fair enough. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. This will conclude today's question-and-answer session. Ladies and gentlemen, this will also conclude today's conference call. Thank you for participating, and you may now disconnect. Everyone, have a great day. Goodbye.+
Operator:
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac second quarter earnings conference call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.
I would now like to hand the conference over to your speaker today, Dave Singleton. Please go ahead.
Dave Singleton:
Good afternoon, and thank you for attending FICO's second quarter earnings call. I'm Dave Singleton, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Steve Weber.
Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison with the prior quarter to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of the business. Certain statements made in this presentation are forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these risks and uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, particularly in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portion of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. And a replay of this webcast will be available through April 25, 2025. I will now turn the call over to our CEO, Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Dave, and thanks, everyone, for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted some financial highlights slides that we'll be referencing during our presentation today.
Today, I'll talk about this quarter's results and our increased guidance for the full fiscal year. We again delivered strong results, demonstrating the resiliency of our business with solid growth both in Scores and in Software. As shown on Page 2 of the second quarter financial highlights, we reported Q2 revenues of $434 million, up 14% over the last year. We delivered $130 million of GAAP net income in the quarter, up 28%. We delivered GAAP earnings of $5.16 per share, up 29% from the prior year. On a non-GAAP basis, Q2 net income was $154 million with earnings of $6.14 per share, up 27% and 29%, respectively. We delivered free cash flow of $62 million in our second quarter and $182 million in the first half of fiscal '24. We continue to return capital to our shareholders through buybacks. In Q2, we repurchased 144,000 shares at an average price of $1,246 per share. We have $367 million remaining on our Board repurchase authorization. Now in our Scores segment, on Page 6 of the presentation, our second quarter revenues were $237 million, up 19% versus the prior year. In B2B, the current quarter revenues were up 28% versus the prior year. On the B2C side, the current quarter revenues were down 4% versus the prior year. Second quarter mortgage originations revenues were up 85% versus the prior year. Mortgage origination revenue accounted for 46% of B2B revenue and 36% of total Scores revenue. Auto originations revenues were down 1%, while credit card, personal loan and other originations revenues were down 9% versus the prior year. We continue to drive strong adoption for FICO Score 10 T for nonconforming mortgages. Since 2023, clients with over $100 billion in annualized mortgage originations and about $300 billion in eligible mortgage portfolio servicing have signed up for the FICO Score 10 T. FICO 10 T for conforming mortgages will be rolled out based on the time line of the FHFA. In our Software business, we delivered $197 million in Q2 revenue, up 8% from last year, driven by growth in on-premises and SaaS software, partially offset by a decline in professional services. We continue to drive strong growth in ARR and NRR through our land-and-expand strategy, with expand driven by increased customer usage. As shown on Page 7, total ARR was up 14%, with platform ARR growing 32% and nonplatform ARR growing 8%. Total NRR for the quarter, shown on Page 8, was 112%. Platform NRR was 126%, and nonplatform NRR was 106%. Our total ACV bookings for the quarter were $17 million. Our pipeline remains strong, especially with platform offerings. Before I turn it over to Steve to talk about financial detail, I'd like to take a few moments to talk about the FICO World event we hosted last year -- last week. The 4-day event included 1,200 attendees, representing more than 400 companies from 60 countries. FICO World brought together customers and prospective customers from around the globe to discuss the benefits of making real-time decisions at scale through the power of the FICO platform. Current customers explained the benefits of improved profits, increased customer acquisition and retention, reduced costs, growth in new product offerings and improved employee efficiency. Through FICO platform demonstrations in our innovation center, customers experienced real examples of the variety of use cases that can be deployed using the FICO platform. At FICO World, we announced several innovations. We responded to market demand with an open API framework, a FICO marketplace open ecosystem and business composability. Together, these innovations foster a more collaborative environment by reducing silos and creating transparency into future outcomes. Some of the content from FICO World will be available in the coming weeks on our YouTube channel. I'd encourage all of you to view the demonstrations and presentations to better understand our customers' excitement around this innovative technology. I'll talk about our outlook for the balance of the year, including our increased guidance, but first, let me turn it to Steve for further details.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. As Will mentioned, we had another very good quarter with total revenue of $434 million, an increase of 14% over the prior year. Scores segment revenues for the quarter were $237 million, up 19% from Q2 of 2023. B2B revenues were up 28% driven primarily by mortgage originations revenues. Our B2C revenues were down 4% versus the prior year due to volume declines in our myFICO.com business.
Software revenues in the second quarter were $197 million, up 8% versus Q2 2023. On-premises and SaaS software revenue grew year-over-year, while professional services revenues declined. This quarter, 84% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region, which is a combination of our North America and Latin America regions. Our EMEA region generated 10% of revenues, and the Asia Pacific region delivered 6%. Our total software ARR was $697 million, a 14% increase over the prior year. Platform ARR topped $200 million this year for the first time at $201 million and represented 29% of our total Q2 ARR, up from 25% of the total in Q2 of 2023. Platform ARR grew 32% versus the prior year, while nonplatform ARR grew 8% to $496 million this quarter. Our platform land-and-expand strategy continues to be very successful. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 112%. Platform NRR was 126%, while our nonplatform NRR was 106%. Platform NRR was driven by a combination of new use cases and increased usage. Nonplatform was driven by customers' increased usage and by CPI price increases. Our software ACV bookings for the quarter were $16.8 million. As a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of Software sales and exclude professional services. Turning to expenses. Our total operating expenses were $239 million this quarter versus $221 million in the prior year. Our current expenses are a 4% increase over the prior quarter. As we indicated last quarter, we maintained focus on investments to accelerate development of the FICO platform, and that incremental investment is relatively modest and built into our guidance. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Reg G schedule, was 53% for the quarter, and that represents a 400 basis point increase from the same quarter last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $130 million, up 28% from the prior year's quarter. Our non-GAAP net income was $154 million for the quarter, up 27% in the prior year's quarter. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 25%. We believe that our fiscal year 2024 net effective tax rate is expected to be around 22%, while our recurring tax rate is expected to be around 26%. And as a reminder, the recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefit and other discrete items that were recognized. Free cash flow for the quarter was $61.6 million, a 30% decrease from the prior year. The trailing 12-month free cash flow was 457% -- $457 million compared to $494 million in the prior quarter. We do expect free cash flow to accelerate from the Q2 level in the next 2 quarters. At the end of the quarter, we had $177 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $2.04 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 5.2%. Currently, [ 63% ] of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating rate debt is prepayable at any time, giving us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating rate debt balances in future periods. In terms of return of capital, we did buy back 144,000 shares in the second quarter at an average price of $1,246 per share. And at the end of the quarter, we still had $367 million remaining on the Board authorization. And with that, I'll turn it back to Will for his thoughts on the rest of the year and to give the information on our increase in the full year guidance.
William Lansing:
Thank you, Steve. Our strategy remains consistent despite an uncertain macroeconomic environment. We're experiencing strong growth in our Scores business, even as the current rate environment has driven volumes lower.
Throughout our business, we continue to invest in innovation. This is particularly evident as we see growing customer adoption and expanded use cases of FICO platform. Our customers are delighted to be able to optimize interactions with their end customers through data-driven, composable solutions that are executed in real time. I'm pleased to report that today, we're raising our full year guidance as we enter the second half of our fiscal year. We're raising our full year revenue guidance to $1.69 billion. GAAP net income is now expected to be $495 million, with GAAP earnings per share of $19.70. Non-GAAP net income is now expected to be $573 million, with non-GAAP earnings per share of $22.80. With that, I'll turn the call back to Dave to open the Q&A session.
Dave Singleton:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're now ready to take questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik:
Maybe I'll just start with the Software segment first, Will. Clearly, we were at FICO World and your comments -- both are pretty bullish. But can you just help us appreciate or understand the second quarter in a row of deceleration on the platform side? I think last quarter, you said there were some movement in the bookings or timing, et cetera. So just help us if there's something more of that going on? Is 30% the new level now? Just any help there would be appreciated.
William Lansing:
Yes, absolutely. So as you know, we had many, many quarters of over 50% growth in the platform, and then we had slowed to the 40s, and now we're in the 30s. And I think that's a reasonable and sustainable level for the foreseeable future. I think we had always anticipated some level of slowing just because as that number gets bigger, that was inevitable. And I think that's really all it is.
We're not seeing anything that's caused for any kind of concern or alarm. Our customers are buying the platform. They're expanding the use cases once they've got the platform in. There's a little bit of timing issues around various deals but I don't think anything really significant. I guess it's probably worth pointing out that the second half of the year is always bigger than the first half. And so there's more to come this year.
Steven Weber:
And Manav, I would just say we had a really difficult comp this quarter, too. Second quarter last year, the platform grew 60%. So we're growing more than 30% off of a pretty big number. It was a big step up last year in the second quarter.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. Got it. That's helpful. And then maybe just one on the Scores, on the mortgage origination side or the moving pieces there, Steve. Maybe just how did volumes come in this quarter versus your expectations? And then when you think about the guidance raise, like what were the moving pieces there as well, please?
Steven Weber:
Yes. I mean you know how we guide. We're pretty conservative. We don't -- we're not banking on things getting better anytime soon. I mean I think even when we gave guidance last year, people at that point we're talking about 6 rate cuts in the year, and we weren't anticipating that.
So the way we look at the guidance, and mortgage, obviously, being such a big piece of that, is that we don't expect things to get better in our fiscal year. And if they do, great, but it's hard for us to depend on that because obviously, the rates are going to be higher longer than anybody thought. So that's kind of how we look at that. So when they do come down, we'll enjoy that benefit, but we don't try to put a time line on that.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Faiza Alwy with Deutsche Bank.
Faiza Alwy:
So I wanted to follow up on mortgage. You've taken obviously a lot of pricing successfully the last couple of years. And I know you have a long-term strategic plan of value creation here. And there's been some noise from regulators, other bodies. I'm curious how you think about that. And what are some of the factors that you're considering as you think about your long-term strategic plan on pricing?
William Lansing:
Well, as we've discussed in the past, we're catching up from 30 years of frozen pricing. And so our putting through price increases in this space is really a matter of trying to close the gap on the value that we provide relative to what we charge.
The way we think about criticism, because you're right, every once in a while, there is noise about price increases. The way we think about it is transparency is our friend. And so we have increasingly been willing and interested to share exactly what our pricing is because it's such a small part of the overall bundle. So if the concern, whether it's from Congress or regulators or third-party groups, is about the level of expense associated with the FICO mortgage score, it's important for everyone to understand that we're talking about single-digit dollars in a bundle that cost a consumer about $6,000. So we point out the gigantic gap between what we charge and the bundle in which we reside. And we think that, that's the way to do it. We think transparency is our friend.
Faiza Alwy:
Great. And then just to follow up on other originations. Maybe you can talk about what you're seeing on the card and auto side in terms of volumes versus pricing. Sort of what's the overall environment like? And maybe if you've adjusted your expectations for volumes just given the macro environment here?
William Lansing:
I don't know that we've really adjusted our expectations. I think that what we're seeing is kind of in line with what we did expect, and it is a function of the macro environment. As we pointed out, we're down a little bit in auto and a little bit more in credit card and other. But I don't think it's any kind of surprise given the macro environment.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies.
Surinder Thind:
I'd like to revisit the Software business and more specifically, just kind of the bookings. When you think about the client conversations that you've been having, obviously, quite positive, but how much should we attribute to macro because there has been an overall slowdown? So is the earlier commentary that you -- the slowdown is not macro related to any extent?
William Lansing:
So I think that it's fair to put some of the explanation on macro environment because what we're not seeing is losses to competition. What we are seeing is projects deferred or taking a little bit longer. And so I think it's very fair to attribute some of that to the macro environment.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And then I guess, turning to the nonplatform piece. When you think about volumes versus pricing, I think you mentioned CPI, but just any other color that you can provide? Is this mostly growth within like Falcon? Or how does pricing work here? Is it just CPI is the right number, and that's how it should continue? Or how should we think about that?
William Lansing:
So as you know, the nonplatform business is very mature and we're deeply embedded, and yet our customers often prefer to renew and renew and renew. And so there's a cycle of multiple renewals typically associated with our licensed software and with our legacy and nonplatform software.
Our philosophy is to not push the limits on pricing there. The customers are the same customers who are buying platform from us and customers that we'll have a relationship with for the next 20 or 30 years. And so it's not about harvesting and gouging. We raise our prices to cover costs of adding features and functionality and cybersecurity and keeping the product current. But we're not really pushing the limits of what could be done on price there and don't really intend to.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham.
Kyle Peterson:
I wanted to start on capital return. Obviously, it looks like you guys bought back a little bit more past quarter than the first quarter. How should we think about the pace of buybacks in the back half of the year? Obviously, you've seen a bit of a pullback in the shares, obviously, with market and such. And then also just given some of your comments on potential for free cash flow to accelerate as the year progresses. I just want to get your opinion on how you guys are thinking about that over the next few quarters.
William Lansing:
We remain as committed to buyback as we have ever been. And it is our intent to continue to spend at least our free cash flow and often in excess of our free cash flow on buyback every year. And I don't expect that would change. Our leverage has slipped a bit as our earnings have gone up. And I guess that's a happy bonus of being more profitable. And in the fullness of time, you'll see that reflected in increased buyback.
Kyle Peterson:
Got it. That makes sense, and that's helpful. And just a follow-up, I guess, on the professional services piece of the business, I guess that revenue is falling off a bit. I guess that it's lower margin. But I just want to get your sense as to kind of is this, call it, $19 million to $22 million a quarter, is that kind of a good range to use moving forward given the mix of the business that you guys are selling? Or was there anything kind of onetime in this past quarter that dragged it down a bit below kind of historical levels?
William Lansing:
I think it's a reasonable range to anticipate going forward. We love our professional services, and yet we're not a professional services company, first and foremost, we're a software company. And so our goal with professional services is to provide enough PS to manage quality installs and keep our customers happy.
We're also delighted to have partners do the installation from us, and we're bringing out partners to do some of that work. I don't imagine that our PS will shrink much more than it already has. As you know, it's come down quite a bit. And we're probably pretty close to -- I think we're at kind of a base level that it would be hard to imagine going below.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra with RBC.
Ashish Sabadra:
I just had a quick question on the expense trajectory. I was wondering if you -- what should we expect there, both in terms of either sequential or year-on-year growth in expenses for the rest of the year?
Steven Weber:
Yes. So we had -- we said we had FICO World this quarter. So there's -- that's a pretty significant expense for us. So you'll see an increase in our Q3 spending by a little bit that's associated with that. And then the fourth quarter would probably be relatively flat to that or maybe even down a little bit. But we don't expect any significant uptick in expenses for the rest of the year. Really, it's basically due to the FICO World being held this quarter.
Ashish Sabadra:
That's helpful color. And maybe just from a modeling perspective, the on-prem software, again, the de-emphasis there, that's maybe one of the reasons why that piece of the Software revenue has been muted. How should we think about that going forward? Any color?
William Lansing:
About the on-prem software?
Ashish Sabadra:
Yes.
Steven Weber:
So I mean we're focused -- we're cloud-first, right? So we really are focused in the cloud. But if our customers want to run it on-prem, we'll sell it to them that way there. But I would expect that the on-prem piece is probably not going to grow a lot, but it's probably not going to shrink a lot either because a lot of those are deeply embedded, and it's going to take years to move it to the cloud.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Jeff Meuler with Baird.
Jeffrey Meuler:
So I want to go back to the card, p loan and other origination revenue down 9%. I think the majority of that is cards. So is pricing a positive contributor to that line? And if so, just based upon the bureaus that have reported thus far, it doesn't seem like card volumes are down that much, but I'd love [ to get your thoughts on ]...
Steven Weber:
It's a little apples and oranges. So this is just the originations piece. I mean our card in total is not down that much because we have a lot of the [ prescreen and ] account management. So the scores are not down that -- this is just the origination subset of that. There's very low pricing in it. So it's probably when you take all that into consideration, I think it's hard to compare our numbers actually across the board of what the bureau has put out.
But things like card, every bureau has a different subset of banks -- subset of what we have. So there could be a lot of different things happening at different banks. So this is just on the originations piece.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Okay. And then at FICO World, you talked a bit about -- I forget the exact word, I think it's enterprise platform clients. But maybe talk through like how many of your platform clients have a single use case. And then of those, how many of them just signed on within the last year and kind of like what the typical path forward is for them broadening out their use case expansion and how long it typically takes?
William Lansing:
So depending on how you count it, we're in about 130 of the top 300 financial institutions globally. And of that, I'd say, 40% or so are on their first use case, maybe a little bit more than that.
Jeffrey Meuler:
And how many of those like just landed with you in the last year? And if you can just kind of like talk about the expansion path.
William Lansing:
I would say most of them have landed in the last year. I mean there's -- the very typical path for the single use case is to eventually move to multiple use cases. And so the ones that are still on one are typically the most recent.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from George Tong with Goldman Sachs.
Keen Fai Tong:
In Scores, you're catching up from 30 years of frozen pricing to close the gap with what you charge. You're closing the gap more quickly with mortgage than with cards and autos currently. To what extent can pricing in autos and cards close the gap at the same pace as the mortgages over time? What are some of the considerations?
William Lansing:
Well, as we've talked about in the past, we take the entire portfolio of Scores every year, and we evaluate it from top to bottom, thinking through what is the elasticity of demand for that particular kind of a score and where should the Scores prices move by CPI and not more than that and where should they move more than that. And so you're going to see variation in the portfolio always. I would never expect for us to raise prices the same amount across all scores. So yes, you could continue to expect them to be different.
Keen Fai Tong:
Okay. Got it. That's helpful. And then with respect to the Software business, you saw 32% platform ARR growth in the quarter from both land and expand. Can you break that down? How much of that growth is coming from new business wins versus wallet penetration from existing customers?
Steven Weber:
Yes, it's hard to do that, George. I mean you can kind of back into it a little bit by looking at the ARR versus the NRR, but we don't have the detail to talk about use cases versus usage.
Keen Fai Tong:
I guess maybe then qualitatively, would you say you're more in land mode or expand mode?
Steven Weber:
Well, I mean, it's -- I mean we're trying to get as much business as we can land in. But a lot of -- it's a lot easier to expand. Once it's in, they find their own use cases a lot of times. So a lot of our growth is coming from expansion because a lot of the initial use cases are really small. They're coming in at a very small amount, and they're expanding off of that.
William Lansing:
And you're on the right question. I think whether it's today or next quarter or the quarter after that, expand will exceed land sooner or later. That's inevitable, that's anticipated, that's coming. I don't think we're quite at the tipping point yet. I think land probably still exceeds expand, but I'm not sure.
Operator:
Thank you. I'm showing no further questions at this time. I would now like to turn it back to Dave Singleton for closing remarks.
Dave Singleton:
Did you want to check just one more time? Simon might be in the queue for a question, and he just popped in, in the last 5 seconds.
Operator:
We do have a question from Simon Clinch with Redburn Atlantic.
Simon Alistair Clinch:
I wanted to ask a couple of questions. So first of all, on the Software side, how should I think about the longer-term sustainable retention rates for both platform and nonplatform?
Steven Weber:
Yes. So the net retention rate on the nonplatform is probably going to dip below 100% at some point. These are legacy products that at some point are going to shift over to the platform. So that's been running probably just slightly above 100% and will probably be there for a while, but it could dip below 100% at some point.
The net retention rate on the platform, it's been very strong as long as we've been reporting it. So it can vary, obviously, quarter-to-quarter, and there's no real trend to it. You've seen some quarters, it's been as low as in the hundred and teens and some quarters, it's been as high as 140-plus. But we do see continually that all the customers on the platform, almost without fail, use more the following year than they used the previous year. So there's still a lot of room to expand on that, and we think that's going to last for quite a while.
Simon Alistair Clinch:
Okay. Great. And just as a follow-up then. I mean you've managed to grow this business pretty rapidly with minimal sort of expense growth recently. I'm just thinking, when we're thinking out over the next decade, what are the kind of key investment areas you're looking at? And how do we extrapolate that to thinking about the durable expense growth in this business?
William Lansing:
The kind of the key expense, I would say growth. I would -- growth is probably the wrong word. I think we're happy with kind of the expense rates that we have. And if anything, they'll go down over time. But the places where we're spending that money from an R&D standpoint are on the product, on the ecosystem and the marketplace and that side of the house.
And then I think we also have to think a lot about broadening our distribution because as you know, we have very limited direct distribution, and we have a reasonably nascent indirect partner distribution channel. So there will be more investment on both direct and indirect sales in coming years.
Operator:
Thank you. And I'm showing no further questions at this time. I'll now turn it back to Dave Singleton for closing.
Dave Singleton:
Thank you. Thanks, everyone, for the great questions, and we had another great quarter. That's about all I need to say. Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation quarterly earnings call. [Operator Instructions] And as a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Thursday, January 25, 2024.
It is now my pleasure to turn the conference over to David Singleton. Please go ahead.
Dave Singleton:
Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's first quarter earnings call. I'm Dave Singleton, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Steve Weber.
Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. And on this call, management will also discuss results in comparison with the prior quarter to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of the business. Certain statements made in this presentation are forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these risks and uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, particularly in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portion of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G Schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G Schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. And a replay of this webcast will be available through January 25, 2025. Now I will turn the call over to our CEO, Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Dave, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted some financial highlight slides that we'll be referencing during our talk today.
I am so pleased to report that we had a great start to our fiscal year with double-digit growth in revenue, net income and EPS versus last year. It was a solid quarter, and we're well positioned for our fiscal 2024. As shown on Page 2 of the first quarter financial highlights, we reported first quarter revenues of $382 million, up 11% over last year; we delivered $121 million of GAAP net income in the quarter, up 24%; and GAAP earnings of $4.80 per share, up 25% from the prior year. On a non-GAAP basis, quarter 1 net income was $121 million, with earnings of $4.81 per share, up 12% and 13%, respectively. We delivered free cash flow of $121 million in our first quarter, up 32% versus prior year. We continue to return capital to our shareholders through buybacks. In quarter 1, we repurchased 78,000 shares at an average price of $915 per share. This month, we exhausted the remainder of the 2022 repurchase authorization, and we announced a new $500 million authorization this week. In our Scores segment, as you can see from Page 6, our first quarter revenues were $192 million, up 8% versus the prior year. On the B2B side, the current quarter revenues were up 12% versus the prior year. This is a strong result considering the impact of higher interest rates on loan origination volumes and also the Latin America license renewal that we had in Q1 of 2023. On the B2C side, the current quarter revenues were down 3% versus the prior year. First quarter mortgage originations revenues were up 188% versus the prior year. Auto originations were down 3%. Credit card, personal loan and other originations revenues were down 5% versus the prior year. We continue to see traction with our latest score, FICO Score 10 T. As you'll recall, last quarter, we announced that Movement Mortgage was an early adopter of FICO 10 T. This quarter, we announced that CrossCountry Mortgage, which is the nation's #3 retail mortgage lender, will use FICO 10 T to analyze its nonconforming loans. They are the first lender of originating loans to be issued in a mortgage-backed security based exclusively on the FICO Score 10 T. These clients, in addition to others, have signed up to demonstrate to investors and to rating agencies and to other stakeholders a real-world example of the improved predictive performance offered by FICO Score 10 T. In our Software segment, we delivered $190 million in quarter 1 revenue, up 14% from last year. We continue to drive strong growth in ARR and NRR through our land-and-expand strategy, with expand driven by increased customer usage. As you can see on Page 7, total ARR was up 18% with platform ARR growth -- growing 43% and nonplatform ARR growing 11%. Total NRR for the quarter, shown on Page 8, was 114%, with platform NRR at 136% and nonplatform NRR at 108%. We do continue to see strong demand from our new customers. Our total ACV bookings for the quarter were $18 million, a good result after a particularly strong fourth quarter. We continue to have a robust pipeline of opportunities, particularly with FICO Platform offerings. We've expanded our FICO Platform reach both by geography and by customer type. In December, we launched FICO Platform with an event in India, and we've already had several early adopters looking to expand to multiple use cases. In the U.K., StepChange Debt Charity, a market leader, will use the FICO Platform to provide individual outcomes to consumers seeking to become debt-free. Our biggest opportunity near term continues to be in North America, where banks are focused on digital transformation and understand the value of the FICO Platform, where data-driven analytics allow hyper-personalized decisioning and consumer interactions on a real-time basis. We continue to innovate and bring new capabilities to the FICO Platform and work with new customers to demonstrate value and with existing customers to expand use cases. Our innovation will be highlighted at this year's FICO World event, which will take place in San Diego in April. I'll have more on that later. But for now, let me turn the call over to Steve for further financial details.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. As Will mentioned, we had another very good quarter with total revenue of $382 million, an increase of 11% over the prior year, or 12% when adjusted for last year's divestiture.
Scores segment revenues for the quarter were $192 million, up 8% from Q1 of 2023. B2B revenues were up 12% driven by mortgage originations revenues. Our growth would have been higher if not for the Latin American license revenue, which we'll talk about, in Q1 of 2023 that did not recur this year. Our B2C revenues were down 3% versus the prior year due to declines in our myFICO business, partially offset by our licensed B2C business. Scores (sic) [ Software ] segment revenues in the first quarter were $190 million, up 14% versus Q1 of 2023 or 17% when adjusted for the divestiture. This quarter, 83% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region, which is a combination of our North America and Latin America regions. Our EMEA region generated 10% of revenues, and the Asia Pacific region delivered 7%. Our total Software ARR was $688 million, an 18% increase over the prior year. Platform ARR was $190 million, representing 28% of our total Q1 '24 ARR, up from 23% of total Q1 '23 ARR. Platform ARR grew 43% versus the prior year, while nonplatform ARR grew 11% to $497 million this quarter. Our Platform land-and-expand strategy continues to be very successful. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 114% versus 110% last year. Platform NRR was 136% versus 130% in the prior year, while our nonplatform NRR was 108% versus 103% in the prior year. Nonplatform ARR growth was driven by customers' increased usage and CPI price increases. Our Software ACV bookings for the quarter were $18.3 million versus $21.5 million in the prior year. We view this as a successful sales quarter coming off a record quarter in our fourth quarter of '23. Remember that ACV bookings include only the annual value of software sales and exclude professional services. Turning now to our expenses for the quarter. Total operating expenses were $231 million this quarter versus $205 million in the prior year. Our current quarter expenses are a 3% increase from the prior quarter, which was $224 million. As we indicated last quarter, we maintain our focus on investment to accelerate development and distribution of the FICO Platform. And as a reminder, our incremental investment is relatively modest and is already built into our guidance. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Reg G Schedule, was 48% for the quarter. GAAP net income this quarter was $121 million, up 24% from the prior year's quarter. Adjusting for excess tax benefit and the prior year Siron divestiture, our one -- year-over-year GAAP net income grew 14%. Our non-GAAP net income was $121 million for the quarter, up 12% from the prior year's quarter. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 7% and included $24 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of employee stock awards. In the prior year, the excess tax benefit was $10 million. We believe that our fiscal year 2024 net effective tax rate will be around 22%, while our recurring tax rate is expected to be around 26%. Again, the recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefit and other discrete items. Free cash flow for the quarter was $121 million, a 32% increase on the previous year. The trailing 12-month free cash flow was $494 million compared to $465 million in the prior year. At the end of the quarter, we had $197 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.96 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 5.2%. Currently, 66% of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating debt is prepayable at any time and gives us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating debt balances in future periods. Turning to return of capital. We bought back 78,000 shares in the first quarter at an average price of $915 per share. At the end of the quarter, we had $49 million remaining on the Board authorization, and as Will mentioned, we subsequently bought additional shares in January, exhausting the authorization. And this week, we announced a new $500 million repurchase authorization. And we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. And with that, I'll turn it back to Will for his final thoughts.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. I am excited about our traction as we continue to drive more innovation than ever. In the Scores business, our financial inclusion efforts continue as we launched a FICO Score aimed at helping Ukrainian refugees displaced through the war have access to credit.
Additionally, we added our third historically Black college and university, Delaware State University, as part of our FICO Educational Analytics Challenge. This is a program created to help promote diversity in data science, engineering and technology. In the Software business, we added 20 new enhancements to the FICO Platform and expanded our patent footprint to over 220 patents by adding 10 patents related to digital decisioning, fraud detection, machine learning and responsible AI. And this innovation will be on display at FICO World 2024, where we will showcase how FICO truly supercharges our clients' digital transformations. At this 4-day event, which takes place in April, we'll bring together industry professionals from around the world to connect, share best practices and learn how FICO enables organizations to power customer connections at scale. We will highlight successful clients and demonstrate the power of the FICO Platform, enabling companies to operationalize analytics, become more composable and make better decisions at scale. With that, I'll turn the call back to Dave, and we'll open up the Q&A session.
Dave Singleton:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're now ready to take questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our first question is from the line of Faiza Alwy from Deutsche Bank.
Faiza Alwy:
So I first wanted to ask about Software. You touched on this a little bit, but give us a bit more color on the Software pipeline. As you said, you do have FICO World coming up. So what are some of the new things that we should watch for?
And as part of that, if you can address some seasonality in the business because we had a bit of a step-down in ARR, so talk a bit about what your expectations are for ARR as we move through the year. Is the step-down more seasonal? Or should we expect sort of more of a structural slowdown?
William Lansing:
Yes. I think it's not so much -- well, just to take this in reverse order, not really a seasonal thing so much as it is deals move around, and they move from quarter-to-quarter. And I would say, this quarter, some deals were pushed to next quarter. We don't see that as a very big deal, I mean, not something that we're focused on.
The pipeline is the strongest it has ever been, and it's also the most mature it's ever been. So I would say, in terms of the stages of the pipeline, we're seeing more maturity within the pipeline than we have in years past. So we're actually feeling really good about the pipeline. In terms of what to expect at FICO World, I think that you'll have what we traditionally do, which is take you through the latest and greatest in innovation from FICO. We're also going to see a lot of customers who are delighted to stand up in front of their peers and explain all the value that they're getting out of the FICO Platform. So I think you'll see just a lot of reference customers. And part of FICO World, it's not just a sales event for us. It's really an event for our customers to help sell to one another because they wind up being our best references. And so it's a place where best practices get passed around, and there's a lot of adoption of FICO technology there.
Faiza Alwy:
Great. And then just switching on the Scores side. I wonder if anything has changed as it relates to your volume expectations for 2024. There has been -- since we -- since you last reported earnings and gave the guide, it seems like the overall environment might be trending a little bit better. There's at least some more optimism. So I'm curious if anything was different as it relates to your expectations in the quarter itself and how you're thinking about volumes going forward.
William Lansing:
So we're very comfortable with our guidance, and we continue to see volumes roughly where we expected, frankly. I'm not sure I agree with the view that there's more optimism. I mean rates have ticked up in mortgages recently, and so, if anything, I guess, I feel like the rate -- the fall in rates might be slower than a lot of industry pundits had been forecasting.
That said, as you know, FICO is always very conservative in our view about these things. And so I wouldn't say that we're caught in any way by a little uptick in rates or by slowness in rates coming down. There's no question that we will benefit tremendously as volumes increase when rates come down. And we anticipate that within the year and within next year. But I'd say, right now, no change in our outlook.
Operator:
And our next question is from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies.
Surinder Thind:
So Will, just another follow-up question on the Software business. Can you talk a little bit about, I guess, the pipeline when it comes to kind of new clients? When I do the math, it looks like the pace at which new clients are bringing on ARR has been slowing for a number of quarters now. Just any color on your ability to bring on board new clients at this point?
William Lansing:
We have not had any challenges bringing on new clients. I mean as our penetration goes up, we will have captured more and more of our target enterprise customer base, and more and more of the growth will be from the expand part of the business, which is more use cases and more volume with existing customers.
It does take some time to onboard, so it doesn't always show up instantly. But I would -- I think what you're going to see over time is a mix shift from land to expand, although we're not having any trouble landing; we continue to land new customers.
Steven Weber:
Yes. I would just say, Surinder, that when we start with someone that's really new, the lead time is longer on them than an existing customer. So that's why you'll see some of that. But we still signed a lot of new deals with a lot of new customers or at least different use cases with customers that are using some of our legacy products.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And then in terms of just the color around the margins in the Software business at this point. When I kind of go through the numbers, sounds like you've built in all of the -- what you kind of need for this year in terms of your guide. So does that mean that incremental revenue, should they show up, generally will drop to the bottom line? Or how should we think about things like that?
William Lansing:
Yes. That's a great question. I think, in general, that's a fair statement. We're pretty comfortable with where the margins are, and our expenses are running in line with what we expect and what we forecast and what we planned for. And so what you said is largely right. Incremental revenue should fall through to the bottom line.
That said, as incremental revenue comes in, we do reevaluate whether we want to devote some portion of that to additional resource for more rapid development. So will 100% of it fall to the bottom line? I don't know. We'll see.
Operator:
And our next question is from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik:
Steve, maybe just to follow up on that, if you could help with the Software kind of cadence around the operating expense. Looks like it ticked up sequentially, maybe a little bit higher than we thought. But since everything is running in line, can you just walk us through how we should think about the expense spend there?
Steven Weber:
Yes. So I mean we talked about that a little bit last quarter that we're making some investments. There's a lot of growth here, and we think there's a lot more room for growth. And we're doing some investment on the R&D side to add more functionality. And we're doing some investment on cybersecurity as well. So there is some investment coming in there. There's a lot of different moving parts this quarter because you've got -- we had the end of the year bonuses that happened too, so that rolls in here as well.
So you'll probably continue to see the expenses trend up through the year as we bring more people on. We have about 100 more people today than we had a year ago, right? So we're investing, like we said, in those specific areas. So -- but you'll see the expenses throughout the year trend up but not really all that dramatically.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. Fair enough. And then, Will, just in terms of the lending commentary, I mean, I think we all have our views on mortgage, so let's put that aside for a second. But can you just walk us through what's going on in auto and card with both those down 3% and 5%? Just anything to call out there and what the outlook for '24 is really for those 2 categories?
William Lansing:
I don't have a lot of additional to add there. I mean it's down a little bit and again, not a gigantic surprise to us. I think we're very kind of comfortable with that. It's within our kind of range of forecast, so not -- we wouldn't consider it a big surprise. And in terms of guessing about the future, honestly, Manav, your guess is as good as ours. We're -- as you know, we're a trailing indicator.
Operator:
And our next question is from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham.
Kyle Peterson:
Wanted to continue on the expenses and kind of what you guys saw this quarter. I guess, in terms of mix of revenue, it looks like there's a lower amount of professional services, which usually would think of as kind of a bit of a drag on expenses. So I just want to see how we should think about the relationship between services revenue in some of these buckets versus the expense growth. Like is there any lag? Or how should we think about some of the puts and takes there?
Steven Weber:
No. I mean so the professional services piece is a little bit unique because most of the PS work is done by internal resources. So in some cases, if they're not working on billable deals, they're working on R&D. In some cases, we've moved people into that function as well. So those costs don't necessarily go away.
The professional services piece for us really is most of it's implementation work that we do on the Software side. So we don't really look at that necessarily as a profit center. But in terms of as an indicator of potential expenses, I think the PS tends to run in that $20 million to $25 million range. It was a little bit lower this quarter, but it's never going to be a lot higher because we're really -- we're kind of downplaying that aspect. And we don't have as many resources in PS as we've had in past years. So I don't think you're ever going to see that really tick up or really have much of a material impact on the overall margin of the business.
Kyle Peterson:
Maybe just to follow up on the guidance methodology, particularly on the Scores side. Things looks like -- it sounds like your overall revenue top line is pretty much unchanged, and the volume assumptions seem the same. So I guess could you just confirm on the pricing assumptions and kind of maybe what actions you guys have taken on that front? And if everything that went into effect on the 1st of the year is in the guidance or if there's still kind of a wait-and-see approach with volumes?
Steven Weber:
Well, I mean, there's still a lot of -- obviously a lot of volatility around the volume. So I think next quarter, yes, all the pricing went into effect in first part of January. We'll have a lot more color that we can provide next quarter because we'll see the impacts of all that. We'll see how -- we'll be that much farther into the year, and we'll know a lot more about what volumes look like. And frankly, we'll know a lot more about what the rate environment looks like probably in 3 months. So we'll be able to provide more color for the rest of the year at that point.
Operator:
And our next question is from the line of George Tong with Goldman Sachs.
Keen Fai Tong:
You've announced removing tiered pricing increases for mortgage scores this year. Can you talk a little bit about your pricing strategy for autos and credit cards and how pricing trends in these categories will likely compare with last year?
William Lansing:
So we have adjusted price -- you identified, you highlighted probably the biggest change in pricing this year, which was collapsing the tiers in mortgage. And that was really in response to a lot of feedback from the industry about a level playing field, and so we accommodated that.
In terms of the others, we -- as you know, we adjust prices in every segment every year, and it's relatively surgical. We go pocket by pocket and think through what we can do. Virtually, all of our scores have some level of CPI inflation pricing adjustment. And then others get some additional beyond that where we consider it appropriate. I'd say that we did not take very significant actions in auto and card, not worth calling out separately and beyond kind of cost-of-living adjustment this year.
Keen Fai Tong:
Got it. That's helpful. And can you provide a little bit of detail around some of the real-time trends that you're seeing with mortgage inquiries and some of the real-time trends that you're seeing with card volumes and auto volumes?
William Lansing:
With mortgage, I'd say the surprise is that we're seeing a little bit of refi activity. It doesn't take very much for people to come back in the market and try to refinance their mortgages. And so even a point of decline is enough to generate some volume that we didn't really anticipate.
Steve, maybe you want to comment on the other.
Steven Weber:
Yes. I mean in terms of real time, frankly, most of the reporting we get is in arrears to some degree, so the numbers you can get from industry analysts are going to be much more real time than what we can provide. There's a lot of industry data that's provided on a weekly basis. That's going to be much more real time than what we'll be able to give you.
Keen Fai Tong:
And are any -- what about some of the arrears numbers that you're seeing with cards and autos?
Steven Weber:
Well, I think like card was running a lot hotter last year, right? I mean coming out of -- when the refi slowed down, although there was a big pickup in card, and we're still seeing that kind of slowdown then about a year ago now. So it's pretty steady. I think there's been a lot of pullback on the subprime markets. But overall, it's not all that materially different. The volumes are not. They'll fluctuate a little bit depending on even what some of the bigger players might do in any one given quarter. But again, that's not -- that's probably not as across the board as mortgage, which is more driven by consumer demand that's tied to interest rates.
Keen Fai Tong:
Great. And commentary on autos?
Steven Weber:
Autos, I mean, autos is relatively stable and has been through that. I mean it's a few percent here or there, but you don't see a lot of volatility in the auto market, at least on the lending side.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our next question is from the line of Seth Weber with Wells Fargo Securities.
Seth Weber:
I wanted to ask, just to go back to the comment about some deals getting pushed to the second quarter, is there anything idiosyncratic that you'd call out there? Or is there any focus on any certain product -- customer categories or regions or anything that you'd attribute that to? Or are you just seeing an elongation of the sales cycle? Because I think, in prior quarters, you guys had talked about a shortening of the sales cycle. So I'm just trying to understand if there's any kind of bigger change that's going on here.
William Lansing:
No, not really. I mean the sales cycle is roughly where it's been lately, which is shorter than where it was a year or 2 years ago. I would say that -- and really I mean just there's nothing special there. The -- we -- it's probably worth reiterating that FICO, unlike a lot of other software companies, doesn't do a lot of wheeling and dealing at the end of the quarter to pull in business, and it is cultural with us.
Our salespeople and all of our employees really live, act, believe in our #1 corporate value, which is act like an owner. We are really truly aligned with shareholders. We think about it as a family business. And that includes the salespeople at end of quarter. And that's not to say that we don't make a push at the end of the quarter to close business. Obviously, we do like everyone. But what's not on the table is a bunch of extra discounting and Hail Mary-type stuff just to pull something in a week earlier. I mean we just don't care. And you'll never find FICO making radical concessions at quarter end to prop up a quarterly number. It's just not who we are. And so it's just worth keeping that in mind. So when we say deals move from quarter-to-quarter, it has more to do with the client and their budget time line and their approval process than it has to do with anything else.
Steven Weber:
Yes. And I would just say, practically, we had some deals that we didn't sign that last week of December just because it was hard to get people, right? I mean you run into this issue every December that you might have people that are out on vacation or traveling. You just can't get the ink on the paper. So some of these deals have actually closed in January.
So I don't -- again, from Will's point -- it's a great point. We're not scrambling trying to do everything humanly possible to get the deal signed in the last week of December as opposed to the first week of January.
Seth Weber:
Got it. Okay. That's helpful. And then just can you -- just expanding on that a little bit, can you just update us on any traction that you're seeing, whatever traction you're seeing kind of outside the financial services area for the Platform business and whether you're seeing bigger uptake there from nontraditional customers?
William Lansing:
Yes. I would say that our Platform business is still very much focused on financial services. The business we do outside financial services today, we do closely aligned stuff like insurance. We do that. But in terms of really nonfinancial services verticals, I would say the lion's share of that is in the optimization area, where we have the world's leading optimization engine. And so it's used by airlines and retailers and all kinds of -- sports scheduling and all kinds of places that are not as typical when you think of FICO.
That said, our strategy around nonfinancial services is very much to go there through partners. We have a really robust and growing and ever-stronger indirect sales force where our partners focus on both geography, and geographies where we're not so present and on -- partners and geographies where we're not present and then on verticals where we're not as represented. And I think you'll see, as our strategy evolves -- and you've heard us talk about building an open ecosystem for -- with the decisioning platform available to any B2C company interested in using it. That's happening this year. I mean we will have open APIs this year. We will have software development kits for ISVs and retailers and VARs and those who want to take our decisioning solutions to other verticals. So you'll see that starting to happen this year. But that's really our strategy, is to do that through partners. There's not much of that that we do directly.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets.
Ashish Sabadra:
Just a quick question on the mortgage volume. Did you provide what the mortgage volume growth was in the first quarter of '24?
Steven Weber:
No, we just talked about the revenues. We don't pull out the different components in terms of the volumes. But I mean you can get the volumes from other third-party sources pretty easily.
Ashish Sabadra:
No, that's helpful. And then maybe on the headwind from the Lat Am license revenue, can you just remind us how much was that revenue in the prior year, 1Q '23? Or how should we think about the growth in the business excluding that onetime headwind? And then as we go through the rest of the year, just curious if there's any other license renewal headwind to be cognizant of.
Steven Weber:
There's potentially license -- I mean the renewals are hard to project, frankly, because we don't know when they're going to renew or sometimes, they'll renew early. Sometimes they will renew later if they'll -- taking on additional pieces. So the renewal piece is [ still gummy ].
If you look at the next couple of quarters, we had some pretty big point-in-time revenue last year in Q2 and Q3. So we may not have that again this year. Sometimes we have renewals that end up moving to the platform, and they end up becoming ratable revenues. So they don't have up-front license revenue. So we're actively trying to move people, obviously, to the platform, which we forego the up-front license revenue in favor of recurring revenue. So as those happen, you're going to see changes there. That's typical to companies that are moving to ratable revenue, but it's been less dramatic for us as we've done over time. But there's always the potential that you're going to see that, and you'll have to think about that as different quarters come up.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird.
Jeffrey Meuler:
I didn't understand the answer on the last question. The Lat Am renewal in the year ago, that was in Scores, not Software, correct?
Steven Weber:
Yes, that was in Scores. I'm sorry. That was in Scores. And the ones in Scores happen occasionally. We'll have license deals. Typically, they're foreign deals in areas where a large bank wants to build their own score model, and we'll sign deals with them. So that -- within Scores, we occasionally have those, and it's difficult to -- again, even with those, it's difficult to know what the timing is going to be.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Okay. And then just trying to -- I guess, probably the last question as well, like the 21% growth in B2B Scores last quarter, 12% growth this quarter. How much of that slowdown is just due to the Lat Am comp in the year ago? Or anything else that you can say on like non-origination revenue trends? Because it doesn't look like a lot of [ slowing really ].
Steven Weber:
Yes, it's primarily -- it's completely due to Lat Am and lower mortgage volumes in Q1 versus Q4, right? I mean that's -- we're volume takers, obviously, right? I mean if the volumes are down, which they're going to be -- they're going to be anyway seasonally in that quarter. The December quarter has fewer mortgages typically than the September quarter does. So it's the combination of those 2 things. Outside of originations, it was up slightly. The non-origination business was up slightly but not all that significant.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Okay. And then can you just help me with like any rough order of magnitude of sizing? If I look at mortgage -- your mortgage origination revenue, roughly how much of it comes from closed loans versus things like rate shopping or applications that don't result in a closed loan or anything else that would like fall in that bucket?
Steven Weber:
Yes. Frankly, we don't know because we don't -- I mean, actually, I think if you asked the bureaus, they'll tell you the same thing. The bundles get pulled for -- with scores and data, and they don't necessarily know -- nobody necessarily knows. If ever, the actual lender knows if it was closed or not. So we don't really know whether they turned into a closed loan or not. That's not reported to us.
Operator:
And our next question is from the line of Rajiv Bhatia with Morningstar.
Rajiv Bhatia:
Sorry if I missed it, but can you provide what percentage of your Scores revenue was mortgage in the quarter? Like I know you'd provided that in the previous quarters.
Steven Weber:
Yes. We didn't provide that. I don't have the number in front of me, what the percentage was. So I -- we don't -- we didn't -- occasionally, we will do that. We didn't provide that this quarter. So you could probably back into it if you took the numbers we gave you from last year and then the percentage increases.
Rajiv Bhatia:
Okay. We can follow up I guess. And then I know we talked about like the Latin America kind of Scores license. But if I look at like the Asia Score revenue in your 10-K -- or 10-Q, it was, I think, $5.9 million and definitely more than $4.1 million for the -- for all of fiscal 2023. So I guess is that like [indiscernible]?
Steven Weber:
Yes, we had our license deal in Asia in Scores. So we had a much larger one in Latin America last year. And then we -- if you look at it in any given quarter, probably half the time, we have a license deal somewhere. But obviously, the total license deals this year were much smaller this year than they were last year. And that was because of the Latin American deal.
Operator:
And at this time, there are no more questions in the queue. I will now conclude the call. So thank you, everyone, for joining today's call. This does conclude the conference call, and we thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Wednesday, November 8, 2023. I'd now like to turn the conference over to Dave Singleton, Vice President, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Dave Singleton :
Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Dave Singleton, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Steve Weber. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison with the prior quarter to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation are forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these risks and uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, particularly in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portion of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and the Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation Schedule G are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 8, 2024. Now I'll turn the call over to our CEO, Will Lansing.
William Lansing :
Thanks, Dave. Thank you, everyone, for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we've posted some slides that we'll be referencing during our presentation today. I am pleased to report we had a strong quarter, which completed another outstanding year with record annual revenues and record earnings, meeting the guidance that we raised last quarter. Page 2 shows financial highlights from our fourth quarter. We reported fourth quarter revenues of $390 million, up 12% over the prior year; and $1.514 billion of revenue for the fiscal year, up 10% versus the prior year. We delivered $101 million of GAAP net income in the quarter and GAAP earnings of $4.01. For the full fiscal year, we delivered $429 million in GAAP net income, which equates to $16.93 of earnings per share. On a non-GAAP basis, Q4 net income was $127 million with earnings of $5.01 per share. Full year non-GAAP net income was $500 million, up 10% over last year with $19.71 of non-GAAP earnings per share, which is up 14% versus the prior year. We continue to deliver strong free cash flow with a record $163 million in our fourth quarter. For the full year, we delivered $465 million of free cash flow. We continue to return capital to our shareholders through buybacks. In fiscal 2023, we repurchased 615,000 shares at an average price of $659 per share. In our scores segment, as you can see from Page 6, our fourth quarter revenues were $196 million, up 12% versus the prior year. For the full year, our revenues were $774 million, up 10% versus last year. On the B2B side, the current quarter revenues were up 21% versus the prior year and up 18% for the full year. This is a strong result, considering the impact of rising interest rates on loan origination volumes. On the B2C side, the current quarter revenues were down 6% versus the prior year and down 8% for the full year due to difficult comps. Fourth quarter mortgage origination revenues were up 147% versus the prior year and accounted for 24% of our scores revenues and 12% of our total company revenues. Auto origination revenues were up 2%, while credit card and personal loan origination revenues were down 2% versus the prior year. We continue to innovate in scores. We're happy to see traction with our latest score, FICO Score 10 T. This quarter, we announced that Movement Mortgage, a top 10 retail mortgage lender, has become an early adopter of FICO Score 10 T. They're using it to analyze their nonconforming loans in conjunction with the classic FICO Scores. As a first-in-market user of FICO Score 10 T, Movement Mortgage will work with FICO to share early-use insights for nonconforming products to help the mortgage industry understand the benefits of the most predictive credit score in the space. Movement Mortgage's use of FICO Score 10 T will provide opportunities to evaluate risk more efficiently in credit positioning. The improvements in the predictive power of FICO Score 10 T can help lenders avoid unexpected credit risk and better control default rates while making more competitive credit offers to more consumers. And this all occurs without sacrificing the trusted FICO Score minimum scoring criteria and user experience. A more predictive score will help project cash flows with more precision, potentially increasing the value of securitized assets on the secondary market. In our software segment, we delivered $194 million in Q4 revenue, up 11% from last year. We delivered $740 million in fiscal year revenue, up 10% from last year. We continue to drive strong growth in ARR and NRR through our land-and-expand strategy with expand driven by increased customer usage. As shown on Page 7, total ARR was up 22% with platform ARR growing 53% and non-platform ARR growing 14%. Total NRR for the quarter shown on Page 8, was 120% with platform NRR at 145% and non-platform NRR at 111%. We continue to see strong demand from new customers. Our total ACV bookings for the year were $94 million, up 10% year-over-year. There continues to be strong demand for our FICO Platform. We've built a strong pipeline of prospects interested in using this advanced decisioning technology to optimize interactions with our consumer customers. And we continue to be recognized for our technology. Chartis ranked FICO #1 for innovation and risk management technology for the seventh consecutive year, and we're in the top 5 as a risk and compliance technology provider for the second year in a row. Forrester identified FICO as a leader in AI decisioning platform, and Juniper Resources awarded FICO Platform the Future Digital Award for Banking Innovation of the Year. I'll highlight the fiscal year 2024 guidance in just a few minutes. But first, let me turn the call back to Steve -- over to Steve for further financial details.
Steven Weber :
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. We had another outstanding fiscal year, and we are excited about our momentum as we head into fiscal 2024. As Will mentioned, total revenue for the quarter was $390 million, an increase of 12% over the prior year. Full year revenue of $1.514 billion was up 10% over last year. Scores revenues for the quarter were $196 million, up 12% from Q4 of 2022. B2B revenues were up 21% driven by mortgage originations as other areas within B2B were relatively flat to the prior year. Our B2C revenues were down 6% versus the prior year due to primarily to our myFICO.com business, where our B2C partner business was relatively flat compared to the prior year. For the full year, scores revenues were $774 million, up 10% from the prior year, despite sizable headwinds in the mortgage originations market. Software segment revenues in the fourth quarter were $194 million, up 11% versus Q4 of 2022, with full year software revenues of $740 million, up 10% from the previous year. This quarter, 85% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, which is a combination of our North America and Latin American regions. Our EMEA region generated 9% and the Asia Pacific region delivered 6%. Our total software ARR was $669 million, a 22% increase over the prior year. Platform ARR was $173 million, representing 26% of our Q4 ARR, up from 21% in Q4 of 2022. Platform ARR grew 53% versus the prior year, while non-platform ARR grew 14% and ended the year at $496 million. Our customers continue to show very strong net expansion from land-and-expand follow-on sales and increased usage. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 120% for the total software business. Platform NRR was 145% versus 129% in the prior year, while our non-platform NRR was 111% versus 101% in the prior year. Non-platform was driven by customers' increased usage and some CPI increases. Our software ACV bookings for the quarter were $28 million versus $29 million in the prior year. And as a reminder, Q4 of 2022 contained one very large deal. ACV bookings increased 10% for the full year to $94 million versus $85 million in the prior year. And as a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of software sales and exclude professional services. Turning now to our expenses for the quarter. Total operating expenses were $224 million this quarter versus $215 million in the prior year, an increase of 4%. For the full year, our expenses were $871 million versus $835 million in the prior year, also an increase of 4%. In fiscal 2024, we maintain our focus on efficiencies and are committed to prioritizing resources to our most strategic initiatives. In the next year, we'll be focused on investment to accelerate development and distribution of FICO Platform. We also plan to invest in cybersecurities to continue to remain a top standard for both the protection of our clients and the FICO assets. The incremental investment is relatively modest and built into our guidance. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Reg G schedule, was 51% both for the quarter and the full year. We delivered non-GAAP margin expansion of 300 basis points for the full fiscal year. GAAP net income this quarter was $101 million, up 12% from the prior year quarter. Our non-GAAP net income was $227 million for the full -- for the quarter, up 30% from the prior year quarter. For the full year, GAAP net income was $429 million, up 15% from last year. And non-GAAP net income for the current year was $500 million, up 10% from last year. The effective tax rate for the full year was 22%, including $13 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of employee stock awards, and $9 million reduction associated with the valuation of our R&D tax credits. We expect our fiscal 2024 effective tax rate to remain around 22%, while our recurring tax rate is expected to be around 26%. Again, the recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefits and other discrete items. Free cash flow for the quarter was a record breaking $163 million. For the full year, the free cash flow was $465 million. At the end of the quarter, we had $170 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.86 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 5.1%. Currently, about 70% of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating rate debt is prepayable at any time, giving us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating rate debt balances in future periods. As Will said, we bought back 136,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $859 per share. In fiscal 2023, we repurchased 615,000 shares at an average price of $659 per share for a total of $406 million. At the end of the quarter, we had $121 million remaining on the current Board authorization, and we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. And with that, I'll turn it back to Will for his thoughts on fiscal 2024.
William Lansing :
Thanks, Steve. As we enter fiscal 2024, I remain excited about our future. Both our software and scores businesses are best in class, and our continued investment will accelerate our competitive advantage. We continually look for ways to build our brand and expand our outreach. Last quarter, I talked about our financial literacy efforts. Today, I'd like to discuss the launch of the FICO Educational Analytics Challenge. This program, which we've created for students at historically black colleges and universities, features remote mentoring from FICO data scientists and in-person lectures by FICO's Chief Analytics Officer, Dr. Scott Zoldi. The FICO Educational Analytics Challenge is a program created to help promote diversity in data science, engineering and technology. Today, we announced the departure of Stephanie Covert, who has led our software business. Stephanie was instrumental in driving FICO software growth and platform transformation, and we wish her well in her future endeavors. Before we open for questions, I'll review our fiscal '24 guidance. While we don't break out our segments, we do expect growth in both our scores and software segments. As with prior years, we expect the pricing initiatives in fiscal '24 to have an additional impact beyond our guided numbers. And because of uncertainty in volumes, it's difficult to estimate the timing and magnitude of that impact. Our fiscal 2023 bookings, strong pipeline, recurring revenues and diversified product portfolio give us considerable visibility into fiscal 2024. So today, we're guiding double-digit growth for both revenue and earnings, as shown on Page 13 of the presentation. We're guiding revenues of about $1.675 billion, an 11% increase versus last year. We are guiding GAAP net income of approximately $490 million, an increase of 14%; GAAP EPS of approximately $19.45, an increase of 15%; non-GAAP net income of about $566 million, an increase of 13%; and non-GAAP earnings per share of about $22.45, an increase of 14%. With that, I'll turn the call back to Dave, and we'll take some questions.
Dave Singleton :
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're now ready to take questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And your first question comes from the line of Faiza Alwy with Deutsche Bank.
Faiza Alwy :
So I wanted a little bit more color on 2024 revenues and EPS. One, you mentioned that origination volumes have been slower. It looks like there's been some tightening, but it seems you're confident in the growth around the scores business. It seems that you are taking some pricing on the -- sort of incremental pricing on the mortgage side. So give us some more color around how you're thinking about all those variables around volume and pricing across the various verticals.
William Lansing :
So what our forecast reflects is lower volumes than last year, so a decline versus last year, and roughly flat volumes from the level we're at today. That's how we think about the volume side. And as you know, we take price action for CPI, and sometimes in excess of CPI, every year. And so this year is no different. We will be doing that again.
Faiza Alwy :
Okay. Understood. And then I'm curious on the expense side. Steve, I think you made some mention around moderate increase in expenses. Give us an idea of how we should think about expense growth in 2024.
Steven Weber :
Yes. I mean it is pretty modest. I mean you can -- when you build out your model, you'll see there's some additional expense in there but not a lot. But a lot of it's reprioritization, right? We're looking to invest on the software side. We're putting a lot of money into the platform as we've done, and we're putting money into security to make sure that we're secure as possible. So it's relatively modest. But we definitely are adding some additional investment there from what we've seen in the past few years.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of George Tong with Goldman Sachs.
George Tong :
You typically set your rate card in your scores business in the beginning of September. After your scores prices were set, did you notice a negative inflection in credit volumes in September and October, particularly among sub-prime consumers? And if you did, do you believe your scores pricing increases next year are as high as they need to be to sustain your growth momentum?
Steven Weber :
Yes. I mean that's a good question, George. The volatility on the card side can be pretty dramatic and it could be pretty short-lived. So I mean nothing surprised us beyond what -- we saw that coming, right? The sub-prime has been trending down for quite a while. So there's nothing that happened in September that kind of caught us by surprise. So we're satisfied that we have the right rate card in place.
George Tong :
Great. That's good to hear. And then secondly, software ARR growth accelerated to 22% in the quarter from 20% in the prior quarter. Can you elaborate on your overall software platform strategy and the traction that you're seeing with clients?
William Lansing :
Yes. The software strategy is going exactly as expected. We continue to penetrate enterprise platform customers. We've moved to -- we now have 55 of the top 300 financial services customers worldwide on the platform. And that's 55 what we call them EPCs, 55 of these enterprise customers who are using multiple use cases of the platform. If it's just a question of how many have taken the platform, that number is over 100. And so we have pretty good penetration. As I've shared in the past, we actually expect that the expand side of land and expand is significantly bigger than land. So we land the business, and then our customers find all kinds of new ways to use the platform. And the expansion revenue typically exceeds the land revenue by quite a bit, and that has continued. And that's part of why we're seeing the success that we're seeing.
Operator:
And your next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Margins.
Ashish Sabadra :
Just wanted to follow up on that point on the non-platform business. We've seen some pretty robust acceleration there compared to historical levels. There was a call-out on increased usage as well as CPI base pricing. On the usage front, I was wondering if you could provide any incremental color. Is there more modules that are adopted, more feature functionality? And how do we think about this sustainability of this accelerated growth in the non-platform side?
William Lansing :
I would say that most of that is from transaction volume growth. We do invest in features and functionality in our historical products and our legacy products. And so it is all about keeping them up-to-date and useful to our customers. Again, as we've discussed in the past, the -- many of these solutions go into a customer of lending institution. And they might go in for a 3-year term initially, but they're typically renewed again at the 3-year mark and again at the next 3-year mark. And we can have these solutions operating for 12 years or more. And so it's incumbent on us to maintain the features and functionality, make sure the security is good and the functionalities that our customers want. We do all that. So we're pretty proud of our classic products. But I would say that the increase that you're seeing is largely just volume-related.
Ashish Sabadra :
That's very helpful color. And maybe just switching to the special pricing for scores for next year. Our understanding was that mortgage fees were different for Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 institution. And there's a potential for the Tier 1, Tier 2 to start paying the same cycle fees as Tier 3 for fiscal year '24. Is that assumptions appropriate? I was wondering if you can comment on that.
William Lansing :
Yes. We really don't go into the detail around the pricing within the segment. We have studied it, and I think that the price increases that we put into the segment are what are fair and appropriate for the market. We're pretty comfortable we've done the right thing, but we don't go to a lot of detail on that.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Seth Weber with Wells Fargo Securities.
Seth Weber :
For the last several quarters, you've talked about some shortening of the sales cycle. I'm wondering if that -- if you're continuing to see that dynamic and if you could maybe just give us some color on U.S. versus international.
William Lansing :
We are seeing shortening. I mean the sales cycle a year ago was over a year long. And today, it's 2/3 of that. We're very happy with that progress. There's a lot of reasons for it, but it's kind of the cumulative effect of us moving out the process and scaling up, and things are going faster. I'd also say that the demand is really hot for our offering. The customers are really interested and they're in a hurry to get it going. And it's pretty easy for us to get it up and live. So all those things have contributed to a shorter sales process. And I would say that's true overseas as well as in the U.S.
Seth Weber :
Okay. And then maybe just going back to the expenses again for a second. The fourth quarter software expenses were a little higher than what we were expecting. Did that -- does that already include some of these new investments that you're talking to? Or will these investments be incremental to sort of this fourth quarter run rate?
Steven Weber :
Yes. I mean it's maybe a little bit incremental. We do have some onetime expenses, a lot of our -- around incentives in the fourth quarter that ramps up. And a lot of our people are in software. So you're going to see a little bit higher expense there. But our run rate is not going to increase significantly off of where we -- our exit rate from the fourth quarter.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird.
Jeff Meuler :
Can you give us any sense of what you included in the guidance versus what you held back around pricing? For instance, last year, I think you talked about the original guide had the CPI-like pricing increases, but it didn't have the specialty increases. Just any way to help us kind of like understand what's assumed versus what could still be on the come?
William Lansing :
Yes. Jeff, I know you'd love for us to put a number on it. And you know us, we never do. And so it's not going to happen today either. The way we think about it is we look at the volumes, we make our forecast built around the volumes. We put on a CPI increase, and then we put what some people call special pricing, but we have some additional increases beyond CPI. And then because the timing of those is uncertain, we leave some of that out of the guidance. And so call our guidance conservative. It's designed to reflect the fact that we just don't know how quickly the full-price effect will be ramped into our numbers. And so I hesitate to put any kind of a number on it for you. Is it safe to think about it the way we have in years past? Yes. So think about it the way we do it every year. We haven't changed our methodology.
Steven Weber :
No, I would say the only change is that there's probably more volatility in terms of volumes had in the past. So I mean, if you could tell me what the interest rate is going to be in 6 or 9 months, I could give you a better idea. But I don't think anybody knows that.
Jeff Meuler :
That's right. Okay. And then I guess I was surprised to see the departure of Stephany just given how well software has been doing for a while now. Can you just comment on just any, I guess, reasoning why there's a change now, when you expect to have a new leader announced, if they're likely to come as an internal promotion, external? Just any perspective on that would be helpful.
William Lansing :
Yes. Stephanie has done a great job with us. She's done a lot of good things for FICO and for the software business in particular. She decided to pursue other professional opportunities, and so we wish her well with all that. We -- FICO graduates a lot of talent. I mean it's not -- Stephanie is not the first talent who's left us. And we have a really strong team, and I'm confident that our software business will continue very smoothly. In terms of leadership, I'm taking over the leadership of the software business directly, so -- which is what I did before Stephanie took it over. And so I'm pretty comfortable with that. Might we have another leader besides me in the future? We might, but that's not the plan right now. So I'm going to run it for the time being, and we'll see.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik :
Will, just on the software side, I mean, a lot of good numbers this quarter. You talked a lot about the visibility going into next year. So maybe just help us in terms of the '24 guidance. How should we think about the components of the software growth in there?
William Lansing :
Software business is growing double digit just like the scores business. I mean it's very strong. And where -- it continues to be strong. Where we haven't decelerated in any way in terms of our platform growth rates, which, as you know, were very high. And we -- trees don't grow to the sky, but we expect that to continue for quite some time. I mean there's a lot of demand. The pipeline this year is stronger even than a year ago. And so yes, we're very optimistic.
Steven Weber :
And Manav, the business has changed a lot from the days when we had -- when we were relying on term licenses. So now a lot of the deals -- a lot of the revenue we have visibility to because of the deals are already signed, right? We're just implementing them. So we'll be standing up more of these -- the recurring revenue in the coming quarters. So we have pretty good line of sight to that. And then there's still a lot of people who are working with from the customer success side to expand their usage. So we're far less dependent on making sure we sign deals at the end of the quarter to pull revenue in.
Manav Patnaik :
Got it. And then, Steve, in looking at the EPS guidance, can you just talk about the assumptions there on -- just help us out with share count. I don't think you include additional buybacks, interest expense and maybe any other items that could change year-over-year.
Steven Weber :
Yes. I mean the share count, it's anybody's guess. So we kind of try to leave that relatively flat because that's just kind of upside for us. The interest expense, we've actually done a pretty good job of paying down a little bit of debt on the revolver, so we're saving a little bit there. We don't have any big plans to really pay that down. We'll probably be maintaining that debt or depending on how the market works, we're sometimes opportunistic if there's a market downturn. So we're basically planning on that to be relatively flat, but we'll react as we always do, depending on what the market conditions look like.
Operator:
And there are no further questions. I'll turn the call back to Dave Singleton for closing remarks. Thank you very much.
Dave Singleton :
Thanks, everyone, for attending the call, and a great year.
Operator:
And all, that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you very much for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions]. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Wednesday, August 2, 2023. I'd now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven Weber:
Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's third quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, FICO's CFO, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in the presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through August 2, 2024. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. On the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted slides that offer financial highlights for our third quarter. I am pleased to report we delivered another exceptional quarter with record revenue and profitability and strength throughout our business. Today, I'll talk about this quarter's results and our increased guidance for the full fiscal year. As you can see on Page 2 of the presentation, we reported record revenues of $399 million, an increase of 14% over the same period last year. We delivered $129 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $5.08 per share, growing 38% and 41%, respectively, over the prior year. On a non-GAAP basis, net income was $143 million, with earnings per share of $5.66, representing year-over-year growth of 24% and 27%. We continue to deliver strong results throughout the business. Scores revenue was a record $202 million, up 13% in the quarter versus the prior year. As you can see on Page 6 of the presentation, B2B revenues were up 24%, driven primarily by increased originations revenues. Mortgage originations revenues were up 135% versus last year. Auto origination revenues were up 5%. Credit card, personal loan and other origination revenues were up 2%. On B2C, revenues were flat with last quarter and down 11% versus the same period last year. That was due to difficult comps. In our Software business, we continue to drive growth with FICO Platform, which provides the power of analytics and AI to enable smarter business decisions at scale. You can see on Page 7, we delivered overall ARR growth of 20%, a significant milestone for us, and platform ARR growth of 53%. This represents our 15th straight quarter of platform ARR growth in excess of 40%. We continue to drive strong net retention rates as our customers continue to increase volumes and find new use cases. Overall NRR increased to 117%, as shown on Page 8. Legacy off-platform NRR was 109% as volumes grew in many of our customers. Platform NRR was 142% due to expanded use cases driven by the success of our land-and-expand strategy. And we continue to see strong demand for our software. As you can see on Page 9, we had another quarter of double-digit growth, with ACV bookings up 13% over the same period last year. We continue to see a strong pipeline of opportunities and are seeing strong demand for FICO Platform. We had first-hand confirmation of the critical nature of FICO Platform at our recent FICO World Conference. This is a 3-day event, and it attracted customers for more than 60 countries where they shared best practices, learned about the latest in AI and advanced analytic innovations and learned new approaches for digital transformation. We talked about how FICO Platform can design, build and deliver AI-powered hyper-personalized customer journeys across every touch point and with every interaction. Personally, I enjoyed the opportunity to meet our customers and hear from them how we're working together to optimize their most difficult decisions. One customer said, "I knew the FICO Platform had potential to help transform our business from a decision-making perspective, but I'm now blown away by the scope of the platform and communications capabilities." Another customer told us, "FICO doesn't sell software, you sell intelligence. That's way more valuable." And yet another customer simply said, "We either do this now or we fail forever." I'm proud of our technological excellence and the team that supports our customers to transform their business. Finally, I'd like to say a few words about our partnership with Chelsea Football Club, where we're working together to empower students, adults and communities across the U.S. with financial literacy tools and knowledge to make informed credit decisions that last a lifetime. We are hosting fundamental workshops in partnership with the U.S. Soccer Foundation to empower the younger generation with the essential credit knowledge to jump-start their credit journeys. Financial literacy correlates with better outcomes in education, but we know that the playing field is not always equal. One in 5 U.S. teenagers lack basic financial literacy skills. Around 74% of teams aren't confident in their financial knowledge. We're working on tackling this financial education gap to get more young people in the game. In each of the 5 cities that Chelsea is playing this summer, we're working with local partners to bring teenagers from traditionally underserved communities to these fundamentals, workshops that are held on or near game day. The students will have an opportunity to attend the Chelsea football game taking place in their city. For the wider community in these cities, FICO is also hosting Score a Better Future Credit Education events, which are free to the public and will provide local residents with knowledge and tools to gain better insight into their financial health and understanding of their FICO Scores. We know that FICO Scores have allowed much more equitable access to credit, and we're committed to helping educate consumers about processes to foster broader institution. I'll have some final comments, including an increase in our guidance, in a few minutes. But first, let me turn the call back to Steve for further details.
Steven Weber:
Thank you. As Will said, we delivered another very strong quarter in both our Scores and Software segments. Total revenues for the third quarter were $399 million, an increase of 14% over the prior year. In our Scores segment, revenues were $202 million, up 13% from the same period last year. B2B Scores revenues were up 24% over the prior year, driven by increased originations revenues. We drove revenue increases in mortgage, auto and credit card personal loan and other originations. This quarter, mortgage originations revenues were up 135% from the same quarter last year; auto originations revenues were up 5%; and credit card, personal loan and other origination revenues were up 2% over last year. B2B Scores revenues were down 11% from the same period last year, again, due to difficult comps. B2C revenues have been relatively flat throughout FY '23. Software segment revenues in the third quarter were $197 million, up 16% versus the same period last year. Software recognized over time were $147 million or 74% of total Software revenues. License revenues recognized upfront or at a point in time were $25 million this quarter and represented 13% of Software revenues. Our professional services revenues were $25 million, also representing 13% of total Software revenues. In the third quarter, 87% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 8%, and 5% were from Asia Pacific. Our software ARR in the third fiscal quarter of 2023 was $646 million, a 20% increase over the period the prior year. Our platform ARR was $164 million, up 53% from last year and represented 25% of our total third quarter ARR compared with 20% last year. Our nonplatform ARR also grew very well and was $482 million in the third quarter, up 11%. And as a reminder, all of our ARR numbers have been adjusted for the divestitures we've made. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 117% overall versus 109% last year. We continue to show very strong net expansion from our platform customers due to follow-on sales of new use cases and from increased usage. The DB NRR for platform was 142% in the third quarter. Our nonplatform customer software usage also increased this quarter due to increased volumes and CPI increases. The nonplatform NRR was 109%. We had another good quarter of software sales with ACV or annual contract value bookings of $21 million versus $19 million in the prior year, an increase of 13%. And as a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of software sales and exclude professional services. Total operating expenses in the third quarter were $222 million this quarter versus $208 million in the prior year and $221 million in Q2. Third quarter expenses included our FICO World event in May and a onetime reimbursement of third-party data implementation costs that were previously incurred in the previous quarter. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Regulation G schedule, was 53% for the year, a 400 basis point improvement over the previous year. GAAP net income this quarter was $129 million, up 38% from the prior year quarter and included a noncash reduction to income tax expense of $9.5 million associated with the valuation of our R&D tax credits. GAAP EPS of $5.08 was up 41% from the prior year. Our non-GAAP net income was $143 million for the quarter, up 24% versus the same quarter last year. And the non-GAAP EPS was $5.66, up 27% from the prior year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 18% and included the adjustment to the valuation of the R&D credit I mentioned earlier. We expect our Q4 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% to 26%. That expected recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefit or other discrete items. Free cash flow for the quarter was $122 million. For the trailing 12 months, free cash flow was $446 million. At the end of the quarter, we had $195 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at the quarter end was $1.93 billion, with a weighted average interest rate of 5.1%. Currently, about 67% of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating rate debt is prepayable at any time, giving us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating rate debt balances in future periods. Turning to return of capital. We bought back 130,000 shares in the third quarter at an average price of $753 per share. At the end of the quarter, we had $237 million remaining on the current Board authorization, and we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. And with that, I'll turn it back to Will for his thoughts on the rest of FY '23 and an increase in our full year guidance.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. As we finish our fiscal 2023 year, I am extremely pleased with the progress we've made in advancing our strategic initiatives. And I'm bullish on both of the segments of our business. Our Scores business continues to deliver strong growth, and we're dedicated to innovation to face industry challenges in the years to come. And our Software business, through FICO Platform, is enabling customers to use the latest analytics and AI technology to optimize their consumer interactions. Finally, today, we're again raising our full year guidance as we enter the final quarter of our fiscal year. We are raising our full year revenue guidance to $1.5 billion. We are also increasing our GAAP and non-GAAP net income guidance. GAAP net income is now expected to be $428 million. GAAP earnings per share is now expected to be $16.90. Non-GAAP net income is now expected to be $500 million. Non-GAAP EPS is expected to be $19.70. And I'll now turn the call back to Steve, and we'll take some Q&A.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will. This does conclude our prepared remarks, and we are ready now to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. Your first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik:
I was hoping, I guess, for my first question, if you would just help us walk through how you thought about the guidance changes. It looked like -- I mean, obviously, you raised it, but it didn't seem like it was the full extent of the beat. So just curious what you're assuming for the last quarter and the variability quarter-to-quarter, I suppose.
Steven Weber:
Yes. You know how we -- Manav, of how we're pretty conservative with the way we guide. And we don't want to be in a situation where we feel like we have to close deals in the last week of the quarter to hit a number. So if we can get a better deal pushing into next year, we're obviously willing to do that. So we're pretty conservative, and we don't go out and limit any of this. We typically don't guide quarter-to-quarter. As you know, we typically guide full year, and we will update in the middle of the year. So it's a big deal for us to raise guidance with 1 quarter to go, but we thought we pretty much had to. So you can take it how you want. But I mean, we are pretty conservative with where we guide.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. Fair enough. And then obviously the... .
Steven Weber:
And I will say just one more thing, Manav.
Manav Patnaik:
Sure.
Steven Weber:
Manav, I will say that we did have some -- a fair amount of onetime license revenue this quarter that we probably may or may not have in the fourth quarter. So we don't want to count on that.
Manav Patnaik:
Yes. Fair enough. Okay. And then just on the Scores business, I mean the mortgage origination numbers speak for your pricing efforts there. But can you just tell us where we are on card, auto and the other stuff, like in terms of the pricing strategy there?
Steven Weber:
So I mean, they all had some pricing increases this year, probably more in line with CPI. In terms of volumes, mortgage is still down. We're seeing the same decreases that the bureaus are reporting. Auto was relatively flat year-over-year. And card's actually down a little bit. The originations this quarter are actually down a little bit. So we don't go into a lot more detail now, but you can kind of back into what -- we see the same things that the bureaus see in terms of volumes.
Operator:
And your next question comes from the line of Faiza Alwy with Deutsche Bank.
Faiza Alwy:
So I wanted to follow up first on the Software side of the business. You mentioned onetime licensing revenue. And maybe I missed that, but talk to us more about like what drove that? And I know you said you're not counting on that for 4Q. But what were some of the drivers around that?
Steven Weber:
We had some renewals. We had 1 fairly large renewal. If you look at our point-in-time revenue, it was $25 million this quarter. That's a little bit more than we have been trending. So it's not that sizable, but that's a number that can have some variability from quarter-to-quarter. So I think it was $20 million a quarter before that. So those things happen when they happen, and we don't want to be put in a position where we have to have them happen in specific quarters. So we're cautious with where we guide. And that's not much of our business anymore. It used to be 20-plus percent of our business, now it's 10%. So actually, it's less than 10%. So it's a small part of the business, but it's still a meaningful number when you're looking at 1 quarter.
Faiza Alwy:
Okay. Okay. And so my next question is generally around the Scores business. So with only 1 quarter left, we're looking ahead to next year, and I know you're sort of getting to the time where you start talking about pricing for next year. So curious how you're thinking about that. There's obviously a lot of changes that are supposed to happen in the mortgage space, in particular. So talk to us about any initial thoughts you might have around pricing.
William Lansing:
It really is a little bit early for us to talk about pricing. We're still thinking that through. But I think you can anticipate that there will be continued increases in price, where we think that the market warrants it, where the value we're providing demands it. And in terms of significant changes to the structure of the market and the structure of our pricing, we don't anticipate that.
Steven Weber:
Yes. I mean, I think a lot of those time lines have kind of been pushed already. So we make the decisions based on the information we have at hand, but it's -- other than that, it's difficult to know what's going to happen when.
William Lansing:
I think the thing to keep in mind is this is a big and very important market. And it's important that any kind of changes happen slowly, incrementally and with the ability to anticipate kind of how the market will behave. And so you can expect us to be good players as far as all that goes.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies.
Surinder Thind:
The first question is just around FICO World '23. The conversations that you have with clients there, how quickly do those conversations translate into signed contracts and then eventually revenues? And related to that, how big a source of new customers is that for you?
William Lansing:
So great question. Thanks, Surinder. It's a tremendous source of business for us with existing customers and with new customers. And the speed with which it translates into business is it's actually quite a large continuum. We have deals that get signed at FICO World. I mean, we obviously try to close business on the spot, where appropriate. But then there's other things that just go into the pipeline and then we work the pipeline over the subsequent year. Our pipeline has been getting shorter. Our pipeline used to be over 400 days. We're down well below that today and continuing to trend downward, which is a good sign. The thing with FICO World is it's really an opportunity for our customers to talk to other customers who have shared problems, shared experience and to really get kind of a real-world feedback from customers who've implemented our software, on how it's worked and what it's done for them and what kind of returns they can expect and the time lines for implementation and so on. And because of the platform, in particular, is so successful, it's working so well, there's a lot of good stories to be told. And it's obviously way more credible when our customers are telling the story and acting as reference customers than we're out just selling our wares. And so FICO World is a very important event for us to be able to put customers in touch with one another. And frankly, they do the selling. We're there to facilitate.
Surinder Thind:
That's helpful. And then a question about the FHFA time line for just switching over to the new mortgage scores. Any color there in terms of the conversations that you're having with customers or clients at this point in time just to understand whether the time lines are realistic? Are things already being engaged at this point? How should we think about the transition period?
William Lansing:
I think that it's likely that the time lines will be extended. There's additional review going on. And there's obviously a lot of detail that needs to be worked out that wasn't completely worked out at the time of the announcement. And so I think all signs point to a more thoughtful and more drawn out time line.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham.
Kyle Peterson:
Just wanted to touch a little bit on the guidance raise and kind of where you guys have been kind of seeing upside, at least, kind of year-to-date here, particularly on the Scores side of the business, I guess. Where have things maybe been trending a little better than expected. I mean it seems like mortgage has been notably strong since a lot of that is price. But I guess is there anywhere in the guide, at least, so far, where you guys have been kind of tracking above and is kind of part of what allowed you guys to raise today?
Steven Weber:
I think just what allows us to raise is just more time has gone by, and there's less risk, right? I mean we've already banked 3 quarters' worth of numbers. So entering the year, even at the midway point of the year, there's a lot of questions, and we've gone through the Silicon Valley bank crisis. We've gone through multiple rate increases. There's been -- if you go back to the start of the year, there's a lot of uncertainty. And we have 3 quarters less of uncertainty now at this point. So we still got another quarter to go, and we'll see. But obviously, we've generated really good numbers to date. That just gives us more confidence in raising the guide.
Kyle Peterson:
Great. That's helpful. And then just a follow-up, really, on the platform ARR, another quarter of kind of 50-plus percent year-on-year growth. I'm really impressed to see. Are you guys seeing -- is your customer net kind of widening? It seems like you guys got a lot of traction with some international banks early, but it seems like that might be expanding a little bit or in other kind of related verticals. But I guess, how should we think about the pipeline and your ability to maintain some of these really robust growth rates, specifically as the law of large numbers kind of kicks in and makes the comps a little harder?
William Lansing:
The growth in the platform is coming from both existing customers and new customers. And we continue to add enterprise customers as we -- as they learn more about what we have to offer and as they talk to their competitors and see what's on offer. And then once it's installed, once implemented, most of our customers find additional uses and wind up increasing volume and increasing use cases over time. So we're still early days, and we're still adding lots of new customers. Over time, in the fullness of time, I would expect that there'll be more emphasis on the expand piece than the land piece. But for now, it's kind of equal parts, we're seeing both sides of it. And so, I mean, it's a good story. We have always said that trees don't grow to the sky, and we don't anticipate 50%-plus growth rates forever. But I will say that I'm very pleased that here we are in our 15th quarter, a very high growth for the platform and with no seeming signs of abatement. It's -- the uptake is tremendous. And certainly, our potential market, the potential use cases, very, very large. And so I don't think that we have to -- we're not worried about law of large numbers yet.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of George Tong with Goldman Sachs.
George Tong:
You now have several months under your belt from when you raised prices in Scores at the beginning of the year. Can you provide an update on customer receptivity to overall pricing actions this year? And what credit volume assumptions for fiscal 4Q are reflected in your full year guide?
William Lansing:
Customer reaction, let me take that one first. I think that our customers find lots of value in the Scores and what they do and recognize that they're a tremendous value. At the same time, no customer likes prices going up. And so as you can imagine, when we raised prices, we hear about it, and discussions go on. And I think that the numbers speak for themselves. Our customers are very happy with the offering, with the product and with what it does for them. That's kind of how it goes. That's how it's gone for many years, and I don't expect that to change. We don't -- we won't share our assumptions for next quarter. I think -- and honestly, George, I think I've talked about this before. The way we do this is we roll up all of our numbers and do a forecast and then haircut that with what we're willing to guide. So it's as a percentage of the total number we come up with. So -- and there's a lot of things that go into that. So it's like running a mining [indiscernible] simulation, right? So we don't have 1 set of expectations for the next quarter. But again, we're conservative with the way we guide to make sure that we'll exceed.
George Tong:
Got it. That's helpful. And then on the software side, ARR growth was very strong at 20% this quarter. Can you talk a little bit more about what's fueling that growth acceleration, particularly in this relatively tough macro environment? How much of the growth reflects large bank adoption of your platform solutions, increase in use cases, increase in usage or other factors?
William Lansing:
We had some big deals with existing customers, and then we also added new customers. It's really both.
Steven Weber:
And on the nonplatform side, we had good volume. Obviously, those numbers look good, too, right, so the ARR on the nonplatform side. We had some good volumes on the CCS side and some strong numbers in the Falcon Fraud side as well. So it's pretty much strength throughout the portfolio. And on the platform side, it's just the continued expansion. We had some customers -- big customers go live this quarter, and that's just -- it's new revenue, essentially.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Let me just pick up there. Is there some thought that the nonplatform business has some decent growth potential like you saw this quarter? And then if you could just maybe address if the license step-up in the large renewal was in platform or nonplatform.
Steven Weber:
Yes. I mean, that's hard to say. I mean, we -- I think we had some pent-up volumes coming out of the pandemic, where there's some more activity here. I don't think the off-platform long term is probably going to be a significant growth driver for us. But it's nice to see those numbers perform fairly well.
Jeffrey Meuler:
And the license deal?
Steven Weber:
The license -- so the license deal was -- that was a legacy business deal. That was not on the platform. That was a renewal of a legacy deal.
William Lansing:
It's probably worth noting that our legacy software is installed and it winds up having a very, very long life. And we just -- we'd see things renewed kind of every 3 years, and it could be renewed 3x, 4x, 5x. And so I would expect that for our current book of business and on the legacy side, we expect continued renewals, and we expect to be supporting and seeing customer interest in those -- in that software for a very long time to come, usually a decade. And we haven't abandoned the software, just to be really clear, I mean, legacy has kind of a pejorative flavor to it, which it should not. I mean our legacy software is industry-leading. And it does what it does better than any other software in the market. And our customers know it, and they love it. And we continue to spend money on innovation there. We continue to spend money, R&D, to make sure that the functionality is as good as it can possibly be. And so as Steve said, we don't look to it as a source of growth, but it's not shrinking either. I mean it's a very solid business.
Steven Weber:
And just one more thing to add to that. So the license deal was a renewal of a term deal. So that's not included in the ARR. So the ARR was driven by volumes, essentially, on CCS and other -- Falcon Fraud, maintenance and volume. So the license deals that -- our term license deals are outside of that.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Got it. And then I get that it's early to talk '24 pricing, but maybe if you can just talk about the '23 experience. Like you said, the numbers speak for themselves, and they speak loudly. '23, historically high pricing. So just what did you learn from the experience? And is there the potential that the '23 pricing level could be the new normal going forward after you have some time under your belt on seeing how it resonated?
William Lansing:
Well, I think we'll have -- it's a little bit early to say, and we'll have to see how things unfold. But I think that you can expect continued growth in Scores in both from -- contribution from price and contribution from higher volumes that we anticipate next year.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Okay. And then just last, could you just address AR, and if there was any sort of like new system you implemented, any change in payment terms or if it's just natural variability and when you'd expect kind of the step-up in collections?
Steven Weber:
Yes. It really is not. What it really comes down to, for the most part, is Scores. And we accrue the new revenue, and it takes a while for the payments to come in, right? So you're going to get a little bit of a lag. When it jumps up that quickly, you have -- your AR goes up. So I think we were asked about that even last quarter about the free cash flow. And we're starting to see more of the free cash flow, flow through now because the AR from last quarter is flowing through today. So it does take a while for that to -- because there's such a significant uptick that it takes a while for it to flush through.
Operator:
And gentlemen, your last question will come from the line of Rajiv Bhatia with Morningstar.
Rajiv Bhatia:
Just on the myFICO business, which you've talked about being a $100 million annual business. I guess, first of all, how much of that business is kind of consumer monthly subscriptions versus consumer onetime reports? And then secondly, how do you think about pricing and pricing elasticities for the myFICO business?
Steven Weber:
I mean the bulk of it is subscriber. It's like monthly subscription. And it's like any other product -- subscription products, a little bit consumer. It depends on what you're selling them and what's involved when included in the package. So we have a really good team that works on that, and they do different packaging at different price points and do a lot of consumer testing. So it's never static, it's never 1 product at 1 price that's automatically raised at a certain rate. It really is -- it's about understanding the consumers and what the consumers are looking for and bundling different services and products then with that and then testing different price points.
Rajiv Bhatia:
And historically, how much pricing have you taken in that business?
Steven Weber:
Yes, we came and looked at that way really because what we do is we end up bundling it -- different products in with it at different price points. So it's not -- it's rarely about a static product that's sold at increased prices. It's usually -- you add more functionality to it or add different tiers with more functionality or more products or services and then you charge more for that.
William Lansing:
I think what's interesting about the business is that almost any consumer who wants to get a free FICO score today can get one. I mean, from their bank -- I mean, it's relatively easy to get your FICO score. And in spite of that, we have a lot of consumers are interested in managing it and monitoring it on a regular basis. And they come and they pay money monthly to subscribe and keep an eye on it. And obviously, these are the people who are most focused on their financial health, and it's a good service for them. And this has been the case now for years. We've been providing free scores for many, many years now with Open Access, and it hasn't hurt the myFICO business. myFICO business is very strong.
Operator:
And there are no further questions. I'll turn it back to yourselves for closing remarks. Thank you very much.
Steven Weber:
Great. Thank you very much, everyone, for joining today. This does conclude our call, and we look forward to speaking with you again soon. Thanks.
Operator:
And that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Thursday, April 27, 2023. I'd now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven Weber:
Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO's second quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Interim CFO, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate the understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning those uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC on the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 27, 2024. And now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. On the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted some slides that offer financial highlights of our second quarter. I am pleased to report that we continue to deliver strong results with record revenue and growth throughout our business. Today, I'll talk about this quarter's results and our expectations for the rest of the year. As you can see on Page 2 of the presentation, we reported revenues of $380 million, an increase of 6% over the same period last year. We delivered $102 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $4 per share. On a non-GAAP basis, net income was $121 million with earnings per share of $4.78. On the Scores side of the business, we continue to perform well. Scores delivered a record quarter with $198 million of revenue, up 8% in the quarter versus the prior year, as you can see on Page 6. On the B2B side, revenues were up 16% driven primarily by increased originations revenues. Mortgage originations revenues were up 90% versus last year. Auto originations revenues were up 13%. Credit card, personal loan and other originations revenues were up 12%. Our B2C revenues continue to face difficult comps, and while up slightly versus last quarter, were down 8% versus the same period last year. In our Software business, our FICO platform provides the power of analytics and AI to enable smarter business decisions at scale. We're focused on helping clients maximize the customer experience by predicting, analyzing and optimizing customer interactions in real time to make better customer decisions across the enterprise. These better decisions build trust and loyalty by delivering hyper-personalized experiences through holistic customer management. And the strong results we're delivering demonstrated in the industry hungry for these solutions. As you can see on Page 7, we delivered overall ARR growth of 17% and platform ARR growth of 60%. This represents our 14th straight quarter of platform ARR growth in excess of 40%. Again, our customers continue to increase volumes and find new use cases, as you can see from our net retention rates shown on Page 8. Overall, net retention rate was 114%. Legacy platform NRR was 105% as volumes grew in many of our customers. Platform net retention rate was 146% due to expanded use cases driven by the success of our land and expand strategy. And we continue to see strong demand for our Software. As you can see on Page 9, our ACV bookings were up 16% over the same period last year. We continue to see a strong pipeline of opportunities as we help our customers to look at strategic mission-critical decisioning as they pursue their digital transformation. Finally, I'd like to talk a little bit about our FICO World customer event next month. FICO World attendees will be able to discover how to design, build and deliver a hyper-personalized customer experience across every touch point and within every interaction. Attendees will have access to schedule meetings with FICO's leading thought leaders and experts to discuss best practices and innovative solution designs to solve business challenges. General session presenters at FICO World include leading financial services providers from North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia Pacific. The conference will reveal new products, FICO score alternative data innovations, software capabilities on the FICO platform as well as the company's flagship solutions for AI-powered decisions. We will also announce a new partnership and other new FICO solutions. We'll talk more next quarter about the event and give more details about how leading financial services providers are using the FICO platform to design innovative solutions to solve business challenges. I'll have some final comments, including a revision of our guidance in a few minutes. But first, let me talk -- turn the call over to Steve for further financial details.
Steven Weber:
Thank you. As Will said, we delivered another very good quarter in both our Scores and Software segments. Total revenue for the second quarter were around $30 million -- $380 million, an increase of 6% over the prior year or 7% when adjusted for divestitures. In our Scores segment, revenues were $198 million, up 8% from the same period last year. B2B Scores revenues were up 16% over the prior year driven by increased originations revenues. We drove revenue increases in mortgage, auto and credit card, personal loan and other originations. This quarter, mortgage originations revenues were up 90% from the same quarter last year. Our originations revenues were up 13%. And credit card and personal loan and other originations revenues were up 12% over last year. B2C Scores revenues were down 8% from the same period last year, as Will explained, due to difficult comps. As a reminder, that was an area that experienced outsized growth during the refinancing boom and peak in our third quarter of fiscal '22 and was up about 1% this quarter versus the first quarter of fiscal '23. Software segment revenues in the second quarter were $182 million, up 5% from the same period last year where we have -- and as a reminder, last year, we had a significant upfront license revenue quarter. Software revenues recognized over time were $136 million or 74% of total Software revenues. License revenues recognized upfront or at a point in time where -- or $19 million this quarter and represented 11% of Software revenues. Our professional services revenues were $27 million, representing 15% of total Software revenues. In the second quarter, 84% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 11%, and the remaining 5% were from Asia Pacific. Our Software ARR in the second fiscal quarter of 2023 was $613 million, a 17% increase over the prior year quarter. Our platform ARR was $152 million, up [ 60% ] from last year and represented 25% of our total second quarter ARR compared with 18% last year. Our nonplatform ARR also grew nicely and was [ $461 ] million in the first quarter, up 7%. As a reminder, all of our ARR numbers have been adjusted for divestitures. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 114% overall versus 109% last year. Our platform customers continue to show very strong net expansion from follow-on sales of new use cases and from increased usage. The net retention rate for platform was 146% in the second quarter. Our nonplatform customers software usage increased this quarter due to increased volumes and PPI increases. The nonplatform NRR was 105%. We had another good quarter of Software sales with annual contract value bookings of $23.3 million versus $20.2 million in the prior year, an increase of [ 16% ]. As a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of Software sales, excluding professional services. Turning on to expenses for the quarter. Our total operating expenses were $221 million this quarter versus $205 million in the prior year and $205 million in Q1. Much of the increase was due to salary increases, which took effect in December and [indiscernible] increases. We also had approximately $10 million of nonrecurring expense from a number of small items that were incurred this quarter. We will have some onetime expense from our FICO World event in the third quarter, but we do expect a run rate in the back half of the year to increase slightly from the current levels. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown on our Reg G schedule, was 49% for the quarter, the same as our first quarter of FY '23. GAAP net income this quarter was $102 million, down 3% from the prior year quarter where, again, we had a large upfront license deal. GAAP EPS of $4 was up 1% from prior year. Our non-GAAP net income was $120 million -- $121 million for the quarter, down 2% versus the first quarter last year and non-GAAP EPS was $4.78, up 2% from the prior year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 26%. We expect our full year 2023 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% to 26%. [indiscernible] expecting recurring tax rate before any excess tax benefit or other discrete items. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 24% to 25%. Free cash flow for the quarter was $88 million for the trailing 12 months. Free cash flow was $439 million. At the end of the quarter, we had [ $167 ] million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.92 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 5.1%. Currently, [ about ] [ 67% ] of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating rate debt is prepayable at any time, giving us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating debt balances in future periods. Turning to return of capital. We bought back 170,000 shares in the second quarter at an average price of $684 per share. At the end of the quarter, we had $335 million remaining on the current Board authorization, and we continue to view share repurchases at an attractive use of cash. And with that, I'll turn it back to Will for his thoughts on the rest of fiscal '23 and our revised full year guidance.
William Lansing:
Thank you, Steve. As I said in my opening remarks, we continue to deliver strong results, and I have confidence in our team as we move forward. Our Scores business continues to deliver strong growth even in a volatile macro environment. As I've said in the past, our diversification through different credit verticals means we're less dependent on specific types of lending, which is very important in a rising rate environment. On the Software side, we continue to prove that market demand for FICO platform is strong and growing. We're delivering valuable technology to customers looking to use the latest analytic and AI technology to optimize their consumer interactions and revolutionize their businesses through digital transformation and, importantly, to do it at scale and with low latency. As always, we're focused on execution and remain committed to delivering value to our shareholders and visibility into our progress. Finally, today, we're raising our full year guidance as we enter the back half of our fiscal year. There's still a great deal of uncertainty in the markets we serve, but we have line of sight to much of our revenue and are confident that we can raise our guidance accordingly. We are raising our full year revenue guidance to $1.48 billion. We're also increasing our GAAP and non-GAAP net income guidance. GAAP net income is now expected to be $406 million. GAAP earnings per share is now expected to be $16.15. Non-GAAP net income is now expected to be $489 million. Non-GAAP EPS is $19.45. And with that, let's turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're ready now to take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And your first question comes from the line of Faiza Alwy with Deutsche Bank.
Faiza Alwy:
Wanted to talk about the updated revenue guidance of $1.48 billion. Can you walk us through sort of what's changed? Are there areas of the business where you're feeling more positive about versus are there areas where you've maybe changed your view around?
William Lansing:
Well, I think that it's not so much that things have changed as -- with the benefit of half a year behind us, we have more confidence in what we expected. And so we're able -- as you know, we're typically conservative in our guidance. And so we're really just stating officially that we're comfortable with the direction that things are headed. There's not really any surprises there, and there's not any dramatic changes.
Faiza Alwy:
Okay. Understood. Maybe just a follow-up on expenses. Steve, I know you mentioned something about $10 million of expenses that were more onetime in nature this quarter. Just walk us through sort of what your expectations are for the back half of the year again on expenses.
Steven Weber:
Yes. So we had a number of things that -- a lot of that may take place throughout the year. A lot of it has kind of happened this quarter. We included a little bit more for incentives, which we typically probably don't do to the third quarter. So we did that now. We had the success our sales events. We had a few other kind of true-up things that typically happen throughout the year, but we got more in this quarter. So the rest of the year, I mean, we have FICO World coming in our third quarter. So that's -- there's an expense associated with that. But we expect that, if anything, the expenses in the back half of the year will probably be similar to our second quarter or potentially even drift down in the fourth quarter because there aren't any onetime events there. A lot of that stems on the revenue we did, too. So -- but we don't -- it looks like there's a step function here, but it's not as much as it probably as it looks like on the surface because it's an aggregation of a lot of onetime happening in 1 quarter.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik:
Will, just a broad macro comment, especially since you're raising your guidance. Just a lot of your peers don't seem to be too worried about the incremental pressure from the bank failures and so forth, but I just wanted to see if you had any unique insight from what you're seeing and how you assess the risks here.
William Lansing:
I wish that I had unique insight to share with you. As you know, our revenues tend to lag the bureaus. They tend to lag -- and so we're not a leading indicator. What we do see is sequentially from last quarter to this quarter, we've stabilized, and we seem to be moving upward a little bit. So that's a positive sign. But I wouldn't say that I have -- that we, FICO, have any kind of unique insight into the future. We certainly haven't felt any fallout right now. We're not sensing any fallout.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. Okay. That's helpful. And then just on the originations revenues, I think we all have a good sense from the bureaus on the mortgage volumes. But I was just hoping you could give us some color on what auto, card and personal loan debt from a volume perspective this quarter.
Steven Weber:
Yes. They were both up. Auto was up a little, not a lot, but it was up year-over-year and current results. We don't need all the details at the [indiscernible], but they were both up at least modestly.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham.
Kyle Peterson:
Just wanted to touch on the software side of the business. The ARR, particularly in the platform side, looks really strong this quarter and acceleration at least in terms of the year-on-year growth rate compared to last quarter. I just want to see if you guys could dive into what drove that acceleration, especially kind of in an environment where I think there's a lot of speculation. The bank IT budgets could tighten just with all the ongoing volatility in the market.
William Lansing:
Yes. It's a good question, Kyle. And certainly, the backdrop for IT spending and software is a little softer. There's -- but not for us. So the good news is that our offerings, particularly our platform offering, but our software offerings are so critical. And so March, a part of kind of the strategic future for our big customers that they're not getting the same kind of cancellation and squeeze that some other software products are. We're -- in fact, we've seen our sales cycle shortening a little bit. We see continued expansion of existing sales of platform. And we're actually running into less competition out there than one might expect. Most of the competition comes from homegrown. There's not really competitors out there who have offerings that are on a par with ours. Our platform offering is so much more powerful and fully featured and what the customer needs that it tends to be a less competitive kind of situation and much more of a strategic buy. And so that's really what we're seeing. And so no, we have not slowed down in spite of the software spending environment.
Kyle Peterson:
Got it. That's helpful. And then maybe just a follow-up on the software side of the business, particularly the talent side of things. I know historically, you guys have kind of been a bit supply constrained per se, kind of having a hard time selling seats in some key roles. Has gotten any easier, given some of the labor market changes, call it, in the last 6 to 8 months, particularly in white-collar tech per se? I just wanted to see if it's got a little easier and maybe a part of that contributing to higher expenses.
William Lansing:
I'd say that we have never had any trouble attracting talent to FICO, not years ago, not last year, not this year, not even when times are tight, when employment is very tight. Yes, there are some salary and cost pressure. And I'd say that's more a year ago than today, but we have had no issues whatsoever with attracting talent or retaining talent for that matter. I think that we offer our engineers and our people super challenging roles. They're working on industries mediating critical stuff, and they like it, and we've been able to track great talent that way. I wouldn't -- with the exception of what Steve mentioned from a salary and stock comp expense standpoint, bonus standpoint, I wouldn't say that there's disproportionate pressure on conferencing or anything like that.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies.
Surinder Thind:
I'd like to start with a question on the Scores B2C side of the business. It looked like revenues were sequentially flat quarter-over-quarter versus the declines that you've seen in the last couple of quarters. Any color there in terms of the dynamic? Does it look like things have stabilized at this point and then maybe in terms of the new additions versus the number of people that are rolling off? Any color there?
William Lansing:
I think things have stabilized. It feels like they've stabilized. For myFICO, we've had some success with a free program. And I think for our partners, volumes are stabilizing. So I think that's kind of the general picture there.
Surinder Thind:
Fair enough. And then in terms of just the dollar-based NRR, obviously, there was a material acceleration in the figure from 130% last quarter to 146% this quarter. That reverses the slowing trend that we had been seeing. Can you provide some additional color there? How much of that is sensitivity to FX? And then how much of that is just like the international business there?
Steven Weber:
Yes. Very little of it [indiscernible]. You've got to remember, this is a fairly small number of customers. So a customer coming out and really expanding their use cases can have a pretty dramatic impact when they do that. So I mean you're going to have volatility in both that number and ARR number. But I mean we're seeing pretty much crossed forward with our customers. As they start to use it, they find additional use cases and they drive more volume. So we're really encouraged by that.
Surinder Thind:
And then one follow-on in terms of -- when I think about the new clients that you've been adding to the platform or the new use cases, that's consistently been growing at about a mid-teens pace. That was true last year. That was true this year. It was true through most of 2022. So it doesn't seem like there's really any impact from macro. You've kind of quantified it as there's maybe not a lot of sensitivity there given the importance of the platform. But can you discuss the conversations you're having with the new clients in terms of how you're quoting them? And what does that pipeline look like at this point? Like the conversions that you're seeing or that we're seeing now, is that conversations from last year? Or how -- when I say last year, meaning a year ago. Or how should we think about that in the current pipeline?
William Lansing:
I would say the pipeline is as strong as it has ever been. So it's not like we're working off old pipeline from last year. I think that the future is every bit as bright as the present. So I would just -- I'd lay that out there. The conversations are strategic. So we're operating at a higher level in our customers. We're talking to Chief Digital Officer, the Digital Transformation Officer, the C-suite, the CIO, the Chief Risk Officer. The conversation has been elevated, and that continues to be the case. And I think the couple of things to distinguish our sales approach here are, one, we have something that nobody else has, which the industry very much wants. They want to be able to have this certain industry view of the customer and optimize every interaction and leverage all the data that they know about every consumer to make the smartest kind of an interaction we possibly can. And that's been imperative for the industry. And certainly, the biggest and most forward-thinking banks and lenders are already well down this path, and they see that we have the right offering for that. The other thing is the payback is very rapid. So unlike some of the software that we sold in the past were it'd be a long sales cycle and then it would be a long install and then the payback might take a couple, three years, and then it would get -- the license would be renewed for another three years and another three years. I would say that was kind of the typical software kind of approach five years ago. Today, the payback is extremely rapid. It can be within a year. It could be less than a year. And so what -- and it's very easy to get started. You don't have to commit to a monster project to get started. You can start with one portfolio with one or two or three use cases, see how it goes and then expand from there. And as a result, it's very easy for our customers to give it a try. And when they do it, they try it, and they fall in love with it, and then they expand. And so I think between the very rapid ROI, the very strong references we get from our customers who talk to our would-be customers and the strategic nature, I think those are all the things that are powering us.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of George Tong with Goldman Sachs.
George Tong:
With fiscal 2Q now complete, you have visibility into the flow-through of your Scores special pricing increases. Can you discuss the traction of your special pricing increases? And how much of it is reflected in your updated guidance?
William Lansing:
If you're asking is there any special pricing on top of the guidance that we've provided, if that's what you're asking, I would say yes, there is, but we don't quantify it. I mean we really -- there's enough uncertainty out there that we'll know what the special pricing is at the end of the year when the numbers are counted. So I would -- the short version is there is some special pricing above the guidance that we've provided today, but I wouldn't want to quantify it today.
Steven Weber:
Yes. And George, you follow the point out if you realize we're conservative with the way we guide, and we don't want to put the final point on anything. So we [indiscernible] we can. We'll provide more context when we can, but this is pretty much consistent with what we've done in the past years.
George Tong:
And then aside from guidance, just in terms of what's the receptivity and what's the traction of your special pricing increases?
William Lansing:
Well, they go through. We wind up publishing the new prices, and then they go through, and they flow through. And if there were -- if we were to face attrition because of the pricing, I suppose we would start to learn about it now, but we certainly haven't seen anything like that.
George Tong:
Perfect. Very helpful. And then secondly, you mentioned auto and card volumes are up modestly. Can you describe what you're seeing with origination volumes from a trend perspective? How are they trending? I mean things getting better? Are they stable?
Steven Weber:
Yes. Card origination is probably trending down. I mean it's very hot at the end of last year -- next calendar year. It's probably trending down a little bit. But auto has bounced around a lot. It's been pretty stable throughout the last couple of years. But pricing, you probably [indiscernible] data from industry sources that you're going to get from us. And again.
Operator:
Your next question comes from line of Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets.
Ashish Sabadra:
Steve, maybe a quick clarification when you talked about the expense growth in the back half of the year. Is that increasing in the back half of the year? Is that excluding the $10 million onetime in the second quarter? Or doesn't include that?
Steven Weber:
No. On a run rate basis, we'll probably be pretty flat to that $10 million or maybe that's probably the high end of what it would be, again, but a lot of kind of how much [indiscernible] get revenue over beyond our guidance. There's some products associated with that. But you can kind of back in on your model, if you take our guidance and see what's the implied expenses in the back half of the year. But personnel was up 6%. I think the personnel were not all that obviously is payroll increase and headcount expansion, so we had some true-ups of some incentives both in the U.S. and other parts of the world. So there's a little bit of -- and we have a number of different kind of onetime things that kind of gets that to $10 million number. So there's a lot of noise in the number. I don't want people to think that our expenses are ramping up that dramatically.
Ashish Sabadra:
That's very helpful color. Maybe just a quick question on the FHFA press release that came out on March 23. It mentioned that it currently estimates the buyer credit implementation could occur by first quarter of 2024. I was just wondering if you had any thoughts on the implementation.
William Lansing:
Your guess is as good as ours. It has always seemed like a somewhat aggressive timetable to us, but time will tell whether it happens at that time or later. But -- and one could imagine that it could happen on the time frame that's been announced.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird.
Jeff Meuler:
So Software looks great. Look forward to seeing you at FICO World, I guess, next month. I do have another question on the guidance methodology. I just want to make sure I'm understanding it correctly. I think you said, Will, that like you took a similar approach to prior years. There was another question, and it didn't sound like the environment is all that different than what you were expecting. But the magnitude of the increase this year was obviously quite a bit less, at least at the EPS line than some prior years, what you did during Q2. So I'm not understanding if, like, you're holding back more of the pricing benefit this year given uncertainty or if there's offsets in volumes, you mentioned card getting worse or just anything like that? Or is this a pretty full view of the calendar '23 special pricing impact similar to what you've incorporated in prior years with a little bit of conservatism?
Steven Weber:
Yes, I think it's probably more conservatism than we've had in the past because of so much uncertainty, right? I mean you go back a couple of years early pull guidance completely. So I mean there's a lot of uncertainty there. We have a fair amount now as well, but we're obviously dealing in a pretty volatile environment where a lot of our peers are funding their guidance. So we're trying to be as prudent as possible.
Jeff Meuler:
Got it. And then just can you comment on free cash flow? I get that it could be lumpy quarter-to-quarter. I think we have a couple quarters in a row now where it's a bit lower. So just what's going on there? Or any sense of like when you'd expect that to normalize?
Steven Weber:
I think it'll probably normalize in the back half of the year. I think what happens is you see it both in our accounts receivable. So I think as our Score revenue jumps up, it hit the receivables, and that takes a while hard to flow through to cash. So a lot of that is fairly late in the quarter. So I think you'll probably see a lot more flow through next quarter. There's nothing changing in any of that. So I mean if you look at overall period of time, you'll see [indiscernible].
Operator:
And there are no further questions. I'll turn the call back to your presenters for closing remarks. Thank you.
Steven Weber:
All right. Thank you all for joining today, and we look forward to speaking with you again soon. Thank you. This ends the call.
Operator:
And that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you very much for your participation. You may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Greetings, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. [Operator Instructions] This conference is being recorded Thursday, January 26, 2023. And now I'd like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's first quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Interim CFO, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the Company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the Company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the Company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 26, 2024. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we've posted some slides that we will be referencing through our presentation today. I'm pleased with the results we delivered in our first fiscal quarter. Even in these uncertain economic times, the resilience of our assets and the execution of our team allow us to deliver steady growth in both revenues and earnings and value to our shareholders. Page 2 shows financial highlights from our first quarter. We reported revenues of $345 million in Q1, up 7% from the prior year. Our GAAP net income of $98 million was up 15% over the prior year and GAAP EPS of $3.84, up 24%. On a non-GAAP basis, Q1 net income was $108 million, up 6% from the prior year, and earnings per share of $4.26 were up 15% from the prior year quarter. Overall, we are off to a very good start in our fiscal 2023. In Scores, revenues were up 5% over the same period last year, as you can see on Page 6 of the presentation. B2B revenues were up 11% in the quarter versus the prior year, driven by unit price increases, increased volumes in card and personal loan originations, and also by a license renewal in Latin America. In the U.S., auto originations revenues were up 24% and card and personal loan originations revenues were up 19%. We continue to see reduced mortgage origination volumes for the U.S. market, where revenues were down about 40% year-over-year. The fiscal 2023 price increases we talked about last quarter take effect primarily in January. So we expect to see much of the impact in our second fiscal quarter. As always, it's difficult to estimate the timing and magnitude of the impact. Our B2C revenues were down 6% versus the prior year quarter as we continue to see difficult comps in our myFICO business due to the economic climate and especially because of the higher interest rates and lower number of consumers preparing for mortgages. In our software business, we continue our focus on the decisioning platform that enables businesses to optimize consumer interactions across their enterprise. Overall software numbers look strong, and platform numbers continue to be exceptional. As you can see on Page 7, we delivered overall ARR growth of 11% and platform ARR growth of 46%. Our ARR, our DBNRR and our ACV numbers are adjusted for the Siron divestiture. And again, our customers continue to find new use cases, as you can see from our net retention rates shown on Page 8. Overall, net retention rate was 110%, and platform net retention is 130%, continuing to demonstrate the success of our land-and-expand strategy, and we continue to see strong demand for our software. As you can see on Page 9, our ACV bookings were up 31% over the same period last year, and we continue to see a strong pipeline of opportunities as customers look to FICO to deliver strategic mission-critical decisioning. Earlier this week, I had the opportunity to attend our annual sales meeting, where I met with colleagues from around the world to discuss best practices, current trends and especially how our customers view our offerings. I heard firsthand how customers were looking at FICO to help solve their most difficult decisions and how those customers were increasingly finding new ways to use the FICO platform throughout their businesses. I don't think there's ever been a time at FICO where the team has been so excited about the opportunities ahead of us. And I share that excitement. I came away with a renewed appreciation for our unique technological capabilities and the incredible team that we have taking it to the market. Finally, as I've often said, we are committed to becoming the preeminent platform player in decisioning analytics. The strategic focus has allowed us to exit some non-strategic products and services over the last few years. In November, we announced we had reached an agreement to transition our Siron compliance business to our partner, IMTF. We closed that transaction in December. While we are proud of the work and the innovation at the FICO team put into Siron to make it an industry-leading solution, we believe we are better positioned if we dedicate our focus and our resources to expanding the capabilities and market penetration of FICO platform. I'll have some final comments in a few minutes, but first, let me turn the call back to Steve for more financial detail. Thanks.
Steve Weber:
As Will said, we delivered another solid quarter in both our Scores and Software segments. Total revenues for the first quarter were $345 million, an increase of 7% over the prior year and slightly ahead of our internal plan. In our Scores segment, revenues were $178 million, up 5% from the same period last year. B2B Scores revenues were up 11% over the prior year. As has been the case for several quarters, mortgage originations revenues were down from the previous year. This quarter, those revenues were down 40% from the same quarter last year and 29% from Q4. But again, that was offset by growth in other areas. Credit card and personal loan originations revenues were up 19% over last year, and auto originations revenues were up 24%. We also renewed a multi-year license, which had a positive impact on the quarter. B2C Scores revenues were down 6% from the same period last year, and we expect B2C revenues to be down modestly from current levels throughout the rest of the fiscal year. Software segment revenues in the first quarter were $167 million, up 9% versus the same period last year. Software revenues recognized over time were $133 million or 80% of total software revenues. License revenues recognized upfront or at any point in time, were $12 million this quarter and represented 7% of software revenues. Our professional services revenues were $22 million, representing 13% of total software revenues. This quarter, 85% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 9%, and the remaining 6% were from Asia Pacific. Our software ARR in the first fiscal quarter of 2023 was $583 million, an 11% increase over the prior year quarter. Our platform ARR was $133 million, up 46% last year and represented 23% of our total first quarter ARR compared with 17% last year. Our non-platform ARR was $450 million in the first quarter, up 4% when adjusted for divestitures. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 110% overall versus 109% last year. Our platform customers continue to show very strong net expansion from land-and-expand follow-on sales and increased usage. The net retention per platform was 130% in the fourth quarter. Our non-platform customer software usage has matured and relatively stable with retention this quarter at 103%. Software sales were again strong this quarter with annual contract value bookings at $21.5 million versus $16.4 million in the prior year, an increase of 31%. And as a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of software sales, excluding professional services. Turning now to our expenses for the quarter. Total operating expenses were $205 million this quarter versus $207 million in the prior year and $215 million in Q4. While we continue to focus on expense efficiency, we do expect our total expenses to trend up in FY 2023 from salary increases and modest headcount increases. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown on our Reg G schedule, was 49% for the quarter, representing a 400 basis point non-GAAP margin expansion versus the same period last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $98 million, up 15% from the prior year quarter. Our non-GAAP net income was $108 million for the quarter, up 6% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 17% and included $10 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of employee stock awards. We expect our full-year fiscal 2023 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% to 26%. That expected recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefits or other discrete items. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 24%. Free cash flow for the quarter was $92 million. For the trailing 12 months, free cash flow was $471 million. At the end of the quarter, we had $166 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.92 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 4.9%. Currently, about 67% of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating rate debt is prepayable at any time, giving us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating rate debt balances in future periods. Turning to return of capital. We bought back 180,000 shares in the first quarter at an average price of $418 per share. We have $451 million remaining on the current Board authorization, and we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. And with that, I'll turn it back to Will for his thoughts on the rest of FY 2023.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. I'm really pleased with our Q1 results. I'm pleased with the progress we're making on strategic initiatives, and I'm pleased with our positioning for the balance of fiscal 2023. Our Scores business continues to deliver growth even in a turbulent market. As I said in the past, our diversification across different credit verticals means that we are not dependent on one specific type of lending. On the software side, our platform strategy continued to drive strong results. The strategic mission-critical nature of our decisioning FICO platform means that customers are not delaying purchases and implementations. This is evident in the 13 straight quarters of 40-plus percent of platform ARR growth and the continued strong net retention rate of current customers. We are confident we have the best-in-class capabilities in an emerging marketplace that's poised for sustained growth. I'm confident we have the correct strategy and a strong team in place to deliver on the remarkable opportunities ahead. As always, we remain focused on execution, and we are committed to delivering outstanding value for our shareholders. As a reminder, when we announced our CFO transition, we also reiterated our guidance with an adjustment for the transition of the Siron Compliance Solution to our partner. So we are guiding revenues of $1.463 billion, GAAP net income of $401 million, GAAP EPS of $16, non-GAAP net income of $487 million, and non-GAAP EPS of $19.42. I'll turn the call back to Steve, and we'll be taking questions.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we are now ready to take your questions. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And we have a question from the line of George Tong with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
George Tong:
Hi. Thanks. Good afternoon. When you presented your fiscal 2023 guidance last quarter, you had assumed Scores revenue growth of 7% composed entirely of pricing increases and flat origination volumes. One quarter into fiscal 2023, does that assumption still hold on your end? Or are you seeing anything that could challenge those trends?
William Lansing:
I think the assumption still holds. The future remains uncertain, but right now, the assumption holds. We think we're right on track.
George Tong:
Great. Switching to the software side. ARR year-over-year growth accelerated in fiscal 4Q from fiscal 3Q, and you mentioned in your prepared remarks that customer demand remains strong. Can you, overall, just elaborate on the overall spending environment for enterprise software? And if you're seeing any second derivative slowdown in spend?
William Lansing:
So as I mentioned, I think that because the platform software is so mission-critical, it's a little bit less subject to our customers pulling in their budgets and pulling in their spend. So there's no question that there is budget pressure out there. I mean everyone is under budget pressure. But the kinds of solutions we provide with the platform are such a perfect fit for the strategic needs of some of these customers that it's something that just can't wait. And so when the customers adopt a platform, it's a transformation of their business really, and it's not the kind of thing that's easy to put off. The other thing I would say is we're demonstrating incredibly rapid return on investment. And we have testimonials from customers with amazing returns, within year returns. And that word is getting around. Our customers are finding out that this stuff pays for itself within a year. And as a result, we have not seen any slowdown in the spend on our platform business.
George Tong:
Very helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question is from Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. I'd like to start with a question on the Scores business. Can you provide any other additional color on kind of the licensing deals or the magnitude of that? When I kind of think about what volumes were, the B2B revenues came in a bit higher than I was anticipating. So any color on how licensing deals compare this year to last year in terms of the revenue impact?
William Lansing:
I would say that the license deal that we referenced is kind of par for the course. We get these deals from time to time, renewal deals, sometimes they're bigger renewal deals. They happen every year. We can't really predict what quarter they happen in, and so we get a little bit of lumpiness there, and that's what we've got here.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And then in terms of the B2C business. I think you mentioned that maybe you're expecting some modestly lower revenues on a go-forward basis. Is the expectation just of sequential declines on a quarter-over-quarter basis throughout the year at this point? Or any color that you can help us provide on how to think about the amount of drag that perhaps there might be on a go-forward basis?
Steve Weber:
Yes. Surinder, this is Steve. It's relatively modest that we see right now. I mean, a piece of that business is, as you know, there is a partner side and then the myFICO side. The myFICO side has been challenged by the economic environment, right. In fact that people and I getting pay mortgages, if mortgages increase in the spring and breaking them down and that increase that our business will probably pick back up again. But it looks right now, we're projecting it to be a little bit less than it is today, but we're not expecting to be [indiscernible].
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And just a clarification on that, Steve. So is the partner side holding steady at this point? Or – and it's – the drag is mostly from the myFICO side?
Steve Weber:
Yes, it's mostly on the myFICO side because the myFICO side is more – the partners have a lot of different business models they can cycle off to, right? There's a premium [indiscernible] MyFICO side, we don't set what market it is. It's a lot more tied to each market.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And then one quick question on just capital allocation. The stock has obviously performed really well over the past year and especially over the previous quarter. So does this still kind of make sense to be fully allocating all of your free cash flow towards share repurchases? Or should we start to think about maybe paying down some of the floating rate debt at this point?
William Lansing:
We're still in love with our stock, and the plan is to continue to return capital to shareholders through stock repurchase. That said, we'll keep an eye on rates. And we're at a weighted 4.9% on the interest expense right now. And I just – when I look at FICO stock, when you look at FICO stock, I think you believe that's a better – that's a good balance. So for now, still on stock buyback.
Surinder Thind:
Understood. That’s all with my questions.
Operator:
Our next question is from Kyle Peterson with Needham & Company. Please go ahead your line is open.
Kyle Peterson:
Great. Thanks, guys. So I just wanted to get your, like, sense of appetite. I guess, like you guys just mentioned FICO stock is really attractive. But how are you guys feeling about the buyback and capital allocation in this environment? And kind of if you could rank order, Steve, your like use of capital, that would be really helpful?
Steve Weber:
Yes. Okay, Kyle, that’s a good question. So one of the things we're really working on hard, frankly, is we're bringing back as much cash as we can from around the world. Even if there's a slight expense to that when the rates are higher, it just makes more sense to do that as much as possible. So that we're bringing as much cash into the U.S. as we can. And then we look at the trade-offs between the rates and to put what kind of stock we can buy back. So as Will said, we're concentrating on buybacks, but that can change as the markets change. So we look at that, we model it out. And we're still comfortable that buying as many shares back as we can conceivably. We're not going to do like we did last year where we went all in, and we ratcheted up our debt when we said we had the opportunity. But I think you'll see us spending the free cash flow this year on buybacks.
Kyle Peterson:
Yes. I mean, that makes sense. And I mean I think you guys went hog-wild on it last year, but like, yes, we're all about that. But I guess like just as we're thinking into the next year, is there anything different? Or should we expect more or less cash flow? I guess that the messaging from you guys historically has been, cash flow is – it's your money and shareholders' and not ours, and we want to return that if we can't find a better use of that. But is there any different messaging? Or is it more of the same with you at helm, at least for now?
William Lansing:
Look, I think Steve said it well. I mean, we try to return free cash flow every year. And then periodically, we do more than that. So for the last two years, we've done considerably more than that. And it's because the stock price was depressed, like really, in our minds, quite depressed relative to its value, and also it was a lower interest rate environment. Now we have higher interest rate environment. The stock is a little bit price here. I still think it's a bargain, but it's more expensive than it was. And so we're back to thinking about stock repurchase in terms of our free cash flow, our annual free cash flow. So I would say that things have changed. I mean we were really piling up the debt to buy in the shares over the last two years, and we will not be quite as aggressive in the future, at least right now under these circumstances.
Steve Weber:
And again, two-thirds of our debt is fixed. So we have no rate risk there at all, so even with the rates increasing. So we're just talking about the variable rate, and we're happy with where it is right now, but we continue to monitor it. And if rates were to go up significantly, then we'd probably pair back the buybacks. But it's always just the calculus we have to do.
Kyle Peterson:
Yes. Makes ton of sense. Thanks guys. Nice quarter.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead your line is open.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you. On the Auto and Card side, you gave us – you showed some healthy revenue increases. But I was hoping you could just help us parse down what volumes are doing in those two categories? And the flat volume assumption for overall volumes in Scores, I guess what are you assuming for Auto and Card to get to that flat number?
Steve Weber:
Yes. So right now, Auto is relatively flat. It's up some months and down some months, but it's relatively flat. Card is still up. It's been probably decelerating, but it's still up. So most of the increase year-over-year on revenues on the Auto side came from pricing. Most of the increase on the Card side came from volumes. Not 100%, but most of it was. So as we go forward now, next quarter, we'll have the benefit of the new price increases. So it – there's a lot of different variables in there. So it's hard to really say what we're expecting in terms of overall volumes because there's a lot of different tiers involved, and there's different pricing tiers. So you have to really dig under the covers to see all of that. But we're not seeing anything in the market that's really changing the way we looked at it when we issued guidance three months ago. Mortgage is probably a little bit weaker than it was then, but we knew it was going to be weak. So none of that really surprises us. We'll see how things progress in the next couple of quarters. If housing pricing comes down and the rates are down a little bit and that market picks up, then we'll get some more acceleration there. But right now, we're pretty much tracking to what we thought we would see three months ago.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. Helpful. And then, Will, just on the Software side, the platform business always had a five handle. Next is, in terms of growth, I know it's probably just nitpicking. This time, it's 46%, but even in your prepared remarks, you said 40% plus type growth. Is it just the law of large numbers? Is there something timing-wise? Just talk to us a little bit around that, please?
Steve Weber:
It's a little bit of both. So we knew we were never going to be able to keep the 70% number, right? So now we've been 50%, now we're a little less than 50%. Looking at the rest of the year, we think we'll probably be in that high 40s to low 50s percent. So there is some timing around some of these things. But we don't see it really decline. I mean, it's declined for the last few quarters, but we think we're pretty comfortable operating in this range, give or take a few points.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. Okay. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Our next question is from Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Ashish Sabadra:
Thanks for taking my question. Just a question on the special pricing. Our understanding is that tends to be in the $40 million to $60 million range usually. Is that the expectation this time as well based on initial feedback as you have ruled out these special pricing increases?
William Lansing:
We never confirmed that number. It's – and so I won't be doing it today. There is still some special pricing, but I can't confirm a number for you today.
Steve Weber:
It's easier to do in hindsight. There's a lot of volatility, right, in the marketplace. So if you can tell us what the interest rates are going to be in six months, we can probably give you a better number.
Ashish Sabadra:
Okay. That's fair. Maybe just a follow-up question on portfolio rationalization. Is it fair to assume that the Siron divestiture could also potentially help on the growth profile? And are there other opportunities for portfolio rationalization within the software portfolio?
William Lansing:
I would say yes and no. So yes, our platform growth rate is substantially higher than the Siron business that we divested. And so divesting it does contribute to a higher growth rate for FICO. And are there other opportunities in our portfolio? Not really. I mean never say never. We're always looking to be as streamlined and efficient as we possibly can be. But we're pretty happy with the set of assets and the set of solutions that we have today. Even our older application solutions are still quite popular with our customers. We continue to invest in them and make sure that they have the features and functionality that the market needs. And as you know, the renewals on these typically have a cycle of kind of three years, and they get renewed multiple times. It could be a nine-year or 12-year kind of arrangement. And so I think we'll be probably hanging on to the vast majority of our portfolio. There are no obvious candidates for divestiture at this time.
Ashish Sabadra:
That's very helpful color. And maybe if I can sneak in one last question on the B2C side. As you mentioned, some of it is tied to the mortgage weakness. But I was wondering if there's anything that you can do from a product perspective or a marketing perspective in order to improve or moderate the headwinds that are causing from the weak mortgage market on the B2C side?
William Lansing:
Well, I can share you that our talented management team is doing everything they can on the marketing side and the customer acquisition side to keep the business growing as much as possible. But you do have a macro environment that just results in the kind of performance that you're seeing right now. That business is completely data-driven science-based kind of a business where we spend on customer acquisition up to where it ceased to be economically smart to do so. And so there's – that is always optimized. That business is optimized at whatever levels we have in the marketplace. And so the short answer to your question is we're doing just the right amount. I really think it's optimized. I don't know that more would make things better. You might be able to get the growth rate up, but it wouldn't be better from an economic standpoint.
Ashish Sabadra:
That's very helpful color. Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Faiza Alwy with Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Faiza Alwy:
Yes. Hi, thank you. So first, I just wanted to pick on a comment that you made saying that you thought revenues were ahead of plan. Maybe you could talk about what areas in particular were better than your expectations in the quarter?
Steve Weber:
Yes. I mean it was modest, but it was on the software side. I mean, the Scores number is pretty much dead on plan, and software came in a little bit ahead of plan. So it's encouraging to see that, that happen.
Faiza Alwy:
Okay. Great. And then on the software side, I'm curious how we should think about the non-platform revenues. I think previously, you had talked about those revenues being roughly flat. And they are. They were down just a little bit on a year-over-year basis. I'm talking about the recurring revenue. Like is that – like – so that $450 million, is that sort of the right way to think about it going forward? Or do you expect sort of more – some declines from here in that business?
William Lansing:
I think someday we will have declines, but I think for the time being, flat is the right way to think about it. Now obviously, we can manage that number. We choose to end of life some products, and that contributes to shrinkage. And it's a balancing. And it's really a balancing act that we are in. I think that we're in a good place right now at flat. That's just about the right balance where we can close down, end of life the products that would result in us having a lot of technical debt where we did continue them without really shrinking that business. The day will come, no doubt, when we will shrink that business somewhat. But that day is still a ways away.
Faiza Alwy:
Got it. And then just on expenses. I think you mentioned that expenses are going to go up a little bit as we go through the year, mostly driven by personnel expenses. And I'm curious, is that something that's – something that's already put in motion? Or maybe want to talk about the magnitude of that increase, if you can? And secondly, like how much flexibility you have on that, should the planned revenues don't come in line. Is that something you can pull back on?
Steve Weber:
It's not – it's not a lot of money. But I mean, we put – we have salary increases that take place in December. So we'll have three full quarters of that. There'll probably be some additions to headcount, but we expect to have more revenues, too. So I mean, we can delay the headcount hires if the revenues don't come in. So we do have control over it to some degree, but it's not a step function in expenses.
Faiza Alwy:
Got it. Thank you so much.
Operator:
Our next question is from Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
It is [indiscernible] on for Jeff. I was just hoping to get a little color on some of the nonorigination B2B scores, and particularly, the marketing and prescreen side of things. How is that trending...
Steve Weber:
Yes. Prescreen is down slightly from last quarter. Some of that is seasonal. But we still see pretty strong pre-stream numbers, but they're not what they were in the fall. So we'll see what happens after the first of the year. Typically, that's a lower marketing quarter, but we monitor that, and we'll see. It's still strong, but it's not as strong as it was in the fall.
Unidentified Analyst:
Okay. And then...
Steve Weber:
In terms of the account management scores, the account review scores, those were actually stronger. So for – there's a lot of different factors looked on that, but it's a little bit stronger than it was in the prior quarters.
Unidentified Analyst:
Appreciate that. And then on the software side of things, is there a usage component that benefited in the quarter? Or is it just strong growth?
Steve Weber:
There's some usage. I mean, it's a combination. Most of the platform, especially, it's all based off the usage. So it can either be increased usage of the same functionality or additional use cases that are brought on board.
Unidentified Analyst:
But is there like, I guess, a transactional or is there a revenue benefit to, like I said, the increased usage that's specifically...
Steve Weber:
Yes.
Unidentified Analyst:
Okay. Appreciate it.
Operator:
And that concludes our Q&A session for today. It also concludes the call. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterward, we will conduct a question and answer session. [Operator Instructions] This conference is being recorded Wednesday, November 9, 2022. And now I'd like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber, Vice President, Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the Company's business, operations and personnel, that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the Company's filings with the SEC in particular in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the Company's earnings release and the Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and the Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the Company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 9, 2023. And now, I will turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. And thank you everyone for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we've posted some slides that we'll be referencing during our presentation today. I'm pleased to report that we had a very good quarter which completed an outstanding year with record revenues, record earnings, and record cash flows. We easily exceeded our guidance in all areas even after a mid-year raise. Pages 2 and 3 show some financial highlights from our fourth quarter. We reported revenues of $349 million in fourth quarter and $1.38 billion of revenue for the fiscal year. We delivered $91 million of GAAP net income in the quarter and GAAP earnings of $3.55 per share. For the full fiscal year, we delivered $374 million of GAAP net income and $14.18 of earnings per share. On a non-GAAP basis, Q4 net income was $112 million and earnings per share were $4.40. Full year non-GAAP net income was $454 million, up 19% over last year, and non-GAAP EPS of $17.22 was up 32% over the previous year. We continue to deliver strong free cash flow growth as well. Q4 free cash flow was $144 million, bringing the fiscal year total to $503 million up 21% from the previous year. Our strong cash flow allowed us to be especially aggressive in returning capital to shareholders through our share buybacks. In fiscal 2022, we repurchased nearly 2.7 million shares at an average price of $409 per share. In our Software segment, we delivered $175 million of revenue, up 5% from last year. We continue to drive growth in this segment, particularly on our platform. As shown on Page 7, total ARR was up 9% and the platform ARR grew 52%. We continued to deliver strong NRR as well, demonstrating our land and expand strategy as customers increase their total usage. Total NRR for the quarter shown on Page 8 was 107%. Platform NRR was 128% and we continue to see strong demand for our technology from new customers. Our ACV bookings as shown on Page 9, were up 14% over last year. We continue to focus on our state-of-the-art FICO platform, it truly is NextGen decisioning technology. It allows customers to use advanced analytics to optimize interactions with their consumers. In our Scores segment, we're seeing a continuation of the trend for the last several quarters. Mortgage originations have continued to decline and in Q4 accounted for just 11% of our Scores revenue and 5% of total company revenues. Auto originations revenues remained relatively stable with originations flat with last quarter and up 20% versus last year, primarily due to pricing. Card and personal loan originations continue to perform well with originations revenues up 37% over last year. Total Scores revenues were up 3% in the quarter versus the prior year and up 8% for the full year as you can see on Page 6. On the B2B side, revenues were up 6% in both the quarter and for the full year. This is a strong result considering the rapid and dramatic rise of interest rates and their impact on the mortgage market. On the B2C side, revenues were down 3% in the quarter due to a slowdown in new customer subscriptions on our myFICO platform and up 11% for the full year. I will discuss next year's guidance in greater detail later where we expect the Scores business to grow about 7%. We also expect the special pricing initiatives for 2023 to have an additional impact beyond our guided numbers consistent with those over the last several years. Although it's difficult to estimate the timing and magnitude of the impact. Finally, as you are aware, the Federal Housing Finance Agency announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have completed their validation and approval of new credit score models. I'm pleased the process has concluded and that the FICO Scores has again been approved for using conforming mortgages by the enterprises. This decision means that FICO Score 10T will be required to be used when available, as classic FICO is today for each conforming mortgage delivered to the enterprises. The latest release of our flagship FICO score, FICO Score 10T delivers increased predictive power while preserving the trusted and proven FICO score minimum scoring criteria. These improvements in predictive power can help mortgage lenders safely avoid unexpected credit risk and better control default rates. The decision from the FHFA is the culmination of a multiyear process set out by both congressional and administrative regulation. We look forward to additional guidance from the FHFA and the enterprises on the timeline and the implementation process. I'm also pleased to report that in our fourth quarter we signed a multi-year extension with the large bureau partner in the consumer Scores space. I have some final comments and provide our fiscal '23 guidance in a few minutes. But first, let me turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will. And good afternoon, everyone. As Will summarized we had another exceptional fiscal year and we are pleased with our momentum as we head into fiscal 2023. Total revenue for the fourth quarter was $349 million, an increase of 4% over the prior year. Our full year revenue of $1.38 billion was up 5% over last year and up 8% when adjusted for the divestitures we completed in fiscal 2021. In our Scores segment, revenues for the quarter were $174 million, up 3% from the same period last year. B2B revenue was up 6% with growth in our auto scores and credit card and personal loans scores more than compensating for continued declines in mortgage score revenues. Our B2C revenue was down 3% from the same period last year, due primarily to the impact of fewer new subscribers on our myFICO.com platform, a trend we highlighted on last quarter's earnings call. For the full year, Scores revenues were $707 million up 8% from last year despite sizable headwinds in the mortgage origination space. Software segment revenues in the fourth quarter were $175 million, up 5% versus the same period last year. Full year software revenues were $671 million, up 1% from the previous year and up 9% after adjusting for our 2021 divestitures. This quarter 82% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region, which includes both North America and Latin America. Our EMEA region generated 11% and 7% was from Asia-Pacific. Our Software ARR at the end of the fourth quarter was $569 million, a 9% increase over the prior year quarter. Our platform ARR was $114 million, representing 20% of our total fourth quarter ARR, and a growth rate of 52% versus the prior year. Our non-platform ARR was $455 million in the fourth quarter, which was 1% higher than the prior year. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 107% overall, our non-platform customer's software usage continues to be mature and relatively stable with retention this quarter at 100%. Our platform customers are showing a very strong net expansion from land and expand follow on sales and increased usage. The dollar-based net retention rate for platform was 128% in the fourth quarter versus 143% in the prior year. Our software ACV bookings for the quarter were $30 million versus $26 million in the prior year. ACV bookings increased for the full year to $86 million versus $63 million in FY '21. As a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of new software sales excluding professional services. Turning now to our expenses for the quarter, total operating expenses were $215 million this quarter versus $219 million in the prior year. In fiscal 2022, our expenses benefited from a number of factors, including savings from divested businesses, headcount reduction actions taken at the end of FY '21, somewhat elevated employee attrition, and significant operational efficiencies achieved in our software segment. While we will continue our focus on expense efficiency in fiscal 2023, we expect our total expenses to trend up modestly in the coming year. Our non-GAAP operating margin as shown on our Reg G schedule was 47% for the quarter and 48% for the full year. We delivered non-GAAP margin expansion of 800 basis points for the full fiscal year. GAAP net income this quarter was $91 million up 6% from the prior year quarter. Our non-GAAP net income was $112 million for the quarter and materially consistent with the same quarter last year. For the full year, GAAP net income was $374 million compared with $392 million last year. As a reminder, last year's GAAP net income included a gain of $100 million on product line asset sales and business divestitures. GAAP net income for fiscal 2022 was $454 million up 19% from the prior year. The effective tax rate for the full year was 21% including $9 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of employee stock awards. We expect our FY 2023 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% to 26%, that expected recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefit and other discrete items. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 24% in FY '23. Free cash flow for the quarter was $144 million. For the full year, free cash flow was $503 million up 21% from last year's $416 million. At the end of the quarter, we had $159 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.85 billion, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.4%. As you recall, we issued $550 million in senior notes last December, locking in a fixed rate of 4%. Currently, about 70% of our total debt is fixed rate. Our floating rate debt is pre-payable at any time giving us the flexibility to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding floating rate debt balances if it is financially advantageous for us to do so in future periods. Turning to return of capital, we bought back 120,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $468 per share. In fiscal 2022, we repurchased a total of 2,678,000 shares at an average price of $409 per share for a total of $1.1 billion. The Board approved a new $500 million authorization in October and we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. With that, I will turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on FY '23.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As we enter our fiscal 2023, I'm excited about our prospects and opportunities that lie ahead. We have an incredible set of assets and a business model that can produce predictable solid results even in a turbulent macro environment. Our FICO platform continues to experience phenomenal growth as we find a receptive audience for best-in-class decisioning that our panelists deliver. Our Scores business continues to deliver industry-standard risk management products that are especially critical in uncertain economic times. And the recent FHFA decision ensures that we'll be a critical component in the mortgage process for many years to come. The successful deal signings we had in fiscal '22, as well as prudent planning and management, give us confidence, we will have another successful year in fiscal '23. We are providing full year guidance as shown on the presentation. Regarding revenues of approximately $1.475 billion, an increase of 7% versus fiscal 22. We are guiding GAAP net income of approximately $401 million, an increase of 7.5%. GAAP earnings per share of approximately $16, an increase of 13%. Non-GAAP net income of $487 million and non-GAAP earnings per share of $19.42, increases of 7.5% and 13% respectively. With that, I'll turn it back over to Steve and we'll take questions.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This does conclude our prepared remarks. And we're now ready to take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We do have a question from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham & Company. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Sam Salvas:
This is actually Sam Salvas on for Kyle today. Thanks for taking the questions, and nice results here. I wanted to start out on the software side of the business. It seems like things are still going well here. But wanted to get a sense if you guys could talk a little bit more about demand here, maybe specifically on the international side, are you guys seen any deals get pushed out or any deals being downsized given the current macro environment?
Will Lansing:
We are not seeing deals pushed out nor are we seeing deals downsized. It's probably worth noting that we have a fairly long sales cycle, it's approximately a year long. And so it's long enough in our view. But we have not seen softness. No, I think that the current solutions and offerings particularly around the platform are really strategic. And the - and our customers see them that way and it's a higher-level decision. And so whatever financial pressure our customers may be under, our deals with them seem not to be affected.
Sam Salvas:
Got it. Okay. That's helpful. Thank you. And then just a quick follow-up. I was wondering if you guys could talk a little bit more about the volumes you guys have been seeing on the Scores side of the business, as far as the different segments? And maybe talk a little bit about how you guys are feeling about credit card and mortgage, auto as we head into 2023? Thanks.
Mike McLaughlin:
Hi, Sam, it's Mike. As in past quarters, we don't disclose volumes precisely. But also as in past quarters, I can tell you that the volumes we saw are pretty consistent with what you have seen if you've been watching the third-party data out there from either the NBA or J.D. Power or credit card issuers themselves. Mortgage has declined for us in volume in a quantity consistent with what you can see from some of those data points. Auto was more or less flat both on a quarter-over-quarter and year-over-year basis, again consistent with external reporting. And on the credit card side, growth continued to be strong on a year-over-year basis. It was more or less flat on a quarter-over-quarter basis but consistent with the market. In terms of how we feel going forward, we don't make predictions about volumes in those sectors, we don't have economists that don't necessarily consider ourselves experts in forecasting that kind of consumer behavior. But I think you can have some confidence that our volumes will pretty much track the overall market as it has in past quarters.
Operator:
Next question is from Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
John Mazzoni:
This is John filling in for Ashish. Maybe just a follow-up on the ACV bookings, 14% was very strong. Is there anything that's driving that strength or is this more of seasonal element? Thanks.
Mike McLaughlin:
Well, we have a lot of quarter-to-quarter variability in the ACV bookings as you can see from our data. And our ACV bookings tend to be fourth quarter weighted. This year was a little less fourth quarter weighted than the last year. So I would encourage you to look at the year - at the full year comparison, not so much the quarter-over quarter because one quarter doesn't make a trend. Our year-over-year growth in ACV bookings as we talked about over 30%, and it reflects the underlying strength in a variety of areas of our business, our platform business, our customer communication business, as well. And the guidance that we have for next year is not heroic in terms of the amount of new ACV bookings we need to deliver relative to the past year.
John Mazzoni:
Great. Thank you. And then maybe just quickly, could you give us some more color on the slow-down in marketing, and as well as the shift to freemium and how it's weighed on B2C? And perhaps how we could think about B2C revenue growth going forward? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
Yes. What do you mean by slowdown in marketing?
John Mazzoni:
So just based on some of our math, it looks like we might have a slowdown in marketing and account management, but we might be a bit off there. Is that the case?
Mike McLaughlin:
Okay. So you're talking about the Scores side of the business and sale of our Scores used for marketing or pre-screening purposes, is that correct?
John Mazzoni:
Yes. That would be great.
Mike McLaughlin:
Okay. Got you. Yes, as with last quarter, we've seen a flattening of the growth in the sale of that type of Score, the pre-screening of pre-score sale. In fact. it was down a little bit this quarter on a quarter-over-quarter basis. And we do think it's somewhat of a leading indicator as to how much credit particularly credit card and personal loan, credit lenders want to extend in future periods. We've never analyzed precisely how predictive it is consistent with what we're seeing in the macro, the demand for that kind of a score was down a little bit on a quarter-over-quarter basis for us.
Operator:
Our next question is from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Brendan Popson:
This is Brendan on for Manav. Just wanted to ask on guidance. 7% growth for Scores. Obviously, didn't quite you have this quarter and there is some macro - certainly more macro concerns for next year. You talk about flattening in marketing and that can be a leading indicator. It seems like there are some negatives, but at the same time, it's pretty good - it's a pretty good, pre-year guidance, and, of course, that doesn't include pricing. So I guess what gives you the confidence for that and whether the puts and takes driving that 7%?
Will Lansing:
Yes, good question. So just starting with the special pricing. The special pricing is in addition to our guidance, it's not in that 7% exactly. It's really - think of it as being consistent with past years and outside of our guidance because we can't really predict the timing and so on. With respect to within the guidance, the 7%, we have a fairly significant CPI increase there which in years past has been there as well but it was always a much smaller number. This year we're talking about a reasonably significant number which is driving a fair bit of that. And also, I would say that mortgages it's a smaller piece of our business. And so we feel pretty good about the overall mix.
Brendan Popson:
Okay. And then looking at how that translates down to the bottom line, pretty good EPS number. Is there - is it - could you comment any on margins or I guess you guys have commented on expenses. But is it just you expect a strong flow through and or is there something else contemplated, it seem like the EPS was a good amount above net income and I don't know if it's that - like the growth rate. I don't know if that's just from the repurchases in the back half of this year or if you can detail about that.
Will Lansing:
It's a bit of both. I mean so, we're clearly holding the line on expenses, but it's also a smaller share count, they're both contributors.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes. I mean, just to add to that. We expect to grow revenues faster than expenses, it's kind of that simple. And we have reduced share count by such a degree that the EPS growth is going to be faster than net income growth.
Brendan Popson:
Okay. And there is no - are there any repurchases assumed in '23 in that number?
Will Lansing:
Yes. We anticipate repurchasing shares at a pace more or less consistent with our free cash flow generation for the year.
Operator:
Our next question is from Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. Following up on the - perhaps the first question that was asked about the demand environment in software. Can you provide any color in terms of the new conversations that you might be having with clients given that the sales cycle is long obviously, there is an ability to kind of take advantage of that linked period. But what about new conversations? Are you able to kind of bring new clients to the table to start those conversations? Or how should we be thinking about that part of the pipeline -
Will Lansing:
Yes. We absolutely are. So we think of our target market as the top 200 financial institutions globally. And our penetration there is around 15%, little over 30 customers signed through the platform. And so our conversation takes two forms. One is, let's talk to the other 85% of our target market that has not yet signed up for the platform, as well as expansion opportunities with the ones who already have. And both of those kind of conversations are going on, and very successfully.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. That's helpful. And then on the B2C piece, any additional color you can provide there in terms of - it sounds like, the weakness I guess within the myFICO.com parts. Any color on how the revenues are trending within your relationship partner?
Will Lansing:
So consumer B2C does have - does move in sympathy with mortgage volumes because as you know consumers tend to sign-up for that kind of subscription, with contemplating mortgages when they are wondering what their FICO score is going to be for them when they go out and get financing. So as mortgage volumes go down so to - with a little bit of a lag with so to do our B2C myFICO volumes. Our volumes are - they're good, they're down a little bit, they're good. And same with our partners, our partners are - they're doing okay.
Surinder Thind:
Fair enough. And then in terms of just, when we kind of breakdown the guidance on - into kind of the Scores and suffer for next year, it looks like you're looking for about roughly equal growth. You've talked about the CPI component. Is there also an anticipation of just volume growth here or how should we think about the mix at this point in terms of - it seems like right now card remains quite strong and you can argue that auto is probably near trough, so maybe there is improvement there. But how are you generally - what kind of an environment is kind of baked into those assumptions? Is it just a little bit of a continuation of what we're currently seeing or how should we think about the various macro factors that might influence the underlying assumptions there?
Will Lansing:
I think a fair way to think about it is a bit of a continuation of what we're currently seeing. So flattish, modest, very modest kind of growth and the balance is made-up with price.
Surinder Thind:
Okay.
Will Lansing:
And the fact that we have a price lever makes a huge difference, it's part of why we have the confidence that we have.
Surinder Thind:
And at this point in time, I assume the special pricing term sheets all of that's been communicated?
Will Lansing:
Yes. Although, it hasn't taken effect. Yes.
Surinder Thind:
Okay. Correct. It will take effect I assume January 1. Correct?
Will Lansing:
For most, but not all customers. Yes.
Operator:
Our next question is from George Tong with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
George Tong:
Hi. Thanks. Good afternoon. In your guidance for next year, can you outline what you're assuming for B2C growth in the Scores business?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes. We don't want to get into too much detail around that. But consistent with Will's prior comment about more or less think about it as a continuation of the trends we're seeing. We've seen B2C down a little bit sequentially over the last couple of quarters and that's consistent with how we're thinking about the full year for '23.
George Tong:
Great. And then with respect to margins, how much of the margin expansion that you're forecasting for next year is going to come from Scores versus software? Are you expecting more contribution from one part of the business over the other or is it relatively equal benefit from both?
Mike McLaughlin:
Sorry. Could you say again, I think I missed the first part of it?
George Tong:
Just trying to get a sense for how much of the margin expansion next year will be driven by software versus by Scores?
Mike McLaughlin:
I see margin expansion. As we've talked about extensively in the past on the software - in the software business, our focus is on the platform and driving growth there. So we're not focused on dramatic margin improvement in the software business, we might have a little bit. But we're mostly focused on growth of the platform. In the Scores business, due to the gross margin nature of that business, relative to expense growth most of the dollar growth you see there, a lot of it falls to the bottom line. So in terms of contribution to operating margin expansion, it's weighted towards the Scores business for sure.
Operator:
Our next question is from Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Jeff Meuler:
Yes. Thank you. The multi-year extension with the large bureau partner, is that a B2C partnership or what was that? Was that something other than that?
Will Lansing:
No, that is the B2C partnership which as I think we shared in the past had a couple of more years to run. And what we've done is extended another few years beyond that. And so we now have a lot of certainty around when that B2C partnership looks like for many years to come.
Jeff Meuler:
Got it. And then for the CPI pricing in Scores, how is that implemented? Like is it formulaic tied to CPI or do you kind of dictate an amount that is influenced by CPI? Just want to understand how that takes effect.
Will Lansing:
It's more the latter. Because as you know the CPI numbers are constantly moving and we could pick a number that's a point in time number that would be exactly the CPI. We could pick a rolling number, we could do a historical number, we could do a projection. And so we never get it exactly right. So we think our best guess and put down a number, but it's our interpretation.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay. And then for the non-U.S. based clients in software how much of that is contracted in U.S. dollar? And to the extent to which it is, is there any market reaction in some of the markets where their currencies have been particularly weak relative to the dollar recently?
Will Lansing:
It's it is mostly U.S. dollars, and it's not a new thing for our customers to prefer to operate in their own currency and it's not a new thing for us to prefer to operate in U.S. dollars. So we kind of are where we are. And so yes, you can imagine that for them based on the strength of the dollar it's a little bit tougher. But we haven't changed our policies.
Mike McLaughlin:
And that varies from geography to geography. So for example in Brazil, we're priced in Real for the most part. In the U.K., likewise pretty much priced in pounds, in the euro, it's mixed in sort of second and third world countries, it's dollar.
Jeff Meuler:
Got it. And then just last we have the K and we get the client comp disclosure. Just any comment on the number of large financial institutions. So I guess in the U.S. went down from 96 to 92, are those software or Scores clients or is there an impact from - I don't remember the exact timing of the collection and recovery divestiture. And then it looks like a good news story internationally. I don't know how much this is rounding, but going from two-thirds to three quarters. Just any comment on those our client count metric?
Will Lansing:
I wouldn't read too much into that, Jeff. In the U.S. consolidation is something that we can't control that often reduces just the number of logos we have. And any change in the names - the number of logos would primarily be a function of software. We don't - everybody uses the FICO score essentially, among the large financial institutions, so that doesn't change. But there is not a trend that I would read into that. Internationally, there we do see new logos because there's a lot more greenfield internationally for us than in the U.S.
Operator:
I believe that's all the questions we have. I'll turn the call back over to Steve.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Thank you, everyone, for joining. And we look forward to speaking with you again soon or at the earliest next quarter. Thank you.
Operator:
That concludes the call for today. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded today, Wednesday, August 3, 2022. I would now like to turn the call over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead, sir.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, everyone, and thank you for joining FICO’s third quarter earnings call. I’m Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I’m joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company’s business, operations and personnel, that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular, in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through August 3, 2023. And now, I’ll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. We posted some slides with our results on the Investor Relations section of our website. I’ll be referencing some of those slides during our presentation today. I’ll go over the results of our third fiscal quarter and discuss what we’re seeing in the markets we serve. We again delivered very strong results in a noncertain marketplace, which demonstrates the resiliency of our business model and the value proposition we deliver. As you can see on Page 2 of the presentation, we reported revenues of $349 million, an increase of 3% over the same period last year or 7% when adjusted for last year’s sale of our collections and recovery products. We delivered $93 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $3.61 per share, up 21% and 36%, respectively, when adjusted for last year’s gain on sale. On a non-GAAP basis, net income was $116 million, up 17%, and earnings per share of $4.47 was up 32% from last year. Our Scores business continues to perform well despite headwinds in the mortgage market. Scores were up 4% in the quarter versus the prior year, as you can see on Page 6 of the presentation. On the B2B side, revenues were up 3%. Mortgage continues to be the headwind as originations have declined as interest rates rise. Mortgage originations revenues were down 25% versus last year. Mortgage origination revenues now account for about 12% of our Scores revenues and 6% of our total company revenues. Excluding mortgage, total B2B revenues were up about 12% versus last year. Auto origination revenues were up 12%, and credit card and personal loan originations revenues were up 37%. We also had double-digit year-over-year increases in our prescreen scores. On the B2C side, revenues were up 7% from the previous year. The slowdown in growth came primarily in our direct myFICO.com channel, where we are seeing fewer new customers coming online. Our partner channel, which includes paid and freemium components, continues to drive double-digit growth. In our Software segment, we delivered $170 million of revenue, up 2% from last year and 11% after adjusting for the divestiture. As you know, over several quarters, we’ve talked about the demand for our platform and how we see substantial growth opportunities. As shown on Page 7, total ARR was up 9%, and the Platform ARR again grew at a remarkable 60%. Our net retention rate is also very strong as our existing customers continued to expand their usage. Total NRR for the quarter, shown on Page 8, was 108%. Platform NRR was 135%. We also had a very good quarter with new sales. Our ACV bookings, as shown on Page 9, was up 64% over last year. We’re extremely excited about the continued growth potential for our FICO platform, and that excitement was shared by our customers at our recent FICO World Conference. The 3-day event hosted in May was an opportunity to finally connect face-to-face with our clients, partners, industry experts and colleagues to reinforce FICO’s vision and commitment to client success. We hosted 750 FICO clients from leading banks, financial services firms, auto finance companies, insurance providers and telcos. The event in Orlando included 90 breakout sessions as well as hundreds of individual strategic consulting engagements, all designed to help our customers identify how FICO can enable them to accelerate and achieve their goals with the FICO platform. It was also a great opportunity here from FICO customers, with nearly 70 clients presenting during breakout sessions, sharing the success stories and lessons learned. FICO World ‘22 was an essential moment where we had the opportunity to explain and demonstrate our platform strategy directly to our most strategic clients. Clients rated this FICO World the best FICO World of all past events, and we’ve already seen a surge in registrations for the next FICO World, to be held May 13 through 16 in Hollywood, Florida. I’ll have some final comments in a few minutes. But first, let me turn the call back over to Mike for financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. We delivered another quarter of strong results and remain confident that we can deliver on the increased guidance we issued last quarter. Total revenue for the third quarter was $349 million, an increase of 3% over the prior year or 7% after adjusting for the divestiture of our Collections and Recovery product line last June. In our Scores segment, revenues were $179 million, up 4% from the same period last year. B2B Scores revenue was up 3% over the prior year. As Will mentioned, we continue to see a decline in mortgage origination revenues, which were down 25% from the same quarter last year. However, other parts of the portfolio continue to be strong. Credit card and personal loan originations revenues were up 37%, and originations revenues and auto originations revenues were up 12%. And we continue to see nice growth in our prescreen scores, which is a good sign for continued strength in credit card originations. B2C Scores revenues were up 7% from the same period last year driven by strong growth from our partner channel. FICO’s Software segment revenues in the third quarter were $170 million, up 2% versus the same period last year or 11% after adjusting for the divestiture of our Collections and Recovery business. Software license revenue recognized upfront or at a point in time was $21 million -- was $20 million in the quarter compared to $13 million in the same period last year. As a reminder, these point-in-time revenues are a result of GAAP accounting rules that require us to recognize upfront a portion of the total contract value of multiyear on-premise software license subscription sales and renewals. Point-in-time revenues will vary from quarter-to-quarter driven primarily by the mix of on-premise versus SaaS subscription sales. It’s important to note that our ARR metric is not impacted by these point-in-time revenue accounting rules. As expected, we continue to see lower Software professional services revenues. Those revenues were $27 million this quarter, up slightly from last quarter, but down 24% from the same period last year, much of it due to last year’s divestiture. This quarter, 84% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our Asia Pacific region generated 5%. And the remaining 11% was from EMEA. Our Software ARR at the end of the third fiscal quarter of 2022 was $561 million, a 9% increase over the prior year quarter. Our Platform business continues to perform extremely well. Platform ARR was $108 million, representing 19% of our total third quarter ARR, with a growth rate of 60% versus the prior year. Our non-Platform ARR was $453 million in the quarter, up 1% from the prior year. As a reminder, our reported ARR and related metrics exclude all revenues from divestitures in prior periods. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 108% overall. Again, we’re seeing exceptional performance in our Platform business as customers continue to expand their usage. The dollar-based net retention rate for Platform was 135% in the third quarter. Our non-Platform customers software usage continues to be mature and relatively stable, with a net retention rate of 101% this quarter. Software sales were again strong this quarter, with annual contract value bookings of $19 million versus $11.6 million in the prior year, an increase of 64%. Our ACV bookings include only the annual recurring value of Software sales, excluding professional services. Turning now to our expenses for the quarter. Total operating expenses were $208 million this quarter, up slightly from our second quarter. We expect expenses to continue to increase modestly in our fourth quarter. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown on our Reg G schedule, was 49% for the quarter. We delivered non-GAAP margin expansion of 1,000 basis points over the same period last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $93 million, and our GAAP EPS was $3.61, which was down from last year when we had a $93 million pretax gain on sale of our collections and recovery product line. Our non-GAAP net income was $116 million for the quarter, up 17% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 23%. We expect our FY 2022 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% before any excess tax benefit and other discrete items. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 24%. Free cash flow for the quarter was $115 million, up 16% from the same period last year. For the trailing 12-month period, free cash flow was $449 million. At the end of the quarter, we had $182 million in cash and investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.96 billion, with a weighted average interest rate of 3.86%. Turning to return of capital. We bought back 735,000 shares in the third quarter at an average price of $384 per share. At the end of June, we had about $119 million remaining on the current Board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. With that, I’ll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on the rest of FY ‘22.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I’m pleased with our ability to continue to deliver strong results and how we can meet our customer needs while working in the best interest of our shareholders. We continue to deliver mission-critical software and analytics to customers. As the financial services industry continues to navigate the impacts of economic volatility, the need for precision through advanced analytics has never been more important. Lenders are seeking more ways to assess risk and opportunity in real-time to inform decision-making. And we have the technology and expertise to deliver best-in-class solutions. Our Scores business continues to provide lenders with time-tested analytics that help manage risk throughout the consumer lending market. And the use of those scores throughout the many different lending markets means we’re not highly leveraged to specific types of lending more customers. On the Software side, we continue to drive remarkable Platform ARR and NRR growth, demonstrating a strong market appreciation and appetite for our latest decisioning technology. Finally, as you know, it’s our practice to provide only annual guidance, so it’s not our policy to raise guidance in our fourth quarter. I’m pleased to say we are reiterating the full year guidance that we raised last quarter. We remain confident that we are well positioned to meet or beat the numbers we have presented and look forward to discussing our fiscal ‘23 expectations when we release our results next quarter. I’ll turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we’re now ready to take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The first question will come from Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik:
Well, I just wanted to touch on the last point you made where you said you’re kind of prepared to meet or beat the guidance. But I was hoping you could just walk us through some of the moving pieces. It sounds like maybe mortgage could work, myFICO-dot could work. And anything else that perhaps either got worse or better, and maybe throw in some comments on pricing in there as well?
Will Lansing:
Well, those -- I mean, pricing is really a discussion for next year. I mean the pricing is baked in for this year. And those really are the puts and takes. I mean we’ve got mortgage headwind, and everything else is pretty strong.
Operator:
Our next question will come from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham.
Kyle Peterson:
I just wanted to have a question on Software. Results are really strong, especially on the ARR side this quarter for Platform. Have you guys seen any change, whether it’s in longer sales cycles or clients looking at potentially down-gauging deals with some recessionary fears kind of perking up here?
Will Lansing:
No, no. We really have not. I would say that the IT spending in the financial services industry seems to be on track and hasn’t moved a whole lot. Sales cycles have not gotten any longer. They’re the same, which is not to say they’re short, but they’re what they have always been. And so I would say no change.
Kyle Peterson:
Understood. That’s really helpful. And then, I guess, just following up on the expense run rate. You showed some really good margin leverage this quarter despite having your conference. Then you guys said expenses up modestly next quarter. What are the biggest drivers of higher expenses here? Is it just higher personnel and wage costs, just given the tight labor market? Or are there any other investments that you guys are making, that you guys want to call out right now?
Will Lansing:
It’s a couple of things. We’re going back to a little bit more of the pre-COVID travel expense that has started -- is just starting to kick in again. And I would say that we are hiring. Attrition is more or less where it’s always been, but I think it’s taking us a little longer to backfill than in years past. It’s a tight market out there.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies.
Surinder Thind:
A question about the ACV bookings here. It’s the third consecutive quarter of a really strong number. Any color or commentary there, in addition to what you’ve kind of said on the call, in the sense that I think the expectation is, is that relative to where expectations were, you guys are well ahead of that. And there also tends to be seasonality next quarter. So how should we think about that? Has there been any pull forward? Or should we just expect the normal seasonality as well?
Mike McLaughlin:
So ACV bookings, as you know, is a new metric reported externally. We’ve been tracking it internally longer than that, of course. And we set high goals for ourselves for this year in terms of new sales, and we’re on track to hit those. There isn’t a material amount of pull-forward or any that I can put my finger on that’s happened this quarter or quarters before. ACV bookings is a pretty good metric because it doesn’t have the revenue acceleration dynamics or distortions that you see with other metrics. And we do expect Q4 to be good in terms of ACV bookings as it usually is.
Surinder Thind:
Fair enough. And then in terms of the professional services, they had been declining for a while. I think, last quarter, you talked about them kind of bottoming. And then there was a meaningful uptick this quarter. I mean I realize it’s not a large number, but it’s -- that was a bigger uptick than I was anticipating. Any color there? Or what kind of drives the run rate there? Where should that kind of balance out?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes. I think it was my prediction, as you correctly point out, last quarter that we may have reached the bottom. I think that’s demonstrated early, so we have 1 quarter’s data point that, that is the case. When we shifted our strategic focus away from lower-margin professional services to focus more of our go-to-market energies on annual recurring software, we saw significant decline in the bookings of new professional services once we made that decision. It takes a while for those bookings to work their way through revenues because we, in any given quarter, have 3 or 4 quarters of backlog of professional services that we continue to work our way through. So we -- you can’t see it from the outside, but we saw our professional services new bookings go down pretty rapidly when we made the policy change. That decline in bookings stabilized about 4 -- 3 to 4 quarters ago, so the bookings are no longer declining. And it took a few quarters for the PS revenues to catch up and hit this, as you say, the new normal. So this kind of $25 million a quarter is probably a pretty good expectation in the near term.
Surinder Thind:
Helpful. And then a question or a color on the B2C part of the business. You talked about continued double-digit growth at your partner, potentially seeing a slowdown in growth at myFICO.com. Any color there in terms of is it simply the net new additions number? Are you seeing a bit more, perhaps, turnover at myFICO.com? Any color you can provide there?
Will Lansing:
No, it’s really the net new additions. I mean it has to do with the fact that we see spike in that business when people are out mortgage shopping. And so as mortgage volumes fall off, consumers subscribe to that in smaller numbers.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question comes from the line of George Tong with Goldman Sachs.
George Tong:
You provided revenue performance across mortgage, autos and card and personal loans. Can you describe how price and volume trends contributed to performance in those categories?
Mike McLaughlin:
Price played a part. I think that if you look at the externally available numbers for performance in those 3 categories, that our volume realizations were similar to what you would think they would be if you looked at things like J.D. Power or the NBA or the results of the bureaus that reported in the last week or 1.5 weeks. I would say, as we said last quarter, that the mortgage decline in terms of units has been pretty consistent with what we expected it would be for the year when we set guidance and then revised it. Last quarter, autos have been a little worse than we expected, but our revised guidance bakes in that change. And then credit card and others is -- those volumes are doing really nicely as we expected. So we’re tracking the market pretty closely as best we can tell in terms of volumes.
George Tong:
Got it. And then with respect to your Software business, the percentage of ARR that’s moving on Platform continues to tick higher. Can you lay out what internal goals you have for where you would like to see the mix of ARR on-Platform versus off-Platform over the next -- over the near to medium term?
Will Lansing:
We don’t have a forced mix. We aggressively go after as much new Platform business and expansion Platform business as we can get. So that is a strategic priority for us. At the same time, we have so many customers who are involved with our legacy solutions and rely on us for that and renew those deals, that we continue to invest in features and functionality there. And I think, from our perspective, as long as that’s neutral to growing very modestly, we’re thrilled. And even if we were shrinking a little bit, it probably wouldn’t bother us very much. But we’re pretty happy with the mix the way it is, with dramatic growth on the Platform side and kind of flat growth on the legacy side.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird.
Jeff Meuler:
On B2B Scores, what’s the typical lag from when the bureau gets the inquiry, to when it’s recognized by FICO as revenue? And the reason I asked is like it looks like you’re seeing some acceleration in card growth relative to last quarter. Your delta versus industry credit inquiries within mortgage was a little bit wider this quarter than it was last quarter. So I’m just trying to understand to what extent that’s a timing difference or if there’s some other factor that’s accounting for that.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes, Jeff, there really isn’t a timing difference with one caveat. The last month of the quarter, the data that we get from the bureaus, by the time we need to finalize it for closing the books, is tentative and subject to revision, I guess, I would say. And so we have to make some estimates and accruals based on judgment and lots of past experience as to what that will be. So occasionally, there will be a little bit of a true-up when we get the final data in there, but it’s not material and it’s not an explanation to the dynamic that you see in the data you just cited there. It’s real-time for June and with, as I say, with that asterisk.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay. And then on myFICO, just so I understand it correctly, it’s still growing year-over-year, is that correct?
Mike McLaughlin:
It’s more or less flat on a quarter-to-quarter basis, which means it’s still growing on a year-over-year basis. But if you look at the last couple of quarters, as Will mentioned, we’re seeing a lot less net new, probably because less people are shopping for mortgages. And that leads us to be cautious about the next couple of quarters at myFICO.
Jeff Meuler:
Understood. Yes, the whole industry is seeing a much softer direct channel. I think if you’re up year-over-year and flat sequentially, you’re pretty significantly outperforming the industry’s direct channel. And then just on FICO World. Great to hear the registrations and that you’re doing it again in May of next year. How is the pipeline build? I would imagine that was a pretty significant pipeline building event for you itself, a little bit like a coming-out party for Platform. And you haven’t had it for a few years. So I would think that it’s actually a pretty big needle-mover relative to the last couple of years. If you could just talk about pipe build coming out of FICO World.
Will Lansing:
Yes, that’s exactly right. So FICO World is several days of our showcasing our wares. But really, the heavy relationship building occurs in these consultation sessions where we sit down with clients individually and really were true, what we can do for them. And the pipeline that comes out of FICO World is phenomenal.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets.
John Mazzoni:
This is John filling in for Ashish. Can you just talk about the slowing total Software ARR growth in the quarter?
Mike McLaughlin:
Well, it’s slowed by a relatively small amount, and I would attribute that to normal quarter-to-quarter variability. And if you look at the 8-plus quarters that we revealed for that metric when we introduced it in November, you can see that, that kind of quarter-to-quarter variation is commonplace. So it’s not a reflection of anything fundamental, I wouldn’t say.
Operator:
And all that does conclude the Q&A session for today. Mr. Weber, I’ll turn the call back to you. Please continue with your presentation or closing remarks.
Steve Weber:
Thank you, and thank you to everyone for joining. We look forward to speaking with you again soon. This concludes today’s call. Thank you.
Operator:
And all that will conclude the call for today. We thank you very much for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
00:07 Greetings, thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterward, we'll conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] This conference is being recorded, Wednesday, April 27, 2022. 00:29 And now, I'd like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven Weber:
00:34 Thank you. Good afternoon, everyone and thank you for joining FICO's second-quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I'm joined today by Will Lansing, our CEO and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes our financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. 00:59 Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company's business, operations and personnel that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. 01:34 This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 27, 2023. 02:05 And now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
02:08 Thanks, Steve and thanks to all of you who are joining us for our second quarter earnings call. On the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted some slides that offer financial highlights of our second quarter. I'm pleased to report that we continue to deliver strong results as we pursue our strategic initiatives in both Scores and Software. Today, I'll talk about this quarter's results and how we view our business at the midpoint of our fiscal year. 02:36 As you can see on page two of the presentation, we reported revenues of $357 million, which is an increase of 8% over the same period last year. We delivered $104 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $3.95 per share, up 52% and 70%, respectively. On a non-GAAP basis, net income was $124 million, up 37% and earnings per share of $4.68 were up 53% from last year. 03:08 On the Scores side, the business continues to perform well. Scores were up 9% in the quarter versus the prior year as you can see on page six. On the B2B side, revenues were up 5%. As others have reported, we continue to see a slowdown in mortgage activity as interest rates rise. Mortgage origination revenues were down 23% versus last year. Mortgage revenues account for about 14% of our Scores revenues and 7% of our total company revenues. 03:43 Auto origination revenues were up 9%. Personal loan origination revenues were up 27%. While the mortgage declines have been significant, we do remain confident in our revenues given other areas of strength and pricing increases. Our B2C revenues continue to be strong, up 18% versus the prior-year quarter. We saw strong growth through both our own myFICO business and also through our channel partners. 04:13 In our Software segment, we delivered $173 million of revenue, up 7% from last year. We continue to drive growth in this segment, particularly on our platform. As you can see on page seven, total ARR was up 11% and the platform ARR grew 60%. We continue to deliver strong NRR as well demonstrating our existing customers eagerness to find new ways to expand their usage. 04:40 Total NRR for the quarter, which you can see on page eight, was 110%. Platform NRR was 141%, and we continue to sign more deals and bigger deals. Our ACV bookings, as seen on page nine, were up 55% over last year. I'll have some final comments including a revision of our guidance in a few minutes, but first, I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael McLaughlin:
05:08 Thanks, Will, and good afternoon everyone. As Will said, we continue to drive strong growth throughout the business. Total revenue for the second quarter was $357 million, an increase of 8% over the prior year or 13% after adjusting for the divestiture of our Collections and Recovery product line last June. 05:25 In our Scores segment, revenues were a record $184 million, up 9% from the same period last year. B2B Scores revenue was up 5% over the prior year. As expected, mortgage origination revenues continued to decline, down 23% from the same quarter last year, but that was more than offset by growth in other areas. 05:46 Credit card and personal loan originations revenues were up 27% and auto originations revenues were up 9%. B2B non-originations revenues, which include FICO scores used for pre-screening, account management and insurance, were up 16%. B2C Scores revenues were up 18% from the same period last year. Both myFICO.com and partner B2C revenues grew significantly. 06:12 Software segment revenues in the first quarter were $173 million, up 7% versus the same period last year. Adjusting for the divestiture of our Collections and Recovery business, software revenues were up about 19%. Software license revenue recognized upfront or at a point in time as it is referred to on our 10-Q, was $27 million this quarter, compared to $12 million in the same period last year. 06:38 Our lower margin professional services revenues, which we are strategically deemphasizing were $24 million and down from $37 million in the same period last year. This quarter 78% of our total company revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our Asia-Pacific region generated 12% and the remaining 10% was from EMEA. 06:59 Our software ARR at the end of the second fiscal quarter of 2022 was $550 million, an 11% increase over the prior year quarter. Our platform ARR was $97 million, representing 18% of our total second quarter ARR and a growth rate of 60% versus the prior year. Our non-platform ARR was $453 million in the first quarter -- sorry, in the second quarter, up 4% from the prior year. A quick reminder, our reported ARR and related metrics exclude all revenue from divestitures in prior period. 07:35 Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 110% overall. We continue to drive very strong expansion from our platform customers as they expand their usage. The dollar based net retention rate for platform software was 141% in the second quarter. Our non-platform software usage continues to be mature and relatively stable, which is reflected in the non-platform net retention rate of 103% this quarter. Software sales were strong again this quarter with annual contract value bookings of $20.6 million versus $13.3 million in the prior year, an increase of 55%. As a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annually recurring value of software sales, excluding professional services. 08:20 Turning now to our expenses for the quarter, total operating expenses were $205 million this quarter, a decrease from $230 million in the same quarter last year. This year-over-year decrease is primarily due to the divestiture of our Collections and Recovery business, as well as various cost reduction initiatives. 08:38 Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown on our Reg G schedule was 51% for the quarter. We delivered non-GAAP margin expansion of 1,200 basis points over the same period last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $104 million, up 52% from the prior year quarter. Our GAAP EPS was $3.95, up 75% or 70% from the prior year. 09:02 Our non-GAAP net income was $124 million for the quarter, up 37% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 21%. We expect our FY 2022 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% to 26% before any excess tax benefit or other discrete items. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 24%. 09:28 Free cash flow for the quarter was $120 million versus $152 million in the same period last year. At the end of the quarter, we had $207 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.81 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 3.70%. 09:47 Turning to return of capital, we bought back 580,000 shares in the second quarter at an average price of $455 per share. During the quarter, the prior Board repurchase authorization was exhausted and as previously communicated, a new $500 million authorization was approved. At the end of March, we had about $400 million remaining on that authorization and continue to do share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. 10:13 With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on the rest of FY 2022.
William Lansing:
10:17 Thank you, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, we continue to deliver strong results, and I have confidence in our team as we move forward. Our Scores business continues to deliver strong growth, even in a volatile macro environment. As I've said in the past, our diversification through different credit verticals means that we're less dependent on specific types of lending, which is important in a rising rate environment. 10:41 On the software side, we continue to see more evidence that we're on the right strategic path. We've now delivered 10 straight quarters of platform ARR growth in excess of 40%. And we're excited to demonstrate to new and existing customers the best-in-class capabilities that can revolutionize the way they interact with consumers. As always, we remain focused on execution and are committed to delivering value to our shareholders and visibility to the progress we're making. 11:08 Finally, today, we're raising our full-year guidance as we enter the back half of our fiscal year. We are raising our full year revenue guidance to $1.355 billion. As we've noted, we're facing difficult comps in mortgage, but we're seeing strong growth in the unsecured lending markets and in most of our software markets. Some of these trends were anticipated, but there is clearly uncertainty as we move through the next half year. 11:35 We're also increasing our GAAP and non-GAAP net income as well as EPS. Our GAAP net income is now expected to be $350 million. GAAP earnings per share are now expected to be $13.11. Non-GAAP net income is now expected to be $429 million and non-GAAP EPS are now $16.08. 12:02 I'll now turn the call back to Steve and we will take the questions. Steve?
Steven Weber:
12:07 Thanks, Will. This does conclude our prepared remarks and we will now take your questions. Operator, please open up the line.
Operator:
12:14 Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our first question is from Kyle Peterson with Needham. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Kyle Peterson:
12:40 Hey, good afternoon, guys. Thanks for taking the questions. I wanted to touch on your margins, really impressive this quarter. The expenses kind of come in leaner than expected. I know a lot of companies have been talking about inflation dynamics and cost pressures. How are you guys managing the cost? And is there anything kind of one time in terms of like timing of spending that we need to keep in mind as we progress through the year?
William Lansing:
13:11 Well, our expenses will be a bit higher in the second half than they were in the first half, but we're doing a pretty good job of managing expenses. Some things like travel and real estate are the kinds of things we expect coming out of COVID. They're still under control and less than they were in the old days. So there is that kind of cost control. 13:33 But I would say that we're also doing a pretty good job on the software side of bringing down our COGS and we're starting to see some benefits from our increasing focus on engineering our products and solutions for cost and efficiency and scaling. And so, all that's coming together and improving our margins.
Kyle Peterson:
14:00 That's helpful. And then I guess just a follow-up on the guidance raise on the topline, I know there's quite a few moving pieces, but just wanted to see if you guys could give any color on the dynamics between the pricing benefit and I’m also assuming it's some lower volume assumptions, at least on the mortgage side of things. So, just wondered if you could give some of the puts and takes of kind of the pricing versus volume and the net impact of those in your updated assumptions.
William Lansing:
14:38 It varies by the segment of Scores you're talking about, but there is definitely price benefit in there. Some volumes are down, some volumes are up, but prices offsetting the declines.
Kyle Peterson:
14:56 All right. Thanks, guys. Nice quarter.
William Lansing:
14:59 Thank you.
Operator:
15:00 Our next question comes from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Manav Patnaik:
15:06 Thank you. Good evening. Will, I just wanted to -- I was hoping you could expand on the comments you made on -- you have diversified lending categories. I know you said mortgage was 14% this quarter, I guess. Could you just help us with what auto, personal loans, et cetera is and perhaps what you're assuming in your guidance for those?
Michael McLaughlin:
15:31 Hey, Manav, it's Mike. Consistent with what we've shared in the past, the three segments of the originations, part of our B2B business, are roughly the same size. That varies from quarter to quarter, one grows or shrinks, but in approximate terms, that's the way to think about and we don't get into specifics beyond that.
Manav Patnaik:
15:56 Okay. And when you say same size, you mean 14%, which was mortgage would be the same as -- would be the same for cars and auto?
Michael McLaughlin:
16:07 In terms of dollars for B2B originations, that's correct.
Manav Patnaik:
16:12 Yeah. Okay, got it. And then perhaps -- obviously, there's a lot of uncertainties in the market et cetera. I was just hoping you could help us understand how your pricing strategy changes? Should we do -- enter a period of a slowdown?
William Lansing:
16:32 Well, we take it every year year-by-year and we're committed to consistently increasing our revenue and net income and EPS. We do what we have to do on price to make sure that that remains true. I think, you can expect that from us. It would take fairly calamitous change in the cycle for that to not be true. 16:57 But that's really what goes into figuring out how aggressively we move on price and you've also heard us talk about the pacing and the moderation in the way we go at pricing. We don't want to shock the system. And so it's that balancing act. I think that we put a very high value on consistency of growth. And so, I think you should expect that even as the cycle spins down a little bit, and we do what we have to do on pricing to make that happen.
Manav Patnaik:
17:36 Fair enough, thank you.
Operator:
17:41 Our next question is from George Tong with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead, your line is open.
George Tong:
17:46 Hi, thanks. Good afternoon. So just wanted to dive further into the special pricing increases, can you share what the customer receptivity has been so far this year, two price increases, and then as you look across the verticals, which vertical has seen more price increases than others? In the last year when mortgage volumes were very strong, price increases were not as high in the mortgage vertical. So are we seeing a reversal there? Just any additional commentary would be great there.
William Lansing:
18:21 George, you know, I talked about this in the past and you know, nobody loves price increases, okay. So, when you say what's the receptivity. I think customers will prefer not to have price increases than they have them, but I think that they expect reasonable and appropriate price increases from us and that's what we deliver and they've been well received. 18:41 We haven't had any significant deflection. We have no major customers leaving us. We have no threat to major customers leaving us. And so, I would say that we've been able to strike a pretty good balance between the price increases that led us consistently drive revenue and earnings without -- again without shocking the system. So, in short, I think, it's a conservative strategy and it's working well on the ecosystem.
George Tong:
19:12 And then the part on where you're seeing more or less price increases by vertical mortgage versus card versus autos?
William Lansing:
19:20 Well, so as I said in the past, we are increasingly trying to spread the price increases in ways that they are less visible to the customers and less visible to you. Our goal in a perfect world would be -- we could even point our fingers at where the price increase happened. 19:40 So there is a fairly elaborate exercise that we do internally to figure out where are the pockets of inelasticity where we can do price increases without losing volume. And so, we do that and we're getting better and better and better at that and that lets us do it in a way that's not nearly as visible and not as easy to describe. So I can't really give you a lot more detail there.
George Tong:
20:09 Got it. That's helpful. And then [Multiple Speakers]
William Lansing:
20:16 No, what's your next question, George?
George Tong:
20:19 I just wanted to get sort of your experience in working with the FHFA so far, whether you are in regular conversations with them? And where in the process you believe they are in terms of ultimately reaching a decision on mortgage source?
William Lansing:
20:39 No, I can't tell you when they will reach a decision. We're waiting for a decision like you all are. Pretty much what I can tell you is that, we continue to believe that we have the most predictive score. And so, we're proud of what we've submitted for evaluation. It's -- that's about where we are, we are waiting to hear the results.
George Tong:
21:08 Okay, got it. Thank you.
Operator:
21:12 We have question from Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Ashish Sabadra:
21:18 Thanks for taking my question. I was wondering if you could provide some more details around the large software license deal, whether that was a platform or enterprise deal? Any color will be helpful. Thanks.
Michael McLaughlin:
21:31 Hi. Ashish, it's Mike. It was mostly platform, not 100%. It's a multi-year deal and -- with what we think is a great customer.
Ashish Sabadra:
21:46 That's great. And I just wanted to follow up on an earlier question. Obviously, the mortgage has worsened compared to your prior guidance. The expectations there have come down, but I was just wondering how have expectations for cars and autos changed since the last guidance? Those seem to be holding up really well and the market there is pretty strong. I was just wondering how do those flow into the updated revenue guidance? Any color will be helpful. Thanks.
Michael McLaughlin:
22:19 You can see from -- Ashish, it's Mike again. You can see from the external data that auto sales for the first of our two fiscal quarters have been lower than what forecasts were when we set guidance originally. Supply chain being one of the primary reasons for it. And so, relative to the assumption we had for auto, credit originations that was embedded in our guidance last November, we have brought that down a bit to be in line with what best we can triangulate from external forecasts. We continue to be optimistic about credit card and other and personal loan originations, not much change frankly from what we thought was going to unfold when we set the guidance at the beginning of the year and mortgage continues to be negative.
Ashish Sabadra:
23:17 That's very helpful color. Thanks.
Operator:
23:22 And we have a question from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Jeffery Meuler:
23:27 Yeah, thanks. So we've had a couple of the bureau partners guide to the calendar year mortgage inquiries being down 30% to low 30%. Does your guidance assume something similar?
William Lansing:
23:42 It assumes something similar, yes. I mean, there's a little bit of a lag with us because we lag the bureaus, but we're affected by some of the same headwinds.
Jeffery Meuler:
23:54 Okay. I know you answered the question on expense management, but can you give us a similar take on the question but in the context of guidance just stands out, how much the adjusted net income guidance has increased relative to the magnitude of the revenue guidance increase? So if you could help us bridge that, that'd be helpful.
Michael McLaughlin:
24:18 So without getting into too much granular detail, I can give you the buckets that you can think about. First one is COVID related T&E, travel and entertainment, as well as big customer events. We've returned to normal there slower than we expected we would when we set guidance at the beginning of the year. 24:40 We still think that's going to increase in the second half of the year. We know it's going to increase because we have our FICO World event coming up next month and we also had our internal event, what we call Success, last month, actually it was in April, so it hit Q3. So we'll see increases there but relative to what we forecast the beginning of the year, we saw less in Q1 and Q2 and we think we'll continue to see less than we had thought we would in Q3, Q4. 25:11 The second bucket, Will mentioned it, is just reduction in the cost of delivering our SaaS products, COGS for SaaS, as well as other operational improvements that we've been able to achieve, mostly in the software business. We have line of sight on some of them, but we've frankly done a little better than we hoped and so we feel it's appropriate to reflect that in the guidance. 25:34 And then the third bit is, probably not a surprise if you cover other companies in the American economy that hiring is harder these days, just in terms of pace of being able to find people and get them on board. And so, we are hiring rapidly. We think we're getting good people, but it's just happening at a slower pace than we had assumed in the guidance. So, personnel costs are a little bit lower. Those are the three buckets.
Jeffery Meuler:
26:02 Got it. And then just maybe another comment on platform ARR and pipeline. I get that you had a monster sequential growth last quarter, so there is probably some pull forward into Q1, but just maybe if you could comment on the sequential growth or the pipeline, because I think that you said the mega win benefited platform and I would think that benefits platform ARR and it was fairly small sequential growth this quarter, if you could just talk through that. Thanks.
William Lansing:
26:38 Yeah, it's a fair question. The ARR for that large deal will not hit our reported ARR until next quarter. We have certain definitional rules about when a deal qualifies for ARR and others. We don't want deals that sign at 11:59 in the last day of quarter to boost ARR by millions and millions of dollars. It doesn't seem like it's a fair reflection. So we have a cut off period in ARR that's different than cut off period for ACV bookings or revenue, so you'll see that in the next quarter. 27:08 And also keep in mind that, our business, whether you think about it in ACV bookings terms or ARR terms, is lumpy from quarter to quarter. We did big deals and sometimes they hit in a quarter, sometimes they hit three, four days after the quarter. It was a good quarter, but in terms of the platform deals, we just happened to have a nice chunky one signed a few days ago for Q3. So don't fret too much about the quarter to quarter because of that and then specifically that big deal, it shows up in our revenue recognized at a point in time and ACV bookings disclosure did not hit ARR this quarter.
Jeffery Meuler:
27:47 Okay, thank you.
Operator:
27:53 And there are no further questions at this time.
William Lansing:
27:59 Thank you. Thank you everyone for joining today. That concludes our call and we look forward to talking with you again soon. Thank you for joining.
Operator:
28:08 That concludes the call. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Greetings, thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] This conference is being recorded Thursday, January 27, 2022. And I’d now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, everyone, and thank you for joining FICO’s first quarter earnings call. I’m Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I’m joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company’s business, operations and personnel that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular, in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 27, 2023. And I’ll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted some slides that we’ll be referencing during our presentation today. We delivered a strong start to our fiscal year with double digit growth in software ARR and Scores revenue and we continue to deliver strong earnings and free cash flow. Page 2 shows financial highlights from our first quarter. We reported revenues of $322 million in Q1 and $85 million of GAAP net income in the quarter. On a non-GAAP basis, Q1 net income was $102 million up 25% and earnings per share of $3.70 up 35% from the first prior year quarter. We continue to deliver strong free cash flow growth as well. Q1 free cash flow was $124 million, up 66% from the previous year. For the trailing 12-months free cash flow was $465 million. We’re off to a good start in our fiscal 2022 and we continue to be very focused on our strategy. In our software business, we continue to focus on the decisioning platform that enables businesses to optimize consumer interactions across their enterprise. When I started at FICO, we had a software business consisting of separate tools and endpoint applications. We evolved that business into a vision of an open and extensible platform uniting advanced analytics, decision modeling and AI. Historically, our software business has been separated by function, allowing us to deepen our expertise in various disciplines, optimize role based resourcing and drive process consistency. This month, we made an important change that better aligns our software organizational structure by integrating our entire software business under Stephanie Covert. Stephanie has led our sales, marketing and services organization where her strong leadership has effectively embraced strategic change, resulting in early wins and a growing pipeline of enterprise platform deals, prioritization of software IP, increased deal level of profitability and clear segmentation of direct and partner channels. I’m confident by placing all elements of our software business under Stephanie’s leadership, as we did years ago with this course business under Jim Wyman will see better alignment, faster and more effective decision making, improved resource allocation against top priorities and stronger end-to-end operational rigor and discipline. Last quarter, we made several important improvements to our external reporting to provide more visibility into the progress we’re making. Today, I’m happy to report that we continue to drive impressive growth in our software ARR as you can see, on pages 7 and 8 of the presentation. Total ARR was up 10% in Q1 and the platform ARR grid rate of 67%. Our net retention rate was also impressive. Total NRR was 109% and platform NRR was 143% and we continue to increase the value of the new deals that we’re signing. As you can see, on page 9 our ACV bookings were up 37% over the same period last year. We are excited about the depth of interest in our platform offering. This quarter we signed a deal with a major U.S. financial institution to use the platform. The multiyear deal is our biggest platform sale-to-date, and it enables the automation of much of the day-to-day customer decisioning using cloud based FICO analytics. In Scores, we’re continuing to innovate and to align our pricing with the value they provide. We had a very good quarter and our Scores segment with strong growth in both B2B and B2C. Scores were up 17% in the quarter versus the prior year as you can see on page 6. On the B2B side revenues were up 13% in the quarter versus the prior year. We continue to see a slowed down and mortgage origination volumes for the U.S. market were revenues were down about 17% year over year. But that’s more than offset by other areas in the U.S. where revenues growing rapidly. Auto origination revenues were up 27%, card and personal loan originations revenues were up 39%. The fiscal 2022 price increases we talked about last quarter take effect primarily in January and are not yet in our numbers. Our B2C revenues continue to be strong, up 27% versus the prior year quarter. We saw a strong growth through both our own myFICO.com platform and also through our partner channels. As always, we continue to be focused on shareholder value. Last quarter, I said we would continue to aggressively buyback our shares. I’m pleased to say we repurchased more than 1.2 million shares in our first quarter and more shares in January. Our buybacks reduced the outstanding shares by 9% versus Q1 of last year and this morning, we announced the new $500 million Board repurchase authorization. I’ll add some final comments in a few minutes. But first, let me turn the call over to Mike for more of financial detail.
Michael McLaughlin:
Thanks William, and good afternoon, everyone. As Will said, we are off to a strong start to our fiscal year driving growth throughout our business. Total revenues for the first quarter was $322 million, an increase of 3% over the prior year or 9% after adjusting for the divestiture of our collections and recovery product line last year. In our Scores segment revenues were $169 million up 17% from the same period last year. B2C Scores revenues were up 13% over the prior year. As expected mortgage origination revenues continue to decline down 17% from the same quarter last year. But that was more than offset by growth in other areas. Credit card and personal loan originations revenues were up 39% and auto originations revenues were up 27%. B2C Scores revenues were up 27% from the same period last year, both myFICO.com and partner B2C revenues grew significantly. Software segment revenues in the first quarter were $153 million down 9% versus the same period last year. Adjusting for the divestiture of our collections and recovery business, software revenues were up about 1%. As we’ve discussed for several quarters, we continue to see reduced upfront licensed revenue recognition due to the change we made to our revenue recognition policy for on-prem software licensed subscriptions. And we are seeing reduced professional services revenues as we focus our sales efforts on higher margin software. On-prem software licensed revenue recognized upfront or at a point in time as it is referred to in our 10Q was just $7 million this quarter compared to about $13 million in our Q1 last year. Our professional services revenues were $27 million, down from $41 million in the same period last year. This quarter 82% of total company revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 12%, and the remaining 6% was from Asia-Pacific. Turning to the new software metrics that we introduced last quarter, our software ARR in the first fiscal quarter of 2022 was $547 million, a 10% increase over the prior year quarter. Our platform ARR was $92 million representing 17% of our total first quarter ARR and a growth rate of 67% versus the prior year. Our non-platform ARR was $455 million in the first quarter which was 3% higher than the prior year. Our dollar based net retention rate in the quarter was 109% overall. As we said, our non-platform customers’ software usage tends to be mature and relatively stable which is reflected in the non-platform net retention rate of 102% this quarter. On the other hand, our platform customers continued to show very strong net expansion from land and expand follow on sales and increased usage. The DBNRR, a dollar based net retention rate for platform was 143% in the first quarter. Software sales were strong this quarter with annual contract value bookings of $16.6 million versus $12.1 million in the prior year, an increase of 37%. As a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of software sales excluding professional services. Turning now to our expenses for the quarter, total operating expenses were $207 million this quarter, a decrease from $225 million in the first quarter last year before accounting for the gain on sale from our ESS product and our JV in China. The year-over-year decrease is due to the divestiture of our collections recovery business, as well as various cost savings implemented in 2021. Our non-GAAP operating margin as shown on our Reg G schedule was 45% for the quarter. We delivered non-GAAP operating margin expansion of 900 basis points over the same period last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $85 million, down 2% from the prior year quarter due to a higher effective tax rate in 2022 as a result of lower excess tax benefit and the previously mentioned gain on sale last year. Our GAAP EPS was $3.13, up 5% from the prior year. Our non-GAAP net income was $102 million for the quarter, up 25% from the same quarter last year, and our non-GAAP EPS was $3.70, up 35% versus last year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 19%, including $6 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of employee stock awards. We expect our FY 2022 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% to 26%. That expected recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefit or other discrete items. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 24%. Free cash flow for the quarter was $124 million up 66% from last year and for the trailing 12-months free cash flow was $465 million. At the end of the quarter we had $197 million in cash and marketable investments. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.65 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 3.74%. In December, we issued 550 million in senior notes as an add-on to the 350 million of notes we issued in 2019. We use the proceeds of the notes to reduce the draw on our revolving line of credit and to fund the share repurchases. Turning to return of capital, we bought back 1,244,000 shares in the first quarter at an average price of $397 per share. We repurchased nearly 400,000 additional shares in the month of January which exhausted our current Board authorization. As Will mentioned, we announced today a new $500 million repurchase authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. With that, I’ll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on FY 22.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I’m extremely pleased with our Q1 results and the momentum we take into 2022. Our Scores business continues to deliver strong growth and our diversification through different credit verticals means we’re not dependent on specific types of lending. On the software side, we remain laser focused on our platform strategy and continue to drive strong results. We’ve delivered nine straight quarters of platform ARR growth in excess of 40%. We’re confident that we have the best-in-class capabilities in an emerging marketplace that’s poised for explosive growth. We remain focused on execution. We’re committed to delivering value to our shareholders and visibility to the progress we’re making. We will now turn it back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks. And we’re now ready to take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] We do have a question from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you. Good evening, guys. Well, maybe just I know you maintained your guidance, which is usually what you’d like to do. But, given the strong quarter just curious if you could just walk us through maybe some of the assumptions for the rest of the year that you’re looking at?
William Lansing:
We’re not changing our guidance, Manav. I mean, we obviously hope that things improve over the year and we’re in a position to do better. But at this time, our guidance is our guidance.
Manav Patnaik:
Maybe if you can get on, in terms of the volume assumption and that you gave us some of those origination numbers for the first time. So thank you for that. But just curious how we should think about how you’re thinking of how those trends?
William Lansing:
In origination specifically or just generally I think first quarter is usually our hardest quarter. This quarter we exceeded our internal plan for first quarter. So that’s good news for us. It gives us a lot of optimism about the way the year is going to turn out. But I’m not ready to go out on a limb on volume forecasts.
Manav Patnaik:
And then just lastly for me, you mentioned price increases usually start Jan 1st. It’s not in your numbers, but just curious if you could give us any color on if you did, put some of those out and then which areas?
William Lansing:
As we discussed earlier, we have strategic pricing a kind of mixed across the board. It’s not in one particular spot. We did some tier based pricing. Some areas weren’t touched. Other areas were touched a little bit harder and as you know, it’s kind of a once a year event. So we did it and now we watch as it plays out. There’s not any revision to it going on.
Operator:
Our next question is from Kyle Peterson with Needham. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Kyle Peterson:
Good evening guys. Thanks for taking the questions. Just want to touch on the platform ARR growth that looked really impressive this quarter. Was that a couple large deals that just kind of happened that kind of fallen into place for you guys or was it more broad based, just any color on the acceleration, it would be great?
William Lansing:
It was a couple of large deals that fell into place, but they weren’t an accident. They were planned and I think it just underlines the fact that we’ve got the right kind of capability, the right kind of platform capability for big enterprise customers. It’s been proven out in the marketplace. We’re seeing the uptake. As you know, for us it’s a land and expand strategy where the platform gets installed and then the customer really focuses on all the incremental use cases that they can get with the platform in place. And so, we love landing the platform in large customers which is kind of what’s happened this quarter and which we anticipate will continue to occur over the year as we go forward.
Kyle Peterson:
Great, that’s helpful, and then wondered if you could just touch a little bit on the professional services line. I know, it’s kind of expected to take a leg down sequentially this quarter and are we kind of at the point now where things are leveling off a little bit, and maybe to services kind of trends with kind of the non-platform side of the software business or are there any more near term kind of run offs that we should keep in mind relative to the 1Q run rate of like 26.5 million?
Mike McLaughlin:
Hi it’s Mike. I think we are more or less at a run rate, if you want to put it that way. A big part of the decline was the divestiture of a collection recovery business as we disclosed in the 10Q, about $16.3 million of revenue that we had in the first quarter last year that we don’t have this year, about half of that was professional services. The rest of it is a combination of lower bookings. There was a little bit of push out of already contracted PS, which will catch up just schedule issue and milestone issues that are typical with any PS business, but the sort of 26 million a quarter 17%, 18%, 19% of revenue it feels consistent with what we’re the rate at which we’re selling new PS business going forward.
Operator:
Our next question is from Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Surinder Thind:
Good afternoon. My first question is about the land and expand strategy. Can you maybe provide a little bit more color in terms of how that actually works out into client? So when they buy the platform, do they tend to pour over existing functionality first, and then kind of build use cases or do they kind of reverse that which is they’ll keep existing functionality from existing products and then maybe build new functionality on the platform? Just trying to understand the way clients are paid.
Mike McLaughlin:
It’s a bit of both and depends on the customer. So it’s not a typical for a customer to put the platform in with some fairly specific idea about the use, but is typically not as narrow as our legacy solutions. Typically, the customer will think through a half a dozen or a dozen uses for the platform at the get go and phase the introduction of those different solutions. And then, it’s not uncommon for the customer to figure out within 12 months, within 6 to 12 months that there’s a whole bunch more things they can do with the platform and so they immediately start planning the next phase. And so, what we’re seeing is that the idea of embedding the platform, providing the tools, really is the right strategy for getting incremental business from these customers and for them, it’s a great value proposition because they make the big initial investment. And then, incremental utility comes at very low cost having done so much of the data plumbing and so on. So that’s typical. Sometimes it’s to replace existing functionality. I would say that’s a lot of the time that in the initial that the land piece, but the incremental functionality comes very quickly.
Surinder Thind:
That’s helpful. And then, turning to the B2C business, obviously, solid growth there in terms of the revenues, trying to break that down a little bit further, any color on typically this quarter generally has some $6 million to $7 million of licensing or at least it has the past couple of years. Was that also true this quarter as well in the B2B side of the business?
William Lansing:
No, typically those licenses are in the fourth quarter. You can take that to the bank in any given year, but that’s what we’ve seen in the last couple of years. And so, Q1 for the last few years has not had a onetime event like that. So it’s a pretty clean quarter over or year-over-year comparison.
Surinder Thind:
And then, just maybe a question on, just color on the quarters volumes, auto revenues actually seem to accelerate or it showed stronger growth, but volumes were actually down quarter-over-quarter. So it was a little confounding or just people looking harder for auto vehicles at this point that’s pushing up overall increase volume or how should we think about that?
William Lansing:
Surinder, when you say volumes are down, are you referring to some external?
Surinder Thind:
I am referring to sales volumes. So obviously, your revenues were in auto pretty meaningfully, I think they were up 19% last quarter, and then 27% this quarter. But when you look at actual sales activity in terms of physical units of vehicles sold both the used market and the new market, those volumes are actually down pretty meaningfully. So kind of reconcile the difference?
William Lansing:
So the data we track, we think there’s pretty good data out there about new card sales. Actual volumes for used card sales is pretty squishy as far as we’re concerned. So really don’t know whether they were up or down. But more or less, let’s call it a push in terms of volumes. Our volumes in terms of Scores and auto, we’re up a little bit. Remember our Scores revenue doesn’t require the card to sell it just require somebody to look for credit. So it’s possible that we could have more volume increase than the actual number cards sold. But if you think about the total revenue increase that was not volume. A little bit of volume contribution as I said, but it was the pricing actions that we’ve taken and how we feathered out through the tiers of the users of that Scores.
Surinder Thind:
Got it, that’s helpful. And then one clarification on a comment that you made during the prepared remarks about the special price increases. And then I think there was a follow up question about it. I think you use the language that they’re primarily take effect in January, meaning that, is that something like you think kind of roughly 75% will hit this quarter and then maybe another 25 next quarter or is it just the vast majority kind of went into effect on January 1?
William Lansing:
I mean, the vast majority, but we can’t control the timing because some of these things phase in later in the year, but I would say, yes, the majority is upfront.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. That’s it for me.
William Lansing:
75% is probably a little too strong, but more than, a majority, more than half and less than 75%.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question is from George Tong with Goldman Sachs. Please go ahead, your line is open.
George Tong:
Hi, thanks. Good afternoon. I wanted to dive deeper into the Scores special pricing increase. As you did your tier based pricing for this year, how does that increase compare with the prior special pricing increases? Is it consistent? Did you step it up? Step it down? Especially in light of inflationary trends did you keep it consistent or did you step it up? And then how has customer receptivity been so far to these pricing increases?
William Lansing:
I would say consistent with prior years. We didn’t take extra action in light of inflation and inflationary expectation. So, consistent would be the answer to that. And customer reaction is, as it’s always been, knowing those price increases, but they actually understand that the value that we provide, it makes sense what we charge for it. And so, very similar conversations to those we’ve had in the past with our customers which is they understand why we do it. Do they wish that we didn’t raise prices? Of course, they wish they didn’t. Of course, they wish that but they understand us.
George Tong:
Got it, that’s helpful. And if you have to quantify on a blended basis, how much that step up is? Where would you place that number that’s consistent with prior years?
Mike McLaughlin:
We don’t, we’ve never, I can tell you what you guys plug. But we’ve never provided guidance on the exact amount. It’s been on the order of $50 million I think in your models for years now.
George Tong:
Great. And then with respect to the software business, can you discuss a little bit more about what’s changing with the appointment of Stephanie to the head of the group? How you plan to execute that and what the optimal outcome is of that restructuring in terms of leadership?
William Lansing:
Yes. That’s a great question. And as you can imagine, we’re so focused on execution that we’ve spent a lot of time on this in recent months. Stephanie has been with us for many years. She’s an extremely effective leader. Everything that she’s had, she has just done a phenomenal job with sales and marketing and then we give professional services and she did a great job with that. And now we’ve tucked product and technology underneath her as well. And so she has the entire software business. I think that it will, as I said, it’s going to lead to more streamlined decision making. You could look at it as we have a little more of an SBU, a little more of a business orientation around that business, as opposed to being strictly functionally organized. It used to be the P&L didn’t really roll up until me. Now it rolls up to her. So there’s those benefits, but I think what we really have here is she’s just tremendous leader. And so we’re excited about her having the entire software business.
Operator:
Our next question is from Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Yes, thanks. On platform software pipeline can you help us understand how it’s changing? And I guess, to lead in would be, are you starting to see a lot more large financials in developed markets in the pipeline? I feel like for a while we were hearing about like large lab based financial institutions and then this quarter, there was a call out on a large, U .S. based institution?
William Lansing:
Yes. Look I wouldn’t read too much into what you hear in any one particular quarter. But I would say that we do have a very strong pipeline, software pipeline per platform with major financial institutions all around the globe, not just LATAM, not just North America. This quarter was strong for North America, obviously. But that’s where our direct sales force is putting its energy right now, it’s into our enterprise customers and into getting the platform put in place. And that’s what’s happening. We’re happy with it. But it doesn’t signal a shift. It’s just this quarter, it was North America and the quarters before LATAM was very strong and I expect to see that shifting around as we go forward. I mean, the pipeline is full of opportunities all over the world.
Jeffrey Meuler:
And what’s the typical length of those contracts when you’re winning a client on the platform capabilities?
William Lansing:
Typically around three years, but as you know, you put in the platform and we fully anticipate that the platform will be in for many, many more years, 10 years and beyond, but the typical contract would be three years.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Yes. And then last for me, what’s the company’s, I don’t know, steady state leverage target? How much would you go above that? Just obviously, leverage has come up a little but it’s still fairly low with the new repurchase authorizations driving the question. Thank you.
William Lansing:
Well look, we’re as in love with our own stock as we’ve ever been. Can we continue to buy at the pace we’ve been buying? Probably not. We’re quite comfortable with our leverage where it is today, kind of mid twos. We could go higher. Our intent is to spend all of our free cash flow. We have been spending in excess of that. But our intent is always to spend at least our free cash flow. So there is certainly more dry powder, but I don’t think you could count on us buying at the same rate into the indefinite future.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We do have a question from Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Ashish Sabadra:
Thanks for taking my question. Just wanted to follow up on Manav’s question on guidance, which is focused on the EPS guidance. The prior guidance didn’t include buyback and you’ve done significant buyback just year-to-date. I was wondering how should we think about increasing the guidance for those? Is it fair for us to assume that you’ll increase guidance on the second quarter along with special pricing increases?
William Lansing:
I think that if you want to adjust your numbers to reflect our aggressive stock buying recently, you can do that. That’s not a crazy thing to do. But we’re not providing different guidance.
Ashish Sabadra:
That’s helpful color. And just given, just wondering if you had any color on the FHFA timeline, and any updated thoughts on that front ? Any color will be helpful. Thanks.
William Lansing:
Yes. So we’ve been following that process. We participate in the process exactly as laid out by law and by the regulators, by the agencies and by the FHFA. And so, we are awaiting the news, such as it is when it comes and they’re really, we don’t have anything else to share right now. We continue to be confident that we have very good product and highly predictive and so on, but I think we just have to wait and see what they do.
Operator:
And there are no further questions at this time.
William Lansing:
Thank you. Thank you everyone for joining today and we look forward to speaking with you again soon. This concludes today’s call.
Operator:
That concludes the call. We thank you for your participation and please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation quarterly earnings call. [Operator Instructions]. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded today, Wednesday, November 10, 2021. I'd now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, everyone, and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company's business, operations and personnel, that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 10, 2022. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. In the Investor Relations section of our website, we posted some slides that we'll be referencing during our presentation today. I'm pleased to report that our Q4 capped another terrific year, a year in which we posted record revenues, earnings and cash flows. And we were able to do this despite headwinds in fiscal '21 due to a shift in the timing of revenue recognition for term license subscription sales and the sale of 2 product lines in our software business and the managed and deliberate decline in our software and professional services revenues. Pages 2 and 3 show some financial highlights from our fourth quarter. We reported revenues of $335 million in Q4 and $1.32 billion of revenue for the fiscal year. We were able to grow our full year revenue despite these negative revenue factors. We delivered $86 million of GAAP net income in the quarter and GAAP earnings of $3 per share. For the full fiscal year, we delivered $392 million of GAAP net income and $13.40 of earnings per share, which includes the gain of $100 million on product line asset sales and business divestiture. On a non-GAAP basis, Q4 net income was $112 million, up 15%. And earnings per share of $3.92 was up 21% from the prior quarter -- prior year quarter. Full year non-GAAP net income was $383 million, up 31% over last year. And non-GAAP EPS of $13.07 was up 34% over the previous year. We continue to deliver strong free cash flow growth as well. Q4 free cash flow was $90 million, bringing the fiscal year total to $416 million, up 21% from the previous year. In fiscal 2021, we continued our commitment to shareholder return, buying back $882 million of stock during the year. We increased our leverage by about $425 million compared to year-end fiscal '20, but our adjusted leverage ratio remains a modest 2.07x. We view FICO shares as the best use of our excess cash at this time and expect to continue to aggressively buy back shares in the coming year. We had another solid year and making steady progress on our strategic initiatives. In our Scores segment, our diversification of verticals has enabled us to continue to drive growth even as various sectors slow down. Scores were up 10% in the quarter versus the prior year and up 24% for the full year, as you can see on Page 7 of the presentation. On the B2B side, revenues were up 2% in the quarter versus the prior year, which had a onetime royalty true-up. Adjusting for that, revenues were up about 15% for the quarter and 21% for the full year. As expected, we saw a slowdown in mortgage origination volumes, and revenues were down about 18% year-over-year. Auto origination revenues were up 19%, and card and personal loan origination revenues were up 45%. We are seeing particular strength in the card and personal loan space from our customers, including fintechs. The year-over-year pricing increases we implemented in fiscal '21 also had a positive impact on overall B2B revenues. Our B2C revenues were up 32% versus the prior year quarter and 42% for the full year compared to 2020. We saw strong growth through both our own myFICO.com products as well as through our partner channels. In next year's guidance, which I'll discuss in greater detail later, we expect the Scores business to grow about 6%. There's been no change in our strategy or approach to special pricing. Accordingly, special pricing increases consistent with the past several years are not included in this guidance. While we expect these price increases to have an impact consistent with those over the last several years, because it's difficult to estimate the timing and the magnitude of the impact, we remain conservative in how we issue our guidance relative to such increases. Turning to our Software business. As we have mentioned in recent quarters, we have been developing new financial metrics that provide more visibility into the recurring revenue generated by our subscription-based SaaS and on-prem software and the retention and growth of our existing software customers. Beginning this quarter, we are pleased to unveil our revised software reporting structure and these new metrics. Mike McLaughlin will go into much more detail in his remarks, but let me give you just a few highlights. First, we reevaluated our operating segments to better align with how we assess performance and allocate resources. We merged our legacy Applications and Decision Management Software segments into a single Software segment. We continue to report the Scores segment, which is unchanged from past reporting. We also changed the classification of revenue from transactional and maintenance, professional services and license to on-premises and SaaS software, professional services and Scores to better align with our business strategy and peer reporting practices. You'll also find in our 10-K this year our first reporting of annual recurring revenue, or ARR, which provides visibility into the growth trajectory of our Software business without the variability that comes with the upfront revenue recognition required by ASC 606 for on-prem subscription sales. We are also disclosing dollar-based net retention rate and annual contract value of software bookings. Another big change we'll be talking about is the split of our Software revenue between our on-platform and off-platform products. We'll give those splits for revenue, for ARR and for dollar-based net retention revenue. We believe it's important to focus on the progress of our on-platform offerings as it's the central strategy of our Software business. As in prior years, we will continue to focus on investing in our software platform. In fiscal '21, we divested assets that could not be easily migrated to the platform and reallocated resources to accelerate platform development and our go-to-market efforts. By allocating the resources strategically and efficiently, we expect to spur growth and achieve scale while effectively managing our operating expenses. I'm happy with the progress we made in 2021, and I'm optimistic about what lies ahead in 2022 and beyond. We'll continue to allocate our resources to areas of high strategic importance, and we'll continue to focus on long-term shareholder value. I'll have some final comments in a moment, provide our fiscal '22 guidance then. But first, let me just turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will. And good afternoon, everyone. As you may have already seen in our 10-K and the financial highlights presentation posted to the FICO website, we have made significant enhancements to our financial reporting this quarter, including the introduction of new metrics in both our Scores and Software segments. We'll briefly preview these metrics, and I will take some extra time on this call to provide more details on what we are disclosing and what new insights these numbers provide. As Will said, we have a strong finish to our fiscal year, and we are well positioned as we enter fiscal 2022. Total revenue for the fourth quarter was $335 million, a decrease of 11% over the prior year due primarily to a reduction in upfront recognition of term license revenues on-prem software sales, the sale of our Collections and Recovery product line in June and lower professional services revenue in our Software segment. Our full year revenue of $1.32 billion was up 2% over last year. In our Scores segment, revenues were $169 million, up 10% from the same period last year. B2B revenue was up 2% over the prior year. As you may recall, last year's fiscal fourth quarter included a onetime royalty true-up that did not recur this year. Adjusting for this onetime true-up, B2B revenue was up about 15% this quarter. B2C revenues were up 32% from the same period last year. Both myFICO.com and partner revenues grew significantly. One of the new financial metrics we are adding to our 10-K and 10-Q disclosures going forward is the breakdown of our Scores segment revenues between B2B and B2C components. For the full year, Scores revenues were $654 million, up 24% from last year. As Will previewed, we have merged our Applications and Decision Management segments into a new Software segment. Software segment revenues in the fourth quarter were $166 million, down 25% versus the same period last year. Full year Software revenues were $662 million, down 14% from the previous year. This quarterly and full year decline was due to reduced upfront license revenue recognition, reduced professional services revenue and the divestitures of our Collection Recovery products. I will spend a few minutes discussing each of these 3 factors and their impact on FY '21 results. At the start of fiscal 2021, we shifted the timing of revenue recognition for on-premise term license subscription deals. As a result, we now recognize less upfront license revenue and more revenue ratably over the term of each contract. The net impact was lower license revenue in our Software segment of about $12 million in Q4 and about $34 million for the full year versus what it would have been under our prior sales model. To help show the impact of upfront revenue recognition of on-prem term license software sales, we have added a new table in the 10-K that breaks out our on-premise and SaaS software revenue into revenue recognized at a point in time versus revenue recognized over the contract term. Turning to professional services. We have previously explained how we are deemphasizing low-margin nonstrategic services engagement. As expected, this has resulted in lower PS revenues. Our PS revenues were down 35% in Q4 compared to the prior year quarter and 20% for the full year. Professional services continued to be an important part of our business, helping our customers implement our software and realize the most value from it over time. We expect to see additional modest declines in our services revenues over the next few quarters, after which we expect it to return to a growth trajectory in line with our on-premise and SaaS revenues. The third factor negatively impacting reported revenues this period was the divestiture of the Collections and Recovery product line in June as well as the sale earlier in the year of our Enterprise Security Score and the sale of certain assets to a joint venture we established in China. To help understand the impact of these divestitures, we have added additional details to the financial highlights presentation posted on our Investor Relations website. In that presentation, you will find reconciliations of our revenue in prior periods excluding these divestitures. This quarter, 81% of our total company revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 14%, and the remaining 5% was from Asia Pacific. The Americas region, which we will use in our financials going forward, is simply a combination of our North America and Latin America regions. We mentioned in our call last quarter that we are planning -- that we were planning to introduce a number of new financial metrics for our Software segment. We are pleased to introduce those metrics this quarter. You will find a full description of these new metrics in the 10-K and on Page 8 of our financial highlights presentation. Let me take a few minutes to briefly walk you through each new metric. The first of these is annual recurring revenue, or ARR, which measures the underlying performance of our subscription-based software contracts. ARR is defined as the annualized revenue run rate of on-premise and SaaS software agreements within a quarterly reporting period. And as such, it is different from the timing and amount of revenue recognized in any given period. All components of our software licensing and subscription arrangements that are not expected to recur, primarily perpetual licenses, are excluded. We calculate ARR as the quarterly recurring revenue run rate multiplied by 4. Second new metric is annual contract value, or ACV, bookings. This replaces our previously disclosed bookings metric, which was based on total contract value, including the value of professional services. ACV bookings is the average annualized value of software contracts signed in the current reporting period that generate current and future on-premise and SaaS software revenue. We only include contracts with an initial term of at least 24 months, and we exclude perpetual licenses and other revenues that are nonrecurring in nature. We also exclude the value of professional services sales. For renewals of existing software subscription contracts, we count only incremental annual revenue expected over the current contract as ACV bookings. The third new metric is dollar-based net retention rate, or DBNRR, a measure of our success in retaining and growing revenue from our existing customers. To calculate dollar-based net retention rate for any period, we compare the ARR at the end of the prior comparable period, we call it the base ARR, to the ARR from that same cohort of customers at the end of the current quarter, retained ARR. Then we divide the retained ARR by the base ARR to arrive at the dollar-based net retention rate. Our calculation includes the positive impact among this cohort of customers of selling additional products, price increases and increases in usage fees and the negative impact of customer attrition, price decreases and decreases in usage-based fees during the period. It is important to note that our disclosed ARR, dollar-based net retention rate and ACV bookings numbers for the current quarter and all prior quarters exclude revenues and bookings from our divested assets to make period-to-period comparisons more meaningful. Fourth, as mentioned briefly above, we are disclosing the amount of our Software segment revenue that is recognized at a point in time versus recognized over the contract term. This helps provide an understanding of a key factor that drives the differences between reported Software revenue and ARR from period to period. And finally, we are breaking out our on-premise and SaaS software revenues, ARR and dollar-based net retention rate into platform and non-platform components. The shift of our software solutions and capabilities to the FICO platform is our #1 strategic goal in the Software segment. This new disclosure provides significant additional visibility into our progress. Taken together, we believe these metrics significantly enhance investor visibility into our Software segment. Specifically, ARR and dollar-based net retention rate show how we are retaining and growing our subscription-based customer relationships. And our platform disclosure shows the size, growth and expansion potential of the FICO platform. Now let me give you a few highlights on what these new metrics show this quarter. Our Software ARR in the fourth quarter was $524 million, a 7% increase over the prior year. Our platform ARR was $75 million, representing 14% of our total fourth quarter ARR and a growth rate of 58% versus the prior year. Our non-platform ARR was $449 million in the fourth quarter, which was 1% higher than the prior year. Our dollar-based net retention rate in the quarter was 106% overall, while our non-platform customers' software usage tends to be mature and relatively stable with retention hovering around 100%. Our platform customers are showing very strong net expansion from land-and-expand follow-on sales and increased usage. The dollar-based net retention rate for platform was 143% in the fourth quarter, up from 116% in the prior year. Excluding divested product lines and businesses, our software ACV bookings for the quarter were $25.8 million versus $28.9 million in the prior year. ACV bookings increased for the full year to $62.8 million versus $58.3 million in FY '20, representing growth of about 8% year-over-year. As a reminder, ACV bookings include only the annual value of software sales, excluding professional services. Turning now to our expenses for the quarter. Total operating expenses were $219 million this quarter. This included an $8 million restructuring charge primarily associated with reductions in our professional services delivery staff and rationalization of resources following our Collections and Recovery divestiture. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown on our Reg G schedule, was 45% for the quarter and 40% for the full year. We delivered non-GAAP margin expansion of 600 basis points for the full year. GAAP net income this quarter was $86 million, up 45% from the prior year quarter. Our non-GAAP net income was $112 million for the quarter, up 15% from the same quarter last year. For the full year, GAAP net income was $392 million, which included a gain of $100 million on product line asset sales and business divestiture. Non-GAAP net income was $383 million, up 31% from the prior year. The effective tax rate for the full year was 17%, including $24 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of employee stock awards. We expect our FY 2021 recurring tax rate to be approximately 25% to 26%. That expected recurring tax rate is before any excess tax benefit and other discrete items. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 24% for the year. Free cash flow for the quarter was $90 million. For the full year, free cash flow was $416 million, up 21% from last year's $343 million. At the end of the quarter, we had $195 million in cash on the balance sheet. Our total debt at quarter end was $1.26 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 3.3%. In October, we amended our credit agreement to allow for the issuance of a $300 million term loan with our bank group, increasing our total bank capacity to $900 million. We used the proceeds of the term loan to reduce the draw on our revolving line of credit. Turning to return of capital. We bought back 845,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $446 per share. In fiscal 2021, we repurchased a total of 1,877,000 shares at an average price of $470 per share for a total of $882 million. At the end of September, we had about $173 million remaining on the Board repurchase authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on fiscal '22.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As we move into fiscal '22, I believe we are well positioned for the year ahead. In our Software business, we continue to solidify and add functional capabilities to our platform. And we remain committed to becoming the preeminent provider of decisioning analytics. We are committed to pursuing growth opportunities and improving our efficiency. In our Scores business, we continue to innovate and find new ways to add value for our customers and benefit from the diversification that comes from the broad usage through the various credit verticals. We entered the new year with more visibility than last year, and as such, are again providing guidance for fiscal '22, as shown on Page 15 of the presentation. We are guiding revenues of about $1.35 billion, an increase of about 3% versus fiscal '21 on an as-reported basis and about 6% when adjusted for the divestitures. We are guiding GAAP net income of approximately $318 million, GAAP earnings per share of approximately $11.29, non-GAAP net income of $397 million and non-GAAP earnings per share of $14.12. I'll turn the call back over to Steve, and then we'll take your questions.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will. This prepares our prepared -- this concludes our prepared remarks, and we're ready now take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. And our first question comes from George Tong with Goldman Sachs.
George Tong:
You're guiding to Scores revenue growth up 6% next year. That excludes any special pricing increases. Could you talk about what the assumptions are and factors are that go into your 6% growth outlook?
William Lansing:
It's a continuation. We break it down into the pieces. And we look at mortgage. We look at auto. We look at card. We look at prescreen. So we look at all the pieces and put estimates on that. We use industry forecasts to inform those estimates, although we're not always exactly on top, we form our own views. And that's basically how we do it. That's how we got to the 6%. I mean it's a combination of -- it combines both volume increases based on industry and price increases as well.
George Tong:
Okay. Got it. So there is some measure of underlying pricing increase in there?
William Lansing:
Yes. Just to be clear, it's CPI kinds of increases.
Michael McLaughlin:
Not including the strategic price increases.
William Lansing:
Right.
Michael McLaughlin:
And George, I would add to that. I just -- sorry to interrupt, just looking across those segments, we do our best to predict volumes for the 3 major parts of our B2B business. Just like you probably do. We don't have a crystal ball. But I can say that our expectations for mortgage are in line with what you would find from third-party forecasters. And likewise, we expect modest but positive growth in the auto and credit card and other segments.
George Tong:
Okay. Yes. That's helpful. That was the extra color I was hoping to get. And then with the extra Software disclosures, I guess if we dive into ARR performance, the percentage of ARR that's on platforms at 14%, it's nearly double what it was about 2 years ago. What are your expectations for how that continues to tick higher? What's embedded in your 2022 guide? And how would you expect that trajectory to just perform in the years ahead?
William Lansing:
We see the platform side of ARR growing at over 50%.
Michael McLaughlin:
And overall, if you just do the math on our guidance, the 6% total revenue growth is approximately equal in terms of percentage between the Software and Scores business. So if you expect very strong continued growth in the platform business, we think our platform is going to be relatively flat.
George Tong:
Okay. So 50% is a good run rate growth to apply to the platform piece.
Michael McLaughlin:
That's right.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Surinder Thind with Jefferies.
Surinder Thind:
As a follow-up to the ARR question and more specifically the net revenue retention rate of 143% for the platform, can you talk about the sales process and how that works for the client in terms of what the client initially buys and kind of what the upsell is and how the timing of the upsell works?
William Lansing:
Sure. And obviously, it varies from client to client. Typically, we put the platform in with a specific number of use cases and very specific ideas about how the platform will be used and what problem is being solved. But increasingly, it's being put in with a view to being able to provide additional solutions later on. And what we're seeing -- a classic land-and-expand strategy. And what we're seeing is that's working with our current platform customers and what -- and the ones that have gone in less recently, we're seeing expansion. We're seeing new uses, new ways of using the platform, and so -- which is what's really informing that 143% retention rate.
Surinder Thind:
That's helpful. And then in terms of just bringing on new clients onto the platform, can you talk a little bit about the conversations you're having there and what it's kind of taking to get them across the finish line and the time lines generally involved?
William Lansing:
The time line is a little bit longer than our historic 270-day sales cycle with our older applications. But the -- what's happening is it's a bigger deal at the client. It's being brought in as part of a broader strategy. It's being brought in with a view to using it to really interact with consumer customers strategically. And so it is a bigger, more complicated conversation, but it's -- we're kind of in the middle of it. We're right in the middle of the way our clients want to interact with our consumer customers. We're seeing ourselves pop up in their strategy presentations.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And just kind of a technical question on the accounting part of the ARR maybe. Is there a kind of a volume component to it in the sense that there's a head count of the number of people that are on there, all else equal, or usage?
Michael McLaughlin:
I'm not following the head count part of it. Are you talking about our contracts that are usage-based as opposed to based on minimums per year?
Surinder Thind:
Yes, the combination of minimums versus usage base. So let's say a use case has -- a lender has, I don't know, 10 million accounts or something like that as a use case or was part of that. And then obviously, that number can change. So are there kind of bands? Or how does that work? Just to understand what the volatility might be.
Michael McLaughlin:
Yes, it's a good question. So our contracts have both. Many have minimums. Many have usage components. Some have minimum with usage if you exceed a certain amount of volume or use cases or accounts. What we do is if it's minimums, that's what goes in the ARR unless and until that customer exceeds the minimums, and then that additional run rate is added to ARR in the period in which that occurs. If it's a purely usage-based contract, some of our customer communication services contracts, for example, are based on the number of messages that are sent in cases where fraud is identified or what have you. There, we estimate once the solution has been installed and is running and has shown a stabilized usage rate, we then use that as the ARR that we will enter into the quarter's results. If that usage goes up or down in future quarters, we adjust ARR accordingly. Does that make sense?
Surinder Thind:
Yes. That's actually very helpful. That's it for me.
Operator:
Next question comes from Kyle Peterson with Needham.
Kyle Peterson:
Just wanted to touch on the margins. Obviously, it came in really strong this quarter. I know there's been a lot of moving pieces with deemphasizing professional services and the C&R divestiture. But just wanted to get any thoughts on what your assumptions would be on like the sustainability of operating margins in line with what we saw this quarter.
Michael McLaughlin:
There isn't anything structural that has changed or we expect to change in the quarters ahead in fiscal '22 versus what you've seen in recent quarters other than the fact that we expect to return to traveling. So if you look at the expense breakdown in our supplemental materials, I think we spent $0.5 million on T&E in Q4. That's going to go back up to a more normal rate, or at least that's what we're projecting. Professional services, as that declines, that's a low gross margin business, therefore, a high cost of goods sold business. So the cost of goods sold declines as those revenues go down. But otherwise, in terms of what we're investing in R&D and go-to-market and G&A, nothing dramatic has changed in our forecast versus our historical other than we've taken out a lot of expense from divestitures.
Kyle Peterson:
Got it. That's helpful. And then I guess just a follow-up on the B2C side. The performance continues to be really impressive for Scores. Is this something that you guys think you can keep growing kind of above trend? It seems like you guys are putting up significantly faster growth than what we're seeing with some of the other players in the space.
William Lansing:
I think that there's a lot of strength in the FICO brand, and I think that there's a lot of strength in the operating and management acumen of our B2C team. So doing better than others, I think you could expect that. Will we be able to repeat year-over-year performance in the 30s? I can't promise that. I think we're more likely to be on something closer to our quarter-to-quarter growth.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions]. The next question comes from Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets.
John Mazzoni:
This is John Mazzoni filling in for Ashish. Maybe just a quick one on the B2B revenues. I know there was a onetime impact that if adjusted, that would be around 15%. How should we think about these moving forward, especially going into kind of the '22?
William Lansing:
Those kinds of onetimers happen periodically. It is kind of part of the business. We do audits and true-ups every few years with different channel partners. And so can you expect them to continue? Yes, there will be things like that, that are a little bit unpredictable. But it is part of the business.
John Mazzoni:
Understood. And then maybe just a quick follow-up. How do you see the Software business evolving over time? Maybe of a longer-term perspective, just as we kind of wrap our heads around these new metrics, what could be a longer-term growth rate or any type of things that investors should be paying attention to?
William Lansing:
Okay. With the caveat that this is not guidance, I would say look at our platform growth, 50% platform growth, which tells you that we have something there that the market wants. We have a large number -- a large number -- 19 enterprise customers, large customers who have adopted the platform and many more in the pipeline. And what we're seeing is that's a combination of conversion, substitution of platform solutions for more historical solutions, but it's also growth. It's also new stuff. And so over time -- and it could be a very long time. But over time, you'll see our software transition from our older solutions to platform solutions and the platform solutions piece is growing a lot faster. So will our growth rate go up? Yes, it almost certainly will go up as we do more and more of our total Software business on the platform. So if today is 6%, I would just extrapolate out from 6% upward. And I don't know how many years it will take, but we will be in double digits eventually.
Operator:
And Mr. Weber, there are no further questions.
Steven Weber:
All right. Thank you all for joining today's call, and we look forward to speaking with you again soon. This concludes the call.
Operator:
And that will conclude the conference call for today. We thank you very much for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Company Representatives:
Will Lansing - Chief Executive Officer Mike McLaughlin - Chief Financial Officer Steve Weber - Vice President, Investor Relations
Operator:
Greetings! And welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporate Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions]. As a reminder, this call is being recorded today, Tuesday, August 3, 2021. I’d now like to turn the call over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon everyone and thank you for joining today’s FICO’s third quarter earnings call. I am Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I am joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company’s business, operations and personnel that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at FICO.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through August 3, 2022. With that, I’ll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing :
Thanks Steve, and thank you everyone for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. Before I discuss our results, I'd like to thank our FICO colleagues for their dedication, adaptability, and innovation during this past year. As we begin to open our offices back up, we're moving to a hybrid system where more of our team is working from home, but we've proven in the past year that we can make the most of technology to collaborate and continue to serve our customers and optimize our business, both remotely and in person. On the Investor Relations section of our website we posted some slides that offer financial highlights of our third quarter. In our third quarter we delivered revenues of $338 million an increase of 8% over the same period last year. As previously disclosed, we completed the divestiture of our debt collections and recovery products during the quarter. Adjusting for that, revenue grew about 9% year-over-year. We delivered $151 million dollars of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $5.18 per share, including the gain on sale of the C&R products. On a non-GAAP basis, which excludes the sale, net income was $99 million, up 29% and earnings per share of $3.38 was up 31% from last year. We continue to deliver very strong free cash flow growth as well. Free cash flow was $99 million in the quarter and $462 million for the last four quarters, and we're dedicated to using that cash flow return value to our shareholders, through our repurchase program. It was a very strong quarter for us, and we are well positioned for a strong finish to our fiscal year. As we continue our strategy of migrating our business model towards a subscription based model, we see some disruption in our near term numbers. We're not recognizing as much revenue upfront and not selling and delivering as much lower margin services revenue. So, these efforts are positioning the company for long term predictable and profitable growth. Beginning next quarter we will be providing additional metrics that will give additional transparency to our business. Metrics like ARR will complement our revenue reporting and provide a better indicator of our growth trajectory. We'll also be talking about the different delivery vehicles for our software, specifically whether the products are delivered on platform or off platform. The Decision Management platform is the linchpin to our software strategic vision and bringing new customers onto that platform will enable us to scale the business and realize its full potential. As I've stated, we believe we can become the pre-eminent player in decisioning analytics; that is our singular role in our software business. On the Score side we remain committed to innovation while maintaining the predictability that has always been the cornerstone of the FICO score, and I'm pleased to report that we continue to drive outstanding growth in our Score’s business. Score’s posted another record quarter, up 31% versus the prior year. On the B2B side revenues were up 23%. Mortgage originations as predicted in the marketplace appear to have peaked and were flat with last year's numbers. It is now a year since the refi boom began and we expect those numbers to trend down as the market returns to more normal levels. Auto originations continue to be strong with those revenues up more than 30% year-over-year. The most dramatic growth came from credit cards and other unsecured lending products. We had a record revenue quarter in card originations, with revenues up more than 50% from last year. We saw acceleration in card origination activity throughout the quarter and expect that activity to continue to be strong. Fee screen volumes were up more than 150% versus last year. This is typically a leading indicator for new card origination activity, and shows the financial institutions have a strong appetite to market and originate new accounts in the unsecured market. We believe banks are in a very strong financial position to pivot to other lending products as mortgage demand wins as expected by the industry. On the consumer side we continue to drive impressive growth. Our B2C revenues were up 50% versus the same quarter last year. That growth at myfico.com while still strong is slowing, which we expected as the mortgage market cools off. Growth among our partners has picked up as Experian and others find new ways to serve an increasingly sophisticated consumer. Finally, this quarter we closed the divestiture of our collections and recovery product line. Mike will review the financial impacts and talk about how we are using the proceeds for share repurchases. As we said last quarter, the divestiture further focuses our resources on refining and distributing the best-in-class decision platform that we believe is an incredible opportunity for FICO. I’ll have some final comments in a few minutes, but first, I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike McLaughlin :
Thanks Will and good afternoon, everyone. Today I'll walk you through our third quarter results in more detail and provide some information on divestiture of the collections and recovery products we closed in quarter. Total FICO revenue for the quarter was $338 million, an increase of 8% over the prior year. Our applications segment revenues were $133 million up 3% sequentially and down 6% versus the same period last year. Adjusting for the C&R divestiture, applications revenues were up 6% versus last quarter and down 4% from last year. The year-over-year decrease in revenue was primarily driven by reduced professional services revenues. In our decision management software segment, Q3 revenues were $33 million, down 20% over the same period last year, due primarily to decreased upfront license revenues. As Will said, our shifting business model is continuing to impact our software business in the near term. Our on premise license revenues will continue to decline as we move away from license sales to a notable subscription revenue model. Second, at the start of our fiscal year we noted that we have also changed our revenue recognition assumptions for on premise term license subscription deal. As a result, we now recognize less upfront license revenue and more revenue ratably over the term at each deal. The net impact this quarter was lower license revenue in our applications and DMS segments, of about $4 million versus what it would have been under our prior methodology. We anticipate the full year impact will be about $40 million and lower software license revenue this year, all of which will be recognized in future periods. As a reminder, last year we booked $61 million in upfront license revenue and our fiscal fourth quarter under the prior methodology. So that will be an especially difficult year-over-year comparison. As we pointed out in the past, this change in timing does not have an impact on free cash flows or the total revenue recognized from software license sales over the term of each subscription contract. I'd also like to remind you that we are deemphasizing low margin, non-strategic professional services engagements, which is resulting in lower PS bookings and revenue. This is driven by our core strategic goal of selling more high value software with decline revenue. This quarter services revenues were down 18% versus last year. As Will said, we closed the divestiture of our collections and recovery product line in the third quarter. We recognized a pre-tax book gain of $93 million in the third quarter. The sale contributed $2.52 of after tax EPS to the quarter's GAAP results. Proceeds from the sale were used to fund a previously announced accelerated share repurchase program. Turning to our Scores segment, total revenues were $172 million up 31% from the same period last year. B2B was up 23% over the same period last year, driven by continued high volumes in credit card and auto originations, as well as some unit price increases across our different score categories. B2C scores revenues were up 50% from the same period line year, both myfico.com and B2C partner revenues grew significantly. This quarter 80% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 14% and the remaining 6% was from the Asia Pacific region. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 85% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation services revenues were 11% of total revenues and license revenues were 4% of total revenue. SaaS software revenues, not including related PS revenues continued to grow and were $67 million for the quarter, up 10% from the previous year. Q3 bookings totaled $75 million, down 29% from the previous year and had an average weighted term of 30 months. Those bookings generated $9 million of current period revenues, a 12% yield. Much of the decline in bookings was due to our de-emphasize of low margin professional services, and the shorter term lengths of deals signed. Professional Services bookings totaled 21% down 50% from last year. We continued to see a strong pipeline in our software business, and typically we have our strongest period for new deals in our fiscal fourth quarter. As we have said, we expect bookings to trend lower overall compared to historical numbers as a result of our de-emphasis of professional service sales and the somewhat shorter term length of typical subscription and on-prem term license contracts. As Will mentioned, we plan to begin providing more subscription software financial metrics next quarter, and we believe that the additional transparency will lead to better understanding of the results of the company, particularly in the software segment. Our operating expenses totaled $144 million dollars this quarter, which included the $93 million dollars gain on the C&R sale, compared to $230 million in the prior quarter. Excluding that one-time gain, expenses were up $7 million, primarily due to increased incentive compensation expense. Compared to Q3 2020, operating expenses, excluding the one-time gain were up $6 million. We do expect to continue to increase in Q4 as we gradually add strategic headcount to drive our decision management platform development and distribution and increase customer related travel. Our non-GAAP operating margin as shown on our Reg G schedule was 39% for the quarter, a margin expansion of 500 basis points from the same period last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $151 million, which included $93 million of pre-tax gain from the divestiture. Our non GAAP net income was $99 million for the quarter, up 29% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 20%. We expect our FY 2021 recurring tax rate to be approximately 26% to 27 % and we expect the net effective tax rate for the year to be about 19%, including the impact of the divestiture of our collections and recovery business. Free cash flow for the quarter was $99 million flat with the same period last year. For the trailing four quarter's, free cash flow was $462 million. At the end of the quarter we had $238 million in cash, up $40 million from last quarter. Our total debt now stands at just over $1 billion with a weighted average interest rate of 3.64%. Turning to return of capital, we bought back 489,000 shares in the third quarter at an average price of $466 per share. This includes a $200 million accelerated share repurchase agreement we entered into following the close of the C&R divestiture. For the nine months ended June 30, 2021 we repurchased 1.31 million shares. At the end of June we had about $225 million remaining on our stock repurchase authorization and we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his closing thoughts.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I'm extremely pleased with our team's ability to manage our business and serve our customers in the midst of all this uncertainty created by the pandemic. We continue to prove that the FICO business model was strong. Our customers rely on our Mission Critical software, scores and other analytics to manage risk and optimize interactions with consumers. We continue to invest and innovate to provide state art solutions for customers looking use analytics to make better decisions. I'll turn the call back over to Steve now for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks Will. This does conclude our prepared remarks. Operator, if you'd like to open the lines, we are now ready to take your questions.
Operator:
Certainly and thank you very much. [Operator Instructions]. Our first question comes from Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Your line is open.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. I’d like to start with the question about just the adoption of a competitor score by a large car issuer that's recently revealed I guess. Can you talk a little bit about the competitive marketplace at this point in terms of just how you think about the FICO 10 suites and maybe kind of if there's anything unique that prompted the issuer to switch from using FICO.
Will Lansing:
Yeah, the short answer is, without getting into all kinds of details, that was a special situation I think. That score has been around for a long time and our score is very strong and continue to stand the tests in the marketplace of being desirable. We believe our scores are the most predictive out there for what they are used for. And our business in Scores is as strong as it has ever been; our volumes are very strong. We have not seen a decline, and we don't see major issuers switching away. So I guess the best way to characterize that is a one-off and I think that's really it.
Surinder Thind:
That's helpful. And then in terms of just, when I think about the Scores business broadly and especially the strength that we're seeing in B2C, is there any additional color that you can provide in terms of the framework for how we should be thinking about the growth of that business. It is seeing if we were to rewind to last year, I think the thesis was that you know there’s a lot of people that were concerned with their credit scores and so there's a kind of a rush to kind of do credit monitoring on a personal basis. But now that the pandemic has resided [ph] I guess it – we're further through that process. Can you talk about the resiliency of that business and maybe are there additional factors that are now driving the growth? When I think about it on a sequential basis, the growth was still very impressive.
Will Lansing:
Yes, I think that there's some offsetting trends here, so the one trend that we worry about – we don't worry about it, but we recognize is that mortgage was super high over this last year and we can't expect it to continue at the same levels, and that's what all of our market analysts predict and we don't see any reason to disagree with that. And it is true that when consumers go shopping for mortgage, they often go to credit score monitoring to get a sense for what they are able to get by way of mortgage and pricing. So that's a positive factor that won't be as present going forward, at least until the next cycle. Offsetting that I think is a level of awareness on the consumer part of the importance of credit scores, which has just been on a steady upward trajectory for a very long time, certainly the last five years. And as I've shared with you in the past, you know 10 years ago the FICO score aided awareness was about 30% in the U.S. and today its over 90% and most consumers are well aware of how important the FICO score is and continue to try to monitor it. So we see that as a positive and a positive that will continue. And then finally our partners who provide credit report monitoring, credit score monitoring services are increasingly sophisticated in the way they get the message out and what they provide to their consumer customers, and they are doing very well and we encourage that. So, we feel pretty good about the business.
Surinder Thind:
That's helpful. And then maybe one other quick one. It sounds like auto and credit card volumes were an important contributor to the B2B part of the growth story. Can you talk about maybe where we might be in terms of how close are we to pre-pandemic levels within like the credit card segment at this point? I feel like there's a good visibility into auto volumes, mortgage volumes, which is kind of the third leg of that story.
Will Lansing:
Mike, I don't know if you have any detail on that that we can share.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes, we need to be careful about that because of the nature of our relationships with the bureaus of course, but it feels as though there's definitely still room to grow. They have rebounded smartly and we can see that in our results, but we're not in the business of predicting credit card volumes as you can understand, but what we can see looking backwards, which is all we can do, is it’s still growing and doesn't appear to be plateauing.
Surinder Thind:
That’s helpful, thank you. I'll get back in the queue. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Kyle Peterson with Needham. Your line is open.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hey! Good afternoon. This is actually [Inaudible] for Kyle today. I was wondering if you guys could provide a little more color around the pricing environment for the Score business. Did that last round of pricing changes have any noticeable impact on the Scores business this quarter? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
Yes, I would say not dramatic differences, not dramatic changes, not dramatic impacts from that.
Unidentified Analyst:
Got it, that's helpful. And then just a quick follow-up, how should we think about the expense and margin trajectory of the business moving forward after that recent divestiture there?
Will Lansing:
I wouldn't expect tremendous changes. I mean there's some benefit that comes from de-emphasizing lower margin professional services as we talked about, so there's a benefit there, but at the same time, you've heard us talk about the opportunity in the platform space and the tremendous amount of R&D that we're pouring into it. And so I think there's focus on cost and expense control on the one hand, but at the same time our investment levels are high. So I think those offset one another and I wouldn't look for tremendous margin improvement. There's also and this is a much more modest effect, but there's also coming out of COVID there'll be more travel expense, that sort of thing.
Unidentified Analyst:
Yes, got it. Alright, thanks guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from George Tong with Goldman Sachs. Your line is open.
George Tong:
Hi! Thanks. Good afternoon. Going back to the Scores business, revenue grew 31% in the quarter and you mentioned mortgages were relatively flat from a volume perspective, parts and autos strong. Can you at a high level discuss how much part and auto volumes grew by and how much pricing contributed to growth?
Will Lansing:
Well, I don't think we break that. That’s something we’ve kept to ourselves. Mike, you want to help me with that?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yeah, well sure. There were some numbers in the script which we can revisit with you on the one-on-ones if you like. But as Will said in his previous answer, the story this quarter was about volumes on price. It's not that there was no impact of price, but it was the lion's share for sure about volume in the segments we’ve discussed.
George Tong:
Okay, Got it. And then I'd like to dive a little bit more into your on platform strategy. Can you talk about evidence that you're seeing increasing customer adoption of your on-platform solutions and what initiatives you have to further drive client adoption of your on platform products?
Will Lansing:
Yes, absolutely! So all of our major – if you think about our major franchises, customer management, [inaudible] the triad franchise which goes to line increases and judgments about how and what to do with customers, existing customers and our other franchises that we are increasingly putting those solutions on top of the platform, so we're selling our software in a couple of ways. One is, where the customer is after a solution and they happen to get that solution on top of the platform or they will, but they are still accurate particular solution. But increasingly what we're seeing is major financial institutions saying, we want to standardize on the platform, and we want to do not two or three or four solutions. We have an intent to do 10 or 15 or 20 solutions on top of this platform. We want to leverage all of our data across all the different places where it resides and apply analytics and do it in a unified way, so we leverage everything that we have to make decisions with respect to customers and that's very much the future of our – that’s our platform strategy and that's our future as doing that. We have – it's a lumpy business. So we've landed a number of big customers over the last 12 months for the platform for this very purpose with an intent to start with five or 10 or 15 use cases and then expand beyond that. So we're pretty happy that the solution is meeting the need in the marketplace. The platform strategy has legs and it seems to be working. That said, we have a lot of work left to do. Not all of our solutions are completely reported to the platform and the platform isn't as modular as we wish it were, we're working on that. So there's definitely plenty of investments still going in. But from a customer reception standpoint, we have medium and large financial institutions who have adopted it.
George Tong:
Got it. Very helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
Our next question comes from Ashish Sabadra with RBC Capital Markets. Your line is open.
Ashish Sabadra:
Thanks for taking my question. I was just wondering if it's possible to quantify how we should think about the impact from the C&R divestiture in the fourth quarter or a quarterly impact going forward?
Will Lansing:
Mike, you want to take that?
Mike McLaughlin:
I can take that one. Yes, I'm happy to. We mentioned last quarter or perhaps it was in the press release when we announced the deal, that roughly it's 6% of our revenues and that's you know rounding to the nearest percentage. And expense are in the near term that we'll be able to flex in the same ballpark as those revenue numbers. It's a Q4 heavy business just like our other software businesses are. So the year-over-year impact of not owning that business in Q4 in ’21 would have some seasonality associated with it versus a [inaudible] respect, but what will give you a ball park of what to expect.
Ashish Sabadra:
Okay. And then maybe just to follow-up on the earlier question around the software, I was wondering if you could talk about like the progress on the API, the external API strategy, as well as the studios. Any color there will be helpful? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
Yes, I would say both of those proceed to pace, and that we have – am I hearing this interference. We are making progress on both the external facing APIs and on FICO Studio, there’s more of that to come, but much of that will be ready this year.
Ashish Sabadra:
That's very helpful. Thanks.
Operator:
The next question comes from Caroline Conway with Autonomous Research. Your line is open.
Caroline Conway:
Thank you for taking my question. I wanted to ask about the expectations for applications going forward following the recent divestiture. Would you say that the business at this point is right sized, and can you talk about the strategic role of the business unit at this stage, particularly as it relates to the decision management business?
Will Lansing:
Yes, I guess I would say that it is right sized. We don't have any plans for any significant divestiture going forward, at least not at this time. So I would call it right sized. I think the way to think about it is that the application solutions will increasingly be available on top of the decision management platforms and you so [inaudible] bear with you how those things break out. But you know right sized, yes.
Caroline Conway:
Okay, thank you. And my other question is next quarter as your talking about the ARR and other metrics, are you expecting to provide additional detail on decision management profitability, especially the timing of turning to a profitable level? And will we see some guidance at that point as well on growth rates?
Will Lansing:
Will started with the revenue and I think we'll have the TBD on getting down to margin level.
Caroline Conway:
Okay, thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Next question comes from Jeff Mueler with Baird. Your line is open.
Jeff Mueler:
Yeah, thank you. Anything further you can say on bookings, it was the third quarter in a row of relatively weak bookings, and it sounds like the de-emphasis of professional services is a large part of that. You also mentioned shorter term length, and I guess is that customers electing shorter terms or you and customers jointly preferring shorter terms because of how the subscription based software is sold or is that timing of large deal activity? Just how much of the weaker bookings is that? How much of it is other things?
Will Lansing:
The shorter term length is significant. It's – Mike can keep me honest, I think it’s on the order of 25% reduction in term length, so it's significant. In terms of whose idea is that, we always do what the customer wants. That said, if we had – to the extent that we have a choice in the matter, our preferences were shorter, because we do think that's a better way to go. We think that there are more opportunities for us to revisit things sooner if we go for the shorter term length. So, and this is part of why we changed the way we compensate our sales force as well. We used to compensate on bookings and longer terms to commissions and we no longer do that. Our goal is to provide the term that our customer wants, but shorter is absolutely fine with us.
Mike McLaughlin:
And Jeff, I can add a little bit of color to that. So the term length, the average term length was 37 months a year ago and it was 30 this time; that's about a 20% decrease, 19% to be specific. And if you apply the rough math, that's $15 million to $20 million of bookings right there, just because of term length. And the other factor is PS intensity. Our PS bookings were $20 million lower this quarter than they were last quarter. You see we are $30 million down in total bookings. So those two factors alone would, you know all else being equal explain that.
Jeff Mueler:
Helpful. And then when you're giving the example of customers landing on the platform with a eventual intent to do 10 or 20 solutions, how many skews are there? Like how many solutions could a customer buy today if they bought everything or like where is that going?
Will Lansing:
Well, it's probably skews is not even the right way to think about it. Because when we think about skews we are, I don't know, call it 150 skews. But the platform in its modular form provides the opportunity to do hundreds and potentially thousands of combinations of things. And so I think, I think what we are moving to is more of a usage based pricing and a modular pricing that lets customers mix and match the components that they want, to achieve the goals that they want from a solution standpoint and so it's not like everything will be pre-packaged.
Jeff Mueler:
Okay. And then last one for me, just on B2B scores, how do you maintain an ongoing dialogue with the ultimate end market enterprise customers. So, I think technically, it's your customer's customer because your Q and K disclosure is revenue concentration based on the bureau relationships. So how do you maintain that end-market dialogue and I guess monitor their commitment to staying on FICO scores.
Will Lansing:
Obviously, we stayed close to it through our channel partners, the bureaus. But we also certainly for all of the major institutions, we have direct sales relationships, and so any significant activity in one direction or another is well understood by our people and we are in a dialogue with them.
Jeff Mueler:
Got it. Thank you.
Operator:
And there are no further questions at present time. I’ll turn the presentation back to you. Please continue with your presentation or closing remarks. Thank you.
Will Lansing :
Thank you. Thank you everyone for joining. This concludes today's call. We look forward to speaking with you again soon. Thanks for joining.
Operator:
And that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you very much for your participation. You may now disconnect.
Operator:
Greetings. And welcome to the Fair Isaac Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions]. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded today, Wednesday May 5, 2021. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber, Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon. And thank you for joining FICO’s second quarter earnings call. I am Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I am joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company’s business, operations and personnel that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through May 5, 2022. And now, I will turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. I'd like to start by saying that I hope you are all safe and healthy. And I want to thank our dedicated FICO employees who have done an exceptional job meeting the challenges in the last year and never wavering in their commitment to FICO or their colleagues and our customers. We've tremendous team, a great culture at FICO and I'm really honored to report that FICO was ranked number one on Forbes' annual list of America's best midsize employers. On the investor relations section of our website we posted some slides that offer financial highlights of our second quarter. Today, I'll talk about this quarter's results and how we do our business at the midpoint of our fiscal year. And I'll discuss how we continue to refine our strategy to optimize our Scores asset and sharpen our focus on our world-class decision management platform. We reported revenues of $331 million, an increase of 8% over the same period last year. We delivered $69 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $2.33 per share, up 18% and 20%, respectively. On a non-GAAP basis, net income was $90 million, up 40%, and earnings per share of $3.06 was up 42%. from last year. We continue to deliver very strong free cash flow growth as well. Second quarter free cash flow was a record $152 million, up 178% from last year. I'm pleased to report that we continue to execute well against our strategic initiatives throughout the company. As we've said, for the last several quarters, we're continuing to migrate more of our business toward a subscription based model, including SaaS software subscriptions, and tern license subscriptions for on-prem software. This strategic decision will provide a more representative view of the growth trajectory of our business. But it also gives us some difficult comparisons for last year, when we had significant upfront license revenues. In our application segment, we delivered $130 million of revenue, down 8% from last year due to a 29% decline in upfront license revenues, and a 21% decline in professional services revenues. In our decision management segment, we delivered $33 million of revenue, up versus our Q1, but down 14% due to reduced upfront licenses and lower services revenue. Transactional revenues and DMS were up 34%, and as we continue to transition more of our software business to a recurring SaaS model. We continue to have a lot of interest in this technology and our pipeline contains more big deals as we continue to gain traction in the space. We remain committed to becoming the preeminent platform player in decisioning analytics and we're focusing our resources to make that vision a reality. On the Score side, the business continues to perform very well. Scores were up 31% in the quarter versus the prior year. On the B2B side, revenues were up 25%. There was continued strength in mortgage originations, which grew substantially year-over-year and also sequentially. We'll see more difficult comps in the back half of our year as it's now been a year since the refi boom began. Auto origination volumes were fairly flat, but revenues were up versus the previous year. We're continuing to see positive signs in cards and other unsecured loan activity. Volumes were still down from last year, but were higher than Q1. The price increases we instituted are starting to have an impact, giving us revenue increases in pockets where volumes are weaker. On the consumer side, we continue to drive impressive growth. Our B2C revenues were up 47% versus the same quarter last year. The growth of myfico.com is particularly remarkable, up 82% this quarter versus last year. The continued strong demand is a testament to the quality of our offering and an understanding by consumers that FICO, the Scores that lenders use. Finally, as you know today, we announced the divestiture of our collections and recovery product line. Michael provides some financial details in a few minutes. But I'd like to explain the strategic rationale behind this move. We're extremely focused on our strategic vision to enhance expand and distribute the FICO decision management platform. We believe we have an incredible opportunity to be a best-in-class leader in the next wave of business analytic technology. In order to fulfill our potential, we need to make choices to be able to allocate all the resources we can to the platform strategy. The FICO collections and recovery products help customers make important decisions throughout the lifecycle of collections and recovery. These products deliver excellent functionality and serve an important customer need. But the complexity of the underlying architecture makes it impractical to migrate to our platform, coupled with the need for high-touch professional services, engagements and customization, it doesn't fit within our strategic framework. So as we did with our ESS divestiture, and as we do with our China joint venture, we've chosen to sharpen our focus and align our resources on our decision platform. I would like to thank the team that built and delivered an industry leading set of products and solutions that have helped our clients, enhance their collections and recovery efficiency, effectiveness and compliance. I want to assure the collections and recovery customers at FICO and Jonas Software are committed to serving our clients without disruption during this transition period. We're confident that Jonas Software will continue to invest in these solutions and support our clients and colleagues with the same commitment and partnership they've come to expect. I'll have some final comments in a few minutes. The first I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today I'll walk you through our second quarter results in more detail and provide some information on the impact of the divestiture of the collection and recovery products that we announced today. Revenue for the quarter was $331 million and increase of 8% over the prior year. Our applications revenues were $130 million, down 8% versus the same period last year. The quarterly decrease in revenue was primarily driven by a decrease in upfront on-prem license revenue and professional services revenue. In our decision management software segment, Q2 revenues were $33 million, down 14% over the same period last year. We had an increase of 34% in SaaS subscription revenue in the DMS segment, but that was offset by decreases in upfront on-prem license and services rep. Now, before turning to our Scores segment, I would like to remind you the key moving parts that are impacting our application and our DMS segment revenues. First, our on-premise license revenues will continue to be negatively impacted as we move away from perpetual license sales to a ratable subscription revenue model. Second, we have changed our revenue recognition assumptions for on-premise license subscription sales. As a result, we now recognize less licensed revenue upfront, and we recognize more revenue ratably over the term of the deal. The net impact this quarter was lower license revenue on our applications and DMS segment, of about $6 million, versus what it would have been under our prior methodology. We anticipate the full year impact will be between $45 million to $50 million, lower software license revenue this year, all of which will be recognized in future periods. We expect them especially difficult year-over-year license comparison in our fourth fiscal quarter, where last year we booked more than $60 million in upfront license revenue under the prior methodology. As we pointed out in the past, this change in timing will not have an impact on pre-cash flows or the total revenue recognized from software license sales over the term of each subscription contract. Finally, as we explained last quarter, we are de emphasizing low margin non-strategic professional services engagement, which is resulting in lower PS bookings and revenues. This is driven by our core strategic goal of selling more high value recurring revenue software. Professional Services are a very important component of our business model, providing installation and configuration services for our software, and advisory and consulting expertise that enables our customer to leverage the power of cutting edge analytics in their business. These parts of our professional services business are here to stay. The reductions you are seeing in our services business are the result of our strategic decision to focus our energies on these value added services. Now turning to our Score segment. Revenues were $169 million, up 31% from the same period last year. B2B was up 25% over the same period last year, driven by continued high volumes and mortgage originations, as well as some unit price increases across our different Score categories. In the B2B business, we also had a royalty true-up and an annual license deal this quarter that had a small positive impact on overall revenues. B2C scores revenues were up 47% from the same period last year, both myfico.com and B2C partner revenues grew significantly. This quarter 79% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, or EMEA region generated 15% and the remaining 6% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 85% of total revenues. consulting and implementation services revenues were 11% of total revenues, and license revenues were 4% of total revenue. SaaS software revenues, not including related PS revenues were $62 million for the quarter, up 8.8% from the prior year. Q2 bookings totaled $84 million, flat with the previous year, those bookings generated $9 million of current period revenues a 10% heal. SaaS bookings including the associated professional services were $25 million for the quarter, down 19% from the previous year. Professional services bookings of $22 million were down 35% from last year. However, overall software bookings excluding professional services bookings were up 5% year over year. We continue to see a strong pipeline for our software products and we feel good about the bookings outlook for the full fiscal year. But again, we do expect bookings to trend lower overall compared to historical numbers as a result of our de emphasis of professional services sales, and somewhat shorter term lack of typical SaaS and on-prem term license contracts. As a side note, we remain committed to providing our shareholders with more of the common metrics that subscription software companies typically provide in order to give investors a better understanding of our software business. We continue to work to extract and validate the necessary data and we hope to be able to provide it sometime this fiscal year. Our operating expenses totaled $230 million this quarter, compared to $218 million in the prior quarter, which included a $7 million gain on sale of product line assets. Excluding that one time gain expenses were a 5 million, primarily due to increased incentives expense. Compared to Q2, 2020. operating expenses were down $2 million. We do expect expenses to step up somewhat in the back half of the year as we gradually redeploy the restructuring savings we incurred last year to add strategic headcount primarily related to the development of our decision management platform software. We also expect our travel entertainment expense to increase once we were able to resume in person meetings with our customers and colleagues. Our non GAAP operating margin as shown in our Reg G schedule was 39% for the quarter, a margin expansion of 700 basis points from the same period last year. GAAP net income this quarter was $69 million, up 18% from the prior year quarter. Our non GAAP net income was $90 million for the quarter, up 40% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 25%. We expect our FY, 2021 recurring tax rate to be approximately 26% to 27%. And we expect the net effective tax rate for the year to be about 19%. That's prior to the impact of the divestiture of our collection and recovery business. We do expect to book a taxable gain on the sale, and we will provide more details on that next quarter. Free cash flow for the quarter was $152 million compared to $55 million in the same period last year, an increase of 178%. For the trailing four quarters free cash flow was $461 million. At the end of the quarter we had $198 million in cash, up $53 million from last quarter. Our total debt now stands at $975 million with a weighted average interest rate of 3.9%. Turning to return to capital. We bought back 441,000 shares in the second quarter at an average price of $466 per share. During the quarter, the board -- the prior board repurchase authorization was exhausted and a new $500 million authorization was approved. At the end of March, we had about $470 million remaining on that authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. Finally, I'll walk through the expected impact of the divestiture of our collection and recovery products. As Will said, we made the decision to divest these assets to increase our focus on our decision management platform. The collection and recovery products we sold accounted for less than 10% of total company revenues. Because they often involve significant PF engagement, as much as half of total revenues. They had a much lower margin profile than our platform products. There will be some noise in the next few quarters as we work through the transition. But we expect that this divestiture will not have a significant impact on our pre tax income. We expect to close the deal sometime in our third fiscal quarter. And the sales proceeds will contribute to the funding of a $200 million accelerated share repurchase program that we plan to execute once the transaction closes. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his closing thoughts.
Will Lansing:
Thank you Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, we remain focused on our strategy and committed to taking our decision management platform to growing number of interested customers. At the same time, we are innovating and providing a cornerstone value in Scores in both B2B and B2C. Finally, as you know, we haven't provided guidance for this fiscal year, we still see a lot of volatility, as we see the global economy begin to open back up. We have tremendous confidence in our business model that are far more focused on providing long term value than hitting specific numbers for the next few quarters. It's those values that drive us to favor ratable subscription revenue over upfront license revenue. So for now, we're not providing any formal guidance until we see how the credit markets stabilize and we understand the full year impact of our recognition of license revenues. Now, I'll turn the call back to Steve, so that we can do some Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we are now ready to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions]. And the first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please proceed with your question.
Unidentified Analyst:
Hey. This is actually Greg on for Manav. I think the divestitures you've made so far make a lot of sense when you explain them. Just wondering if there's any smaller products left out there that could be candidates for similar treatment? Or from here, it's more about being selective in the contract going forward?
Will Lansing:
I would say that this is pretty much the end of the reprioritization of our resources. So we don't see any significant divestitures in our immediate future.
Unidentified Analyst:
Okay. And historically, M&A hasn't been a big part of the story. As you go through this process of reprioritization and thinking about capital allocation, is there potential for M&A to be a bigger part of the story going forward?
Will Lansing:
I'd say that the potential in the future is about the same as the potential in the past, it's always been there. And we've always had trouble finding anything that we find as attractive as investing in ourselves. Our current plan is to deploy all of the proceeds from this transaction in stock repurchase.
Unidentified Analyst:
Okay. And maybe last one for me. Just on the sales pipeline for the software business, I think you said, you're pretty bullish about what you're seeing. Any color by geography as we see different fits and starts and reopening by geography. If there's any areas that you're seeing more traction. Any color, that would be helpful? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
I'd say that South America is strong. But we're seeing signs of the economy waking up kind of across the board. Mike, I don't know if you want to add anything to that.
Mike McLaughlin:
I guess what I would add is the nature of our sales on the software side are lumpy and long sales cycle for the most part. And so, month-to-month, even quarter-to-quarter changes in the ability of our customers to have people in the office, to meet face-to-face due to the pandemic and other things, it doesn't necessarily show up with the same frequency to might for a company that had, a shorter sales cycle and more higher frequency, lower ticket sales. So, the pipeline that we see in the major regions we serve looks healthy, all things considered in all regions. And I wouldn't be able to identify anything specific that would make one region or another standout.
Operator:
And the next question comes from the line of Kyle Peterson with Needham. Please proceed with your question.
Kyle Peterson:
Hey. Good afternoon, guys. Thanks for taking the question. Just want to talk a little bit about the expense trajectory. I know, you guys said that, you expect those to go up a little bit next quarter, given some investments pick in the DMS side? Does that outlook include the transition of some of the costs associated with the debt collection business? Or how should we think about kind of the expense trajectory and what transition costs and stuff you guys expect to occur?
Mike McLaughlin:
We'll be able to provide more. Can you hear me?
Kyle Peterson:
Yes.
Mike McLaughlin:
Sure. So we'll be able to provide a little bit more detail on that when we get to the closing. So stay tuned next quarter for any more specifics we're able to share. In general, as we said in our remarks, we don't expect it to have material impact on profitability, which means that the expenses that we expect to remove, we're in the ballpark of the revenues that we are selling. And furthermore, we do continue to believe that our expenses for the year relative to last year will be about the same if not down little bit. So all the trends that we saw in our expenses, not including the impact of collection and recovery, divestiture, continue to play out and we still feel good about the full year.
Kyle Peterson:
Okay. That's helpful. And then, I guess just on the scores business. Quarter came in very strong. Is there any additional color you guys could give us on, what drove some of that strength between some of the recent pricing initiatives that you guys have taken versus just volume with some of the -- with healthy credit markets and the strong B2C business?
Will Lansing:
I'd say, it's more on the volume than on the pricing, although the pricing is trying to feather in as card and some of the places where we put price increases in last year start to pick up in volume. So its both. But I tip to volume. And then, I think the real strength, mortgage continues to be strong and the real strength I think is B2C is just remarkable.
Kyle Peterson:
Got it. That's helpful. Thanks guys. Nice quarter.
Operator:
And the next question comes from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Please proceed with your question.
Surinder Thind:
Good afternoon. Question on the B2C. Can you provide a little bit of additional color, obviously you provided some metrics, but the revenue growth sequentially was really strong after there was a temporary pause. Any color in kind of what drove that? Was there additional marketing with your partners that we should be thinking about maybe some seasonality? In any outlook, you can provide that would be helpful?
Will Lansing:
No. I would I would put it in two categories, because the strongest part of it was myFICO. And I'd say it's attributable to very strong execution. There's some seasonality, of course, but I attribute some of the strength to very strong execution. And to consumer and consumers increasingly interested.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And what is the current mix between myfico.com and your partner at this point in terms of the B2C revenues?
Will Lansing:
Here, I'm not sure we break that out. Mike, I don't know that we disclose that. Do we?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes. We don't disclose that. Sorry.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And then in terms of the special price increases that went into effect. If I believe I heard you correctly, you talked about them feathering in at this point. So how should we think about? Are they currently at the full run rate in this -- maybe at the full run rate in this quarter? Or maybe did half of them hit last quarter, two-thirds of them? How should we think about that mix?
Will Lansing:
Well, I think you shouldn't think in terms of fully in except that the volumes that they were applied -- the kinds of scores they were applied to had lower volumes. And so as those volumes returned, you'll see a little more impact. But at this point volume going forward.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And if I understand correctly, it was mostly on the card and auto side for the impact?
Will Lansing:
It was spread around, there was card -- there were card increases.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. And how far below normalized levels is card volumes at this point? Obviously, auto volumes have fully recovered. We can pretty much track mortgage volumes on a daily basis, but there's less inside into card volume. Any additional color you can provide there?
Will Lansing:
I really can't. I will say, that we have seen sequential increases in cards, which you can also see from the results this quarter of the card issuers and the bureaus. So we're seeing the same trends they see, and overall across our categories. So whether its cards, autos or mortgage volume trends that we've seen are not inconsistent with what you can see from or some others who are in those businesses.
Surinder Thind:
Got it. That's its on my part. Thank you.
Operator:
And the next question comes from the line of Caroline Conway with AllianceBernstein. Please proceed with your question.
Caroline Conway :
Great. Thank you for taking my question. I'm curious about the implications of the divestiture on customer retention. And the strategy for expansion into new service areas with existing customers. What seem to me to be beneficial to keep a relatively full suite of financial services products available, especially as we look to drive DMS adoption, but that may be overestimating the role of this product line. So it would be great to get your thoughts on that strategically?
Will Lansing:
No. You're absolutely right that our customers -- we have many customers who are customers of the collections and recovery product line as well as many other solutions that we provide. And we've always believed that, the broader suite of capabilities has high utility for our customers. This is really -- and our customers won't suffer from this. So our customers are going to wind up with continued tremendous support and innovation and investment in this product line from Jonas. And we have a close relationship with Jonas. We'll be doing coverage together. And so, I don't worry very much about whether our customers to well taken care of, because I'm confident that they will be well taken care of. What it does do is it frees up the resources and investment for us to focus on the platform side of the solutions that we provide to our customers. So no question that, that's the right place for us to be focused.
Caroline Conway :
Great. And just as a follow up to that, are there any other components of the relationship with Jonas that you're expecting to emerge? Are there any products that you're expecting to leverage from their side?
Will Lansing:
No. It's really a collection -- around collections and recovery. But then we have some parts of our FICO that will continue to operate in and near and around the collection space. So for example, FICO advisors will continue to provide consulting, advice around collections. But the generally speaking, the business is turned over to Jonas, and we'll make sure that the transition is seamless.
Caroline Conway :
Okay. Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question is from the line of Jeff Mueler with Baird. Please proceed with your question.
Jeff Mueler:
Thank you. Good afternoon, on myFICO, so recognize your brand strength, recognize that part of the market is doing well in terms of the branded paid channel. I guess the indirect and some lead gen players pulled back. I'm not talking about your partners, I'm talking about alternatives in the market pulled back at points over the last year, which I think benefits the myFICO channel. Anything further you can say about execution, if it's changes in how you're going about marketing or changes in product? What I'm trying to get comfort with this some sustainability of myFICO strength, if some of those lead gen partners start to lean back into the market?
Will Lansing:
Yes. It's a good question. And I it's hard for us to say whether the impact is from them pulling back or from our own excellent execution. What seems to be happening is there's a lot -- at least in my mind, is that there's a lot of appetite and interest in monitoring credit, particularly times like these. And it's a very natural place to go is myFICO.com. And as you know, we do actually relatively modest marketing around it. But the brand is very strong. We have over 90% aided awareness to the FICO brand in the U.S. And so it's not surprising that we got a lot of attention there. I think we will always be positioned -- we'll always position ourselves as an innovation leader and having really robust and fully featured products. And the premium -- we try to be the premium product in the marketplace, as well as a bit of a lab for experimenting with offerings that we then turn over to our partners, encourage them to replicate.
Jeff Mueler:
Okay. And then just maybe any update on the uptake or usage of the resilience score index?
Will Lansing:
It continues to be used, and it's in test with essentially. We have -- we actually have quite a number of lenders were using it now. And so far, the feedback is very positive. And we're not charging for it. It doesn't have any revenue impact.
Jeff Mueler:
Right. Okay. And then last. I get that we're going to get the new, more typical software assess reporting financial metrics later in the year, but just -- can you help us ring fence like, what is on strategy revenue, like you talk about it, it feels to me like in several different ways you have I think, DMS, DMP there's, the SaaS versions of different products, you gave us a metric ex professional services. So can you just help us ring fence what you're viewing? It's kind of like core on strategy and where it sits today?
Will Lansing:
Let me turn this over to Mike in just a minute to answer that question more fully. But what I would say is, everything that we have left in our portfolio is what we want to have in our portfolio. And it's a combination of legacy products and our platform products. We've been in a process of migrating and moving the capabilities from legacy products to the platform. And so increasingly, the new sales happen on the platform, we consider that to be truly strategic. So platform sales are where we want to be lend to South wells to land and expand, lets our customers who leverage a platform for small incremental investments get a lot incremental benefit. I mean, there's benefits for FICO and for our customers on the platform. That said, we have a really large business of FICO Solutions that are in place, on-prem, some in the cloud, but mostly on-prem. And we anticipate that those will be in use by our customers for many years to come. And so we continue to invest in those. We will continue to maintain those. We'll continue to make sure that our customers getting the full benefit of the investment that they made over past years. And as they're ready to migrate to the platform, we'll be ready to take them there. But the business really has both sides. And what you'll see is that the -- call it legacy solutions, the off platform solutions, we're not selling nearly as much of that going forward. And the energy is going into selling platform. But we'll be supporting both. Mike, if you want to add anything.
Mike McLaughlin:
Sure. Hey, Jeff. Look, as we think about how to recast our reporting to be more helpful to you and our shareholders. The principles are, the focuses on recurring software revenue, hence are beginning to shine more of a spotlight on the services revenue, because those are declining. We're trying to make them decline, but we're just trying to focus on the services that really add value and let them reach their natural level in terms of revenue. The margin profile is not such that we generate a whole lot of value out of the services directly value to our customers and increase the stickiness and all that. But PS revenue for PS revenue sake is not something we're seeking. So our focus is on recurring software. And so our metrics will help you see that more clearly. Second, is the apps versus DMS distinction is less and less relevant. It's been in place for a long time in our disclosure, but it's outlived its usefulness. So we're likely to simplify and talk more about software versus scores as opposed to application scores and DMS. And then finally, the key -- the Prime Directive in our software business is platform. And so we'll help you get better insight into what our platform revenues are doing. And what's happening in our revenues that are -- call them to-be platform. Not yet, but on the roadmap. So those are the things we're trying to achieve as we think about how best to expose it to you.
Jeff Mueler:
I think we all look forward to that. So thanks, guys.
Operator:
And there are no further questions at this time. I will now turn the presentation back to Mr. Weber.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Thank you everyone for joining today's call. Have a good day. We look forward to speaking to you again soon. Thank you.
Operator:
And that does conclude today's conference. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings. And welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode and afterwards we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] The conference is being recorded Thursday, January 28, 2021. And now, I’d like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon. And thank you for joining FICO’s first quarter earnings call. I am Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I am joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties, including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company’s business, operations and personnel that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is concern -- is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 28, 2022. And now, I will turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining our first quarter earnings call. As we continue to deal with the effects of the pandemic, we remain focused on the health and safety of our employees. We are still primarily working from home and most of our offices remain closed. I am grateful to our dedicated employees who every day show their commitment to FICO and to our customers. On the Investor Relations section of our website we have posted some slides that offer financial highlights of our first quarter. I am pleased to say, we started 2021 well, as we continue to make progress on our strategic initiatives. We have reported revenues of $312 million, an increase of 5% over the same period last year. We are pleased with that result because we knew we would have headwinds on the software side as we transition toward more ratable recognition of our subscription software license revenues and our first fiscal quarter is typically our slowest software new business quarter. We delivered $86 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $2.90 per share, up 57% and 59%, respectively. On a non-GAAP basis net income was $82 million, up 51% and earnings per share of $2.74 was up 52% from last year, as we reap the benefits of the cost reductions we put in place last year. As we discussed last quarter, some of those savings will be reinvested as we identify opportunities and hire additional individuals in key strategic areas. We continue to deliver free cash flow growth as well. Q1 free cash flow was $75 million, up 39% from last year. I am encouraged by the progress we are making across the business. The decisioning market continues to grow and we are well-positioned to serve it. In fact, in December, Forrester issued a Digital Decisioning Platform report and named FICO as a leader in space. The FICO Decision Management Platform was recognized for providing all the tools necessary to manage and deploy digital decisions, which will stand up to the highest standard of regulatory rigor. We have been helping financial institutions make lending decisions for decades. We now bring that same level of automated analyst decisioning to the broader market to help businesses respond quickly to customers’ needs and anticipate their future demands. As we migrate more of our business toward a subscription based model including SaaS software subscriptions and term license subscriptions for on-prem software. We will see less upfront license revenue than we would have in the past as the revenue spread over the term of the deal. Last quarter we talked about how we would recognize less revenue upfront for on-premise licenses and that change pushed about $9 million of revenue this quarter out to future quarters. This doesn’t affect cash flows or total revenues recognized but it does delay the timing of revenues and over time will smooth the lumpiness we have historically seen. This changes in line with industry standards and we believe it will provide a more representative transparent view of the growth trajectory of our business. In our Application segment, we delivered $135 million revenue, down 11% from last year. This was due to a decline in upfront license revenues into a lesser extent professional services revenues. The license revenue was negatively affected by a smaller amount of term licenses upfront through renewal in the quarter and the revenue recognition change I mentioned earlier. In our Decision Management segment, we delivered $32 million of revenue, up 4%, despite many of the same issues we described in our Application segment. Our license revenue declined versus the previous year, transactional revenues in DMS were up 36%, providing the steady predictable recurring revenue stream that we believe will continue to grow. We have had a lot of interest in our decisioning platform and we sold a number of large deals in the best few quarters. We are working hard to install and get those customers live, so you can begin seeing the impacts from those recurring revenues. As I have often said, we are committed to becoming the preeminent platform player in decisioning analytics. This is the strategic focus of our software business. And like I said last quarter that may mean exiting non-strategic products or services, we are not signing or renewing low margin services led project work. Last fall, we sold our Enterprise Security Score business, because although we believe the effectiveness and value of the product is off strategy and need to remain incredibly focused to maximize the opportunity that’s in front of us. In December, we entered into a joint venture with a longstanding partner in China that distributes FICO Scores. And the joint venture will now distribute all software solutions for the China market. Moving forward, this will allow us to serve that market with less infrastructure and therefore a better margins. So this and the ESS deal will have a small near-term negative impact on topline revenues, but will help our overall margins and again allow us to focus on our overarching strategy. We expect more adjustments to be made of our software business as we make the necessary decisions to pursue our strategic initiatives. On the Scores side, the business continues to reform very well. Scores were up 26% in the quarter versus the prior year. On the B2B side revenues were up 20%. There was continued strength in mortgage originations volumes, although normal seasonality wasn’t quite as strong as our fourth quarter. Auto originations were relatively flat versus the previous year. We are starting to see signs of cards and other unsecured loans beginning to bounce back, as both prescreen and origination activities picked up in that space. As we discussed last quarter we did institute some price increases across various volunteers. Those price increases start to feather in during our second quarter and we can talk more about those impacts when we release the results of our March quarter. On the consumer side, we continue to drive growth. Our B2C revenues were up 40% versus same quarter last year. The growth at myFICO.com is even more impressive up 69% this quarter versus last year. The recent results of our myFICO business, as well as our partner’s experience, demonstrate that savvy consumers want the FICO Score, the Scores that lenders use. Finally, as you know, we haven’t provided guidance since the middle of our last fiscal year. We are still operating in a marketplace in the economy with a great deal of uncertainty and volatility. While our business has been remarkably resilient over the past year, it’s still difficult to quantify what macro trends will impact our volumes. So while we are confident in our prospects this year, we still believe that there’s a wide range of possible outcomes depending on the timing of vaccine rollout and the opening back up of the global economy. As we move through the year, we will provide more color than we believe it is prudent. I will give final comments in a few minutes, but first let me turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I will walk you through our first quarter results in more detail and briefly discuss the impact we are seeing from the restructuring and impairment charges we took in the fall and the revenue recognition assumptions we talked about last quarter. Revenue for the quarter was $312 million, an increase of 5% over the prior year. Our applications revenues were $135 million, down 11% versus the same period last year. This quarterly decrease in revenue was primarily driven by decreased term license revenues. In our Decision Management Software segment, Q1 revenues were $32 million, up 4% over the same period last year. The revenue increase was due to increased SaaS subscription revenue partially offset by lower license revenues. As Will mentioned, our license revenues are down as we transition to a more ratable subscription revenue model. Last quarter we explained how we would be recognizing less of our on-premise software deals upfront license revenue and recognizing more revenue ratably over the term of the deal. In addition to this change we are also selling more SaaS deals which further reduces the upfront revenues. Finally, we are also deemphasizing a low margin of non-strategic professional services engagement, which will likely have a negative near-term impact on professional services bookings and revenues. This is driven by our core strategic goal of selling more high value recurring revenue software. Turning to our Score segment, revenues were $145 million, up 26% from the same period last year. B2B revenues were up 20% over the same period last year, driven by high volumes in mortgage originations, as well as some unit price increases across our Score categories. B2C revenues were up 40% from the same period last year. Both myFICO.com and B2C partner revenues grew significantly. Score’s revenue was down 5% sequentially from Q4, but as a reminder, last quarter we had a material onetime royalty true-up that increased reporting revenue. This quarter 80% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 14% and then the remaining 6% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 81% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation services revenues were 13% of total revenues and license revenues were 6% of total revenue. SaaS software revenues not including related professional services revenues were $60 million for the quarter, up 4% from the previous year. Q1 bookings totaled $68 million, down 39% from the previous year. Those bookings generated $9 million of current period revenues, a 13% deal. SaaS bookings were $20 million for the quarter, down 45% from the previous year. Professional services bookings of $16 million were down 61% from last year. Our fiscal first quarter bookings are generally lower each year, particularly after a strong quarter like we delivered last quarter and our quarterly bookings can be quite volatile from quarter-to-quarter. We feel good about the bookings outlook for the rest of the fiscal year despite the relatively light bookings in Q1. However, it is important to note that we do expect bookings to trend lower overall as a result of our deemphasize on professional services sales and the somewhat shorter term lack of typical SaaS contracts. As we discussed last quarter, we have shifted the sales of our on-premise software away from the sale of separate license and maintenance components to subscriptions that include both the rights to use the software and ongoing maintenance. This quarter, we adjusted our revenue recognition to be consistent with this change and industry standards for software subscription sales. This change results in less upfront revenue recognized in the quarter we signed a subscription contract and more revenue from that contract recognized ratably during the term of the subscription. This quarter, the impact of this change was an in-quarter reduction of revenue of approximately $9 million. Those are revenues that would have been claimed this quarter under the old sales model and will now be recognized over the term of the contract. As a reminder, this will not have an impact on our quarterly cash flows or the total revenue recognized from software license sales over the term of each subscription contract. Our operating expenses totaled $218 million this quarter, compared to $289 million in the prior quarter. The current quarter included a $7 million gain on sale of product line assets and the prior quarter included $42 million of restructuring and impairment charges. Excluding those one-time charges, expenses were down $22 million due to decreased commission expenses associated with lower revenue, reduced incentive expenses and cost savings resulting from the restructuring actions we took last September. Compared to Q1 2020, operating expenses before one-time events were down $14 million, due to decreased marketing expenses resulting from a large customer event held in Q1 2020, lower travel and entertainment expense and cost savings resulting from our Q4 2020 restructuring. We do expect expenses to step up somewhat in the coming quarters and as we gradually redeploy the restructuring savings to add strategic headcount, primarily related to the development of our Decision Management Platform Software. Our non-GAAP operating margin as shown on our Reg G schedule was 36% for the quarter and margin expansion of 900 basis points from the same period last year. GAAP net income this quarter with $86 million up 57% from the prior year quarter and included a gain of about $7 million from the sale of our EFS types technology and our JV agreement in China. Our non-GAAP net income was $82 million for the quarter, up 51% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate for the quarter was 2%, including $19 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits. We expect our FY 2021 recurrent tax rate to be approximately 26% to 27% and we expect the net effective tax rate for the year to be about 19%. Free cash flow for the quarter was $75 million, compared to $54 million in the same period last year, an increase of 39%. For the trailing four quarters free cash flow was $364 million. Turning to the balance sheet, at the end of the quarter we had $145 million in cash, down $13 million from last quarter. Our total debt now stands at $881 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.2%. And finally return of capital, we bought back 101,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $494 per share. At the end of December, we had about $175 million remaining on the Board repurchase authorization and continue to do share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. With that, I will turn it back over to Will for his closing thoughts.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, we remain focused on building out our platform and taking it to an ever expanding marketplace. We will continue to invest at levels we think are appropriate to make the most of our incredible opportunity, and of course, we will continue to innovate and make the most of our incredible Scores asset. I am now turning the call over to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we are now ready to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our first question is from Surinder Thind from Jefferies. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Surinder Thind:
Good afternoon, gentlemen. My first question is actually on the Scores business. If we were to look at the B2C revenues, if my math is correct, they were roughly flat quarter-over-quarter. Can you provide a little bit of color there, because if we look back over the past few quarters there been a significant acceleration each quarter in the revenues and I thought that was a bit of a subscription based business. So if you can just help me understand what appears to be a sudden slowdown in new signings or if there is an offset -- where there’s new signings offset by certain individuals canceling subscriptions?
Will Lansing:
I am not sure I follow the question.
Surinder Thind:
So, for your B2B revenues, they -- if my math is correct, they were unchanged quarter-over-quarter. Can you provide a little bit of color, because if we look at the previous quarters, there was significant acceleration each quarter on a sequential basis and that doesn’t -- it didn’t appear to occur this quarter?
Will Lansing:
That’s right. It didn’t appear this quarter. Mike, go ahead.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yeah. I can jump in with some specific. So B2C revenues were up quarter-over-quarter, but not a lot, call it, $1 million. If you look back to Q4 to Q1, a year ago, it was kind of the same factor. So there is some seasonality Q4 to Q1 and the year-over-year compare continues to be very strong. But you are right, the quarter over quarter additions just were not as large as they were in the last two quarters particularly.
Will Lansing:
And it’s worth adding that there was a settlement in the prior quarter.
Surinder Thind:
Understood. On the Score -- on the B2B part. Understood. In terms of the -- and then maybe as my follow-up question, on the software side of the business, it seems like there’s a -- unless I -- it seemed like there’s a change in strategy to maybe focus more on the sales of SaaS products versus on-premise. Is that a little bit of a change from our previous discussions or the way because I thought the margins in the two businesses were relatively the same and that the thought was is that, from a plan perspective, that it was going to be a significant amount of time before the transition in your business occurred in that. Are you guys looking to accelerate…
Will Lansing:
I would say, from a strategy standpoint, the way -- we don’t emphasize the one business over the other. We really try to do what’s appropriate for the customer. And so, while we love the characteristics of the SaaS business, where appropriate, we will absolutely do license on-prem deals and we don’t favor -- we don’t really favor one over the other.
Surinder Thind:
Okay. Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Manav Patnaik:
Yeah. Good afternoon. Good evening, I guess. So just on the software piece, so firstly the fraud licenses I guess the decline there. It sounds like most of that is because you are not renewing lower margin services. I was just hoping to get an example of what that is, because I would imagine anything enforced is probably valuable and worth sticking with. So maybe you can just help us how that decision works.
Will Lansing:
Mike, do you have a view on that?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yeah. Sure. So…
Manav Patnaik:
Hi, Mike.
Mike McLaughlin:
…if you look at the license -- yeah. Manav, if you look at the license itself. As we said, it’s -- and I am not just address fraud because probably the bigger question is that we are down about $15 million year-over-year from license sales. As we said about $9 million of that was purely related to the revenue recognition sale. It was also a quarter where we had less license renewals available to renew. If you followed us long enough then you know that that can be very lumpy. In Q3 we had another low quarter of last year, but Q2 was high. It just goes up and down. We can only renew that which is available. So it was a low renewal quarter. Not that we missed renewals or people didn’t renew, they just didn’t came up for renewal. And then the rest of it is just normal volatility and Q1 is particularly volatile, because it’s typically our smallest quarter. It can have the highest standard deviation. The services per se wouldn’t hit that fraud license line. It wouldn’t hit the total fraud business. An example of a services engagement that we would deemphasize would be some managed services that we perform for some of our customers, where we are helping them run the application on an ongoing basis. We do it well. It’s a good service. But it’s not strategic and so we are not emphasizing that. We are also engineering our products to be less professional services intensive when they are installed. So they can reduce the total dollars that our customers need to spend to install the product. So those are two examples of how and why professional services are -- we expect to be trending downward over time.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. Will, your comments around early signs of card, marketing, prospecting, et cetera, picking up. I was hoping you could elaborate a little bit there on which particular areas perhaps and how we should, I guess, that probably just ties to the reopening, just curious to what you think there?
Will Lansing:
Well, I think, it is just that. I mean, we -- what we are seeing is the decline from a year earlier is not as great as it was. And so, while we clearly have a long way to go to kind of recover former volumes, the trend is in the right direction. So it’s -- we are seeing early signs of life.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. And just one last one for me, myFICO.com, I mean, I think, I understand why that’s doing so well because of the market macro out there. But are you guys doing anything really differently in that business to push them grow to at least over 69% this quarter or…
Will Lansing:
I think I…
Manav Patnaik:
… will set up for a big fall basically somewhere down the road.
Mike McLaughlin:
Hard to say. I would say that it’s a combination of us doing things differently, because we are always trying to do things that run the business better. And we have got a crack team there that is constantly experimenting and innovating to improve the business. But that said, obviously, we are benefiting from the fact that we have so many consumers who are increasingly focused on their Scores and their FICO credit scores. And they come to myFICO to where an obvious place to come. We don’t promote it nearly as much as partners like experience. But consumers find us and we do some -- someone marketing ourselves. And so I’d say it’s both things. It’s -- we are benefiting from the environment we are in where consumers are more focused than ever and I don’t know how long that lasts. I think it could last a long time, but we don’t know. And then we are also benefiting from an excellent execution from the team.
Manav Patnaik:
All right. Thank you.
Operator:
We have a question from Kyle Peterson from Needham. Please go ahead, your line is open.
Kyle Peterson:
Hey. Good afternoon, guys. Thanks for taking the question. So I just wanted to touch a little bit on the expense and margin trajectory. Appreciate some of the color you guys mentioned on kind of reinvesting some of that as we go here. I mean, is it fair to think that some of the labor costs and savings you guys had this quarter will eventually be redeployed and maybe some of the savings of the facilities are kind of more permanent or how should we think about the cadence and level of this reinvestment?
Will Lansing:
Maybe I will just take a quick stab at that, and Mike, you can give your view. Some of those labor savings will absolutely be redeployed into areas that are more strategic. So we are -- we have very healthy investment in our decision management platform and so some of those savings will be redeployed there. I think that on the facilities and some of the travel reduction expenses that are COVID related, some of that’s going to persist. I think some of that becomes permanent. Obviously travel, some amount of travel will resume, but I think we have all learned how to do business with less travel than we had before. And I mean, I am sure our experience is not unique. We have become a Zoom Video company, I mean we had it before COVID outbreak, but now it’s a way of doing business. And so I would think that even when everything comes back, we won’t see our travel expense at the same kind of level.
Mike McLaughlin:
I add to that, Kyle, that we also, when everything comes back, won’t see our real estate facilities expense go back to the same model. Those restructuring actions and footprint reductions are -- we consider them to be permanent. On the labor side, yes, we are redeploying as we have talked about some of the savings back into particularly engineering talent from our platform products and we are not guiding particularly exactly how that’s going to move. But we did say last quarter and I continue to feel comfortable with, if you look at the full fiscal year, we expect our operating expenses to be flat to up a little bit, call it low single-digit percentages, we are still comfortable with that directionally.
Kyle Peterson:
Got it. That’s helpful. And then I guess just a little bit a follow up on the gross margins. It seems like you guys are kind of strategically exiting some lower margin businesses especially in the services side. I mean should that lead to maybe a slight upward bias to gross margins over time? I realize that some of that will be kind of mix driven between Scores and software. But all is equal I just want to get any color that you guys could provide on the gross margin impact on deemphasizing services and some of these other businesses?
Mike McLaughlin:
All else equal…
Will Lansing:
I don’t think we have a lot of color -- go ahead, Mike.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yeah. I was just going to say your math directionally is right. All else equal, if we deliver less professional services, it’s going to have a positive impact on gross margin, no question. The mix matters, for sure. But our professional services margins, gross margins are in line with what you would see at other well-run enterprise software companies that have in-house professional services and those margins are a lot lower than what typical software margins are.
Kyle Peterson:
Okay. That’s helpful. Thanks guys. Good quarter.
Operator:
Our next question is from Ashish Sabadra with Deutsche Bank. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Ashish Sabadra:
Thanks for taking my question. I just wanted to ask a broader question about the platform strategy. Last quarter you talked about some good traction on that front. I was just wondering if you could provide any update on any other customer conversations and how should we think about the FICO Studio, how’s that coming along in the open API strategy? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
The FICO Studio strategy is coming along just fine. We are on track. We have a quarterly release cycle and every quarter we make improvements. The API strategy is very much in place. We are very focused on that. We are also using the APIs internally today and we are in the process of turning those outward and documenting them so that others can use them. I actually think that the bigger hurdle for us will be around building a partner ecosystem that can leverage those APIs. So the -- getting the APIs out there is not something that we worry about. I think building the ecosystem takes a bit more work.
Ashish Sabadra:
That’s very helpful color. And maybe just a follow-up question on the fraud piece -- the fraud solution piece. With this work-from-home, there’s definitely increased traction for fraud and digital identity solutions. You are seeing increased demand in the marketplace. TransUnion and Equifax also announced certain products and Equifax announced Kount acquisition as well. I was just wondering if you can just talk about the demand that you are seeing in the marketplace, but also talk about the competitive environment for Falcon, obviously Falcon is the market you there on the financial side, but any change in the competitive environment there? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
We are not seeing tremendous changes. I mean Falcon is very much still the market leader and we are still selling Falcon in all its forms. So, we are not really seeing a difference there. I wouldn’t say that demand is way up nor is it down for Falcon. What we are doing in the fraud spaces is also looking at some, I would call it less traditional fraud opportunities for us and leveraging the decision management platform for them. So some of the lower cost not as heavy duty as Falcon, but some of the other clients of Falcon -- some of the other kinds of fraud solutions will be coming on the platform.
Ashish Sabadra:
That’s very helpful. Thanks.
Operator:
Our next question is from Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Jeff Meuler:
Yeah. Thank you. Hello, everyone. Will, I know that you said you are going to give us more detail next quarter on how the calendar ‘21 special pricing and B2B scores is feathering in. But just hoping you can confirm that four weeks in the execution of the special pricing implementation is going smoothly and as planned?
Will Lansing:
Everything is going as smoothly as expected. Everything is going as planned. It really -- it happens later and so we will talk about it later.
Jeff Meuler:
Fair enough. And then on software, any more perspective you can provide on license and maintenance? And I understand what’s going on from -- or I am sorry, for transaction and maintenance. And I understand what’s going on from a license perspective, but for transaction and maintenance, applications down year-over-year and I know that’s not usually a huge area of growth but it was down. And in DMS, it was, I guess, modest growth by DMS standards against what mathematically looks like not too tough of a comp.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yeah. There is not…
Will Lansing:
Mike, do you want to take that?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yeah. A lot of the -- that is a category that is more usage-driven than fixed minimum-driven. It’s not entirely usage, by any means. And we did see some usage fluctuations this quarter in some of our products, some of which would be -- seem to be related to the macro, like, we saw less usage of our origination solutions in a couple of spots and then there’s normal variability in usage of things like fraud. Again some of that may be macro related and is less to credit card transactions or being processed so quickly. There is not a big story there. Again, I think, the big -- the bigger swing was just the license number overall, which was impacted, as described by the rev rec change and just the normal Q1 combined with just lower renewal paying as well.
Jeff Meuler:
Got it. And then, Will, sorry to ask you to repeat yourself. But the mortgage comment in your prepared remarks, was it just that mortgage is seasonally a smaller percentage of the mix this quarter?
Will Lansing:
The mortgage…
Mike McLaughlin:
I think. Yeah. Go ahead, Will.
Will Lansing:
Well, I am just going it’s -- mortgage holding up fine actually and so it’s -- for now it looks right.
Jeff Meuler:
Right. I guess Equifax reported a mortgage inquiry should actually accelerate a little bit this quarter and I thought you had a comment that something related to mortgage. It almost like it was a lesser benefit than I just didn’t know if that was just seasonal mix or what you were saying and maybe I just misheard you?
Will Lansing:
No. I don’t -- maybe I need to go consult my notes. I think that we don’t really opine on the future mortgage. You are better off looking to the bureaus and their forecasts than to us, because we are kind of a lagging indicator on that. But what we see and at least what we are seeing right now is strong mortgage.
Jeff Meuler:
Yeah. Got you. Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We have a question from Brett Huff with Stephens, Inc. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Brett Huff:
Good afternoon, Will, Mike, and Steve. I hope you are all safe. Thanks for taking the question. Two big -- two bigger picture ones. We have been watching DMS for a long time and still think it’s a really important long-term strategic product. And I think, Will, you have talked about your commitment to that. And last quarter we had I think a big Brazilian bank that kind of win an enterprise on that. Anything in the pipeline similar to that or conversation that you can give us anecdotally, any sort of signs that this is -- this wave is starting to build a little bit?
Will Lansing:
Yeah. I think it’s too early to talk about specifics, but we have a lot of DMS opportunities in the pipeline and various interests from large financial institutions. And so without being able get into specifics right now, I would say, that it is consuming a lot of our sales activity.
Brett Huff:
Okay. That’s helpful. And then the second question is on margins, I know that we have been working through sort of enhancing our tech kind of infrastructure and then spending a lot of money on DMS and some of the SaaS application if you will, the platform solution. I know that we have talked about the potential margin benefit from that. But I know we are kind of running in a little bit to the rev rec change and some other things maybe exiting some businesses. Can you sort of give us a sense this year and next year, not numbers but just how we should think about margin benefits and headwinds as we look to see the business start expanding margins maybe a little more rapidly? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
The margins -- it -- we have pulling and pushing in two directions. The margins are improving because we are getting better on expenses. W are -- our mix is changing with less PS. We are reviewing our products and identifying the ones that really aren’t contributing enough and are not strategic and so we talked about the China and ESS for example. But set against that is this incredible opportunity that we see with DMP or the Decision Management Platform. And we work through year-by-year what we can afford to spend on investing in it, but it’s not trivial. And given the market opportunity we are not going to shortchange it. So I think some of the margin improvement will be consumed by that incremental investment. Now, which way that goes? I know you are looking for a direction. Are margins getting better? Are they getting worse? Are they going sideways? We are just not prepared to say it yet. Flat is probably a good way to think about it. But I wouldn’t put a lot of stock in that because it could move. It really is a constant press internally for us to improve margins from an operating standpoint with cost reduction with getting better on pods all those kinds of things, while at the same time, recognizing that we are not going to miss this opportunity within the platform.
Brett Huff:
That’s really helpful. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
And we have a follow up question from Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Please go ahead. Your line is open.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you for the follow-up question. A quick question on kind of the M&A front, you talked a little bit earlier about kind of fine tuning some of the businesses that you are in and being a little bit more focused. Is there an opportunity for M&A within that or has anything potentially changed there that we can think about or any needs that you might have?
Will Lansing:
I don’t think a lot has changed. You know that our stance on M&A is we are always open and looking and we rarely find anything significant that makes sense for us. And the issue -- especially given our platform strategy, the issue is that, introducing business, other businesses with other code bases that we just have to be put on a path to be brought into our platform. It is a -- it’s just a little bit complicated and potentially our strategy. So while we are always looking, it makes more sense for us at this time to continue to invest organically and build organically. Now that said, we are always doing small acquisitions, typically talent acquisition, sometimes small technology acquisitions that fill little gaps. But in terms of large acquisitions, I wouldn’t hold my breath, but never say never it could happen, but it’s not imminent.
Surinder Thind:
That’s very helpful. And then one other quick question. There were a lot of questions in kind of the bookings numbers and you guys provided some color on the seasonality component and how the first fiscal quarter is generally the weakest. Is there anything else, I mean, when I look back that number was actually the lowest that I have on record for you guys in the past three plus years. And so is there anything there to read into other than just the lumpiness in the sense that maybe clients are hesitating a little bit, is there maybe a little bit of uncertainty? What are those client dialogues or is it just clients are waiting for more of the DMS platform and maybe if you can talk about the roadmap for the DMS platform over the next year?
Will Lansing:
I will take a stab and Mike can chime in. I think that the bookings, there is -- there are other changes going on. So for example, term length has shrunk a bit. That’s by design. It’s because we would rather have a renewal sooner than have it pushed way out, because we think there will be opportunities to do better down the line. So -- and that’s reflected in the sales compensation. It’s reflected in the fact that, meaning that our sales people are now compensated on kind of the annual recurring revenue as opposed to the full bookings value and that has a natural impact on internally. So I would say that’s one factor. I would also say, I am not sure it’s the right. I mean obviously we have been promoting it as a metric for ourselves for a long time and we are not going to stop sharing it. But I do think that over time we have to really start to focus on our business on this kind of annual recurring basis. Mike, do you want to add anything to that?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yeah. I’d say that it does, look, it doesn’t feel like there is a COIVD or otherwise systemic hesitancy on the part of customers. You never can tell for sure. But the pipeline is still feels good. As we said, we still feel good about the full year on a new business basis and we came off of the highest ever booking quarter as you know in Q4 into what is seasonally the slowest quarter. So it’s -- again we don’t think that what you are thinking about is the case, time will tell. But the indicators we see is that the pipeline continues to look good for the year.
Surinder Thind:
That’s very helpful. And then one kind of final question here, just the roadmap for the DMS platform over the next year?
Will Lansing:
Yeah. I am not sure what we are prepared to disclose about the roadmap. We continue to make progress on Studio and we continue to work hard against getting the APIs turned outward, and I would say, those are the big points.
Surinder Thind:
Okay. Thank you so much, guys. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
And there are no further questions at this time.
Will Lansing:
Thank you. This includes today’s call. Thank you all for joining and we look forward to speaking with you again soon. Thank you and have a good day.
Operator:
That concludes today’s call. Participant please -- thank you for your participation and please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings. And welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded it’s Tuesday, November 10, 2020. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please, go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you, Eric. Good afternoon. And thank you for joining FICO’s Fourth Quarter Earnings Call. I am Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I am joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company’s business, operations and personnel that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of those non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 10, 2021. And with that, I will turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. I hope you and your families are healthy and staying safe as we with the effects of the pandemic. At FICO we continue to make the health and safety of our employees a priority and are primarily working from home with most of our offices remaining closed. I’d like to take this opportunity to thank our entire team for their perseverance and their adaptability and their commitment to our customers. On the Investor Relations section of our website we posted some slides that I will reference during our presentation today. 2020 has been a remarkable year for all of us. At FICO we have been focused on navigating an extremely volatile and unpredictable environment. I am happy to report that our Q4 results again demonstrate not only the quality of our management team, but also the resilience of our business model. In our fourth quarter, we posted exceptional results that capped off a very successful fiscal year. We reported record revenues of $374 million, an increase of 23% over the same period last year. For the full fiscal year, we recorded $1.9 -- $1.29 billion of revenue, up 12% from fiscal 2019. We delivered $59 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.98 per share, even after taking a large charge and restructuring and impairment losses. On a non-GAAP basis, the $3.25 earnings per share was up 62% from last year. And we are delivering strong free cash flow growth as well. Q4 free cash flow was $135 million, up 51% from last year. Total fiscal year ‘20 free cash flow was $343 million, up 45% from fiscal ‘19. We had another solid year throughout our business and our Applications segment we had a great quarter of 12% versus last year in large part due to some Falcon license renewals. For the year, the segment was essentially flat for good result considering we entered the year with difficult comps as a result of large license sales in fiscal ‘19. Applications bookings in the quarter were $117 million, up 42% over the same period last year, and $282 million for the full year, up 6% versus fiscal ‘19. In our Decision Management segment, we continue to prove that we are gaining traction with our new technology. We again delivered our largest DMS revenue quarter ever, up 36% from last year’s fourth quarter and the segment was up 22% for the full year versus fiscal 2009 [ph]. Our bookings were even more impressive. We signed $99 million in new DMS deals this quarter, up 62% from the same quarter last year. For the full year we signed $199 million of new DMS deals, up 27% versus last year. Let me take a few moments to highlight the DMS success this quarter. First, we signed the biggest single platform in Centralized Decision Solution in company history with a large Latin American bank. The bank is looking to implement 19 different instances on our platform to derive the decision to support use cases related to auto, credit line management for the different retail products, and collections and others on the corporate platform. We are signing more deals and bigger deals as we find operators eager to use our advanced analytic tools to automate their most difficult decisions. We continue to focus our strategy of investing for platform success, we have been making coordinated changes across the business to grow revenue from our on-platform solutions, favorite software-over-services, optimize pricing and manage operating expenses. In our fourth quarter, we made some changes, including reducing headcount and some of our facilities footprint. Those were announced in September when we disclosed the charge we would be taking. Subsequent to the end of our fiscal year, we also made the decision to exit our FICO Cyber Risk Score business which we sold to institutional shareholder services last month. We don’t make these decisions lightly. We are committed to becoming the preeminent platform player in decisioning analytics and we need to be focused on that mission. That may mean exiting non-strategic products or not signing or renewing low margin project work. We are constantly looking at our business to identify areas for growth and improvement, and implement actions to deliver our strategic initiatives. We will continue to keep you updated on the progress we are making in our Software business and we will be providing more information in the coming quarters to explain the transformation we are making there. In our Scores business, we had another very successful year. Scores were up 32% in the quarter versus the prior year and up 25% for the full year. On the B2B side revenues were up 27% as we saw continued strong mortgage origination volumes. We saw a small rebound in auto originations in the quarter, while cards and other personal loan volumes continued to be down. The quarter also included a one-time true-up of royalty revenues. For the full year B2B revenues were up 26% compared to 2019. Our B2C revenues were up 45% versus the same quarter last year and 23% for the full year compared to last year. We continue to see incredible growth in myFICO.com, which was up 62% this quarter versus last year and are also getting good growth through our partners. As we look to our fiscal 2021, we see customers looking to accelerate their digital transformation and looking to our technology to facilitate the process. But we are also faced with a number of uncertainties. Obviously, we are all still dealing with the ongoing pandemic and all of the resulting health and economic impacts. We may see a new stimulus package from the federal government but with the just completed elections it’s difficult to predict any timing or impacts. It’s also difficult to predict what we will see in debt markets in the coming year. Obviously, the mortgage markets have been growing at phenomenal levels, but we can’t predict when or to what degree those markets will cool off. In auto and personal loans, there’s still a great deal of volatility and we cannot confidently predict how the next 12 months will play out. As in past years, we have instituted some pricing increases in various areas within Scores. But it’s also difficult to determine their potential impact because of volume uncertainty. We are coming off a quarter with record revenues and record bookings. But again, with an ongoing pandemic, it’s difficult to predict with certainty how quickly our solutions from the new sales will be implemented. In addition, our subscription-based go-to-market strategy will have an impact on the timing of revenue recognition in fiscal ‘21, causing less revenue to be claimed up front and more to be taken rapidly, which Mike will described in his remarks. We are proud of our business performed in fiscal ‘20 and are excited as we embark on a new year. But we are also realistic and understanding that we are in unprecedented times with many uncertainties. Because of this, we remain committed to providing as much transparency as possible, but are not providing guidance for fiscal ‘21 at this time. Have some final comments in a few minutes. But first let me turn the call over to Mike for more financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. As Will said, we had a great finish to our fiscal year and we are able to post exceptional results in the midst of a tumultuous business environment. Revenue for the quarter was $374 million, an increase of 23% over the prior year. Our full year revenue of $1.29 billion was up 12% over last year. Within our three reported business segments, our Application revenues were $168 billion, up 12% versus the same period last year. The quarterly increase in revenue was driven by increased term license sales, including an unusually high number of large multiyear license renewals. Full year revenues for Applications were $602 million roughly flat with last year. Applications bookings were up 42% over the same quarter last year and up 6% for the full year. In our Decision Management Software segment Q4 revenues were $53 million, up 36% over the same period last year. Full year DMS revenues were $164 million, up 22% from fiscal ‘19. The revenue increases for both the quarter and the year were due to increase license sales, as well as increased SaaS subscription revenue. Q4 DMS bookings were $99 million, up 62% from the previous year. For the full year DMS bookings of $199 million were up 27% over last year. Finally, our Score segment revenues were $153 million, up 32% from the same period last year. The B2B part of the business was up 27% over the same period, driven by high volumes in mortgage originations and a one-time true-up of past royalties. B2C revenues were up 45% from the same period last year, both myFICO.com and partner revenues grew significantly. For the full year, Scores revenues were $529 million, up to 25% from last year. This quarter’s 74% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 18% and the remaining 8% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 71% of total revenues, consulting and implementation services revenues were 13% of total quarterly revenues and licensed revenues were 16% of the total. SaaS software revenues not including related professional services revenues for the full year of fiscal 2019 were $237 million, up 11% from fiscal 2019. We had record total bookings in Q4 of $235 million, up 46% from the previous year. These bookings generated $34 million of current period revenues, which is a 15% yield. Full year bookings of $537 million represent an 11% increase from last year. SaaS bookings were $221 million for the year, up 18% from 2019. As you may recall, our total bookings lagged in Q2 and Q3 of this year due to disruptions from the pandemic. But the strong finish put us in line with our annual expectations. Our operating expenses totaled $289 million this quarter, including $42 million of restructuring and impairment charges. Excluding those one-time charges expenses were $247 million, compared to $231 million in the prior quarter, up $16 million due to increased expenses associated with additional revenue and incentives expenses. Our non-GAAP operating margin as shown on our Reg G schedule was 41% for the quarter and 34% for the full year. We delivered non-GAAP margin expansion of 400 basis points for the full fiscal year. GAAP net income this quarter, which again included one-time charges was $59 million, up 8% from Q4 and fiscal 2019. Our non-GAAP net income was $97 million for the quarter, up 59% from the same quarter last year. For the full year, GAAP net income was $236, including $45 million of restructuring impairment charges, and $50 million of reduced tax expense from one-time excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of employee stock awards. Non-GAAP net income was $292 million, up 28% from prior year. Our effective tax rate for the full year was 8%, including the $50 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits. We expect our FY 2021 recurring tax rate to be approximately 26% to 27%, compared with 28% at FY ‘20. That expected recurring tax rate is before an estimated excess tax benefit of approximately $20 million in FY 2021. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 20% in fiscal ‘21. Free cash for the quarter was $135 million, compared to $90 million in the same period last year, an increase of 51%. For the full year free cash flow was $343 million, up 45% from last year’s $236 million. Turning to balance sheet. At the end of the quarter, we had $157 million in cash. This is up $32 million from last quarter due to cash generated from operations, partially offset by $25 million of share repurchases. Our total debt now stands at $845 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.3%. Turning to return of capital, we bought back 60,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $423 per share. In fiscal 2020 we repurchased a total of 675,000 shares at an average price of $348 per share for a total of $235 million. At the end of September we had about $225 million remaining on the Board repurchase authorization and we continue to do share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. Finally, as well mentioned, we have recently shifted the sales of our on premise software, away from the sale of separate license and maintenance components to subscriptions that include both the rights to use the software and the ongoing maintenance. As a result at the beginning of FY21, we adjusted our revenue recognition assumptions to be consistent with industry standards for software subscription sales. This change will result in less upfront revenue recognized in the year we sign subscription contracts, and more revenue from those contracts recognized ratably during their term. This will likely result in a material decline of our software license revenues in fiscal ‘21. As a greater percentage of the total expected revenue to be received from newly signed on-premise subscription sales and renewals of existing term licenses or spread over the term of the deal. This will not have an impact on our cash flows, or the total revenue recognized from software license sales over the term of each subscription contract. With that, I will turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on FY21.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said, in my opening remarks, I am proud of our team and what we were able to accomplish in fiscal 20. I am excited about our prospects are 2021 and beyond. Clearly, there is uncertainty. But we are confident that our future is bright. We can’t pin down exact expectations, but we have proven our businesses remarkably resilient. And we are well positioned for the future. We will continue to innovate fine tune and improve our business model with an eye toward improving margins and delivering on our potential. And we look forward to keep you all informed as we progress. Now, let’s turn to Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our remarks. Eric, if you could please open the lines for questions.
Operator:
Absolutely. Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik. Please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you. Good evening, guys. Just on the software business clearly, a solid end to the year to you. You characterize it as a backlog that kind of pause because of the pandemic. But I was hoping you could give us just a little bit more color on how the clients are viewing the next few quarters ahead I guess. Is the fact that you ended strong just find that they are back to normal or is there some shift in where they are finding these deals?
Will Lansing:
Hi, Manav. I think that, I wouldn’t say things are back to normal. But I would also say that with respect to the software that banks buy from us, things didn’t change that much. Remember, we have a very long sales cycle, 270 days on average. And so a lot of what we have booked in 2020 was pipeline built even earlier. We are now in the process of building pipeline for 2021. We have some pipeline built. We have more to build. And it’s a little hard to say how it will all turn out. But I would say that our customers are they have the same needs for the software that they had before the pandemic, if anything, there is increased appetite, because the pandemic has gotten everyone focused on digital transformation. And, and our software obviously plays really well for that. So I anticipate continued interest, I don’t think we are just working off backlog.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. Got it. And then if I may just on the score side, plus can you just quantify how much the two upgrades that he talked about? And then secondly, just going into next calendar year, I guess, how should we think about the pricing initiatives that you have been doing in the last few years, like, should we be expecting another one?
Will Lansing:
We can’t disclose the amount of the true that’s held confidential. But as you know, these things happen every several years. We wind up doing a trip of this sort. With respect to the pricing actions and scores, we took some actions, but as in years past, we don’t really know exactly how it will feather in we don’t know exactly what volumes will be. And so it’s a little hard to predict. I would say not a lot more nor a lot less than years past is probably a way to think about it. But it’s -- we have uncertainty, we always -- we wind up getting the activity and or from the Bureau’s and that’s just the way it is.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. And if I can just squeeze in one minute just selling this hybris core business to ISS, I guess. I don’t know if you have ever sold a prune portfolio before. So I was just curious it’s something is there a fresh milk is a lot more that maybe we can see coming?
Will Lansing:
Yes. Good question, Manav. We have undertaken a pretty massive strategic look at our business over the last six, seven months. We hired in a former McKinsey Director, Tab Bowers to help us. And we have been really focused on what is strategic and what is not. And so we are -- the things that look promising, but they really are not central to our mission for building a decisioning platform, are definitely being moved to the periphery and cyber risk course example, when those sold, we are proud of it. It was good technology. But our success in the decisioning platform business doesn’t turn on whether we are successful in cyber risk score. So at some level was a distraction for us. Are there other things like that we are in a state of constant evaluation, and we hope to find some things that are less strategic and free up resources for more strategic.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from a line of Kyle Peterson with Needham. Please go ahead.
Kyle Peterson:
Hi. Good afternoon, guys. Thanks for taking the questions. Just wanted to touch a little bit on the SG&A trajectory, you guys took some restructuring kind of rationalized headcount in real estate, how should we think about kind of the expense trends over the next coming year given that, it seems like some of these efficiencies could be permanent, but not sure whether you guys are going to reinvest part of that in some higher growth areas such as DMS.
Will Lansing:
Yes. I will give you some quantitative thoughts. And then maybe we will can provide qualitative. Big part of the reduction in expense run rate in the second half of the year with T&E. You can see from the additional slides we provide, as a part of this call that are going into the pandemic, T&E run rate was about $30 million to $35 million a year. I think it was something like $100,000 in Q4. So that’s not going to persist, but it’s probably going to be less than 30 to 35. So even if we do have a vaccine and get back to normal. So that’s one moving piece. We have also taken action to reduce our geographic footprint and to a minor extent reduce headcount in non-strategic areas that real estate saving will accrue over the years. And so that will be a one way benefit. That isn’t going to change. But with respect to some of the headcount reductions, we actually did that so that we could reinvest, if not all of that money into headcount augmentation in areas related to the software platform, to pursue our strategic ambitions there. So we expect overall expenses for the business, probably, again with the pandemic so much is uncertain. But we expect flat to single digit growth and expenses as the year goes on, maybe we will do better than that. If perversely, we can travel for the whole full year. Hopefully, we can and we have some money to spend in that category. But hopefully, that at least gives you some color.
Kyle Peterson:
Yes. That’s helpful. Thanks for the color. And like it’s just more of a housekeeping item, particularly on some of these longer term licensed sales that you guys recognize this quarter. Was that more on the application side? Just trying to think about how we should incorporate that into our model moving forward?
Will Lansing:
Yes. If you look at the segment breakout in the 10-K, you can figure that out, you have to do a little quarterly subtraction math, because we don’t show the quarter-over-quarter comparison in a friendly way as we might. But the licensed growth was really driven by renewals. We had a healthy new business license sale quarter as well as we would expect in the fourth quarter of particularly given some of the delayed purchases that flowed over from Q2, Q3. But if you look at our $62.5 million of licensed bookings for the quarter, which is up of that $21 million or so is renewal that renewals in excess of renewals we had in the year ago quarter. So -- and then just for better, worse, they are lumpy, we have to recognize a lot of upfront. And so, it was both increase in new business sales, which was up sort of mid to high teens from year-over-year, but most of the increase, but not always, just by this lumpiness of renewals that happened to be a whopper renewal quarter.
Kyle Peterson:
All right. Great. Thanks, guys. Nice quarter.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead.
Jeff Meuler:
Yes. Thanks and good evening everyone. I wanted to ask on B2C scores, kind of a really, really good quarter. On the myFICO side recognize you have a strong brand, recognize the direct is the part of the market that’s been performing well lately, but anything that you have changed for myFICO, either in terms of go to market or product or just any other changes that are driving that exceptionally strong result?
Will Lansing:
I would say it’s more on the market side than on our side, but we are constantly innovating over there. We are constantly pushing the -- trying to push the value that the consumer gets in that offering. Our strategy around myFICO is to be kind of best-in-class credit monitoring for consumers. And at the same time, we mostly go to market through partners like Experian. And so, myFICO is at some level of laboratory for us, a place to test out ideas, to test out value proposition changes. And so, we are always doing that. That’s not like a new thing this year, we constantly do that. I think that the biggest thing responsible for the lift is consumer demand. And then the consumer is really interested in tracking his or her credit score.
Jeff Meuler:
Yep. Okay. And then Mike, just on these accounting changes, I just want to make sure that -- I guess a couple of clarifying questions, but there’s no change to the timing of expense recognition would be one question. And then my guess is -- are you viewing booking as kind of the best way to track the performance of the business throughout 2021? And I think that’s unaffected? Or is there some other kind of metric or some way that you are going to be adjusting revenue to give us a like for like impact or something to track the performance of the business as we progress through 2021?
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks for those two questions. The first one definitely merits some additional detail, I think for everyone listening in the call. So the change really is to get in line with industry standard for how subscription software is recognized. We had been recognized revenue for on-premise term license sale essentially in the way that you would recognize a perpetual license sale where you had a one-time license upfront and then 20% maintenance every year. We were treating the total contract value of term license in sort of the same way. That lead to about between 80% and 85% of the total contract value for a multi-year deal being recognized in the year you sign it, when you sign it, and only 17% -- 15% to 20% recognized ratably in years two and three. With this change, again, which is what the vast majority of subscription software companies already do, we are shifting that revenue recognition to better reflect the fact that the value of the ongoing support and maintenance for the on-prem software in a term license as opposed to a professional license situation is higher than what we had been recognizing before. That nets out to about a 30% reduction in the percent of TCV, contract value recognized in year one versus years two, three, and in some cases years four and five. So when you think about the revenue side, and I know you have asked about the expense side as well, we had $120 8 million of license revenue in our software business in fiscal 2020. Going forward, we would recognize about 30% less of that in the first year and 30% will then be recognized as recurring revenue in the remaining years of the contract. So it’s all about revenue recognition for accounting purposes. It doesn’t change when we build a customer, how much we build them, or what total revenue will recognize over the term of a contract. So, hopefully, that’s clear. And you can do your own math on how much of a headwind that will be for revenue, but it will be a headwind for fiscal 2021 for sure. We want to make sure everybody notice that. With respect to expenses, these are on-prem license sales. So there aren’t that much -- there isn’t that much expense associated with it. Margins -- our on-prem business are consistent with what others earn 90 plus percent. So that -- but it will change revenue recognition a little bit to the extent that we recognize more revenue ratably we match expense with the revenue recognition, but that’s not going to be a material impact relative to the revenue impact. And then you asked about booking, separate question. Yes, for now, that’s the best indicator to measure our current period performance in generating new revenue. It’s not a perfect metric, as you know it’s on a TCV basis, so term length matters, but we are sticking with that metric for now. As we move more to a subscription and SaaS business, annual recurring revenue and its derivatives becomes more important to us. And we do expect to be able to expose to you guys at some point during this fiscal year, just kind of metrics for FIFO, but we are not ready to do that yet.
Jeff Meuler:
Got it. Sorry for the three partner. I appreciate all the detail.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thank you for the questions.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens Incorporated. Please go ahead.
Brett Huff:
Good afternoon, guys.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Brett.
Brett Huff:
Good. Just a quick follow up on pricing. Could you guys give us a sense -- I think sometimes you have given us a sense of which part of scoring you sort of dug into and we are tweaking the pricing on? Could you - any insight there that you could share with us for this new round of price tweaks?
Will Lansing:
Yes. To the extent we are willing to share that information, it’s less to do with the type of scores and it’s more to do with the size of the customer. So we are into a more kind of a tiered pricing philosophy. And so I would say that the price increases were spread across the spread -- scores portfolio with a view to the size of the customer buying the scores.
Brett Huff:
And I am assuming that that the smaller customers may have been getting a pretty good deal for a long time and maybe we are tweaking that based on just volumes.
Will Lansing:
Yes. Yes. Absolutely. And I would say they are still getting a good deal, but not as good a deal.
Brett Huff:
In terms of bank buying behavior, you touched on this a couple of times. I know your sales cycles are long. And so, when things exactly come out of the pipe and get booked, I know it takes a while. But as you are having conversations with folks, I know you mentioned digitization is really important. But as you think about Falcon’s strategy director, debt collector, sort of those key apps, any sort of detail on the conversations there that that stick out that might be useful to know?
Will Lansing:
What’s interesting is, historically, we have provided for lack of a better term point solutions for our bank customers, originations and customer management and fraud and collections and recovery as you know. What we are seeing -- what we saw last year and what we are starting to see more of is more engagement with the IT department, more engaged with the CIO, and a better understanding on the part of our customers have just the benefits and value of the platform. So while they may still be buying a solution like originations, now they appreciate that it’s originations on top of the platform. And there is all kinds of potential that goes with that where for small incremental investments they get large incremental value out. I think that’s the biggest change we are seeing in the conversation is customers increasingly understanding our strategy around platform and looking to leverage it.
Brett Huff:
Okay. And then any update on the sort of the master plan of moving everything over to sort of the core underlying DMS platform on the app side. Can you just -- sometimes you sort of say we expect Falcon going to be completely done in a year or whatever. Can you just give us the update on that to remind us where we are in terms of finish line?
Will Lansing:
Yes. So I guess the honest answer is our work is never done. Okay. So it’s not like we will just say, okay. Now it’s on the platform, we can all go home. It’s a process. And so we have moved some core fraud applications from Falcon onto the platform. Our compliance is now available in Falcon X on the platform. We are also looking at, I would say, more flexible and modular approaches to providing fraud solutions on the platform. So there will be some of that. Some of our applications aren’t going to make it to the platform. So, for example, collections and recovery has a massive code base, 8 million lines of code. And it just doesn’t make sense to rewrite it onto the platform. And so that will remain a distinct code base. So, when are we done? I guess another way to think of it is, when are we going to feel that the platform is sufficiently mature that customers who want to have multiple use cases on the platform have that work? I think we are almost there. Now, we are pretty much there. This Latin American bank deal that we just referenced, it started out with a conversation about a handful of use cases that they would want to do on the platform and they we are up to 19. And I think there’s more in the future. So it’s a different way of thinking about the value that we provide.
Brett Huff:
Great. Thank you so much. I appreciate it.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Jake Williams with Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Jake Williams:
Good evening, everyone.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Jake.
Jake Williams:
Can you help us to understand how much of an impact mortgage items were in this quarter in the B2B Square segment?
Will Lansing:
Like last quarter, Experian -- Equifax and TransUnion reported before us last week and end of the prior week, and you can see how they broke out mortgage volumes. We don’t break out mortgage volumes, but we can say that what we saw was consistent with what they told The Street they saw. I think one showed up 45% in terms of volume and the other was closer to 60%, although it’s a little unclear whether that was for the quarter itself or sort of run rate including the last -- including the month of October, but our volumes were consistent with what you could see from them.
Jake Williams:
Got it. And then in terms in the average bookings term stretched out to 55 months this quarter from 37 was that impacted by the decision to change the revenue recognition on-prem or is this an independent evolution?
Will Lansing:
No. It’s independent. It’s not related to that. What is related to is we had some deals that are really long-term deals long, much longer than typical than has been our usual. And I would say that that trend could continue. We will have to see how things play out. But I think when banks adopt our platform and standardize on the platform, it’s not surprising that they would want to lock us in for a long period of time with an understanding of what it’s going to cost. So I think there’s going to be pressure for longer-term deals on us.
Jake Williams:
So can we assume that the clients are the ones who are coming to you asking for this long-term deal to give them stability and in return there’s probably some price escalator built-in each year.
Will Lansing:
Yes. We try to be smart about it and yes it’s definitely client request.
Jake Williams:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Thank you. Our next question comes from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Please go ahead.
Surinder Thind:
Good afternoon. Following up on earlier question about just the DMS platform, maybe can you provide a little bit more color on the investments you are making in terms of the -- you are redirecting some of the 36 billion in savings that you have towards additional headcount for the build out of that platform. Is that simply we are just trying to accelerate the build out of certain functionality? I was just hoping for maybe a better understanding of where the roadmap is in terms of, I think, ultimately we are trying to get to, I guess, in terms of the function that we currently have versus where it will be fairly equivalent product to your on-prem and in your old architecture cloud stuff?
Will Lansing:
So part of the strategy of the platform is to is to have a lot of interoperability around the data, right? So we have a data orchestration layer. We can take data from lots of different places and bring it into the platform. And then we have a wide range of analytics that can be applied to that data. And then we have various solutions that sit on top of that platform, of that decision platform to meet specific needs. Our strategy with the platform has been to -- as we migrate our applications to the platform, the way we think about it is we say, what are the components of this solution that we ought to modularize, what are the micro services that are involved here and let’s break them up and make them available to users of the platform, so they can be mixed and matched in different ways. And so that’s really kind of the heavy lifting that’s going on. We have also put a lot of energy into a thing called FICO Studio, which is kind of a front end fourth generation language kind of a programming environment where you can drag and drop a lot of things to build workflows based on the decisioning analytics in the platform. So there’s a lot of work that’s gone into that. But the way we think about it is not let’s port an application to the platform. It’s more break up the application into its component parts, understand how they can be micro services that could be consumed in independently and then bring those to the platform so they can be reassembled on the platform for all different kinds of purposes.
Surinder Thind:
Fair enough. And then in terms of just a bigger picture question, obviously with a potential change in the administration, is there any other considerations that enter into picture here where maybe could there be, let’s say, an acceleration in the upgrade cycle for, let’s say, from FICO 8 to FICO 9 or even to FICO 10 or something for that matter that might drive based on the differences in the policy administrations.
Will Lansing:
I am not sure that we will have a change in the rate and pace of adoption of new scores under -- based on the administration. I do think that all lenders are really focused right now on how do they get the most value out of scoring algorithms and they are increasingly using things like FICO resiliency index to complement the traditional FICO score to make these decisions. I wouldn’t say that’s driven by the administration. I think that’s more driven by the innovation coming out of our scores team. But there’s a tremendous appetite on the side of the banks to get the full benefit out of it. And so, we are pretty focused on that.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. And then just a quick one on -- or maybe on the B2C revenues obviously really strong growth there. I am assuming the run rate is what is a sustainable run rate at this point? Is there any color you can provide on how -- is this just -- there’s just this initial phase where we should expect this big ramp up that we have seen with the kind of the dislocation in the markets? Or how should we think about the growth rate forward should…
Will Lansing:
I think that we definitely…
Surinder Thind:
…I am a little bit or how long do customers stay on the platform?
Will Lansing:
I think we have definitely enjoyed a spike because of the environment. There’s no question that consumers are more focused than ever on their score and whether it’s going up or down, I get letters in the mail all the time. And that’s definitely the environment driving that. So I would say the 62% spike I referenced earlier that is -- that’s driven by the environment. In terms of the lifetime value, how long they stay on. We have not -- it’s too early to tell, but we haven’t seen changes. So what we are seeing so far is kind of the same attrition over time that we have historically had. So we will stay.
Surinder Thind:
Okay.
Will Lansing:
What we have noticed is that there’s an inexorable trend to consumers being ever more focused on their credit score. I mean, this has been every year, year in, year out has become bigger and more important to them. And so, I am not sure that it’s like a spike up and then a ramp down. I mean, it may just be part of a trend.
Surinder Thind:
That’s helpful. Thank you.
Operator:
All right. Thank you. And Mr. Weber, we have no further questions from the phones at this time. I will turn the call back to you.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. This concludes our call today. Thank you all for joining, and we will look forward to speaking with you again soon. Thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the FICO Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we’ll conduct the question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Wednesday, July 29, 2020. And now, I’d like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please, go ahead.
Steven Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO’s Third Quarter Earnings Call. I’m Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations. And I’m joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements may involve many uncertainties including the impact of COVID-19 on macroeconomic conditions and the company’s business, operations and personnel that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of those non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through July 29, 2021. And now, I’ll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. I hope you and your families are healthy and staying safe as we go through this pandemic. We continue to work primarily from home. Most of our offices are remaining closed. I’m pleased to say this model has worked very well for us. Our productivity metrics remain very strong. And we’re able to innovate, meet development deadlines, serve our customers and implement our solutions. We posted some slides with our results on the Investor Relations section of our website. I’ll be referencing some of those slides during our presentation today. I’ll go over the results of our third fiscal quarter and discuss what we’re seeing in the markets that we serve. I am pleased to report that we had another very strong quarter, which demonstrates the remarkable resiliency of our business. As shown on Slide 2, we reported revenues of $314 million, flat with the same period last year, which was our highest revenue quarter ever. We delivered $64 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $2.15 per share. We delivered $77 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $2.58. We also delivered $99 million of free cash flow in the quarter, the highest single quarter in company history. As you can see, on Slide 3, we continue to have ample liquidity. We actually reduced our total debt by about $20 million from the end of our second quarter. We generated $106 million in new bookings and have a very strong pipeline of deals as we move into the fourth quarter. Our software revenue was down 8% this quarter due to the difficult comparison to last year, when we have large application renewal revenue. This quarter, the application segment was down 15%, primarily due to lower upfront license revenues. Decision Management Software was up 22%, primarily due to increases in recurring transactional revenues. In the Scores business, we had another record quarter, despite the volatility in the credit markets. Total revenues were up 14% versus the prior year and totaled $132 million. B2C revenues were up 21% this quarter with strong growth in both myFICO and indirect partner channels. On the B2B side, revenues were up 12% over the same period as last year. This is especially encouraging as this is an area that can be highly volatile in uncertain economic times. We saw strength in the mortgage markets throughout the quarter with volumes up due to low interest rates. In auto, volumes are down significantly at the start of the quarter and improved over the balance of the quarter. For cards and other unsecured lending, marketing and originations volumes were down throughout the quarter, as financial institutions slowed new card acquisition efforts. Obviously, there’s still a great deal of volatility in these markets with record unemployment and furloughs. We also continue to innovate in Scores. Last month, we introduced the FICO Resilience Index, an analytic tool that complements the FIFO score and helps lenders, borrowers and investors to identify the financial resiliency of consumers across FIFO Score bands to make more informed and precise decisions in assessing risk during rapidly changing economic cycles. In general, in a down economy, access to credit goes down as lenders try to mitigate the credit risk. The FICO Resilience Index can be helpful in navigating through changing economic cycles. The desired outcome is a system that is even more precise in assessing and pricing risk and less prone to broad credit restrictions and risk pricing, which can tighten the flow of credit during an economic downturn. As we navigate through the current economic climate, I’m extremely pleased with the performance of our business. Last quarter, we retracted our full-year guidance due to widespread economic uncertainty. We now have additional data points, but markets have yet to stabilize. So while we won’t give formal guidance, we are offering additional visibility into how various metrics are trending as we finish our fiscal year. If you look at Slide 4, an updated version of what we showed last quarter, you’ll see how we performed in Q3 and where we stand year to date versus our original guidance. We’re trending well in Scores with both B2B and B2C ahead of our original guidance. On the Software side, we’re slightly behind in transactional and maintenance volumes as reduced economic activity has slowed volumes. We also have risk in license sales and services revenue. Our fourth quarter tends to be the highest sales quarter for us. And we have a strong pipeline of deals. We see clients accelerating their digital transformation plans where we play a central role. But again, with the uncertain economic environment, it’s difficult to commit to specific revenue numbers. On the expense side, we’re spending well below what was embedded in our guidance. As a result, we will likely have some savings versus what we expected at the beginning of the year. While there are still many moving pieces, we now believe it’s likely that we’ll be able to hit our previously guided pre-tax income and net income numbers, In many ways this is the most difficult health and economic environment we’ve ever faced. At the same time, we have a very resilient business model, and we’re actively managing the business to work through the near-term difficulties with an eye toward our long-term strategy. I’ll share some summary thoughts later. But now I’d like to turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Revenue for the quarter was $314 million flat with the prior year, and up 2% from the prior quarter. Year-to-date, revenue was $920 million, up 8% from the prior year. Our Applications segment revenues were $141 million, down 15% versus the same period last year. This decrease in revenue was driven primarily by lower license revenue. As you may recall, we had a very large license component in Q3 last year due to renewals, which under ASC 606 accounting standards require upfront revenue recognition even though we build a customer as an annual subscription. Software applications billings for the quarter were $61 million flat versus last year, and up 27% from our second quarter, where we had significant COVID-related disruptions and sales efforts at the end of March. In our Decision Management Software segment, Q3 revenues were $41 million, up 22% over the same period last year. The increase was primarily due to SaaS subscription revenues in our decision management platform. DMS bookings were $29 million in Q3, down 22% from the previous year, but up 25% from the last quarter. Finally, our Scores segment revenues were $132 million, up 14% from the same period last year. B2B was up 12% over the same period, and B2C revenues were up 21% from Q3 2019. In our third fiscal quarter, 79% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 14% and the remaining 7% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources represented 79% of total revenues in the quarter. Consulting and implementation revenue were 14% of total revenues and license revenues were 7%. Revenues derived from our cloud delivered software as a service or SaaS were $77 million for the quarter, an increase of 11% over the prior year that included $61 million of transactional software revenue and $16 million in professional services. Bookings for the quarter totaled $106 million, down 3% from last year, but up 26% from last quarter. These bookings generated $16 million of current period revenues, a 15% yield. SaaS bookings were $40 million for the quarter, down 12% from the previous year, but up 31% from last quarter. Our operating expenses totaled $231 million this quarter, down $1 million from the prior quarter. This is due primarily to decreases in travel, marketing and other discretionary expenses. We expect Q4 expenses to be moderately higher. Our non-GAAP operating margin as shown in our Reg G schedule was 34% for the quarter. GAAP net income this quarter was $64 million flat with the prior year. Our non-GAAP net income was $77 million for the quarter, which was up 1% from the same quarter last year. Our effective tax rate this quarter was about 16%, which included $5 million of excess tax benefits resulting from stock-based compensation activities. We expect our effective tax rate to be around 9% to 11% for the fiscal year. As a reminder, our recurring tax rate before these excess tax benefits is approximately 25% to 26% globally. Free cash flow for the quarter was $99 million compared to $61 million in the same period last year, an increase of 63%. Free cash flow this quarter benefited from a large reduction in the working capital year-over-year, primarily related to unusually high accounts receivables at the end of Q3 2019. Free cash flow for the trailing 4 quarters was $297 million. Turning to the balance sheet, at the end of the quarter, we had $126 million in cash, which is up $19 million from last quarter due to cash generated from ops, partially offset by share repurchases. Our total debt face value is $938 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.38%. At the end of the quarter, we had drawn $103 million on our $400 million revolving line of credit. We further drew on that facility to pay for the $85 million maturity of senior notes in July. Our leverage ratio as calculated for revolving line of credit was 2.16, and our covenant as you may recall is 3.25 on the revolver. We bought back 157,000 shares in the third quarter for $54 million at an average price of $343 per share. And today, we announced the new board authorization for $250 million of share repurchase. Finally, as Will said, because of the current uncertain economic environment, we are not providing formal financial guidance for the remainder of fiscal 2020. With that, I’ll turn it back over to Will for some final comments.
William Lansing:
As we work to finish our fiscal year and build plans for fiscal 2021, I’m confident that FICO is well positioned for the future. We’re built to withstand economic downturns and are taking steps to manage through current uncertainties without sacrificing our commitment to our strategic initiatives. As I’ve said before, we are stewards of remarkable assets. And we have a great team dedicated to helping our customers solve their most difficult problems. And the value of the analytic solutions we provide both in software and in Scores is more important now than ever. I’ll turn the call back over to Steve to manage the Q&A.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will. We will now take your questions. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] We do have a question from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you. Good evening, guys. My first question is just on the B2B Scores business. I think the 10% growth felt a little bit light to us. So I was just hoping you could walk us through what that mix between price and volume was there, maybe versus the last quarter, even actually like you then missing the pricing element or the mix of your different lending categories in there.
William Lansing:
Yeah. Manav, I don’t know that we’ve ever broken out the mix between the volume and the price. The volume was a little bit lighter, as you’d expect over a quarter like this one, so some of that was price.
Michael McLaughlin:
And, Manav, I’ll just speak to – maybe give you a little more directional view on that. Look, we happen to report earnings after Equifax and TransUnion, also after Visa. And you can see some of the trends that would underlie our results in the B2B Scores business, particularly on the origination side from what they’re showing. Obviously, mortgage volumes were very, very strong. Auto volumes seem to be picking up, but for the quarter we’re down. And on the personal loan and credit card side of things, we’re seeing the same things that the bureaus saw in the period. Now, that bureau data also seems to suggest that the trend is improving, but there is certainly no assurance that that’s going to maintain itself. And, of course, when you look at the pricing across the 3 segments, I think you understand well the strategic pricing actions we took in the, what is our other category, credit cards, personal loans, and so forth. And that category suffered the worst in terms of volumes, but the pricing actions helped mitigate that.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay, got it. That’s helpful. And then, just in the B2C side, I mean, that’s a pretty impressive number, is there any onetime deal activity in there, like you signed some new clients or so forth?
Michael McLaughlin:
No, that’s a pretty clean number. We are genuinely seeing consumer interest in their credit score and how they can track it and improve it in this environment. And it’s showing both directly in myFICO.com and in our partner B2C sales.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it? And then, maybe just one last question. Will, in your conversations with clients on the Software and even on the Scores side, are you starting to hear any kind of major budget issues where maybe you could see more delays on the Software side and maybe more pressure on the pricing side?
William Lansing:
No, we really haven’t had that. I think things are moving a little bit more slowly than they have historically. I think there is this kind of additional care being taken with everything that our customers do. That said, they are full steam ahead on digital transformation, on upgrading their solutions. And we’re front and center there. So we really haven’t experienced slowness there.
Manav Patnaik:
All right, thanks a lot.
Operator:
We have a question from Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Bill Warmington:
Good evening, everyone.
William Lansing:
Hi, Bill.
Michael McLaughlin:
Hey, Bill.
Bill Warmington:
So, Equifax – hey, guys. So Equifax and TransUnion both indicated improving results in June and July. And I know you guys are typically lagging those results by maybe 45 days. And so I wanted to see whether those improvements that they’re describing are showing up in your results. Did you see them in the June results? Are you seeing them in July?
William Lansing:
We so – you’re absolutely right that our stuff lags them by roughly 6 weeks. We get some early indication and on basis of that, I’m pretty comfortable saying that our stuff will track theirs. But, again, it’s not final. These numbers aren’t final.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. Also on the B2C, to follow up on Manav’s comments, that looks like a very strong quarter. TransUnion noted though, since they are a big supplier in the indirect space that they were a little concerned about the second half of the year, just because they were concerned that the aggregators are not seeing a lot of demand from the banks, meaning the banks are not very aggressive these days at trying to add new accounts. And so, I just wanted to touch-base on whether you felt comfortable with those volumes – with that level of growth continuing, because you can see the inside much better than we can, so.
William Lansing:
Look, we’re pleased with the growth that we had and it’s always hard to forecast the future in an environment like this. The one thing that’s clear though is consumers are more focused, more interested in what’s going on with their credit score than they’ve ever been before. And we’re seeing it in myFICO. We’re seeing it in our partner consumer stuff. And so, I would hope that trend would continue. But again, we don’t know.
Bill Warmington:
Yeah. How’s been the demand for UltraFICO and Experian Boost, how’s that been?
William Lansing:
So Experian Boost is doing very well. And as you know, that’s – I mean, it’s boosting a FICO score and so there’s a benefit to FICO every time Boost happens. UltraFICO is lagging now, and largely because of the success that we’re having with Boost.
Bill Warmington:
Got it? And I wanted to ask on the software side, you guys have been making some outsized investments in software now for some time. And I want to check in just to see whether you felt like the time was approaching when the rate of investment in software was going to start to slow.
William Lansing:
I can’t make that promise, Bill. What I would tell you is that – what we’re seeing is tremendous appetite for our new solutions and our new Decision Management Platform, and deal size is getting bigger. And we now have banks that are adopting our solution, our Decision Management Platform solution, and then building all kinds of use cases on top of it. So we feel like we’re being vindicated in the strategic direction. At the same time, we – it does require investment. We continue to pour investment in. When will margins improve? There’ll be some margin improvement over time as we scale up our SaaS business and have more multi-tenant and returns to scale. So there’ll be some benefits there. And I think, professional services – as our products become simpler to install and a little bit easier, the proportion of professional services will go down, which will also be a margin improvement. So those are the factors but I can’t give you a timeline. I would tell you that we will continue to invest at this rate as long as it feels like those are smart decisions, like those are intelligent decisions given the appetite of the market for our staff.
Bill Warmington:
You mentioned the banks adopting some of the DMS solutions and then building their own solutions on top of that. I know from time-to-time, you’ve talked about how you’ve developed your own – some of the new generations of your products are actually being built on the DMS platform and you use a lot of tools internally to do that. There was some talk about sometime over maybe the next 18 to 24 months, taking those tools and turning them outward, meaning that you’d have this whole ecosystem similar to salesforce.com or Workday, and having developers being able to develop customized tools on that platform. Does that – is that timeline still…
William Lansing:
Yeah. That’s – we’re very focused on that. And this year, 2021, this coming year will be the year when our APIs are available on an outward basis, and borrowers and resellers and others will be able to build solutions on top of our platform, so that’s very much part of our strategy. It’s the way that we intend to reach other verticals besides financial services. It’s a way for us to go down market and basically solve the problem that we’ve always had, which is very limited distribution for extraordinary IP.
Bill Warmington:
Yeah. Excellent. All right. I’ll yield the floor. Thank you very much for the insight.
William Lansing:
Thanks, Bill.
Operator:
We have a question from Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Yeah. Thanks. Sorry, if this is introductory, but I wasn’t aware of kind of Bill’s line of questioning about the 45-day lag. So I just want to make sure I’m understanding it correctly. So are you saying that you have not yet been paid for the credit pulls at the bureaus in June, because it’s not only that it’s reported to you like in arrears at the end of the month, but you’re actually paid kind of on a lagged basis and you recognize revenue on a lagged basis?
William Lansing:
Mike, do you want to answer that?
Michael McLaughlin:
Yeah. No, we don’t recognize revenue on a lag basis. We don’t get the final report for June until some period, days, not weeks, after the end of the quarter. But we take an accrual based for an estimated revenue that in conversations with those customers we determined is appropriate for the quarter. And historically, it’s very close and for revenue recognition purposes, it means that we’re able to batch revenue in the quarter with revenue recognized. Cash flow wise and billing wise, we have – we’re not going to go into our payment terms with individual customers on a call like this. But our payment terms with the bureaus are normal course and speed for a relationship like we have with them. But we do get those reports, so we – in arrears, as mentioned before. So we don’t know, we genuinely don’t know, what is happening in July at our bureau partners. We’ll know in a couple of weeks. Does that help?
Jeffrey Meuler:
That’s helpful. Thank you. Yes, it does. And then just the expenses in the Scores business. What’s driving that, and I guess, was curious, if you’re leaning in more on marketing spend for myFICO, or if there’s a mix shift going on where you have some more expenses to the bureaus for like tri-merge premium, myFICO products or something?
Michael McLaughlin:
So much of it is that we’re investing in the FICO Resilience Index. As Will mentioned briefly in his remarks, and maybe he wants to talk more about that. We haven’t dramatically increased marketing for the other parts of our business, but the development work, the outreach work and the implementation work around the Resilience Index, as well as other innovation steps that we’re taking in the Scores businesses, primarily what’s driving the increase you see there.
William Lansing:
And then one small factor is that with myFICO as the volumes go up, our expense goes up, because we have a cost of goods sold in myFICO.
Jeffrey Meuler:
Right, right. Got it. So I know that net revenue retention isn’t a common metric that you give. But just curious, if you can help us understand or size up the land and expand on the DMS platform solution? Like are there enough historical examples or time series where you can help us kind of understand? How big does the customer tend to come on as a new engagement for a DMS platform? And then, I don’t know, 2 or 3 years down the road, just how much more additional product or revenue are you generating off of them?
William Lansing:
So what we’re – I mean, I would say it’s early days. And so it’s we don’t have a lot of data points around which to build a conclusion. That said, it looks really good. So what you have the situation where the very biggest banks, our biggest customers, absolute top tier banks, they have super complicated systems and they still buy some point solutions, and we have not yet had a top 10 bank stay to us, yeah, we’re adopting the FICO Decision Management Platform for all of our consumer facing decisioning. That hasn’t happened yet. However, it is happening with a tier down. And so, I would say, 2 years ago, we had some small banks that were doing it, and said, yeah, we’re going to standardize myFICO decisioning platform. And then we’re going to build all kinds of different credit decisions around that. And now we’re moving up market and so we have some pretty good-sized banks that have made the decision to adopt it. And sometimes it’s – they’ll start with a point solution they were in the market for and recognize the expansion opportunity. And sometimes, they do it very deliberately, with a view to putting a whole lot of different use cases on top of the platform once it’s been adopted. So the dog is eating the food, we’re pretty happy about the way it’s gone.
Jeffrey Meuler:
All right. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question is from Kyle Peterson with Needham. Please go ahead.
Kyle Peterson:
Hey, good evening, guys. Thanks for taking the question. I just wanted to start on the decision management piece of the business. It seems like you’ve had some nice growth there for several of the last few quarters. Is the SaaS momentum kind of rolling strong enough where we can expect this growth to be able to continue? Or were there any like large chunky deals in there that we need to be mindful of? I just want to make sure we’re thinking about that piece of the business.
William Lansing:
I think that is fair to think that the growth will continue. I mean, this is – it’s – obviously, the number is a little bit volatile, because it’s a smaller part of our business still. And so on a percentage basis, it can move quickly, because we’re dealing with smaller numbers. That said, there is – we have evermore solutions on top of the platform, it’s very much our future. It’s the way our salespeople are selling. It is the way the banks are buying it. And it is a very different world than it was 3 or 4 years ago. So while we still have sales of legacy product, and our legacy solutions will be around for a long time to come, because they’re best-in-class at what they do. The Decision Management Platform is really picking up steam.
Michael McLaughlin:
And let me just add a little technical nuance for that. It’s a good question, because under the ASC 606 accounting rules. It can create some distortions in revenue when you sell an on-prem subscription product for 3, 5 years. That on-prem portion, in most cases, needs to be recognized all at once upfront, despite the fact that it’s a subscription. But if it’s a SaaS sale, it is recognized ratably as we bill and deliver it. So it can be lumpy for that reason alone, and not reflecting the underlying health of the business. Look, if there are big whoppers like that, that we’ve had to pull forward in any particular quarter, we’ll do our best to call those out. This quarter, it was a normal mix between the types of revenue recognition and sort of the growth is pretty normal.
Kyle Peterson:
Great. That’s really good color. And then just a follow-up on the margins. Nice to see the upside there this quarter. And I mean, can appreciate the color you guys have provided in the slide deck on get some of the travel, entertainment and those types of expenses, which are obviously a bit lower right now. I just want to see have you guys – when – as we’ve gone through this kind of COVID process. Have you guys found any other expenses that you might be able to rationalize that might lead do some longer-term cost savings for whenever the world gets a little more…
William Lansing:
Yeah. It’s a good question. We wrestle with it ourselves. I am – we’re of a view that some of these savings are here to stay. We don’t imagine that we’ll ever go back to the level of travel, we had before. I think that all of us not just like but our customers and our – everyone involved is now way more adept at using Zoom and doing more video. And what we’re finding is, we can have comparable, if not more contact with our customers with less travel. And so – and it’s obviously more efficient and a much lower cost. So I would imagine some of it’s going to survive in a post-COVID world. That said, it is unnaturally low right now. So you can expect it to go up from the level it’s at now, you can expect it to be lower than it was a year ago on an ongoing basis.
Kyle Peterson:
Great. That’s very helpful. Thanks for taking the questions, and nice quarter, guys.
Operator:
We have a question from Brett Huff with Stephens Inc. Please go ahead.
Brett Huff:
Good afternoon, guys. Thanks for taking my question. I had a quick question on the helpful chart that you guys put, I think it was Slide 3 or 4, where you had some red boxes and green boxes. Just want to make sure I understand the red boxes and that there’s some risk to those numbers. But it seems that the Scores boxes – the Scores number is 63 and 18, those seems like hittable targets and wondering, are those not green boxed, because they’re a little harder to predict? Or kind of what should we imply, given that it seems those might fall in the green box category?
William Lansing:
I’d say it’s a little hard to predict. It’s a – call it, conservatism on our part, it’s a little harder to predict.
Brett Huff:
Okay. That’s helpful. And then a quick update on the progress that you guys are making, which I know, it varies a little bit by product on the SaaS-ification of the products. I know you’ve got some already SaaS-ified, originations manager and et cetera. I know the Falcon and the update to TRIAD is coming out and/or near live. Can you just remind us of where we are in each of those products kind of coming out with the full GA SaaS product?
William Lansing:
We’re more than halfway through the process if you look at our top franchises. So as you mentioned, originations manager is now on the platform, the new version of TRIAD, which we call Strategy Director is now on the platform. Blaze, our rules engine, is now on the platform called Decision Modeler. So we’re making progress there. There’s – I’d say, the 2 biggest ones that aren’t there yet are Falcon and debt manager. And those will be – those will take longer. I mean, Falcon, we’re working on it, we have another release coming very soon. But that’s a massive undertaking.
Brett Huff:
And then last question is, the license revenue from Falcon was down quite a bit. I know some of that was from – I think it was down 66%. I think some of that was from the difficult comp. Is there any color you can give us that might be help us to kind of see the COVID impact rather than the tough comp impact? I’m not sure if you told us kind of what the numbers were on a year over year basis, if I go back to that script.
William Lansing:
We don’t break out the volume part of it, but the volumes are down somewhat, a bit. But that’s part of it.
Brett Huff:
Okay.
Michael McLaughlin:
Yeah, and the vast majority of it was the renewal comp. We just had a couple of whoppers in the third quarter of last year, that all had to be recognized up front and those only happen once in a while and certainly not this quarter.
Brett Huff:
Okay, great. That’s what I needed. Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] We have a question from Surinder Thind from Jefferies. Please go ahead.
Surinder Thind:
Thank you. Actually, a question about the Scores business, and just kind of following up on the earlier question about the volumes, generally, I mean, industry volumes that are kind of widely reported, whether it’s mortgage, auto or credit, they’ve generally been fairly good predictors of the Scores revenues. But based on kind of what I was calling incredible results that you guys, really good results that you guys posted this quarter, from my perspective, there seems to be a bit of a disconnect in some of the segments. And so, when I looked at like the mortgage volumes for industry, that was fairly consistent with what the bureaus reported, but then they reported auto and credit data that was much stronger than what the industry data would suggest. And do you have any color in terms of other types of activity that could have made up for that delta or any color there might be helpful? I mean, as an example, if I was to look at some of the bank data, their marketing activities, their credit card originations…
William Lansing:
Yeah, I would say that that, I mean, in general, I don’t really have an answer for you. A narrow thing would be the fact that we do less lead gen than some of the bureaus, so you’ll see less there.
Surinder Thind:
Okay, thank you. And then, another follow-up question, in terms of just the Biden-Sanders Unity Task Force put up some recommendations a couple of weeks ago related to credit scoring. And one of the recommendations was that the credit scores being more inclusive of using alternative data which would suggest support for your newer scores, so FICO 9, FICO 10. And is there any potential revenue benefits from you guys, that you guys would experience if clients were to upgrade to, let’s say, the newest versions of the scores? Or are you somewhat agnostic as long as the clients continue to use FICO Scores.
William Lansing:
I’d say it’s more of the latter. We’re agnostic. And we encourage people to move up to the latest and greatest scores, not because we charge more for them, but because we think they’ll get better results. And so, no, I wouldn’t say that there’s – don’t expect a revenue uptick as they migrate to newer scores, no.
Surinder Thind:
That’s helpful. And then one other question in terms of – are you able to provide any color in terms of the percentage or revenue that maybe that’s in scores, that’s maybe less volume driven, that might be more relationship driven, such as like monitoring type of revenues or any color around ballpark figures that you might be able to provide?
William Lansing:
I’m not sure I follow the question. I mean, all of our Scores revenue is driven at some level by volume and a little bit by price.
Surinder Thind:
I guess what I was trying to get at was if we were to use just credit cards as an example, obviously, there is the origination volumes, there’s the marketing volume, but then there’s the monitoring piece. And so, I’m assuming monitoring would be more based on like the headcount that a certain bank would have. And so that would be less subject to, I guess, the COVID environment in the sense that they would want to continue to monitor all of their accounts.
William Lansing:
Yeah, we see continued interest from our bank customers and monitoring closely. I mean, if anything, they’re more vigilant and more focused than ever.
Surinder Thind:
Okay.
Michael McLaughlin:
But maybe – to give you more, practically, those account management volumes, which is what we call them, are also based on the number of scores pulled. So there’s no real difference in the volume driver there for account management versus originations.
Surinder Thind:
Okay, thank you.
Operator:
And there are no further questions at this time.
William Lansing:
Thank you. This ends today’s call. Thank you all for joining and we look forward to speaking with you again soon.
Operator:
That concludes the call for today. We thank you for your participation. I ask you to please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the FICO Quarterly Earnings Call. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please, go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon everyone and thank you for joining FICO's Second Quarter Earnings Call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations; and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements may involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the Company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the Company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of those non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the Company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 29, 2021. And now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. First, I hope you and your families are healthy and staying safe as we go through this pandemic. As we all know, these are unprecedented time. No one can predict with any certainty the scale or length of disruption from COVID-19 or how severe the economic and health impacts will be. Many unknowns include the scope and effect of further public health responses as well as governmental, regulatory, fiscal and monetary policies. As we usually do, we've posted some slides with our results on the Investor Relations section of our website. I'll be referencing a few of those today during our presentation. Today, I'll go over the results for our second fiscal quarter and first half of the year, then I'll talk about how we're viewing our business in light of the current situation and how we plan to execute on a plan to remain strong, while preparing for the opportunities when this crisis ends. As we show on Slide 2, we've been successful in moving to a work-from-home structure and have not skipped a beat in how we serve the needs of our customers. In fact, nearly all of our 4,000 person global workforce are currently working from home. We responded early, closing our China offices in February, and we followed the lead of local state and national authorities and 43 offices and 32 different countries. I'd like to take this opportunity to thank all of our employees who've responded to the quickly unfolding circumstances and have allowed us to adjust to ensure that key internal and client side deliverables remain on track. We were well prepared to move to this model. Over the last year, we've increased our usage of video based communications. Before the pandemic, it was a valuable tool to drive collaboration or reduce travel is now critical business practice. Our technology team had already built a robust VPN infrastructure that permits remote access to secured networks and servers. That infrastructure and our cloud-based solutions and support has meant that we are able to serve our customers without any significant loss of productivity, and as always, our cyber security team has been focused on protecting customers environments and sensitive data. It hasn't been easy. They're uncertain stressful times for everyone. But I'm proud of the business continuity efforts we've undertaken to prepare for potential issues, whatever they may be and how those efforts have paid extraordinary dividends as we are able to adapt to the challenge as we face. Finally, we've established an internal coronavirus response team. These are all examples of resilient culture of dedicated professionals are stepping up to the daily challenges we face. So, I'm pleased to report that we had a very strong second fiscal quarter. We reported revenues of 308 million, an increase of 11% over the same period last year. We delivered 58 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.94 per share. We delivered 64 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $2.14. This fact that we began to experience COVID related this -- in spite of the fact that we've begun to experience the COVID-related disruption in late March, we were able to generate 84 million in new bookings, which is impressive considering the most of our deals are closed at the end of the quarter right when businesses were closing, and everyone was transitioning to work from home. We continue to have a strong pipeline and believe many of our solutions are exactly what our customers are looking for as they focus on risk management. Our software revenue was up minus 3%, this quarter, applications were down 1%. As we had fewer up front license sales and less services revenue than last year. Decision Management software was up 20% with increases in both license sales and transactional revenue some fields we've signed previous quarters. In this course business, we had another great quarter due to special pricing that began to take effect. Total revenues were up 24% versus the prior year and total of 129 million. On the B2B side, revenues were up 27 over the same period as last year. B2C revenues were up 15% this quarter. Scores, particularly B2B is also an area of risk during volatile economic times, as some of those revenues are tied to things like origination of new loans. The strength of our business and our conservative financial practices have allowed us to build a healthy balance sheet. As you can see on Slide 4, we have ample liquidity and borrowing capacity. But as we look ahead, it's impossible to fully understand what the possible impacts to our markets will be and predict when the economy will improve. Because of these uncertainties, we are retracting our full year guidance. I'd like to direct you to Slide 5 to remind everyone what our original guidance was, where we stand now halfway through the year, and what we would need to do in the back half to achieve those original numbers. In this version currency this slide provides more details of our guidance than what we previously disclosed including more granularity around revenues. The red highlight areas of potential higher risk in the coming months. With B2B Scores, as I said, it's difficult for us to accurately forecast what will happen with volumes in the near term. Because these Scores are sold through bureaus that report to us in arrears, we don't have visibility to real-time data. In times of disruption, this is especially difficult until we can begin to see the trends in the data. We anecdotally know that, mortgage volumes have been strong and auto has been weak, but it's difficult to quantify what's happening today level on the next several months. Now on the software side, we have a great deal of visibility into our transactional and maintenance revenue streams. I believe those revenues to be very resilient. It's more difficult to estimate how many deals we'll be able to close and what potential impacts that would have on license and service revenue. We know that, we have a strong pipeline of deals and fully expect to close many of them, but there's clearly more uncertainty than there was a few months ago. We also believe that, we'll spend less-than originally planned. We will likely see savings in some revenue-based expenses and we'll spend less on travel and marketing and other discretionary areas. We're scrutinizing our expenses more than ever and we're committed to being as efficient as possible. In short, we don't know the severity or duration of disruptions in credit markets or technology purchases. Declines in Scores volumes will have a negative impact on our revenues despite the special pricing that we start to see this quarter, but it's difficult to know, for instance, if declines in auto sales now create a backlog of buyers in the fall or if it is part of a longer downturn. And while sales cycles for our solutions will likely be longer, we don't yet know how much is due to customers reassessing purchases versus the logistical challenges of remote selling. That said, we remain confident in our business model. We've got a great start to the year. We have a large amount of recurring revenue. While we expect our software revenues in the second half of the year to be lower than our guidance due to COVID-19, we also expect expenses to decline to primarily to reduce sales marketing expense and employee travel. These expense reductions will mitigate the impact on our bottom-line and we expect to have other operating expense savings due to general disruptions. So even though top line volatility is difficult to predict, we could still meet our original bottom-line guidance with a number of factors play off. These are exceptionally volatile times, but we remain optimistic and are actively managing the business to breach the short-term difficulties while building long-term value. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but now I'd like to turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon everyone. As usual, I'll start with some detail around the revenue for Q2 fiscal '20. FICO's revenue for the quarter was $308 million, an increase of 11% over the prior year. Our application segments revenue were $140 million, down 1% versus the same period last year. The decrease in revenue was driven primarily by lower license and professional services revenue. Software applications bookings for the quarter were $48 million, down 24% from last year, due in large part to COVID-19 related disruptions and sales efforts at the end of March. In our Decision Management software segments, Q2 revenues were $39 million, up 20% over the same trade last year. This increase was primarily due to license and SaaS subscription revenues from our Decision Management platform products. Decision Management software bookings were $23 million Q2, down 17% from the previous year, similarly due to software sales disruptions at the end of the quarter. Finally, our Score segment revenues were $129 million, up 24% from the same period last year. B2B Scores revenue was up 27% over the same period last year and B2C revenues were up 15% from the same period. We do expect disruptions to Scores volumes, particularly on the B2B side as loan originations decline in some credit vertical. As Will said, Scores volumes are reported to us monthly in arrears, and so we did not have visibility into the Scores volumes real time. Turning to our global revenue mix. In our second fiscal quarter, 78% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 14%, and the remaining 8% was from the Asia Pacific region. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources represent 78% of total revenues in the quarter consulting and implementation revenues were 16% and licensed revenues were 6% of the total. Revenues derived from our cloud delivered software as a service or SaaS products were 74 million for the quarter, which includes 58 million in transactional revenue and 17 million in professional services revenue. That's an increase of 12% from the previous year for our SaaS business. Total bookings, including our Scores segments for the quarter total a 4 million down 20% from last year, those bookings generated 12 million and current period revenues 14% yield. SaaS bookings were 31 million for the quarter, which was 6% from the previous year. Our operating expenses total 232 million in this quarter, down 14 million from the prior quarter due primarily to decreases in travel marketing and other discretionary expenses and the 3 million and restructuring costs in Q1 that did not recur in Q2. FICO's GAAP operating margin for the second quarter was 25% and our non-GAAP operating margin as shown in our schedule, there's 32%. GAAP net income this quarter was 58 million up 75% from the prior year. Our non-GAAP net income was 64 million for the quarter of 36% from the same quarter last year. Our effective tax rate this quarter was about 7%, which included about 12 million of excess cash benefits, resulting from stock based compensation activities. We expect our effective tax rate to be around 10% to 12% for the full fiscal year. Free cash flow for the quarter was 55 million compared to 44 million in the same period last year. Free cash flow for the trailing four quarters was $259 million. t Turning to the balance sheet, at the end of quarter, we had $109 million in cash it was down 2 million from last quarter, primarily driven by share repurchases, partially offset by cash generated from operations. Our total debt face value is $959 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.44%, at the end of the quarter we had drawn 124 million on our $400 million revolving line of credit. We anticipate growing on that facility to pay for the $85 million maturities senior notes coming up in July. Our leverage ratio is calculated for our revolving line of credit was 2.25 times. As a reminder, our current covenant is 3.0 times and that covenant will expand to 3.25 when the most mature in July. Turning to return of capital, we bought back 290,000 shares in the second quarter for $96 million and an average price of $331 per share. At the end of March, we had about $64 million remaining on the board repurchase authorization. Finally, as Will said because of the uncertainty around COVID-19 and the impacts on the economic environment, we are withdrawing our previously issued financial guidance. With that I'll turn it back over to Will for some final comments.
Will Lansing:
Okay. Work from home challenges. I'd like to end our prepared remarks today with some positive news. We're conducting a series of live webinars that we're calling building resiliency, adapting to the challenges of today. These webinars, which are almost virtual cycle world, began last week and continue through May 28. The topics falls in six tracks adaptability, digital customer engagement, risk management, operational efficiency, building trust and protecting customers. I'd encourage you to check it out information's available on our website and there are a number of keynote sessions that I think will be of interest to our investors, including one I'll be doing jointly with Equifax's CEO, Mark Begor, on May 14th. Finally, I'd like to thank all of you for joining us today. These are challenging times, but I'm convinced we're up to the challenge. We can't control the external factors we face, but we can control how we respond and plan for the future. We're stewards of remarkable assets and we remain optimistic as we look to the future. We'll bridge this period of disruption as we have in the past and will emerge as place for growth. I'll be as transparent as possible as we work through this uncertainty and will provide guidance as soon as we have better understand the economics and commercial environment. So, I'll now turn it back to Steve for Q& A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks Will. We are now ready to take your questions. So, operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our first question is from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik:
I was just curious, if you could talk to us about the volume trends that you saw in the quarter in the -- if I understand, you can't see what's happening beyond that, but maybe what that growth was in the quarter and maybe how it looks like in my choices prior to Mike?
Will Lansing:
You're talking about B2C, Manav?
Manav Patnaik:
No, B2B.
Will Lansing:
B2B, Mike, I don't know if you have the details on that.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes. So, the big three buckets of volumes in that part of our business as you know are, the mortgage business, the auto business and then credit cards, personal loans that we call the other segment. Mortgages were up, as you would expect given some of the refi dynamics that have been in place for a number of months. And in the auto and other segments, the volume changes were, on a year-over-year basis were in the single-digit percentages, so not really anything to write all about there. With respect to the end of the quarter, the impact was close enough to the end of March, which is the last reports we have from our partners at the bureau. So, we did not see anything informative from those volumes at the end of March. Frankly what you heard from the bureaus in their quarterly reports over the last a week or number of days, have more real time information that we have on that front.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. And maybe just on the B2C business as well, I mean, your mix of business that has changed over the years. Do you anticipate that to be countercyclical or how should we think about that?
Mike McLaughlin:
So far, it's holding up nicely and with respect to myFICO for example, it's up. It's not surprising consumer is very focused on their credit if it's kind of a time.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. And then just last one if I can squeeze it in. You talked about in a strong visibility on your transaction on the incident side of the software. So, I was just curious if you could just give a little bit color on what you're seeing from the customers? I mean, has that decelerated? Is that being just pushed out much later like any talk?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes. It is being pushed out. So remember, we have a very long sales cycle, 250 day sales cycle. So, we had a lot of stuff that was in process that was closer to the end and to the beginning of the process and so that's something that pushed the next quarter, some of it got close. But they haven't been hit in the way they were back in 2007, 2008. It says this is a different kind of a situation, as and so we haven't seen them pulling back on their investment plans, at least not so far. Now, it would, it probably would be naive to believe that everything will be business as usual, and I'm sure on the margin, there'll be some business that we were hoping for that won't happen. But, but we haven't seen tremendous changes in behavior other than the timeline for getting transactions done slowing down a little bit.
Operator:
The next question is from Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Bill Warmington:
So, I wanted to ask, if you could talk a little bit about what the revenue exposure is in Scores for those three buckets, credit card, mortgage and auto, that would be for the and I think for the B2B side?
Will Lansing:
Bill, I think, as Mike mentioned a minute ago, I think broadly we can mortgage looks like it's going to be up, auto looks like it's going to be way down, credit cards and personal loans down, but I think you probably do better reading into the numbers that you see from the Bureau's then asking us to speculate because we don't have it.
Bill Warmington:
How does, I appreciate that in terms of the volumes, but once we once we get a sense of the volumes, then we have to map it to the FICO B2B revenue, and I was asking for some help in terms of how big is credit card as a percentage of revenue these days. How big is mortgage, how big is auto, how does that break down across the Scores B2B universe?
Will Lansing:
Mike, do you have those percentages? I don't know if you have any handy?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes, Bill, we haven't shared those in the past. I don't think this is the forum to change that disclosure practice. But I guess I can say that it hasn't changed materially at least to the end of March to what we had in the past in the past four years.
Bill Warmington:
I don't know if they're working or not, but they're out there. All right, well then when you guys are talking about, you've made some references to margins and how there's some natural reduction in expenses going along with revenue and T&E reduction freezing hiring and so on. Is a thought to try to preserve the margin that was implied in the original guidance, which looks like it was around 30% to 33% EBITDA, that's adjusted EBITDA level around 30% operating margin? Is that that the thought that to try to, if it is lower revenue to try and preserve that margin percentage or your thought is to try to actually raise that margin percentage to offset the decline and deliver the same level of EPS?
Will Lansing:
I think, Bill, you expect it will take every step is within our power to manage our expenses to maximize the margin. So, while we don't have complete control over the top line, we obviously have a little more control over the bottom line. And so I would hope that we could do better than preserving the rate. But again, if you look at the slide in our deck, we basically laid out what would happen have to be true for us to hit the prior guidance.
Bill Warmington:
Correct. Okay. And then just one in the context of expenses, I wanted to ask about your plans for continued investment in the software business and how that's going. You had mentioned, when you gave the original guidance, you talked about some opportunities for increased efficiency within the software business. I want to see how that's all, how you're weighing all that now?
Will Lansing:
Well, as the impact COVID has been on our company, we were engaged in and continue to be engaged in a really extensive review of every activity that we have going on in the Company, and our goal is to really focus on things that are truly strategic and to de-emphasize things that are less strategic. And that initiative, that work proceed the pace that it has not been slowed at least by COVID. I think if anything, we're more committed than ever to getting as as much of our capability onto the platform as quickly as possible so we can start to see the returns to scale that we're all looking for. So, I would say that, our investments plans on a strategic and platform stuff completely unchanged. If anything, we're looking for ways to free up resources to put even more against it. But then things that are off-platform, off-strategy, we're scrutinizing those barriers.
Bill Warmington:
Then last one from me, I wanted to ask about, the FICO Resilience Index. It sounds like an interesting product. It looks like you're -- maybe you could talk a little bit about what the plan is for that one in terms of the rollout. It looks like Equifax is the only one right now doing a test with it, but how soon do you think that's going to, before that actually starts to generate some revenue? How big could it be?
Will Lansing:
We think it's going to be very big. It's not going to generate any revenue in the near-term, because our plan is to provide it for free along with FICO Scores. So if you buy a FICO Score, you can also get the FICO Resiliency Index along with it. We think that, there is commensurate, maybe worth spending just a minute on what it is. This is some really smart stuff that our guys came up with. That helps us to differentiate amongst consumers and evaluate their credit within any particular FICO Score, that's at a point in time and at a point in the economic cycle. And there are individuals who are more resilient and they're individuals who are less resilient. And the traditional way of dealing with downturns and we see it today is that, lenders, raise their lending thresholds. They raised their cutoff, and while obviously that's a prudent thing to do, we'd love for that to be a little more sophisticated and surgical and be able to evaluate some of the individuals below those cutoffs and with more precision. And that's really what the FICO Resiliency Index does. It'll be bundled with the FICO Score. It will be widely available to anyone who's buying FICO Scores. It is currently in test, as you said with Equifax and the Dow. Experian will have it out too. TU should follow. And yes, we have high expectations because it's been very well received to-date.
Operator:
And we have question from Jeff Meuler with Baird. Please go ahead.
Jeff Meuler:
Yes, thank you. Just within the software businesses. I understand that bookings are going to be impacted, which can impact revenue, license revenue, professional services. But in terms of client usage, I think there was a mention of collections and recovery. I'm guessing that's because of some collections hiatuses, but seeing some negative impacts there, but just what are you seeing across the different software businesses any kind of positives or negatives for the different products to call out?
Will Lansing:
We were seeing more in CCS and customer communication that's up a bit because the lenders are engaged in a lot more back and forth with their consumer customers than they have been in the past. So, that does a little the others, not tremendously different investment and we're not saying dudes proportional or anything.
Jeff Meuler:
And then within the to be Scores, how much of it is tied to, I guess origination or marketing type volumes and how much of it is stickier or account management or open access programs have Scores in terms of B2B revenue mix?
Will Lansing:
We don't we don't break it out, we don't break it out. I think it's fair to assume that there'll be a little less origination activity. I mean, that's not unreasonable.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay, and then there was two comments, as you were talking about the special pricing, one was began to take effect and then started to see just any sense of roughly how much of the special pricing was the benefit was felt this quarter versus yet to be further than?
Will Lansing:
We would have felt it. Yes, it's come in.
Operator:
We have a question from Brett Huff with Stephens. Please go ahead.
Brett Huff:
Question to follow up on, what I thought was an interesting comment you made about on bank health. And well, I think you phrased it, the banks weren't hit, aren't hit yet as hard or aren't as hard as maybe the great recession just given this isn't bank led. A lot of our clients are trying to suss out kind of how banks are reacting. So, can you just flush out that a little bit more, I think you mentioned that you haven't seen any major changes in investments, but kind of what is their attitude as you talk to them about what their game plan is and how you can help them?
Will Lansing:
Well, I think that they're much better prepared than the last time their balance sheets are stronger. They have more capital on hand. They, learn the last time around, and I also think that the government and the fed has jumped in a way that very quickly in a way that they didn't the last time around to ponder and so I think it's those kinds of things. And as you can see from their public statements, if you really if you look at the public statements from the big bank CEOs, they're, they're obviously planning to weather this much better than the last time around.
Brett Huff:
That's helpful in any particular products that piqued my interest in the last six weeks. I'm assuming maybe collections or something like that, but anything that has kind of sparked spiked up given the changes in the in the outlook.
Will Lansing:
Since, as I mentioned earlier there's more usage of our customer communication services, which is the last mile to customer consumer, customer contacts, that those volumes are up. Remember loan sales cycle and so you wouldn't see things change quickly. The things that are in place, we're seeing more volume in places you'd expect like that, like they see CCS. But otherwise, we're not and then we're expecting with all the transaction volume down, credit card transaction volume down. It may have an impact on Falcon volumes. But, most of our Falcon business is priced by account. And so, I'm not sure how much impact it was really have on us.
Brett Huff:
Okay. Thank you for that. Last question from me is, one of the things that a lot of folks have been asking us is kind of all the value proposition that the FICO Score continues to provide, and even at higher prices, we're of the opinion that it's still one of the best deals going in risk management and portfolio management. Any conversations, I don't know how much you can talk about banks, but what is the, any added views on how does that value play out in uncertain situation like this for banks? Do they perceive it differently? Are they looking to buy differently, buy it more cetera for that risk management in a situation like this?
Will Lansing:
So, the answer is yes. We strongly believe that, it's a tremendous tool. FICO is tremendous tool for evaluating credit worthiness and more needed, more necessary, more in demand than ever in times like these. The Resiliency Index that I mentioned earlier is tied up in that. And so, the way we think about it, we are constantly innovating and trying to find ways to bring evermore sophistication to that evaluation to that decision and that's worked out pretty well. Will they be pulling account management support more frequently in these times, to be determined? We'll see. We'll see. It wouldn't be a shock.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And we have a question from Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Please go ahead.
Surinder Thind:
Good afternoon. Will, I'd like to start with a question on the discourse business. Can you talk a little bit about the strength in the B2C segment? There is a little bit of a color on it earlier, but a double-digit growth at this point seems really strong and how should we think about the consumer in this environment and then maybe even from a competitive perspective in the sense that, there are perhaps other competing services out there, that are also trying to at least mimic, providing consumers support type information for free.
Will Lansing:
Yes. I mean that's been going on for years. There are players out there who provide non-FICO Scores to consumers to help them, to give them a sense for what their credit worthiness. But since lenders predominantly use FICO Scores, there's a mismatch there. Consumers are sometimes confused, but we've been working for a long time. I'm trying to clear up that confusion and make sure that consumers understand that, a credit score is not a FICO Score unless it's a FICO score. And that, what they are trying -- what the consumer trying to understand is, what the lender thinks of them? What the lender's evaluation of their credit worthiness is than the FICO Scores a way to do it, we have arrangement with Experian, our partner where Experian provides FICO Scores to the consumers and their consumer offerings. We offer obviously FICO Scores in our own consumer offering in myFICO. We think that there's more appetite and interest in that than ever. Just kind of given the situation, people are concerned about their credit. And so, we feel pretty good about that business is tied to the origination of credit cards in the sense that there's a time there that'll slow that down.
Surinder Thind:
And then in terms of any color on -- is Experian the primary source of the B2C revenues or is myFICO a considerable percentage as well?
Will Lansing:
Experian is bigger than myFICO. It's a -- revenues experience -- no, myFICO is a good business too, a good-sized business, too. I don't think we break out the specifics of it, but experience is also very important to that business.
Surinder Thind:
And then in terms of just a big picture question for the Scores business, obviously, it is a very transaction driven business. Is there consideration to maybe moving more towards the licensing model just to reduce some of the volatility? Or is there an appetite from that from clients? Or is there any kind of discussions? Obviously, I think it was last quarter I believe that there was a big licensing deal, any colors or thoughts that you might be having with clients especially maybe in the current environment around something like this?
Will Lansing:
Most of our Scores businesses is price per Score.
Surinder Thind:
Understood, meaning that from your guidance perspective, from a strategy perspective, the desire for you guys to go more towards a licensing model?
Will Lansing:
Well, we're pretty happy with the model that we have. I don't know that we're looking to modify it.
Surinder Thind:
Understood, and then moving towards the software business. Can you talk a little bit about the applications business versus DMS, maybe the idea being that, how should we maybe think about the mix of sales on a go forward basis? Is the sales force being incentivized to maybe sell DMS over applications? Or I know in the past times you guys have talked about that you're agnostic, but obviously DMS is the platform of the future, right?
Will Lansing:
Right, we have historically paid a little bit extra attention to from a sales force perspective to selling DMS base products. But at the end of the day, we sell to our customers what they need, and with the DMS base, fantastic; and if it's not, then so be it, we'll do it that way. So -- and we compensate our sales people regardless of what it is they sell. I think your points well taken though, and as we think into the future, we likely will favor DMS sales over non-DMS sales. So, that I think that is a, that's a piece of business to really watch, that's the future.
Surinder Thind:
And then maybe turning to expenses, I mean, obviously, given the strength your cash flows, the balance sheet as a firm. I mean, do you really have to think about playing defense in the current environment? And I got the sense that you guys were obviously watching the expenses carefully. Obviously, that that's good to do at any point in time, but how should we just think about your overall expense allocation at this point or investment versus maybe what it would be under normalized conditions? How much of a difference are you guys kind of seeing? Obviously, there's a natural component to it, meaning obviously, the less travel is marketing type stuff, but just any color there would be helpful?
Will Lansing:
If you're asking about COVID, specific kind of implications that you just mentioned them, it's things like travel, and it's the fact that when revenues lower, we have less expenses associated with servicing that revenue. So, that part is for sure. I wouldn't say that, we're in a place where suddenly because of COVID our backs are to the wall and we have to rethink our entire expense structure. I think we're doing the thing that management always does, which is reviewing whether every dollar is well spent and we are engaged in that process and continue to be engaged in that process. But I wouldn't call it an emergency or a response to COVID. I think just running the business.
Surinder Thind:
Okay, understood. That was actually my point that, that you guys really do have a strong cash flow and balance sheet so you don't perhaps need to be as defensive as maybe other organizations are.
Will Lansing:
Absolutely.
Surinder Thind:
And then I guess turning to, I guess the question being in terms of just, when I look at the personal expenses, head counts up year-over-year but the personnel costs are down. Is that mostly like variable conflict that delta there? Or how should we be thinking about that difference?
Will Lansing:
Mike, do you want to take that?
Mike McLaughlin:
It's two things, so as you may recall, we had a restructuring expense last quarter, a part of that was to reduce head count. And so, there's some of that. And then also we accrued throughout the year, yearend incentive bonuses, both cash and stock-based, based on certain expected outcome and that outcome exceeded or underperformed. And rate at which we accrue the yearend does have an impact on that period-to-period labor costs. The big picture though is that, head count is essentially flat. I think it's up 0.5% versus where we were last quarter, and there's nothing significant going on in terms of the mix of compensation or the rate of change of compensation per person.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time.
A - Steve Weber:
Thank you. Thank you everyone for joining today's call. We look forward to talking with you again soon. Stay safe and healthy and thank you again.
Operator:
That concludes the call for today. We thank you for your participation and ask that you to disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded today, Thursday, January 30, 2020. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please, go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's first quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations; and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today, for a reconciliation of each of those non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 30, 2021. And now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. I'd say we're off to a good start, delivering growth across our portfolio and also delivering innovation. In our first quarter, we reported revenues of $299 million, an increase of 14% over the same period last year. We delivered $55 million of GAAP net income, up 37%; and GAAP earnings of $1.82, up 38%. On a non-GAAP basis, the $1.80 earnings per share was up 24% from last year. And we delivered free cash flow growth as well, up 27% from fiscal 2019. On the software side of our business, the innovation we're bringing to market is gaining traction among companies eager to use analytics-driven decisioning to solve their most difficult problems. At FICO World in November, we hosted more than 1,400 attendees, representing 600 companies from 62 countries. During the conference, our solution specialists held close to 1,100 consultations. We sat down with customers and potential customers to understand their business issues and explain and demonstrate how FICO's advanced analytics, digital decisioning and dynamic workflows can transform their business. The innovation on display at FICO World continues to translate into robust sales in our software business. We had another good bookings quarter at $112 million. The $49 million of DMS bookings was the second largest quarter, after last quarter's $61 million, in FICO's history. That means we've booked about $110 million in DMS business in the last two quarters. I'm convinced we're developing software at the same time demand is emerging for analytic-based decisioning software. In our Scores business, we had another good quarter. Scores were up 34% in the quarter versus the prior year. On the B2B side, revenues were up 46% over the prior year. Our B2C revenues were up 11% versus the first quarter of 2019. We continue to see strength throughout the Scores marketplace. We also announced some innovations in our Scores business, the release of the FICO Score 10 Suite. The suite has two new scores. FICO Score 10 relies on credit bureau data and is consistent with previous FICO Score versions that are in the market today. It reflects a normal model development cadence, extending features that were introduced in FICO Score 8 and FICO Score 9. FICO Score 10 is designed to be backward-compatible with previous Score versions. FICO Score 10T incorporates a broader set of credit bureau data, including trended data, which captures unique aspects of the consumer's financial profile over time. While the blueprint design is similar, it uses new characteristics to enhance predictive power. Both FICO Score 10 and FICO Score 10T demonstrate greater predictive power over all previous versions of the FICO Score and were developed on recent data sets. By adopting the FICO Score 10 Suite, a lender can reduce the number of defaults in its portfolio by as much as 10% among newly originated bank cards, 9% among newly originated auto loans compared to using FICO Score 9. The reduction in default is even higher for newly originated mortgage loans at 17% compared to the version of the FICO Score used in that industry. These improvements in predictive power can help lenders safely avoid unexpected credit risk and better control default rates, while making more competitive credit offers to more consumers. We believe this type of innovation, which we've developed with significant feedback from the lending community, will significantly increase performance and allow the industry to expand loans and revenue, while not increasing losses. We will continue to update you on this and other score innovations that we'll announce in the coming months. I'll talk more about how we see the year playing out, but first, I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. FICO's total revenue for the quarter was $299 million dollars, an increase of 14% over the prior year. Breaking that down into our reported segments, our applications revenues were $152 million, up 3% from the same period last year. This increase in revenue was driven by higher professional services revenues as well as higher usage-based software revenues. Software applications bookings for the quarter were $56 million, down 6% from last year. In our Decision Management Software segment, Q1 revenues were $31 million, up 8% over the same period last year. This increase was primarily due to services and usage-based revenues in our Decision Management platform. DMS bookings were $49 million in Q1, up 56% from the previous year, which, as Will pointed out, is the second highest booking quarter in this segment's history at FICO. Finally, our Scores segment revenues were $115 million, up 34% from the same period last year. The B2B portion of our Scores segment was up 46% over the same period last year. And B2C revenues were up 11% -- B2C revenues were up 11% from last year. We had strong volumes throughout the Scores vertical and also signed an annual licensing deal worth several million dollars that was all recognized in the first quarter due to the new ASC 606 accounting rules. In our first quarter, 76% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 16%, and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Looking at our revenue by type for the quarter. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources represented 74% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 15% of total revenues, and software license revenues were 11% of the total. Revenues derived from our cloud-delivered software-as-a-service products were $74 million for the quarter, which included $57 million in transactional software revenues and $17 million in professional services, an increase of 16% from the previous year in total. Bookings for the quarter totaled $112 million, up 5% from last year. These bookings generated $16 million of current period revenue, a 14% yield. SaaS bookings were $37 million for the quarter, down 16% from the previous year. Our operating expenses totaled $247 million in this quarter, up $11 million from the prior quarter; due primarily to expenses associated with FICO World in November and increased personnel costs. We also incurred about $3 million in restructuring costs related to headcount reduction actions taken during the first quarter. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Reg G schedule, was 27% for the quarter. GAAP net income this quarter was $55 million, up 37% from the prior year. Our non-GAAP net income was $54 million for the quarter, up 23% from the same quarter last year. As you will see from our non-GAAP reconciliation, we had a large reduction to income tax expense this quarter of $22 million or $0.73 per share associated with excess tax benefits, resulting from stock-based compensation activities. This left us with an effective tax rate of negative 31%. As we said last quarter, we expect our effective tax rate, inclusive of excess tax benefits, to be around 16% to 17% for the fiscal year. FICO's free cash flow for the quarter was $54 million compared to $42 million in the same period last year. Free cash flow for the trailing four quarters was $248 million. Turning to the balance sheet. At the end of the quarter, we had $111 million in cash. This is up $5 million from last quarter due to cash generated from ops, partially offset by $60 million in share repurchases. Our total debt face value today is at $930 million, including $95 million outstanding on our revolving line of credit. Our debt has a weighted average interest rate of 4.57%. During the quarter, we issued $350 million of callable notes, which will mature in 2028. The fixed rate on those new notes is 4%. Proceeds of the notes were used to repay a portion of the revolving credit facility. We anticipate drawing on the revolving credit facility to pay for the $85 million maturity of senior notes that is coming due in July. And turning to return of capital. We bought back 168,000 shares in the first quarter at an average price of $356 per share. Total cash used for buybacks, as I mentioned, in the quarter, was $60 million. At the end of December quarter, we had about $160 million remaining on the board repurchase authorization. And finally, we are confirming our previously issued full year financial guidance for fiscal 2020. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on FY 2020.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I believe we're well positioned for success as we move into 2020 and beyond. Our Scores business continues to excel, and we work hard to get feedback from lenders and regulators to make sure we provide analytics to protect the safety and soundness of lending decisions. On the software side, we're producing higher bookings and building a backlog of recurring transactional revenue. We continue to look for innovative ways to serve our customers and improve efficiency in our business. We do all of it with an eye toward building shareholder value. I'll now turn the call back over to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we will now take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you very much. [Operator Instructions] One moment please for our first question, and it comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Bill Warmington:
Good evening, everyone.
Will Lansing:
Hey, Bill.
Bill Warmington:
So the first question I wanted to ask was about the strong license revenue on the Scores side of the business. You normally don't see a lot of license revenue in Scores, and just want to ask for some detail on that?
Will Lansing:
Bill, I wouldn't read too, too much into it. It was – we did one larger deal and the way it was structured was as a license, and so we got a disproportionate pop there, but I would not read all too much into that.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then on the Scores business, you guys have talked about special price increases. We've seen a couple over the past two years in mortgage and in auto. Have you guys put through a special price increase in January? And if so, maybe you could talk a little bit about it?
Will Lansing:
Yes, we have. And it's just gone into effect, and so we really haven't had an opportunity to read the results yet.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. Are you feeling good about it so far?
Will Lansing:
Well, I always feel good about our business.
Bill Warmington:
Is it perhaps in the credit card portion of the business?
Will Lansing:
Some credit card is affected, yes.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. Okay. Switching over to the software part of the business. Today, all of your APIs are inward facing, meaning that your internal developers are using those tools to build applications on the DMS platform. Is the plan to make those APIs available externally? And if so, what kind of time frame?
Will Lansing:
Bill, that is a great question. A lot of insight in that question. We very much plan to turn our APIs so that they're outward-facing, eventually. That's probably, realistically, an 18 to 24-month time frame before we can do that. The advantage of it, the strategy behind it is, as you know, we're taking our solutions, which are mostly financial services-oriented, we're getting them onto the platforms that we have multi-tenant, standardized, highly configurable solutions with real returns to scale. When we can turn the APIs outward, a bunch of good things happen. First, we can enlist partners to do customization beyond the API so that it's not our job. It becomes that of VARs and resellers and others who help us to get that done. Second, we'll be able to move into verticals beyond financial services, where we don't have a sales force but where there's an appetite. And I would say that's true for all B2C companies. Any B2C company that wants to get into data-driven decisioning and optimizing their consumer interactions, which tend to benefit from [Technical Difficulty] platform. The outward-facing APIs will let them have vertical custom kinds of solutions based on our platform. But it's very much our strategy. Frankly, it's an inflection point for our software business when we achieve that.
Bill Warmington:
And then I just wanted to ask a question on the SaaS bookings, on the $37 million, that those were down on a year-over-year basis. Is that CCS impact? Or is something else impacting that?
Mike McLaughlin:
Bill, it's Mike. There's nothing particularly noteworthy in terms of where that shortfall is relative to typical bookings pattern. It's a reflection of the fact that bookings are relatively lumpy in our business and this is our seasonally slowest quarter in terms of bookings. As you know, it's typically kind of high-teens to 20% of full year bookings that come in, in the first quarter. So if you combine a relatively lumpy business, i.e., lots of large deals with the smallest sample set being the lowest seasonal quarter, just the chances for an aberration that doesn't have sort of long-term statistical significance is high. And that's how you should think about this. We continue to feel good about how that business is growing in terms of external demand and booking pipeline. So I think it's a -- I think it's just a one-off this quarter.
Bill Warmington:
Yes. And then last question for me, if I could. The FICO 10 and the FICO 10T, your thoughts on when the GSEs are going to actually adopt those?
Will Lansing:
Boy, that's a little hard to say. We certainly expect these courses to be in the consideration set.
Bill Warmington:
All right. Well thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Your line is...
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you, good evening guys. Just to follow-up on the Scores pricing, I know you said some card and you did something in January. But is the mortgage and auto pieces that you did in the prior two years, are those fully cycled through, or is there incremental opportunities there still there?
Will Lansing:
I think you should think of them as being fully cycled through, to use your words. It's been in place for a while now.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. And then just, I guess, on the B2C side, I mean, that was some -- 11% was a pretty good number. Are there -- is it pretty broadly diversified? Or is that your experience in relationship? I was just hoping you could give us some more color on the trends you're seeing there?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes, it's broadly diversified, Manav. There's again, nothing that really sticks its head up as being -- as a single explanation. But it's both our own platform and the third-party relationships we have.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. And then just, Mike, maybe on the margin front, hoping maybe if you could just help us with the moving pieces there like how much of it was maybe the FICO World impact to your point, timing and lumpiness in software, obviously, can be all over the place. How should we think about the progression through the course of the year?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes. So we talked at the end of last quarter about 2020 being a year where we're going to begin to focus on turning the margins more favorable. In this quarter, we took a relatively small restructuring charge associated with headcount reduction. Most of the financial impact of that won't be realized -- financial benefit from that won't be realized until the second quarter and beyond. But we do expect that benefit to materialize. In the first quarter, we also had FICO World and of course that restructuring expense itself. And if you take those out, probably 4% of our expense growth on an OpEx basis was due to those things. And so we're still growing OpEx at a rate that is double-digit, but lower than income -- lower than revenue growth. We expect as the year progresses, as we gain some more efficiencies and focus more on cost that the operating leverage, the difference between revenue growth and expense growth will be greater than that. But you're not seeing much of it yet in the first quarter.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. Got it. Thank you guys.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird. Your line is open.
Jeff Meuler:
Yeah. Thank you. Can you just remind me, it's the company's typical methodology to adjust the full year guidance as warranted past second quarter for special pricing as a bit more time has passed, we shouldn't read anything into just maintaining this guidance in terms of the implementation of how the special pricing as the implementation is going on that front, correct?
Will Lansing:
We don't really have a schedule for adjusting guidance. The guidance that we give at any point in time is our best estimate of where we're going to be. And so the guidance that we have in place is what we believe to be the guidance.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay. And then can you just help me on the application, transaction and maintenance performance in the quarter? It was pretty muted growth, the lowest year-over-year it's been in a while. Just anything about end market transaction activity, timing factors, just any reason why there would be slower growth there?
Will Lansing:
I think that, the best way to think about it is it's by design. We are – if you take a step back and you look at the transition that we're making from license on-premise, software business, which was what we were historically and predominantly, and the transition to our future state of multi-tenant, standardized, configurable platform business, there's an in-between stage. And the in-between stage, which is strategically impure, but important competitively, is to be able to provide our solutions in the cloud, even if they're single tenant hosted, even if they're not the end-state software platform that we'd like them to be. And so we are in a migration pattern here, where three of our top five franchises, we've moved to the platform. Two of our top five have not yet moved to the platform. And yet we're not willing to abandon our customer's needs for having some of those solutions in the cloud. And so what we do is we take that business even though it's lower margin business, because we think it's strategic. We want to keep competitors out. We want to satisfy our customers. But the returns to scale really come when those solutions are fully migrated over to the standardized multi-tenant platform. So, the balance we strike in our software business is that there is more business available in this in between space than we care to do. And so we basically – we basically meet the demand that we think is appropriate to meet our strategic customer needs without overdoing it. And that's really how we think about that, call it, a lower revenue growth rate in the short-term.
Jeff Meuler:
Got it. And then just last, you've had a competitor call out some, I guess, bookings delays in the U.K. just given the macro concerns, Brexit concerns. Just any comment on, if you're seeing something similar or how the U.K. is going for you? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
Not really. Our EMEA business, our U.K. business is fine.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay. Thank you.
Operator:
And the next question comes from the line of Surinder Thind with Jefferies. Your line is open.
Surinder Thind:
Good afternoon. I'd like to start a question about the FICO Score 10 Suite. Can you talk a little bit about the benefit of providing the FICO 10 Score versus the 10T in the sense that at face value, obviously, 10T comes across as a superior score, but then it sounds like FICO 10T was – or FICO 10 was introduced for backwards compatibility? Is that the primary way that clients will be thinking about it? And how should we be thinking about the reason why it's important?
Will Lansing:
Yeah, I think that's – that's a good characterization of the difference. So, we have – the goal is always to have a more predictive score and to help lenders make better decisions. We have a kind of a regular cadence of updating our scores every several years. And so FICO Score 10 is right on-time for the update from FICO 9. It is completely backward-compatible. So it's the same reason codes, and although the weighting of some of the factors is different, it can be used interchangeably in some sense with FICO 9. With FICO 10T, we're using different data sets, the trended data, and we've introduced some additional reason codes. And what that does is it makes it not so backwards-compatible, but it does provide better predictiveness for certain kinds of things. So that's the right way to think about it is backward compatibility versus not.
Surinder Thind:
Understood, and then, from a -- generally, from a client perspective, how much more, I'll say, effort would be involved, in going to FICO 10T? Because, I assume that will become the new paradigm in terms of -- like you wouldn't have another -- let's say the next-generation without a completely different set of FICO Scores. Because I think you'd obviously want to maintain further compatibility from 10T and beyond, I assume. And so...
Will Lansing:
Every lender is different and what you see is different, lenders have different adoption rates for new scores. We still have FICO 9, out there. Obviously, we have FICO 8. We have earlier scores that are still very much in use. And still work just fine. So it's up to the lender to decide at what pace they want to change the scores that they use. Obviously, Fintechs and startups and brand-new customers gravitate to the latest and greatest, which would be 10 and 10T.
Surinder Thind:
That's helpful. And then, touching base on an earlier topic about the software revenues, I think you characterized them as, there's some natural volatility. And this quarter, in particular, tends to be the lightest of here. Can you also talk a little bit about perhaps -- and I just want to verify or at least the color that you were providing around. When we think about software margins for the year, is the goal there to keep them essentially flat year-over-year? Or how should we just think about that versus the overall firm-wide margins?
Will Lansing:
I think flat is safe. We take it as we go here. We're -- right now, we're trying to focus on matching expenses and revenue growth, so that we don't have big changes in margin one way or the other. Maybe we'll do a little better than that, maybe a little bit worse. That depends on kind of how the factors in the year shake out.
Surinder Thind:
And I apologize for -- is that at the firm-wide level or is that at the software level? Sorry.
Mike McLaughlin:
That's at the software level. Obviously, the margins -- the incremental margins in the score is very, very different. And our goal is, in the software business, to as I say start to show some improvement there over time. But this year, as we're kind of turning the steering well a little bit there. As Will said, safe -- flat is safe. And we'd be happy if it's better than that.
Surinder Thind:
Understood, and then one final follow-up question. I think one of the -- I think the more anticipated product launches is going to be the new Falcon suite towards the end of the year. As you roll that product suite out, how should we think about the strategy around that? Is the idea to migrate as many existing users over to that platform? Or is it to let the natural client upgrade cycle run its course. And maybe target as many new users for that platform as possible? And I think you guys were kind of providing some color around that. But any additional color would be helpful. Thank you.
Will Lansing:
Yeah. I would say it's more of the latter. I think that, our customers decide their rate and pace of upgrades. And our software tends to go in and stay in for quite a long time. It has a long shelf life. And so we're not pushing customers to migrate early or quickly. We do it on the pace that they want. If they want to do it right away, great. And if they want to take their time, that's also okay. We -- certainly, for new customers, we're going to be pushing them in the direction of our latest and greatest products.
Surinder Thind:
Okay, that's helpful. And that's it for me. Thank you.
Operator:
And Mr. Weber, there are no further questions, at present time. I'll turn the call back to yourself. Thank you.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining. Good bye.
Operator:
We thank you for your participation. And ask that you please disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded today, Monday, November 4, 2019. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you, Dave. Good afternoon everyone, and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations; and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike McLaughlin. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 4, 2020. And now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thank you, Steve. I'm pleased to report we delivered another very solid quarter, which kept off a remarkable fiscal 2019. In our fourth quarter, we reported revenues of $305 million, an increase of 19% over the same period of last year. For the full fiscal year, we recorded $1.16 billion of revenue, up 16% from 2018. We delivered $55 million of GAAP net income, up 67% and GAAP earnings of $1.80 per share, up 69%. On a non-GAAP basis the $2.01 earnings per share was up 50% from last year and we delivered free cash flow growth as well up 69% from fiscal 2018. I'm particularly pleased with the breadth of strength in our business. Our scores business has been growing very well for the past several years, but we were also able to deliver double-digit growth in our software business this year. We'll have some difficult comps in software next year as we project less upfront license and more ratable revenue, but we're steadily building a growing stream of predictable recurring revenue. In our application segment, we had a particularly strong year with our fraud and compliance solutions with both up double-digit over the previous year. We delivered 8% growth overall in the segment, which had transactional growth of 7%. In our decision management segment, we're validating our strategic vision with financial results. We delivered our largest DMS revenue quarter ever up 41% from last year's fourth quarter and the segment was up 34% for the full year versus fiscal 2018. The bookings were also good. We signed $61 million in new DMS deals this quarter, up 152% from the same quarter last year. For the full year, we signed $157 million of new DMS deals, up 90% versus last year. These solutions are best-in-class or more convinced than ever that there's a significant demand in the marketplace for analytics-driven decisioning software. Overall, our software business performed very well with total annual revenue up 11%. We remain committed to delivering more of our products in the cloud with full year SaaS revenues increasing 12% and SaaS bookings up 24%. In our scores business, we had another very successful year. Scores were up 30% in the quarter versus the prior year and up 25% for the full year. On the B2B side, strong volumes coupled with our strategic pricing drove quarterly revenues up 40% over the prior year. For the full year B2B revenues were up 34%. Our B2C revenues were up 7% versus the Q4 in 2018 and for the full year. We continue to see a positive macro environment for scores. In next year's guidance, which I'll discuss later, we expect the scores business to grow high single-digit, which includes some volume and regular pricing increases, but does not include any strategic pricing increases. We plan to implement some strategic pricing as we've done in the past, but are not including it in our guidance because it's difficult to estimate the timing and magnitude. As we look to 2020, we're excited about the many opportunities ahead for us and how we can refine our business model to deliver an increased operating leverage. Our transition to a platform based cloud first business has involved several years of heavy investment. We developed a goal of having a robust cloud-based decisioning platform that would enable us to dramatically scale our decisioning software business. And we've been able to do that without significant disruption to our income statement as we've shifted from upfront license to ratable cloud revenue. We remain focused on accelerating revenue growth while beginning to increase focus on our software margins. To accomplish this, we're doing two things. First, we're improving our cost structure. As we've grown our cloud business, we're now in a position to look for efficiencies that can be gained from the scale we've reached. We are relentlessly focusing on driving costs out where we can, so that we can improve our margins and still pass savings on to our customers. We'll do this through reducing development costs, increasing standardization and evolving our architecture to make it as efficient as possible. Second, as we've done in the past, we're continually looking at our business and asking ourselves if there are ways to be more efficient and reduce non-essential costs. This re-engineering effort is an essential part of any well run business and it's something we do on a regular basis. The cost savings can either be pass-through to the bottom line or fund important investments in other parts of the company. As always, we strive to be good stewards of these assets and see great opportunities ahead. I'll talk more about our outlook for 2020, but first let me turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike McLaughlin:
Thanks Will and good afternoon everyone. As Will said, we had a solid finish to another terrific year exceeding both our revenue and net income guidance. Revenue for the quarter was $305 million, an increase of 19% over the prior year. Our full year revenue of $1.16 billion was up 16% over last year. Bringing out revenue into our reported segments, applications revenues were $150 million, up 8% versus the same period last year; full year revenues for applications were $605 million, up 7% from last year. The increase in full year revenue was driven by higher usage based volumes and increased term license sales, which included two large multi-year license renewals that were recognized as upfront revenue. In our Decision Management Software, or DMS segment, Q4 revenues were $39 million, up 40% over the same period last year. Full year DMS revenues were $134 million, up 34% from FY 2018. This revenue increase was due to limited – due to increased license and services sales as well as increased volumes and our usage based contracts. And as Will pointed out, DMS bookings were $61 million this quarter, up 152% from the previous year. Finally, our scores segment revenues were $116 million, up 30% from the same period last year, B2B was up 40% over the same period last year and B2C revenues were up 7% from the same period last year. For the full year, scores revenues were $421 million, up 25% from last year. In terms of geographic distribution, this quarter’s 75% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 17% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 74% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 16% of total revenue and license revenues were 10% of total revenue. SaaS revenues were $270 million for the year, up 12% from 2018. The fourth quarter is typically FICO’s strongest bookings quarter and this year was exceptionally strong. We had record bookings in Q4 of $160 million, up 20% from the previous year. Those bookings generated $25 million of current period revenues, a 15% yield. Full year bookings of $482 million, represents a 10% increase from last year. SaaS bookings were $189 million for the year, up 24% from 2018. As we mentioned last quarter, we were previously running behind our expectations for full year bookings, but we managed to catch up this quarter and finish the year as expected. The back end loading of the bookings will have a timing impact on some revenues as they often take a few quarters for our solutions to go live. Bookings at FICO continue to be highly variable from quarter-to-quarter and they historically have some seasonality. We expect to see good growth in bookings for the full year of 2020, but consistent with typical seasonality, we expect Q1 2020 bookings to be down from Q4 2019. On the expense side of the ledger, our expenses totaled $235 million this quarter, up $7 million from the prior quarter, due to increased personnel costs, data center costs and marketing expense. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Reg G schedule, was 30% for both the quarter and the full year. We delivered non-GAAP margin expansion of 400 basis points for the full fiscal year. Working down the income statement to net income and taxes, GAAP net income for the quarter was $55 million, up 67% from the prior year. Our non-GAAP net income was $61 million for the quarter, up 48% from the same quarter last year. For the full year GAAP net income was $192 million, including $31 million in reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits. Non-GAAP net income was $228 million, up 33% from the prior year. The effective tax rate for full year 2019 was 11% including $31 million of reduced tax expense from excess tax benefits recognized upon the settlement or exercise of stock awards. We expect our 2020 recurring tax rate to be approximately 26% to 27% compared with 26% in FY 2019 and that's before an estimated excess tax benefit of about $25 million. The resulting net effective tax rate is estimated to be about 16% to 17% all in. Free cash flow for the quarter was $90 million compared to $53 million in the same period last year. For the full year, free cash flow was $236 million, up 23% from last year's $192 million. As you can see in our prior quarter results, FICO's quarterly free cash flow can vary considerably and has some seasonality primarily as a result of timing of receipts as well as payment of year end incentive compensation. Turning to the balance sheet, at the end of the quarter we had $106 million in cash. This is up $28 million from last quarter due to cash generated from operations, partially offset by 50 million of share repurchases. Our total debt now stands at $830 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.5%. Turning to return of capital, we bought back 146,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $343 per share. For fiscal 2019 we repurchased a total of 926,000 shares at an average price of $247 per share for a total of $229 million spent. At the end of September, we had about $220 million remaining on our current repurchase authorization. Finally, before I turn the mike back over to Will, I would like to remind everyone of FICO's capital allocation and return of capital philosophy, and provide guidance for the year. Our capital allocation principles are simple. Maintain a lean cash balance, carry a prudent amount of debt, investment opportunities that we believe will deliver returns well in excess of our cost of capital and return the remaining dollars to shareholders through stock buybacks. Put simply, we strive to run a tight ship and use all the cash that we don't need to buy our own stock. Looking into FY 2020, we believe our cash balance is at an acceptable level and we are comfortable with our current debt balance. Therefore, barring any spending on M&A you should expect us to use approximately 100% of our free cash flow to buy back stock. Of course, the actual amount we spend on buybacks in any given quarter may go up or down based upon free cash flow generation, opportunities that may arise for M&A and overall market conditions. That over the course of the year we plan to spend essentially all of our free cash flow that we don't use on M&A on buying back our stock. Importantly, the share count underlying our EPS guidance, which we'll go through in a moment is based upon the assumption that we buy back stock in equal amounts each quarter at an average price equal to today's stock price. Our actual share count will inevitable vary from what we are assuming today due to movements in the stock price, actual stock based compensation grants, and other factors. But we wanted to lay out clearly the assumptions behind our EPS calculation. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on FY 2020.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Mike. We're speaking to you today from FICO World, which is our Global Decisioning Conference held this week in New York. More than a thousand professionals are here with us from 60 countries to discuss decision management innovations, artificial intelligence, machine learning, analytic innovation, fraud solutions, cyber risk and growth strategies. This sold-out event is an invaluable chance for us to meet with our customers to demonstrate our best-in-class solutions and help them optimize and automate their most difficult decisions. As we move into fiscal 2020, I'm pleased with the progress we've made and excited for what lies ahead. The investments we've been making on the software side have been leading to growth in bookings and recurring sustainable revenue. On the Scores side, the business is stronger than ever and we continue to drive value out of these incredible assets. With all of this in mind, we are providing the following guidance for fiscal 2020. We are guiding revenues of approximately $1.245 billion, an increase of about 7% versus fiscal 2019. We are guiding GAAP net income of approximately $204 million, up 6% versus 2019. GAAP earnings per share of approximately $6.75, non-GAAP net income of $251 million and non-GAAP earnings per share of $8.30. I'll now turn the call back over to Steve, who will take Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks Will. This concludes our prepared remarks. And we're now ready for your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Your line is open.
Manav Patnaik:
Good evening guys. Just the first question, Will, I think in your comments you mentioned that the 2020 guidance assumes high single-digit for Scores. I was wondering if you could just give us some color on the software piece of it. And Mike, you talked about the seasonality on the bookings side, if you could just elaborate on that a little bit?
Will Lansing:
Yes, I'll make a comment and turn it over to Mike. We see high single-digit for Scores, that's right, and then software will be a little below that and that's mostly because of some revenue recurrent – some revenue that was – that we were forced to take upfront license revenue in 2019, which is going to result in difficult comps for next year. So if you normalize all that, we're headed for a software growth on the order of 7% which is completely consistent with what we actually grew.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes, and I'd add if you want to think about the breakout between the projected Scores growth and software growth overall 7%, software growth is probably about 0.5% less than that, that's more precise than it will end up being of course and Scores growth is probably 1% higher than the average of the two.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay, got it. And then just from the cloud perspective, maybe I missed it, can you just remind us the percentage of your business on the growth rate and just a quick comment on the roll-out of Falcon on the cloud as well?
Will Lansing:
Sorry, could you repeat the question? I didn't quite get the first one.
Manav Patnaik:
The percentage of your revenues that are now on the cloud and what that's growing at?
Will Lansing:
Well, we have $270 million of SaaS revenue which is equivalent to – which is equivalent to cloud and you can do the percentage yourself. It's growing at in the teens to low-20s percentages quarter-to-quarter. And we expect that to continue to grow as strategically we shift clients to the platform that we're building.
Mike McLaughlin:
And then your question on Falcon X, Falcon X is on track. So we actually have Falcon available in the cloud now, but in terms of getting Falcon onto the platform, what we call Falcon X, that's going to take until – well into 2020. I mean we launched it earlier, but the full robust Falcon X will be later on.
Manav Patnaik:
All right, thanks a lot guys.
Will Lansing:
Thank you.
Operator:
Next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Bill Warmington:
So good evening everyone.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Bill.
Bill Warmington:
And congratulations on the strong bookings at a $160 million, I think the previous high was a couple of years ago at $146 million, at least that's what I'm showing. So, I had a, a question for you on the deal distribution. It looked like another record point was the 25 deals between $1 million and $3 million and I wanted to know if you could talk a little bit about what verticals you're seeing success in? And how the – what changes you've made to the sales force configuration if any that are driving deals in that segment of the market which seems to be emerging as your sweet spot?
Will Lansing:
So, we are – first verticals. So it's still predominantly financial services as it has always been, but we're getting increasing success in Telco and Auto. And so we continue to work deals there. In terms of the sales force configuration, we are adding domain expertise for some of these non-financial services, verticals. So we have a Telco Group now, we have an Auto Group, and so we're going at it that way.
Mike McLaughlin:
And Bill, this is Mike, I can give you the specific deal size numbers for this quarter, it happened to be 33 deals over $1 million and nine of which of those were over $3 million. And I'll circle back and answer Manav's question about the seasonality of the bookings, I neglected to do so earlier. If you look at quarterly booking trends for the last couple of years, you will see that typically sort of high teens to 20% of the bookings occur in the first quarter and then ramps throughout the year to be almost 30% in the fourth quarter again typically. Bookings are variable for FICO as you know. So we're not making a specific prediction about what they'll be in the first quarter. But seasonally we would expect them to taper off as usual.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then on the software margins, the fiscal 2020 guidance would imply another heavy year of investment in the software business, although this is the first time in a while I've heard you talk about putting on some cost efficiencies and focusing increasingly on cost on the software margin side. So is 2020 potentially the year that we see the growth in the expenses in the software business start to slow and or is that more probably a 2021 event?
Will Lansing:
I think that we have an effort in that direction but 2021 is a safer bet. The way we think about that one is we have – as we do more and more cloud offering, that carries with it higher cost. And so that's a thing to work against, but the flip side of that is, as we have more scale in cloud, our unit costs go down. And so we're busy trying to identify where there – were in our cloud infrastructure there is savings to be had, that come from scale. And so the two offset each other a little bit, it’s another year of investment, that's true, but at the same time, we're trying to manage expenses as tightly as we can, because we love to see either additional cash freed up for investment or returned to shareholders. So we'll see how this effort goes. But we're focused on it without making a commitment to changing the margins.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then I wanted to check in on the CCS business, I know a few quarters back there have been a couple of clients who had left. And then some of the client had come back and you had referenced some strong unit volumes in the quarter. And so I – that often ties with CCS, but not necessarily. So I just wanted to ask for some color there.
Will Lansing:
CCS is business as usual. It's where – it's a healthy business, we did lose some business, more commodity like business recently. But the business is generally strong.
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes, in terms of the growth that we're projecting, as you would expect, DMS should continue to grow at much higher rates than the projected average and apps will go back down to a more normalized rate of low single-digit growth as we move clients onto the platform for strategic reasons. Within that, there is nothing that really stands out at least to me in terms of puts and takes around the product family that we expect to be any different that the past.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. Well, last one from me. If I could just ask for an update on the UltraFICO Score, how that's doing? Thanks.
Will Lansing:
Yes, the UltraFICO is – it's in test, it's in pilot with customers and we'll see where it goes. Our plan is to get to kind of a more full-scale launch later in the year. It's still on track. So far, early returns are happy with the results and we're seeing – we're seeing improvements in our ability to predict.
Bill Warmington:
Thank you very much.
Will Lansing:
Thank you, Bill.
Operator:
Next question comes from Brett Huff with Stephens. Your line is open.
Brett Huff:
Good afternoon, guys. Thanks for taking the questions. Can you talk a little bit about – in the guidance, you noted that there I think, correct me if I'm wrong that you're assuming volume increases and then sort of the normal price increases that you rolled through most years but not including any of the strategic or special price increases. Two parts, one, can you tell us how the auto price increases are going? I know you used the word feather in to kind of talk about those. Did that – did they feather in more this quarter, is that why we saw the acceleration in B2B, kind of where are we in that penetration or whatever you want to call it. And then as we look into next year or look into fiscal 2020, is there a specific vertical within the Scoring business that you're going to focus on? I think there's maybe talked about card and things like that?
Will Lansing:
So with auto, it's gone very smoothly and not surprisingly because, we spent a lot of time thinking about where and how to strategically reprice, I would say that the impact is not fully felt by any means, we're just starting to see it come in. So again we're still not certain on the timing, but it is not reflected in the current numbers. With respect to other strategic areas, if you look at our Scores business, we have mortgage, we have auto and then almost everything else is in one way or another credit card related, we have account management and pre-screening and pre-qual. It's quite a large portfolio of different kinds of things. And so it's not as simple as just saying, oh we raised prices in X, it's definitely a case of us being very surgical in our approach and identifying pockets in that portfolio that can – that are basically demanded in the last that can handle a little bit more price. And so it's not as easy to describe this time around, but the potential is very much there.
Brett Huff:
Okay, thanks. And then can you talk a little bit about the homogenization of the platform? I think one example that you gave is that the FICO or the Falcon X is in the cloud, I think on AWS, but maybe not fully on your common platform yet. Is that – where are we in sort of moving everything to that common platform I think using kind of the underlying DMS infrastructure?
Will Lansing:
Yes, great question. As you know we have half a dozen major franchises and three of them are moved to the platform. So, origination is now on the platform and Strategy Director, which is the successor to TRIAD, is now on the platform. Blaze, our rules engine is now on the platform. So a number of our major solutions are there. The harder ones are Falcon and Debt Manager, Collections and Recovery and to a lesser extent CCS. And so, we're – Falcon is definitely the highest priority and we have a very strong team, large team working on moving Falcon from just being in the cloud to our cloud ready Falcon X platform based product. CCS is not as far along, but the interconnections with the platform are there. And so, that's less visible. And Debt Manager is a very complex code base. And so, it may remain a separate platform. We may find a way to bring it together. We will make it interoperable one way or another, but that's still under review. So I can't promise that we'll have 100% of our major solutions on the platform in 12 months, but we're almost there.
Brett Huff:
So that was going to be kind of my follow up question on that one on the timing. I mean the question was asked before “safer bet” to think about fiscal 2021 as margin improvement. Is that tied to the comment you just made? You don't want to promise 12 months, but maybe a little bit beyond that. Are those – am I putting the dots together there correctly?
Will Lansing:
Yes, I mean there's no question that when has more of our business on the platform; the economics are going to improve that. That's the whole idea here. And frankly, it should go along with being able to pass some savings through to customers. I mean, when we have – the platform in its full form, the economics should be good for us and good for our customers.
Brett Huff:
Great. That's all I had. I appreciate the time.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Next question comes from the line of Jeff Meuler with Baird. Your line is open.
Jeff Meuler:
Yes, thank you. In terms of what's assumed in the scores revenue guidance, is it basically the typical mid single-digit volume growth that you assume? And then you have the auto pricing effect, especially in Q1 until it’s anniversaried? Or just any other callouts and I guess the other piece I'd be wondering on is if there's a mortgage market assumption?
Will Lansing:
Yes, it is the kind of standard price increases. And no, it does not include auto. The auto was – we did auto last year.
Jeff Meuler:
Right, I guess, what I'm wondering is did you assume kind of the mid single-digit volume growth plus you have the benefit from auto that you haven't yet anniversaried, so you'll get outsized growth there in Q1? Or are you assuming high single-digit because of something related to the mortgage end market assumption, just given that mortgage has been stronger recently?
Will Lansing:
Mike?
Mike McLaughlin:
Yes, I can that. We have seen some strength in mortgage origination scores consistent with what you can see in external data from the MBA and otherwise, but that's not directly reflected in the guidance in the scores segment. It really is, as you described, low single-digit volume increases across the board, cost of living type price increases across the portfolio, and really nothing specifically in there for any kind of lingering effects of past price increases.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay. And then I guess that it's not baked into the guidance, but it sounds like you're planning some additional special pricing adjustments. Just order of magnitude do they have the potential this next round to have a similar impact on your revenue as the auto pricing or the mortgage pricing, just any rough sizing?
Will Lansing:
Yes, as you know, we won't commit to rough sizing, but they do have the potential. I would say the potential is certainly there.
Jeff Meuler:
Okay. Thank you. Have a good conference.
Will Lansing:
Thank you.
Operator:
And that does conclude the Q&A session of the call for today. Gentlemen, I'll turn it back to yourselves. Please continue. Thank you.
Will Lansing:
Thank you. Thank you to everyone for joining, and that concludes today's call. We look forward to talking with you again. Thank you.
Operator:
And that does conclude the call for today. We thank you very much for your participation. I ask that you please disconnect.
Operator:
Greetings, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. And during the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded today Wednesday, July 31, 2019. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber, VP, Investor Relations and Treasurer. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO’s third quarter earnings call. I’m Steve Weber, and I’m joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and the Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and the Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through July 31, 2020. And with that, I’ll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. Thank you, everyone for joining us on our third quarter earnings call. I’m pleased to report we delivered a record quarter with some remarkable results. We recorded our highest revenue quarter ever at $314 million, up 23% over last year. It was a good quarter for license sales but notably, it was also very good quarter for recurring revenue. All three segments drove double-digit recurring revenue growth, and total company recurring revenue was up 18% over last year. We continue to see the benefits of our business model shift to the cloud. We had another good bookings quarter at $109 million with many being recurring revenue deals. Year-to-date, our recurring revenue bookings are up 18%. We delivered $64 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $2.12 per share up 116% and 122% respectively. We delivered $76 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $2.50. Perhaps most impressive this quarter was the strength of results across our entire portfolio. In Applications, revenues were up 19% over the prior year. Much of this is due to some term license renewals. We also drove double digit growth in transactional volumes. This of course is key to our cloud strategy is our customers use our products across larger portions of their enterprise, we can drive sustainable recurring revenue growth. We had a particularly strong quarter in our banking fraud solutions business where we closed some large renewals and also signed some sizable new deals. We also had a good quarter in our customer communication solutions where we had nice transactional volume growth. In our Decision Management Software segment, we are seeing significant growth in both bookings and revenue. DMS revenues were record $33 million led by sales of our decisioning platform and Blaze. We also had $37 million of new DMS bookings, a record quarter and up 35% from the previous year. We signed a number of decision management platform deals steadily gaining more traction. Throughout our software business, we are selling more cloud deals. They accounted for more than 40% of our total bookings this quarter. In the Scores business, we had another record quarter at $115 million of revenue with both volumes and unit pricing up over last year. B2C revenues were up 8% this quarter and our B2B revenues were up 36% over the same period last year. The B2B growth was driven by increased originations and account management volumes as well as the continuing impact of the pricing initiatives we discussed last quarter. We see strength throughout the various verticals and life cycles in the Scores segment and expected to continue to perform well. We are also making progress on data decision cloud partnership with Equifax that we announced back in March. Our teams are working together to bring three products to market. First, connected platform integrating our decision management solution with Equifax as extensive data. Second, our suite of AML and KYC technology. We’ll use Equifax’ differentiated data to offer a full-service, best-in-class compliance offering. And third, Prescreen Central integrates FICO’s Marketing Solutions products with Equifax’ consumer data to deliver a direct marketing solution. We’ll keep you posted on the progress we’re making with this exciting partnership. Finally, we continue to deploy significant resources to our share repurchase program. In the third quarter, we spent $59 million and another $20 million in July for a total so far this fiscal year of $199 million. We exhausted the 2018 Board authorization and today we announced a new $250 million share repurchase authorization. I’ll share some summary thoughts later, but now I’d like to turn the call over to Mike to take you through our financial results.
Mike Pung:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I’ll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $314 million of revenue, an increase of $59 million or 23% year-over-year. Recurring revenue was $226 million, up 18% from last year. Second, we delivered $64 million of GAAP net income, which is up 116% year-over-year. And finally, we had $61 million of free cash flow this quarter, and we spent $59 million of it on share repurchases. I’ll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three segments. Starting with Applications, where revenues were $166 million or up 19% versus the same period last year. We had a particularly strong quarter in fraud, which was up 80% in part due to some term license renewals. We also had a good quarter in our CCS business, which was up 13% compared to last year. And we also saw strong volumes throughout the portfolio with recurring revenues up 10%. We had another good quarter in our Decision Management Software segment, where revenues were at $33 million, up 31% versus the prior year, with strong platform and Blaze sales. Recurring revenue in DMS were up 14% from the previous year. Bookings were a record $37 million or up 35% from last year. And finally, of course, in our Scores segment, revenues were a record $115 million, up 27% from the same period last year and 10% over last quarter. On the B2B side, we are up 36% versus the same period a year ago, and B2C revenues were up 8% from the same quarter last year. Looking at revenue by region. This quarter 72% of total revenues were derived from the Americas. The EMEA region generated 21% and the remaining 7% was Asia Pacific. Recurring revenue derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 72% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 14% of total revenue and license revenues were 14% of total revenue. Cloud revenues were $69 million this quarter, up 19% from last year. Bookings this quarter were $109 million, down about 9% from the prior year. We generated $16 million of current period revenues on those bookings for a yield of 15%, and the weighted average term of our bookings was 38 months this quarter. We had 19 deals over $1 million, four of which were over $300 million. Cloud bookings were $46 million this quarter and $119 million year-to-date, which is up 24% from last year. While we are pleased with the sixth straight quarter above $100 million in bookings. Year-to-date, we are still facing below our expectations, which is important as bookings generate future revenue. Operating expenses totaled $229 million this quarter compared to $230 million in the second quarter. We expect to maintain a similar run rate in the fourth quarter, while actively investing our resources in our highest strategic priorities. Our non-GAAP operating margin, as shown in our Reg G schedule was 34% for the quarter and 29% year-to-date. We expect the full year operating margin to be around that 29%. GAAP net income this quarter was $64 million or $2.12 a share and non-GAAP net income was $76 million or $2.50 a share, and the effective tax rate was about 18% for the quarter. We expect our annual tax rate to be about 14%. The free cash flow for the quarter was $61 million versus $72 million in the prior year. And for the trailing 12 months, our free cash flow was around $200 million. Now turning to the balance sheet, we had $79 million of cash at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $828 million with a weighted average interest rate of about 4.7%. The ratio of our total debt – net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is down to 2.3 times, which is well below our covenant level of three times During the quarter, we returned $59 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 205,000 shares at an average price of about $289 a share. We also purchased an additional 20 million in July, which exhausted the Board authorization from last year. We have repurchased more than 840,000 shares this fiscal year at an average price of $237. We announced earlier today, the Board has approved a new $250 million authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. And we also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. Now with one quarter remaining in our fiscal year, we are reconfirming our guidance that we updated last quarter, with revenue of $1.14 billion, GAAP net income of $173 million and GAAP EPS of $5.75. Of course non-GAAP net income is $214 million and non-GAAP EPS is $7.12. Finally, as you know, this is my 60th and last official earnings call. For those of you on the call that cover FICO, I’ve appreciated the time we spent discussing our company and getting to know each of you on a personal level. I’d also like to give my heartfelt thanks to all the members of our finance team, your hard work, dedication and commitment to operate with the highest standards has given me confidence in reporting our results over the years. And finally, I’d like to thank our investors for the trust and faith you have placed in me as a steward of these amazing assets. With that, I’ll turn the call back over to Will for some final comments.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. Next quarter, we’ll talk about our expectations for 2020. But for now, I’d like to review what we’ve been able to accomplish in 2019. In Scores, we continue to find new ways to extend the analytics in both the B2B and B2C markets, and we are working hard to make sure pricing is appropriate, given the massive value that the FICO Score adds in the financial markets. On the Software side, we are steadily growing our cloud business and our products are well positioned to serve customers looking to use analytics to make better decisions. As I’ve often said, these are exciting times at FICO, we have a very strong team helping our customers solve their most difficult problems and we continue to develop and market world-class technology you put advanced analytics into production to make better decisions. Finally, I would like to thank Mike, who is retiring after nearly 15 years with FICO, the last nine as Chief Financial Officer. During his career, FICO revenues grew from around $600 million in fiscal 2010 to this year’s guided $1.1 billion. Mike oversaw an ambitious long-term stock buyback program that increased value for shareholders, while enabling FICO to advance its innovations and analytics and solution development. Mike has been a great CFO. He distinguished himself with the Board and with our investors and guided us through the last recession, driving critical resource allocation decisions that gave FICO the runway to invest again in new products and services. We thank him and wish him well. I’d also like to welcome Mike McLaughlin to FICO as our new CFO. Mike will be joining us from Morgan Stanley, where he was a Managing Director and Head of Technology Corporate Finance. He brings us a wealth of leadership experience in both financial services and technology. He’d be starting next week and looks forward to meeting with many of you in the coming months. I’ll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we are ready now to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you very much. [Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays. Your line is over.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you, good evening. And firstly congratulations and a big thank you to Mike as well. If I could just start with the bookings comments that you made about it being below expectations. And I was just wondering if you could help give a little bit more color on maybe how much below and why you think it is below the expectation?
Mike Pung:
I guess I would say, I wouldn’t put too much stock in it, that number does move around, how it is when deals push at the end of the quarter. We’ve pretty consistently shared with you that we don’t do unnatural acts to close deals at the end of the quarter. And so while we have an internal budget that has numbers for each quarter. I wouldn’t read too much into it.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. And then maybe along the same lines, like you obviously had a pretty good quarter, and I guess I just wanted to get some sense on maybe why there wasn’t a guidance raise involved in there with only a quarter to go, presumably there’s enough visibility there?
Will Lansing:
That cuts both ways. Yes, there’s enough visibility, but at the same time, we’re one quarter away from closing out the year. I’m not sure what the point would be in raising guidance at this point.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. And then maybe just one last one from me. We obviously heard Equifax talk about these products that you guys are putting out together. Just can you just help us with a little bit on, is it a revenue share model or who is going to do most of the heavy lifting on the sales front? Any other color there, please.
Will Lansing:
Sure. I mean it is a rev share model. We're in it together. We're trying to market the solution as a joint solution and make it easier for the customer to get the end-to-end solution on offer. The sales effort is on both sides, and it depends on who has which relationships and which product that – product and service we're working with. So I think that varies.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay, got it. Thank you guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Bill Warmington :
Good afternoon everyone.
Will Lansing:
Hi Bill.
Mike Pung:
Hi Bill.
Bill Warmington :
So the Scores revenue looked particularly strong this quarter accelerating from last quarter accelerating from last quarter. Is there any reason why that Scores volume should decline next quarter? It seems like it's pretty much a stairstep in terms of the price increases coming on.
Will Lansing:
Well Bill, so this quarter, we saw some of the additional feathering in of our auto scores that we described in the last call. We also saw a couple of residual customers start to roll in on the mortgage increase we did just over a year ago. And so beyond that, we had small audit settlement that's one-timer that was in these numbers. From time to time, we have global FICO Score deals that are license oriented, and we had a little bit of that this quarter. Those come and go on a variety of basis. And we saw volume increases in the mid-single-digit range and in a couple of cases on the origination side a little bit better than that. So with all that as a background, the revenue model could grow, assuming volumes continue to grow strongly over where it was last year in the fourth quarter, and that's probably the biggest variable that's uncertain at this point is how much of the volumes will look like in our fourth quarter and whether we have any other kind of onetimers that come along.
Bill Warmington :
Okay. So now CCS, there've been some client departures last quarter, but this quarter, you guys signaled that one out as being particularly strong performance. I just wanted to ask about how that business was doing and what had happened with those clients who had left and whether you've been able to get new clients to replace them, just a little color on that.
Will Lansing:
Yes, I'd say that we have business coming and business going. Some of the business goes when big banks decide that they're going to try to achieve the same thing that our CCS offering does on their own by putting together with a fair bit of systems integration on their side the components of it. And while we have very large banks who are happy with CCS, there's also the ones that used to do it alone. We are adding business. We're adding business in Asia. We're adding business around the world, and so we're still very happy with the business.
Bill Warmington :
So I noticed that the average term of the bookings this quarter went up to 38 months, and maybe you could talk a little bit about that occurrence. Is that a one-off event in terms of some of the deals that you signed? Or maybe you can give us a little quarter color on what's behind that increase.
Will Lansing:
It's been trending upward for years, and I think it's a reflection of the fact that the solutions that we're putting in place are more complex, more comprehensive and once installed, the customer has a desire to lock down longer term. And so we're seeing some of that. We don't have tremendous financial incentives for our salespeople to go push long terms. We really want to do just what the customer wants. And so I would say that the term length is really dictated by the customer, and I think it's largely because they put and our solutions, and they're not quick to take them up, and they feel more comfortable signing up the bigger deal.
Bill Warmington :
And how's the rollout of Falcon X doing?
Will Lansing:
It's rolling. We're excited about the prospects we're getting in onto the marketplace. The early reception to what's coming has been extremely positive, and so we think we have the right – we have the right solution coming at the right time. We have a lot of people working on it right now.
Bill Warmington :
And then the last question for me is on the UltraFICO Score. Experian has been running ads on their Boost product. I want to know it's actually generating revenue for yet? Or is it still pre-revenue?
Will Lansing:
With Boost, we actually participate in that. With UltraFICO not generating revenue, yes, we're in test mode still.
Bill Warmington :
Got it. Before I go, I just wanted to say congratulations to Mike on a great run and happy trails.
Mike Pung:
Thanks, Bill. We'll come out and see you sometime.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Bill.
Bill Warmington :
Pleased to do.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens. Your line is open
Brett Huff:
Hey guys, congrats on a nice quarter and thanks for the detail as always. And Mike sorry to see you go, but I hope things go well in the next chapter.
Mike Pung:
I appreciate that Brad.
Brett Huff:
Well thanks for taking the questions as always. Can you guys – you guys talked a little bit about some of the SaaS products that you're developing and I know that we're midstream on those. Can you give us – I don't know if you mentioned TRIAD or the next-gen product that TRIAD is. I think it's a customer director if I'm remembering it right. Any update on how that's coming along?
Will Lansing:
Yes. Yes, it's actually called Strategy Director, which is the successor to TRIAD. Customer Management is what it does. It's going really well so there's absolutely uptake the market for it. And for us, Strategy Director is a lot of the TRIAD functionality but ported over to our Decision Management Platform business, and that's becoming increasingly important for us. I mean we're really focused on how to resolve our customers' needs with our platform solution. And although we still sell some things that are not on the platform, increasingly, the solutions are on the platform. And so Originations is on the platform, Strategy Director is now on the platform, Falcon X will be in the platform. And so this idea of getting to a unified kind of single code based platform with tremendous ease of use and ability to manipulate data across for different purposes, it's coming together very nicely. But with respect to Strategy Director, in particular, we're doing very well or selling it, and we're happy with it.
Brett Huff:
That's a nice segue to my next question. I know a lot of folks look at your business and think there is sort of margin in there to be realized over time. I know you're investing kind of in demand that you really see coming over the hill. Just kind of – you're mentioning sort of centralizing on a more common platform raises that question, maybe highlights that possibility for showing some more margin over time. Is that how we should think about? Is that sort of a gross margin focus once you get everything centralized? And how do you think about the tenor of that?
Will Lansing:
Yes, I would say that's a very astute question because that really is how you should think about it. Today, we have really broad portfolio software solutions with a lot of customization, and it's expensive – not expensive but it takes a lot of PS resources to install and to customize to our customers' satisfaction. And with the platform, that's going to be simplified. With the platform, there will be a lot much higher level of configuration, there will be returns to scale for us and there will be benefits for the customer from total cost of ownership. So as more and more of our new business winds up on the platform, yes, I think it's reasonable to expect that margins will go up. That's not guidance for next year, but that's just a reality that's in the economics of getting to a platform business.
Brett Huff:
That’s helpful. And then can you just remind us your view on total Scores through the cycle? If I recall I think it went from maybe $8 billion, or now at $11 billion, something like that. Is your sense – first, remind us if that's right. And then the second is we get a lot of questions, is the FICO Score less cyclical now than it was before? I think the answer is yes, but kind of give us your view on that and how – I won't say revenues will go for Scoring, but how the durability of the score usage might be this time around if we have a recession.
Will Lansing:
Sure. So the low point was right after the 2008 reset and we were about $9 billion scores then. The high point was 13.5 billion right before that. Today, we have not yet hit that $13.5 billion…
Mike Pung:
$14.5 billion
Will Lansing:
I'm sorry $14.5 billion today, so we've just surpassed that level. But the more important part of your question is right, which is how sensitive are we to economic cycles and what happens in the future? And I would say that we have a lot more scores than we used to have. I mean we have more breadth there. We're starting to sell scores internationally and so there's a little bit of high diversification there, and we have more flexibility in what we charge. So I think that the – well, obviously, we're not immune, we would suffer with volumes declining. I don't think it would be anything like what it once was.
Brett Huff:
Okay. And then last question from me, when we think about DMS and I think about Big Data and analytics. I think the Equifax partnership looks great. But it seems to me that DMS and Big Data are going to be, I'm not sure, is there a killer app for Big Data out there. I know you kind of had killer apps in Falcon and TRIAD, I know those are all kind of based on the same thing. But are you seeing emerging a use case that that we're not seeing yet that you're getting more excited about that might power more consistent DMS growth?
Will Lansing:
We definitely expect more consistent DMS growth and a lot more of it. I'm not sure that I would call it a single use case except it's a very high level. I think that the use case is digital transformation. I think what we have is a situation where financial services has run 7%, 8% of GDP for quite a long time. And over the coming 10 years, it will probably get cut into half as those products and services are provided through automation, through using lower cost means. And I think that our Decision Management Platform is aimed at providing data-driven decisioning to power those kinds of decisions. So I would say that as banks continue on their journey to – their digital transformation journey, as they continue to try to look at disparate data to have a more comprehensive view of a customer, the 360-degree view of the customer. As they seek to understand the customer journey better, all those things speak to the value of our Decision Management Platform as a solution. I don't think it's a single use case, I mean I think historically banks have had a need for a single use, for Originations for some area, for collections and recovery for some area, for fraud for some area. I think increasingly, we're going to see the lines blur there and banks will be seeking more comprehensive solutions, but the likes of which we have in decision management suite.
Brett Huff:
Great. Thanks for taking my questions and good luck, again, Mike.
Operator:
Next question comes from the line of Adam Klauber with William Blair. Your line is open.
Adam Klauber:
Good afternoon. Thanks. As far as price increases, you obviously got mortgage, auto. How is the dialogue now in credit cards? And if you could give us an idea, do you think that's likely or unlikely?
Mike Pung:
I think that all the scores beyond mortgage and auto is a bigger and more disparate group of scores, and so there is not a simple answer to that. I think that we always evaluate where there's opportunities. And it's not as clean as saying well here's the next thing that we're going to go do. But I think you can expect that we'll systematically look for opportunities.
Adam Klauber:
Okay. And then on the Scores, what do you think is going to drive B2C revenues going forward – revenue growth going forward. Still growing at a decent pace, but somewhat slower than it was in the last year or two?
Will Lansing:
I would say, more of the same. It'll be some time before ultra FICO and things like that really make an impact. The volumes were more of a lagging indicator than a leading indicator. And so the volumes, you have greater visibility into what the volumes are likely to be than I would say we do, because we follow interest rates. So I think your guess is as good as ours on where it goes. We feel pretty good about things. But I think you should consult your own crystal ball.
Adam Klauber:
Sure. Okay. And then as far as Falcon, I know you've had some sales internationally, I think South America. How is the pipeline for future Falcon sales?
Will Lansing:
Strong and South America has been really strong.
Adam Klauber:
Okay. Is that…
Mike Pung:
Adam some of our biggest deals this quarter were Falcon and Falcon in the cloud. Two of our top 10, as an example, were deals that we signed down in Latin America in the last three months that were tied to Falcon. So despite the fact that we have a pretty big installed base, there are pockets of opportunity especially with the cloud that are coming along.
Adam Klauber:
Okay. Thanks a lot guys.
Operator:
And gentlemen, there are no further questions at this time. I'll turn the call back to yourselves. Please continue with your presentation or closing remarks.
Will Lansing:
Thank you very much. That concludes today's call . Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
And that does conclude the call for today. We thank you for your participation. And I ask you please disconnect your line.
Operator:
Greetings and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded. It's Tuesday, April 30th, 2019. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you, Eric. Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO's second quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and the Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measure to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and the Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 30th, 2020. And now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thank you, Steve and thank you everyone for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. We delivered another solid quarter as we continue to see traction in our software business and amazing opportunities in our Scores business. Because of the increased visibility into our growth, today, we are raising our full year guidance. In our second quarter, we reported revenues of $278 million, an increase of 9% over the same period last year. We delivered $33 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.10 per share. We delivered $47 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.56. We had another good bookings quarter, with more than $100 million in bookings for the fifth consecutive quarter. And we continue to book a lot of new cloud deals. In fact, year-to-date, our cloud bookings are up 43% versus the first half of last year. Our software revenue was up a modest 3% this quarter. Applications were down 3% as we had less upfront license sales and services revenue than last year, while our decision management software was up 41%. Some of the decision management increase was due to licenses, but we're also seeing the benefit of services and transactional revenues from deals we've signed in previous quarters. As we have said, we're happy with the strategic investments we've made, and our innovative technology has been recognized by the industry. In fact, a recent Chartis report named FICO a category leader in AI for financial services and pointed to completeness of offerings and market potential. It's another data point that increases our confidence in investing in technology that helps banks meet ever more sophisticated requirements. As you know, last month, we announced a partnership with Equifax to provide a connected platform experience combining Equifax data with our FICO decision management platform. Since then, we've met with a number of customers who are intrigued with the potential of the turnkey cloud applications we are rolling out. We'll continue to keep you posted on our progress. I view this as an important initiative for FICO and I believe it will greatly expand the footprint of our decision management platform. In the Scores business, we had another great quarter as we saw stable volumes and the partial effects of price increases that began to take effect in our second quarter. Total revenues were up 20% versus the prior year and totaled $104 million. On the B2B side, revenues were up 27% over the same period as last year. This was primarily due to targeted price increases as well as some new product innovations. We implemented some price adjustments in January, and they have been phasing in the last few months. B2C revenues were up 5% this quarter and 7% year-to-date. We're pursuing a number of potential deals and still see many opportunities in this space. And we remain focused on driving shareholder value. We've repurchased $120 million in shares halfway through our fiscal year, and we worked diligently to efficiently allocate resources, accelerate free cash flow, and improve margins while still investing for the future. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but now I'd like to turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike Pung:
Thanks, Will. Good afternoon everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my remarks. First, we delivered $278 million of revenue. That's an increase of $22 million or 9% year-over-year. Our recurring revenue was $212 million, which is up 10% from last year driven by the strength in our Scores business. Second, we delivered $33 million of GAAP net income, up 7% year-over-year, and EPS of $1.10 per share, up 10%. Finally, we are raising our guidance to reflect the momentum we are seeing in our Scores business. I'll begin by breaking down revenue into our three reported segments, starting with applications, where revenues were $142 million, which is down 3% versus the same period last year and is due to reductions in upfront license sales and services. Our applications bookings of $63 million is down 9% from last year. We do expect license revenue to expand over the remainder of the year due to several large term license renewals. In the decision management software segment, revenues were $32 million, which is up 41% versus the prior year due primarily to increased services revenues as we implement new installations and deploy analytic models. Recurring revenue in DMS were up 4% from the previous year. Bookings were $28 million, which is up 41% from last year. And finally, in the Scores segment, revenues were $104 million, which is up 20% from last year. On the B2B side, we were up 27% due primarily to some targeted price increases that began to feather in during the quarter. The B2C revenues were up 5% from the same quarter last year. We expect continued growth, particularly from B2B, as the pricing increases continue to ramp up. Looking at revenues by region. This quarter, 78% of total revenues were derived in the Americas. Our EMEA region generated 15%. And the remaining 7% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 76% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 18% and license revenues were just 6% of total revenues. Cloud revenues were $67 million this quarter, which is up 6% from last year. The growth rate was lower this quarter due to some customer churn on our CCS product. Year-to-date cloud revenues are $130 million, which is up 9% from last year. Bookings this quarter were $106 million, up 4% from the prior year. We generated $15 million of current period revenue on those bookings for a yield of 14%. The weighted average term for the bookings was 32 months this quarter. This quarter, we had 12 deals between $1 million and $3 million, and we booked an additional seven deals over $3 million. In addition, cloud bookings were $29 million this quarter, down slightly from last year due to the timing of signed deals. Operating expenses totaled $230 million this quarter compared to $213 million in our first quarter. The increase relates primarily to variable expenses associated with increased revenue and employee incentive costs. We expect to maintain our current cost run rate over the back half of the year while actively investing our resources in our highest strategic priorities. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 25% in the second quarter, and it is 26% year-to-date. We expect that operating margins will be between 26.5% to 28.5% for the full year. GAAP net income was $33 million or $1.10 per share, and non-GAAP net income was $47 million or $1.56 per share. The effective tax rate was about 16% this quarter, and we expect our tax rate to be about 14% for the fiscal year. The free cash flow for the quarter was $44 million versus $42 million in the prior year, with a trailing 12-month free cash flow of $211 million. Now, looking at the balance sheet, we had $77 million of cash on hand at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $828 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.8%. And the ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.6 times, which is below the covenant level of three. Depending on marketing conditions, we may be refinancing some of our fixed debt that will be maturing over the next 16 months. During the quarter, we returned $37 million of excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 150,000 shares at an average price of $247. Through the first two quarters of the year, we've repurchased 575,000 shares at an average price of $208. We still have about $80 million remaining on the Board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. And finally, as Will mentioned, we are raising our previously provided guidance. Our new guidance for the full fiscal year 2019 is as follows; we expect revenue to be approximately $1.14 billion, up from the previously guided $1.125 billion. GAAP net income is now expected to be approximately $173 million and GAAP earnings per share is now approximately $5.75 per share. Non-GAAP net income is now expected to be $214 million or $7.12 per share. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for final comments.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Mike. We're halfway through another fiscal year and we're very well-positioned for the future. Our customers are increasingly seeking better, more advanced analytics and technology to optimize their most difficult decisions and we are ready and able to help them. As a result, our pipeline is very robust. We have more and bigger deals in our pipeline than ever before. We have a great team in place, and we're effectively executing on our cloud strategy to drive profitable recurring revenue and earnings growth. I'll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're now ready to take any questions you may have. Eric, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik:
Thank you. Good evening guys. Just on the guidance raise. So most of the raise that was shared was because of the price increases that are going into effect on the B2B Scores side. And then does that mean you still expect that kind of 9% growth from the software this year as well?
Mike Pung:
Partially, Manav. So, yes, in fact, the increase in the revenue guidance is driven from the Scores pricing, which we have some visibility now to the back half of the year. That's a bit offset by our growth in the software business. As you remember, last quarter, we fell short of our revenue growth on professional services. We made a little bit of it back here in the second quarter, but we expect, for the full year, we'll likely fall short, putting our software growth somewhere around 7%-ish, plus or minus. So, we're bringing that number back slightly and it's being replaced by the Scores item.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. And then just on the B2C Scores, the 5% growth feels a little light, was there any in comps that are pioneering, or anything going on there?
Mike Pung:
No, nothing really going on there. It's growth that's coming through our partner pipeline, mainly through Experian.
Manav Patnaik:
Got it. And then just lastly, Will, maybe some broad color on the cloud transition, the SaaS transition, how you think about that progress so far?
Will Lansing:
We're pleased with our progress and we still have plenty of work ahead. We are now at the point where all of our major franchises are available on the cloud. We have Falcon X coming out, which is our cloud version of Falcon, coming out this year and that's positioning us even more strongly in the cloud. But we still have work to do in terms of simplifying the product and consolidating the code base. And so I would say that there's more work ahead, but we're really feeling good about it. The infrastructure is really solid. The reliability is there. The geographic reach is there. We have great network ops and operational control of it. So, we're pretty happy about that.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay, got it. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
Bill Warmington:
Good afternoon everyone. So, an initial question for you on this -- on the special price increase in auto, and maybe it would help if you compare and contrast that one with the mortgage price increase from last year. You guys referenced a couple of terms in terms of the increase being partial and feathering in. So is there something that's different about the structure of the auto industry that -- where the price increase is going through a little more slowly than it did for mortgage?
Will Lansing:
Yes, that's exactly right, Bill. It's slightly different, and we have some lagging price coming in. And so that it's as simple as that. I mean it's still quite a major move in auto.
Mike Pung:
I would add one other thing, Bill and that is we've, both with mortgage and auto, we've always said we will grandfather in any committed dates that exists with our resellers, the three bureaus. And in the case of auto, there are some committed dates that extend out, and so that's why it feathers in a little bit slower. And also, the timing by which the credit bureaus implement their rate card with the end customers is different than it is for mortgage. And so those are a little bit in nuanced discussions that, I guess, add on to what Will said.
Bill Warmington:
Got it, that's helpful. And then on the bookings detail, it looked like the transaction and maintenance bookings went from about 55% of total bookings in the December quarter to about 35% of total bookings in the March quarter. I just wanted to ask what was going on behind that.
Mike Pung:
Really nothing. You are right, those are correct numbers. And in the first quarter as in some prior quarters, we had a heavier percentage of deals that we signed that were transactional or license-oriented. This quarter happened to be one that was very heavy PS-oriented. I think roughly 60% or something close to 60% of our bookings this quarter are PS, which will burn off here probably in the next six to nine months. So, there really is nothing to it other than the mix of the deals that we signed this quarter than in the past several.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then on the timing of the cloud bookings for the quarter, the $29 million, that was below the last couple of quarters. When you reference timing, do you mean there were some deals that potentially were going to book in the March quarter that are going to book in the June quarter? Or -- I just want to ask a little more detail on that.
Mike Pung:
Yes, that's exactly right. I mean we obviously are sensitive to the customers who want to sign deals by the end of the quarter, but we don't go the extra mile in terms of trying to get something signed by the end of March as compared to something in April or May. And practically speaking, these cloud deals are all ratable revenue anyway, and so it's simply a timing of one quarter to the next. And frankly, that's all it was this quarter. We were happy with over $100 million, and it certainly could have been a much larger number. And hopefully, we'll make some of that up in the back half of the year.
Bill Warmington:
Yes. And you guys have referenced the transition from the upfront license fee model to the SaaS cloud delivery model as being a headwind to revenue and margins in the past. I just want to know if you could help us quantify how much of a headwind that is currently or if you want to talk about it in terms of the current quarter or in terms of the guidance.
Mike Pung:
Yes. So, under the old accounting rules, Bill, 605, it was a headwind. I think as I mentioned last quarter when we first had to implement the new revenue rule, 606, there was a strange little component to that rule for on-premise software, which is whenever there is a renewal or a new license deal signed on-premise, if there are guaranteed minimums in the contract, those guaranteed minimums are required to be recognized upfront under the old rule rather than ratably under the old rules.
Will Lansing:
Under the new rule.
Mike Pung:
I'm sorry, under the new rule.
Will Lansing:
Upfront.
Mike Pung:
And they're recognized upfront now. And we do have Falcon renewals from time to time that carry guaranteed minimums in there, and so that's actually created some license revenue that we are claiming this year, including in quarter two that we didn't claim in the past. So, what we are finding this year with these renewals is that we have more license revenue than we built into our plan and that's offsetting some of the softness in the recurring revenue that we're seeing from some churn on a couple of customers in CCS.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then final question for you. It looked like most of the expense increase on a year-over-year basis was in the personnel department. So, I just wanted to ask for a little color on that. Is most of that going into R&D personnel? Or is that for implementation of the bookings? I just wanted to get a little -- see if we could get a little color there.
Mike Pung:
Yes. I call it two broad things. So, the first is we have continued to add headcount in the organization. And the headcount is primarily being added in R&D and operations, so that hits a combination of cost of goods and a combination of the R&D line item. That's where the heads are being added in. Also, as we've added in some heads for the existing employee base, we did as we typically do our annual compensation increase, which took effect in December. So, the January through March is the first full quarter in which we have a 3% salary increase in effect for the remainder of the employees. So, between the headcount added and the annual increase, that's the category that is driving the biggest part of the increase. The rest of the increase is frankly tied to variable incentive comp, commissions and incentive comp for the rest of the organization. And as a result of raising the guidance, it also affects that incentive comp line item, and we, as a result, have to increase our accruals to catch up not only for the first quarter, but the second quarter. So, those are really the two things that are driving the cost increase. That's why we believe it's going to level out over the rest of the year.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. Well, thank you very much.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens Inc. Please go ahead.
Unidentified Analyst:
Yes, hi guys. This is Joel [Indiscernible] on for Brett Huff. I just want to ask on the M&A comment, what kind of assets would you guys be looking at? And for the right deal, is that something that you would lever up? Are these going to be more tuck-in acquisitions that you'd be looking at going forward? Thank you.
Will Lansing:
So, I think we've discussed this in the past, but it is probably worth reiterating. We are always looking for interesting acquisition opportunities. We have a very active corporate development arm. And the challenge for us -- and we do -- as you noted, we do from, time-to-time, do small tuck-in acquisitions for talent or little pieces of technology that we think would extend our franchises nicely. The more interesting question that we wrestle with is there are a lot of businesses out there that were we to merge or acquire them would result in accretion. And the problem is that we don't like their businesses as much as we like our own business. And so every time it comes down to do you want to get bigger by acquisition, our bar is we have to like their business as much as we like our own business, and that is a very, very high bar. And so I would never say never, and under the right circumstances, yes, we would lever up to do it. But we've been -- I've been CEO of FICO for seven years, looking for the last five, and I haven't come across the one that makes financial sense and is as attractive a business as our own. So, we just take the money and we buy back FICO stock with it and give it back to our owners.
Operator:
All right. And Mr. Weber, we have no further questions from the phone lines. I'll turn it back to you.
Steve Weber:
All right. Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining us.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you for your participation and you may now disconnect your lines.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Wednesday, January 30, 2019. I would now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead, sir.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO's First Quarter Earnings Call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing and our CFO, Mike Pung. Will is dialing-in from India, where he is attending a company event, so we apologize in advance, if we have any technical issues with his connection. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. FICO adopted the new accounting standard Topic 606 as of October 1, 2018. We have also adjusted our FY18 results under this standard and posted that on our website. Today, all comparisons will be made using the adjusted numbers. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and the Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and the Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 30, 2020. And with that, we'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thank you, everyone for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. Before I get started today, we also announced that Mike is planning to retire at the end of the year. Mike has been an integral part of the great story we have here at FICO. For the last 14 years, he has dedicated himself to creating shareholder value and he will be sorely missed. We are fortunate to have a strong finance team in place. Mike will continue to serve the company through the year, while we search for his replacement. With that, let's move on to the quarter. We're off to a good start this fiscal year with continued bookings and revenue growth and we're well positioned for 2019. In our first quarter, we reported revenues of 262 million, an increase of 13% over the same period last year. We delivered 40 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.32 per share, up 22% and 27% from the same period last year. We delivered 44 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.45 per share. On the software side of our business, we continue to grow our revenues even as we build to our recurring revenue base. Our application segment was up 5% over last year and our decision management segment was up over 22%. We had another strong bookings quarter with more than 100 million in new deals for the fourth consecutive quarter. I'm particularly pleased with the progress we're making in Latin America, where we've signed four deals valued at more than 3 million and another three deals valued at more than 1 million. We have a strong team in Latin America and our acquisition last quarter of GoOn, the credit risk management consulting firm based in Brazil will bolster our efforts in that rapidly growing region. Overall, our cloud-based revenues were up 14%, and our cloud-based bookings were up 134% over the same period last year. This quarter included two large Falcon cloud deals and a large Strategy Director deal. In the Scores business, we continue to drive significant growth. Revenues this quarter were up 25% from the same period last year. On the B2C side, revenues were up 9% over the previous year, with most of the growth [Technical Difficulty].
Mike Pung:
Hey, Will. Are you still on the line? We dropped your voice. Let me pick up where Will has left off here and Will will join us hopefully in progress. On the B2C side, revenues were up 9% over the previous year with most of the growth coming through our partnerships. We also signed a new customer, which converted their consumer education programs from an educational score to the FICO score in January. On the B2B side, revenues were up 36% over the previous year, due primarily to the 2018 price adjustments. Scores revenue were down sequentially, but that was primarily due to our seasonality. We anticipate we will continue to have strong Scores growth in fiscal year ‘19, as new pricing adjustments took place in January. We continue to be excited about the long-term prospects of our Scores business where we have many growth opportunities. In China for instance, we continue to gain traction as banks are increasing their volumes and new banks are testing the FICO score. It's still very early stage, but we will continue to provide updates in coming quarters, as the revenues become meaningful. Our Open Access program hit another milestone in December, when we announced that 300 million consumer accounts now have free access to the FICO score that is used by the lenders to manage accounts. More than 170 financial institutions are now participating in the FICO Score Open Access program. Before I start my prepared remarks, I want to just spend a couple of minutes about my impending retirement. I've spent literally a quarter of my life at FICO, and I'm very proud of what we have accomplished. For those that know me, you won't be surprised to know that I expect to spend much of my time in retirement, traveling and seeking some new personal adventures, but until then, I will continue to contribute my best to the success of the company. Now, let me move on to my prepared remarks. First, I'd like to remind everyone that this is our first quarter reporting under the new accounting standard Topic 606, and all comparisons will be made to previous quarters as they've been adjusted under that standard. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered 262 million of revenue, an increase of $30 million or 13% over prior year. Recurring revenue grew 14% and totaled 194 million. Second, we delivered 40 million of GAAP net income and $1.32 of GAAP EPS, up 22% and 27% versus last year. And finally, we generated $42 million of free cash flow this quarter and we used $83 million to repurchase shares in our first quarter. Let me break the revenue down now into our three reporting segments. Starting with applications, revenues were $148 million, up 5% versus the same period last year. Recurring revenue grew 7% over last year and accounts for about two-thirds of all applications revenue. We had particularly strong quarters in fraud banking solutions and in our compliance solutions. And our application bookings of 59 million were down slightly from the $62 million in the prior year. In decision management software segments, revenue were 29 million or up 22% versus the prior year, due to increases in upfront license and an 8% increase in recurring revenue. We had our largest DMS bookings quarter ever with $31 million of new deals, which is up 169% from last year. And finally in our Scores segment, revenues were $86 million, up 25% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we’re up 36% versus the same period a year ago. B2C revenues were up 9% from the same quarter last year. In B2C, revenues from our partners were up double-digit, while our myFICO revenues were relatively flat. Looking at revenue by region, this quarter 77% of total revenues were derived from the Americas. Our EMEA region generated 15% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues, which are derived from transactional and maintenance sources remained very strong and this quarter represented 74% of total revenue. License revenues were 10% of total and consulting and implementation revenues were 16% of total. The lower percentage of services revenue was primarily caused by some implementation delays over the holidays. Bookings this quarter were $107 million, up 30% from the prior year quarter. Total bookings for the trailing four quarters is $462 million. We generated $16 million of current period revenues on those bookings for a yield of 15% and the weighted average term for our bookings was 31 months this quarter. This quarter, we had 16 deals between $1 million and $3 million and we booked seven deals over 3 million. Cloud bookings represented $44 million of the total, which is up 134% from last year. In addition for the first time, the cloud deals represented a majority of our deals in excess of the $1 million I noted above. Operating expenses were 213 million this quarter, compared to 209 million in the fourth quarter and this quarter included our annual salary and benefit increases. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 28% for the first quarter versus 24% last year. We expect that net operating margin to be between 26.5% and 28.5% for the full year. GAAP net income this quarter was 40 million. We had a reduction to income tax of 13.2 million or $0.44 per share associated with the excess tax benefits and had an effective tax rate of negative 8%. Tax reform guidance continues to evolve, but as we have said last quarter, we expect our effective tax rate to be around 14% for the fiscal year. Non-GAAP net income was 44 million, which is up 13% from last year. Our free cash flow for the quarter was 42 million versus 25 million last year and free cash flow for the trailing four quarters is about 209 million. Now turning to the balance sheet, we had $80 million of cash on hand at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is 838 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.7%. The ratio of our total debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.7 times, which is below our covenant level of 3 times. The increase from prior quarter is a result of additional borrowings plus the fiscal 2018 impact related to the new accounting standards. During the quarter, we returned $83 million in excess cash to our investors and repurchased 425,000 shares at an average price of about $195. We have about 117 million remaining on our board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. And finally, we're confirming our previously issued full year guidance. With that, I'll turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Mike. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're now ready to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our first question will come from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays.
Manav Patnaik:
Hi. Good evening, gentlemen. And Mike, before we begin, just congratulations on your retirement.
Mike Pung:
Thanks, Manav.
Manav Patnaik:
The first question I had was just on the B2B Scores side, the plus 36%. I was hoping you could just help us flesh out what the pricing versus volume component of that was?
Mike Pung:
Yes. Absolutely, Manav. So our fourth quarter or our first quarter, which ends December tends to be a lighter quarter for us in terms of volume. Volume levels were up in the low single-digits for the quarter with the remainder of the increase made up primarily from pricing in the US as well as B2B Scores that we sold outside of the US, primarily in China.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. And if I heard you correctly, did you say you put in new pricing in January of, like this year?
Mike Pung:
That's correct. Similar to last year, when we put our pricing sheets forward, they effectively take effect as of January 1, though they obviously feather in over the course of the year as our resellers reset their price sheets as well.
Manav Patnaik:
And could you give just any color on where those price increase are? And I guess it sounds like you haven't baked that into your guidance. Is that correct?
Mike Pung:
That's correct. When we built the guidance in November and communicated it to all of you, we were fairly clear that we had built in general increases in our pricing and any special pricing increases that would take effect have not been included in any of the guidance, simply because it's very hard to predict the timing of when those price sheets will become applicable through our reseller networks.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. Got it. And then just maybe just some general color, whether it's on your software or maybe in the Scores, everyone's obviously a little shaky on where the economy is, just any data points you're seeing that makes you think differently than when we last spoke.
Mike Pung:
No. We don't really have any clear signals despite the fact that the last 30 to 40 days have been relatively choppy, especially with the shutdown of the government. Our pipeline remains strong, our ability to convert still exists. We haven't frankly seen any changes in customer behavior. And so things are quite similar to what they were in November when we last had these formal discussions.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo.
Bill Warmington:
So Mike, I'm happy for you personally, but I think, I'm going to miss you professionally, so that’s sad news there. So I have to conclude that it was the 606 Topic that pushed you over the edge.
Mike Pung:
That's been known to take down many, much greater than me, Bill. Thank you.
Bill Warmington:
A couple of things. First is, you mentioned a couple of the big Falcon contracts that you landed in the quarter and that was a little surprising to me, because I know you've got Falcon X coming out later in the year. So were these actually Falcon X sales, were these like the legacy Falcon product and is there some backward compatibility, are you sort of selling in advance on that? I almost would expect to be some slowdown in Falcon in advance with the Falcon X coming out?
Mike Pung:
No. That's a great question, Bill. Falcon X has still not been released. We're still in development and we will be over the next quarter or so. The deals that I referred to are existing Falcon product and they were in the cloud. As you know, we released a cloud version of Falcon a few quarters back and two of our deals this quarter in Latin America were Falcon cloud and as a matter of fact, one of the deals in addition to those were with our new Strategy Director in the cloud also. And so, that product, Falcon and Strategy Director are ready for prime time. There's obviously upgrade paths down the road, but these deals have been in the works for a while and they got converted here this quarter.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. Now you mentioned that new B2C contract, we happened to notice that USAA put out a blurb to their customer base about offering that score, so we're concluding that those are the players. Is that revenue then going to be effective this quarter, the January quarter or is it, was there some in the December quarter?
Mike Pung:
Yeah, that's exactly right, Bill. USAA has been a long and an important user of the FICO score for their credit risk management, and they announced in January that they would be distributing that score in multiple programs to their end customer, similar to what our open access, educational programs and lead generation programs are. They are paid to FICO and our partner Experian as a result of that and we'll start to see some of that revenue begin to flow here in January, when they launch their service.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then Experian on their update that they gave earlier in the month mentioned a couple of things. They talked about their Boost program and they also talked about their credit match program and those seemed like both like programs that you guys are participating in, maybe you could give us some update on those, and how you fit into each one of those?
Mike Pung:
Yeah. I'll be happy to. Their credit match program is obviously their lead generation program here that they launched over prior year and a half ago with us in partnership. They're beginning to build, as I understand, through their call, a lot of momentum around building their pre-subscriber base. And some of the growth that you see coming through our consumer channel is frankly coming through that channel as well. The Boost program is a program that they’ve launched, I believe it's this month and it works in coordination with the announcement that we made several quarters ago on UltraFICO, I guess it was last quarter. And we're also working in coordination with Experian under our joint program.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Adam Klauber from William Blair.
Adam Klauber:
Couple of different questions. Follow-up on the Scores price increases. What products are those on? And if you can give us some idea of the -- are they in the magnitude of what we saw on the mortgage product?
Mike Pung:
Yeah. Great question, Adam. So we've done two different kind of pricing actions this year, similar to what we did last year. The first was a more general CPI, I would call it price increase that touches on a number of different parts of the portfolio. That takes effect essentially in January. And then, we have done another special pricing increase to an area, not mortgage, we did the mortgage catch-up, if you will last year and we're touching another area within the portfolio that we have not done any pricing increases on for decades, beginning in January as well. We've not specified yet what part of the portfolio that's in and we likely won't speak to it until we start to see some of the revenue be generated from that. We purposely have left that off to the side of our internal plans and in our guidance, because any special pricing that we do through the re-seller channel we have with the bureaus has to be implemented by the bureaus to their end-customer and their re-seller channels. And the timing of how that all flows through is often a bit uncertain depending upon their existing agreements in place. And as a reminder when our bureau partners have a deal in place that is locked in a pricing deal, we honor that price and we grandfather it. So, we'll start to see reports that will come back for all of these pricing decisions, probably beginning sometime in February and March and we should have a better handle on how it's all rolling out on our next call.
Adam Klauber:
Okay. That's actually very helpful. Then, I think you mentioned in applications, there are some implementations pushed. Can you give us an idea of how big or how much revenue that would be? And can we expect that to flow into the next quarter?
Mike Pung:
Yeah. So good question, so when you step back and look at our results, the one thing you may notice when you look at it by type of revenue stream, you'll see that our services revenue went down slightly, compared to last year in the first quarter, which is a bit unusual, because we've booked a significant amount of services business over the course of the last 12 months. Because of the holidays and because of other situations at some of our customers, the pace at which some of these programs are beginning the implementation process have just simply gotten slowed down. And that's really why the services revenue was a little bit below what we'd seen in the past. In terms of giving you an order of magnitude of size, I would say it's probably in the range of something around $5 million of revenue that we typically would have seen had these deals kind of gone up and running in the holiday seasons. And so because they haven't, it just simply gets pushed out into quarter two and possibly some will push into quarter three.
Adam Klauber:
Great, great. And then Brazil seems like it's beginning to take off. How big is that business and how should we think about that growing and emerging over the next couple of years?
Mike Pung:
Yeah. So that's a great question, we don't often talk about the activity that we have down in Brazil and frankly in all of Latin America, it gets blended into our North America book of business typically. But we do close to $80 million to $90 million worth of business in Latin America on an annual basis. Actually, I take that back, it's about 50 million of annual business down in Latin America. This quarter, we had a tremendous quarter, primarily in the bookings area where we signed a lot of business. What we've seen from the team down there, I would say they're almost the poster child of software sales people, who are very good at selling our decision management platform and all the solutions that are tied and associated to that. And that's what's really been driving a lot of the success. The challenge in Latin America for us is that there are a lot of kind of boutique players down there and so it's very competitive country by country. But we're beginning to find a very nice niche for ourselves with a couple of our products. Falcon is one that has been selling for a while very nicely there and then more importantly to us, the DMP -- or equally important, the DMP has been selling well in part because of the talent we have there on the ground.
Adam Klauber:
Okay, okay. And then last question the FICO Ultra, will revenue from that be incremental this year, is that just building for maybe down the road?
Mike Pung:
Yeah, I would call UltraFICO something more down the road. As we mentioned in the last call, it's a new initiative that we are partnering with Experian on. There's a lot of work ahead of us still to operationalize it. We've made some progress this quarter. And with the holidays, it's actually gone fairly well, but we don't have anything baked into any of our numbers in fiscal ‘19 related to UltraFICO. We'll see how the implementation and the product development work concludes before we get more specific on that one.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time.
Steve Weber:
All right. That concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining us and we'll talk to you again next quarter.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you for your participation, and ask that you please disconnect your lines.
Executives:
Steve Weber - Vice President of Investor Relations Will Lansing - Chief Executive Officer Mike Pung - Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Greg Bardi - Barclays Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc. Adam Klaub - William Blair
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we'll conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded Thursday, November 1, 2018. I'd now like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I'm joined today by Will Lansing, our CEO; and Mike Pung, our CFO. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO Web site or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's Web site at fico.com or on the SEC's Web site at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 1, 2019. And now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you everyone for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. Today we reported the results of a strong fourth quarter with record revenue and earnings and have finished a year in which we topped $1 billion in revenue for the first time. In our fourth quarter, we reported revenues of $280 million, an increase of more than 10% over the same period last year. For the full fiscal year, we recorded $1,032 million of revenue, up 11% from 2017. We delivered $50 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of a $1.64 per share. Results that included a number of one-time puts and takes that Mike will describe. On a non-GAAP basis for the $1.89 earnings per share was up 14% from last year. Now we were able to drive this growth, as we continue our shift to the cloud. In our software business, we were able to grow revenues by 4% for the full year, even as up front license sales were down 10%. This was possible because the significant bookings we've been reporting led to an increase in recurring revenues of 9% in software. We had a strong year with our compliance, customer communications, originations and customer management solutions. We're seeing opportunities with these solutions and areas we haven't served in the past. In many cases, because the cloud-enabled solutions are increasing our addressable market, these solutions have been refreshed over the last few years and are now driving growth. Strategy Director for instance is a product, we introduced in fiscal '18 in the customer management space. It's generating a lot of customer interest and we're already closing deals as we build out a healthy pipeline of potential deals. We are committed to our cloud first strategy. We now have an incredible suite of products and our decisioning solutions are proving their value to customers every day. Those solutions are drawing interest from new customers and also from industry analysts. Forrester recently evaluated and ranked the top 11 participants in the decisioning platform market. Each competitor was evaluated on 10 criteria. FICO was recognized as a leader and received the highest possible marks in six of those criteria. Forrester selection of FICO as its top vendor of choice is a strong validation of the Decision Management Suite vision, development and direction. It confirms the technological and business vision we've been advocating for our customers for many years, long before most of our competitors. We're happy to be recognized for our innovation but were happier when we see market demand for that innovation. And we are seeing that demand turn into sales. Our cloud revenues were up 19% in fiscal '18 and our cloud bookings were up 47%, which means we're building more backlog as we head into 2019. In our scores business, we had another very successful year. Scores were up 29% in the fourth quarter versus the prior year and also up 29% for the full year. We continue to see positive volume trends and B2B, which is up 38% over the previous year, as well as the effects of our repricing efforts. For the full year, B2B revenues were up 36%. Our B2C revenues were up 12% versus the previous year and were up 16% for the full year. We continue to see positive trends as we look forward. In next year's guidance which I discuss later, we expect this score business to grow nearly 10%, which includes some volume and regular pricing increases, but does not include any special pricing increases. We will be implementing some special pricing, but like last year because it's difficult to estimate the timing and the magnitude we are not including it in our guidance. As we look to 2019, we're excited about the many opportunities ahead for us and the innovation we're driving. One such initiative is the UltraFICO score, which we announced last month. FICO along with our partners Experian and Finicity are first to market with a score based on consumer contributed DDA data, which empowers consumers to engage and have more control in the credit scoring process. This score also enables lenders to shift the customer dialogue from a no into tell us more about yourself and let's see if we can get you qualified for a yes or for better terms. This approach drastically changes the broader consumer lending system, benefiting consumers and lenders alike. With UltraFICO score, consumer grants permission to contribute information from banking statements, including the length of time accounts have been opened, frequency of activity, and evidence of saving, which can be electronically read by Finicity and combined with consumer credit information from Experian to provide an enhanced view of positive financial behavior. We estimate this new score has the potential to improve credit access for the majority of Americans and is particularly relevant for those who fall in the gray area in terms of credit scores or it fall just below lenders score cutoffs. While, there's still a lot of work ahead to operationalize this offering, we're very excited about its prospects and look forward to discussing the progress throughout fiscal 2019. As we move into 2019, we remain focused on executing against our opportunities. We'll continue to prioritize areas where we see the greatest growth potential. And we'll continue on providing long-term shareholder value. In fiscal '18, we generated $192 million in free cash flow and spent that and more retiring 1.9 million shares. We are extremely well-positioned as we enter a new fiscal year and we look forward to delivering on those opportunities and reporting on our progress. I'll talk more about our outlook for 2019. But first, let me turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike Pung:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today I will emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $280 million of revenue this quarter and $1032 million for the year, which is an increase of $100 million from last year. Our recurring revenue grew 17% from last year. Second, we delivered a $1.64 per share of EPS this quarter and $4.57 per share for the year, up 31% and 15% respectively. Finally, we delivered $53 million of free cash flow in the quarter and $192 million for the fiscal year. We repurchased 1.9 million shares during the year or 6% of our outstanding shares. I'll begin by reviewing the results in each of our three reporting segments. Our applications revenue were $156 million, up 10% from last quarter and up 4% versus the same period last year. Full year revenues for applications were $586 million, or up 6% from last year. The increase in revenue was driven from our recurring businesses, as our licensed revenues for the year were down slightly. We had particularly a strong year in compliance, originations and customer management solutions. In our Decision Management Software segment, revenues were $31 million, up 21% from last quarter and flat with the same period last year. Full year DMS revenues were $104 million, down 7% from last year due to the shipment in business model away from upfront licenses. DMS bookings were $24 million this quarter, up 11% from the previous year. And finally, our score segment's revenues were $93 million, up 1% from last quarter and up 29% from the same period last year. B2B was up 38% over the same period last year and B2C revenues were up 12% from the same period last year. For the full year, scores revenues were $343 million or up 29% from last year. Looking at our revenue by region, this quarter 76% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 16% and the remaining 8% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 72% of total revenue, consulting an implementation revenues were 16% in total and license revenues were 12%. For the full year, 74% of our revenues were recurring compared to 70% last year. Our cloud revenue topped $242 million for the year, which is up 19% from the prior year. We generated $15 million of current period revenue on booking of $134 million and 11% yield. The reduced yield is due to an increase in cloud bookings and essentially means that more of the revenue will be recurring. It was our second highest bookings quarter ever in the third straight quarter above a $100 million. The weighted average term for our bookings was 31 months this quarter. For the full year, bookings were $437 million, up 2% from the prior year. Cloud bookings though were $151 million for the year, which is up 47% from the prior year. Our operating expenses totaled $210 million this quarter, which is down $1 million from last quarter. And as you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 33% for the quarter and 28% for the full year. We delivered margin expansion of 50 basis points for the full fiscal year. We expect the operating margin will be between 27% to 29% in 2019. GAAP net income this quarter was $50 million, which is up 26% from the prior year. The current quarter net income includes a pre-tax non-operating gain of $10 million or $0.23 per share after tax related to the divestiture of a minority interest investment. In addition, the company recorded an additional charge of $6.8 million or $0.22 per share related to the Tax Cuts and Job Act. This charge encompasses the impact of recently issued tax reform guidance. Our non-GAAP net income was $58 million for the quarter, up 10% from last year. For the full year, net income was $142 million, including $22 million in reduced tax from excess tax benefits and also included $22 million in charges related to the Tax Cut and Jobs Act. Non-GAAP net income was $194 million, which is up 23% from the prior year. Our effective tax rate for the full year was 24%. We expect our 2019 recurring tax rate to be around 26% to 27% before the excess tax benefit of an estimated $25 million, which resulted in a net effective tax rate of about 14%. Free cash flow for the quarter was $53 million, compared to $49 million in the same period last year. And for the full year, free cash flow was $192 million compared to $205 million last year. Looking at the balance sheet. We had $90 million in cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. It's down $30 million from last quarter due to share repurchases, partially offset by cash generated from operations. Our total debt is $770 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.7%, and our ratio of total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.3x. We bought back 502,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $210. And in fiscal 2018, we repurchased a total of 1.9 million shares at an average price of $181 million, for a total of about $337 million. At the end of September, we had $200 million remaining on the board authorization and we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio on competitive position. So with that I'll turn it back to Will for his thoughts on next year.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said, I'm proud of our results to-date and I'm excited about our prospects for 2019 and beyond. On the software side, we're making steady progress with our cloud first strategy and we're seeing growth in our revenue, our pipeline and our backlog. Like last year a strong software bookings give us more visibility into future revenues, that predictable, reliable backlog continues to build as we put more customers into the cloud. In scores, we're finding new ways to extract even more value out of that incredible franchise through increased usage, repricing and innovation. With all this in mind, we're providing the following guidance for fiscal '19. We are guiding revenues of approximately $1,125 million, an increase of about 9% versus fiscal '18. We are guiding GAAP net income of approximately $168 million, up 18% over 2018. GAAP earnings per share of approximately $5.53, non-GAAP net income of $209 million and non-GAAP earnings per share of $6.88. I'll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're now ready to take your questions. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
Thank you. [Operator Instructions] First question is from Manav Patnaik from Barclays. Please go ahead.
Greg Bardi:
Hi, this is actually Greg calling on for Manav. Just wanted to ask about the software business growth implied in the 2019 guidance. I think you said scores is expect to be up 10%, which implies a decent acceleration on the software business. So maybe just walk us through the moving pieces there please?
Mike Pung:
Yes. Greg, the software business, right now we're expecting to grow somewhere around the 9% range with a similar mix that we had this year meaning our cloud business is growing roughly at a 20% rate and are on-prem legacy business is modestly up in the 2% to 3% range. As it relates to scores, both B2B and B2C are roughly growing between 9% to 10%.
Greg Bardi:
Okay. Maybe on the B2B or B2C, scores business. Can you just talk through how you guys are thinking about the ability to continue to grow that business in that high single-digit, low double-digit range and what's going to drive that going forward?
Mike Pung:
Yes, sure. I'll start and let Will finish. A lot of the growth that we've built into the guidance number is frankly coming from deals that we have signed this year that have not gone live yet. So similar to what we did in this past year's guidance, we take a look at volume growth both on myFICO which we see growing in the mid-single digits and on our partner programs which have been growing obviously faster than that. And based upon that in the growth of what we've already signed in the pipeline, we're comfortable with the numbers that we included here in.
Greg Bardi:
Okay. And last one from me. Maybe on the margins I guess at the mid point implies roughly flat. Can you just walk us through the areas of investment focus this year versus last year? Thanks.
Mike Pung:
Yes. I would say the investment focus is the same as what we had last year. There are no real new items that we are putting money into it. It's been a combination for the last couple of years of operations, network security and some sales and distribution. We provide obviously a big range in terms of margin outcomes because it's really highly dependent upon how we end-up with a mix of revenue is it, license revenue that comes at a 100% margin or is it more heavily skewed toward cloud revenue, which is ratable and the revenue and expenses don't necessarily match up all that cleanly. There's a little bit of noise in there related to the new revenue standard, which we have to implement here effective October 1, but even if you put that on the side, we saw basis growth of 50% on our -- our 50 basis points on our margin this year and we're looking at something quite similar for fiscal '19 again dependent upon the mix.
Operator:
So our next question comes from Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo. The line is open.
Bill Warmington:
Good afternoon, everyone. I was hoping you could give us some strength -- sorry, you could give us some color on the strength in CCS and the customer management solutions in the banking fraud that you referenced in the release?
Will Lansing:
Yes, absolutely. So our top performing products are the three of course that we mentioned. CCS is still growing in the teens. It's a volume driven business based upon deals that we signed, bookings that we signed and getting those bookings up and live. We have a very strong pipeline in CCS to go on top of the existing recurring revenue base. Our revenue for the year for that product line was somewhere around $109 million, $110 million again, growing in the teens. Customer management are really -- the new Strategy Director product is just starting to pick up for us. Last quarter, quarter three, we signed [indiscernible] deals in excess of $1 million, we signed another one over $3 million this quarter and the pipeline for that is big and growing. I would say on our collections and recovery product, which we didn't mention that's becoming the new engine around cloud, and in fact of all the application products we have our collections and recovery bookings were the largest across the entire portfolio and the entirety of it almost was cloud related. So deals that we signed and booked in fiscal '18, but really the revenue hasn't been recognized yet, it will start to flow in fiscal '19 and it's part of what provides us with the optimistic view of a high-single digit close to 10% growth in the software side. So, there's nothing new to this story other than we're executing very well on the pipeline. We're winning a lot of deals, many of them are cloud. And they help us enter fiscal '19 with a greater run rate certainly than what we had when we entered fiscal '18.
Bill Warmington:
So I had a question for you on the score side, you mentioned, a lot of visibility you have into 2019 is based on deals signed in 2018. Are there some deals there that you guys maybe haven't discussed? I'd say maybe give a little color on what's actually in that pipeline of deals that you guys have signed or is just giving the visibility into score's?
Will Lansing:
Yes. My comment was specifically on the consumer side and it relates primarily to some smaller deals that we have signed with some existing resellers some expansions if you will. It also includes some deals that we have not announced yet, but we are in the process of wrapping up this quarter and will begin to go live at some point. We believe in our first quarter of fiscal '19. So most of them are already in the bag, but some of them are very close to that.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. And so with the growth in score's, which has very high incremental margins and the relatively limited margin expansion that's in the guidance for next year that would imply that there's a lot of investment going into, I would assume the software business. And maybe you could talk a little bit about what that is, where that's going and I guess, the timeframe for when you think you're going to get some leverage on that business and start to see the margins in the software business expand.
Will Lansing:
Bill, that's right that we are continuing to invest in the business and the things we're spending the money on have not changed much from last year. We're very focused on improving our operations, our network operations are cloud infrastructure, the signaling and alerting, all of the things that you have to wrap that kind of an offering with. And we're getting better and better every day. And I think you have to recognize where we started as we made our transition to the cloud. We started with a lift and shift strategy, we literally took our on-premise software that we -- and put it into our own data centers and then provided it as cloud service. But we had now for several years been in this transition to more standardize, highly configurable, multi-tenant kind of a code base. And in words, we have a lot of progress on that front, but we're not finished, we probably won't be finished a year from now either. I mean I think there's still work to be done. That said we do have a lot of control over the R&D dollars that we spend. And we like to spend them holding software margin more or less flat because we think the opportunity is so great. We think we're in a little bit of a land grab. You saw in the Forrester report that we are on the leading edge for analytics platforms and decisioning platforms and it's a commanding lead that we want to maintain. And so I think you're going to continue to see a year or two of investment at this level.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. And then I have to ask about the UltraFICO score. Is that have been adopted or in beta with any clients and how long do you think it will be before you actually start to see it rolled out commercially?
Will Lansing:
Yes. Thanks for asking the question. We are extremely excited about UltraFICO and for the benefit of those not so familiar and we had a lot of fanfare over the announcement last week at Money 20/20. Bringing consumer data to the equation is attractive to regulators, attractive to lenders and attractive to consumers. And giving consumers the opportunity to improve their FICO score is a huge deal. And so the value proposition is strong. Operationally, it's not simple. I mean, we're working closely with our partners Experian and Finicity to make this a reality and it will be operational in 2019. We have some pilot clients already lined up. And I think we'd be prepared to take one or two more. And we're feeling pretty good about it. I mean we'll see what the uptake is once it's out there.
Bill Warmington:
Well. Thank you very much.
Will Lansing:
Thank you.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question is from Brett Huff with Stephens. Please go ahead.
Brett Huff:
Good afternoon, and thanks for taking my questions. I think you guys mentioned the B2B pricing that was normal in '19 kind of like normal tweaking and things like that. And then, you gave us some volume views, but Will I think you said that there could be another sort of not typical price increase, but you're not including that in guidance just because you're not sure kind of if or when. First of all, that I hear that right and any more color on that would be helpful.
Will Lansing:
Yes. So, I think the way to think about our business is that we have kind of ordinary course price increases that are probably a little more than inflation. And then, we have all of the volume expansion kinds of initiatives that go on. And what's not included is the impact of what we call a special pricing situations and what that really is a recognition that in some segments where we haven't changed pricing in many, many years, that there's an opportunity to move more than 5% or 7%. And so, we don't have the timing of it, completely lined up. It's not completely in our control. It's a function of the length of contracts that our bureau partners have with their customers. And so, we're not really in a position to say it's going to be dollars X in 2019. What we do know is that there's some of these opportunities and we'll be working on them.
Brett Huff:
All right. That's helpful. And then, when you guys think about the investments, I know that a lot of it is around the cloud infrastructure. As I recall the network security was sort of a general, you just making sure you have capacity and make sure that the security is upgraded. But then, the results are some specific development associated with the cloud products that I know you're replatforming some of your old products and building some of the new. Is that investment kind of split evenly or is there an emphasis on one or the other or is there -- how should we think about that investment?
Mike Pung:
Yes. So Brett, this is Mike. I would say, the majority of the spend around the cloud is spent on development. There's one big kind of project we're working on right now, we plan to deliver in fiscal '19. And it's a successor product to our Falcon product along with a combination of our anti-money laundering and compliance products. So it's basically --, and said in another way, we're using the decision management platform to bring out the next generation of Falcon, which will have a lot more capability on it. So that's a pretty big undertaking that was started this last year and flows a little bit into '19. But that being said on the operations side, if you think about it our cloud bookings are growing 50% almost year-over-year, which means we have lots of customers to stand up and lots of demands on the operations side of our business. Last year, we built out a network operation center that operates 7/24 worldwide. And we don't have a lot of incremental investments around that, but obviously as volume goes up there is some element of additional investment that goes along with the volume. And when the volume is booked, it doesn't get claimed as revenue, but for a period of two to three years. So there's this mismatch that happens with all cloud companies including our own around that. I would say this year, we don't have any step function investments and our numbers are planned, but it will all be depending upon the continued demand for the cloud product.
Will Lansing:
I would add a couple of things. I'd say that we have a lot of dedicated security spending under the very capable leadership of our CISO, Hilik Kotler and that continues and we're pretty happy with where that stands. Beyond that I think that we've got a lot of initiative from Hilik and from Claus Moldt, our CIO to move to a more of a [indiscernible] ops model. And I think that's the new gold standard in non-develop software and so we are very much adopting that. You'll see security built into all of our products from the get-go not added as an afterthought. So that -- so some of the security dollars are actually being spent in development.
Brett Huff:
Okay. And then last question for me is just a guidance question. I want to make sure, I got the tax benefit, in the pro forma EPS you gave us that does not include the $0.82 tax benefit. And can you just describe what that benefit is? So that we know if we think it's kind of a one timer or if it's a normal course of business kind of thing? I want to make sure I understand what that was as you called it out.
Will Lansing:
Yes. So think about our income tax, it's two separate pieces that net to what we report, okay. The first piece of the two are just the normal recurring tax rate in accordance with worldwide tax rules. That's the 26% or 27% rate that we see worldwide. There is a offset to that number, which basically decreases tax expense. That's been around for a couple of years called excess tax benefits associated with stock-based compensation. In the past, as you may recall that used to flow through equity beginning last year it began to flow through income tax expense. That's the $25 million or $0.82 a share benefit that offsets that 26% to 27% cost. The net of all that which is what we report on the phase of the income statement, we believe is going to be around 14%. So for simplicity, when you're modeling, your tax rate for us take pre-tax net income and multiplied by 14% and that's roughly what we believe our tax expense will be for the year.
Brett Huff:
Okay. And comparability to the number we just reported on a pro forma basis I can't remember what it was for the year. Which is the most comparable number the guided 688 or should we add that $0.82 to get I think it was 770, which one of those two is more comparable to the number that you guys just reported from a pro forma EPS point of view?
Will Lansing:
Yes. So to further complicate the tax expense that we recorded on the phase of the income statement this year was around 27%. If we were to have excluded the one-time costs that we had in fiscal '18 to implement tax reform, it would have been around 14%, which is about what we're guiding next year. So in fiscal '18, we had a charge, the income statement by over $22 million for the total tax charge in the recalculation of the deferred tax assets we had on the balance sheet. So that's just yet one more piece of noise if you will on the tax rate, but if you separate it all out, the reported rate was 27% in '18, it's going to go down to 14% in fiscal '19. And if you want to make it apples in apples and pull out the one-timer in fiscal '18 it's roughly the same 14% for both years. I hope that helps.
Brett Huff:
That is helpful. And then going forward is the -- do you guys sort of see that tax floating -- if you look at the 14%, does that slowly deteriorate or I guess get less favorable and go back get up to the mid-20s, or does it stay kind of at 14% for the long term. I'm just trying to make sure I get the cash flows right?
Will Lansing:
At this point, our long-term models, we keep it pretty static. But the benefit that I described the excess tax benefit will go up and down depending upon our stock price. And so, once you've got that figured out then you'll have the model completely figured out for the next five years. So for our benefit, we just kind of hold it static, so that we aren't introducing yet another variable that confuses this already confusing area.
Brett Huff:
So that's why, so the static is sort of that mid-to-high 20%, I think you said, 25%, 26%, 27% that's a better place to start and then sometimes you get more benefit than not from the additional tax pay. Okay, Sorry to ask so many questions, just wanted to make sure we got it. I just wanted to make sure, we got that.
Will Lansing:
Nope, you figure it out.
Brett Huff:
All right.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Next question is from Adam Klaub with William Blair. Please go ahead.
Adam Klaub:
Hi, guys. Good afternoon.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Adam.
Adam Klaub:
In scores B2B, if you include the price increase and mortgage, what would have been the growth rate this year?
Will Lansing:
Well, we don't really break that out, the majority of that growth rate of course came from the mortgage repricing, but we did see volume increases I'd say in the mid-to-higher single-digits, higher single-digits to the beginning of the year and it tapered off a bit toward the end though the fourth quarter was quite strong volume wise.
Adam Klaub:
Okay. And then as far as the guidance next year, what are you assuming for just the volume is that low mid-single-digits for next year?
Will Lansing:
Yes. It's a great question. So you're absolutely right. We have one more quarter worth of price increase for mortgage that shows up here in quarter one. And then, it becomes apples-and-apples beginning January 1, with last year. So a part of the growth is the fact that we have mortgage for four full quarters in '19 versus three in '18. And then, the rest of it is related to volume growth or little bit in the U.S., but some outside the U.S. in particular in our China market.
Adam Klaub:
Okay. [Indiscernible] team as and you may have said this, but do you think most of the transition is over at this point? And should we see growth -- revenue growth in that segment next year?
Will Lansing:
I think we've said before that trying to distinguish between DMS and the rest of our applications business is a hard thing to do because it's the same IP that underlies the solutions, as well as the platform. And so it's a little bit of an artifact that the DMS numbers look the way they do. And I don't think it's particularly useful to look at the growth rate in that alone. I really got to look at on combined basis.
Adam Klaub:
Okay. Okay. That's helpful. And then, as far as the nature of the bookings, how is the -- how the amount of $1 million, $3 million plus deals compared to year ago?
Will Lansing:
Yes. For the fourth quarter, we had slightly fewer than last year because we had a record fourth quarter last year. Our bookings were 146, this year they were 134. So it included a couple of additional deals last year. For the full year, I'm just looking at the numbers now. It was pretty comparable fiscal '18 versus fiscal '17 for deals in excess of $1 million and in excess of $3 million. So let's call it, about the same amount as last year.
Adam Klaub:
Okay. And how about the -- again that's the rough breakdown versus existing verticals -- your existing core financial versus non-financial verticals? Has that been around the same too?
Will Lansing:
Yes. It's of course heavily weighted on financial services.
Adam Klaub:
Okay. Thanks a lot. That's helpful.
Operator:
No further questions at this time.
Will Lansing:
All right. That concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
So ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating. And you may now disconnect your lines.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp. William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp. Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. And welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. And afterwards, we'll conduct a question-and-answer session. Today's call is being recorded Thursday, July 26, 2018. And now I'd like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's third quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through July 26, 2019. And now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you, everyone, for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. We delivered another very strong quarter. In fact, we had record revenue for the second straight quarter, and that even as we're transitioning our business model from upfront license revenue to a recurring revenue base. We also had a very good bookings quarter and continue to build an increasing backlog of predictable recurring revenue. In our third quarter, we reported revenues of $260 million, an increase of 12% over the same period last year. We delivered $32 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.04 per share. We delivered $47 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.51. As we've been saying, we've been able to deliver growth even as we shift our business. It's easy to see how this transition is playing out in our revenues and also in our bookings. This quarter, we signed $120 million of bookings, up 26% over last year. Digging deeper into those bookings, our upfront license sales were actually down 24% and our transactional bookings were up a whopping 44%. Those represent revenues that are yet to be recognized and that will be recurring revenues well into the future, and it's a model we're putting in place across all of our segments. In Applications, revenues were up 6% over the prior year and 7% year-to-date. Our TONBELLER Compliance Solutions and our Origination Solutions were particularly strong, up 55% and 11% respectively from last year. We also signed many Applications deals this quarter, many of which have been due to recent product innovation. Our new Strategy Director, for instance, provides analytically powered decisions across both the customer management and originations life cycles. This new product built on the DMS platform applies optimization technology in real time to deliver faster and easier decisions. It has a significant pipeline, and is being sold to customers and financial services, as well as other industries like telecom. Our recent enhancement of our collections and recovery product has also helped boost sales. Year-to-date, collections and recovery bookings are up 129% over last year, with an increasing number in the cloud. Our total Applications bookings of $82 million were 32% higher than last year and we continue to build recurring revenue streams in this segment. In our Decision Management Software segment, we continue to have near-term revenue headwinds as we shift to a recurring revenue model. This quarter upfront licenses were down 36% from last year, which caused total revenues to be down about 7%. As we've explained, we're now selling these in the cloud, either our own psychoanalytic cloud or on AWS, and it results in increased recurring revenue which we're now building in backlog. And we're seeing proof of demand in our bookings. In fact, this quarter DMS bookings were up 27% over last year and 38% over last quarter, making it the biggest ever bookings quarter in the segment. In the Scores business, we had another great quarter with revenues up 32% versus the prior year and up 29% year-to-date. On the B2B side, revenues were up 42% over the same period as last year. Similar to last quarter, this was driven partly by increased originations and account management volumes as well as targeted price increases. We continue to see strength in the Scores segment and expect it to continue to perform well. B2C revenues were up 15% this quarter and 18% year-to-date. An important innovation in this space is the recently announced FICO Score Planner, a first of its kind tool to empower consumers to use on their financial health journey. The FICO Score Planner enables consumers to set a target FICO Score goal and desired time duration to reach their goal. These inputs, along with the consumers' current FICO Score and credit report, are analyzed by the FICO Score Planner algorithm, which produces a set of personalized potential actions that consumers could take to help reach their target FICO Score goal. Consumers can then track their progress to their goal or modify their goals along the way. FICO is committed to financial inclusion and consumer empowerment. The FICO Score Planner, which is available through lenders and resellers, is an important step in helping consumers understand and improve their access to credit. Finally, we continued to deploy significant resources to our share repurchase program. In the third quarter, we spent $107 million and another $55 million in July for a total this fiscal year of $286 million. We exhausted the 2017 board authorization and today announced a new $250 million share repurchase authorization. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but now I'd like to turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my comments. First, we delivered $260 million of revenue, an increase of $29 million or 12% year-over-year. Recurring revenue was $195 million, up 17% from last year, and bookings of $120 million were up 26% from last year. Secondly, we delivered $32 million of GAAP net income, up 28% year-over-year. And finally, we had $72 million of free cash flow this quarter and we spent $107 million of it on repurchasing shares. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reporting segments. Starting with Applications, revenues were $142 million, up 6% versus the same period last year. We had a strong quarter in compliance with our TONBELLER products and in Originations, with increases in transactional volumes. In Customer Management, we are now beginning to sell our new Strategy Director product and we had three deals over $1 million each this quarter. Our Applications bookings of $82 million is up 32% from last year. In the Decision Management Software segment, revenues were $26 million, down 7% versus the prior year due to the decreased license sales. Recurring revenues in DMS were up 3% from the previous year. Bookings were $27 million, up 27% from last year and 30% over last quarter. And finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were a record $92 million, up 32% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 42% versus last year and B2C revenues were up 15% versus the same quarter last year. Looking at revenues by region, this quarter 75% of total revenues were derived from the Americas. Our EMEA region generated 15% and the remaining 10% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 75% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 17% of total and license revenues were just 8% of total revenue. Our cloud revenues were $58 million this quarter, up 14% from last year. Year-to-date, our cloud revenues are $178 million, which is up 18% from last year. Bookings this quarter were $120 million, or up 26% from the prior year. We generated $17 million of current period revenue on those bookings for a yield of 14%. The weighted average term for our bookings was 28 months this quarter. This quarter we had 15 deals over $1 million and we booked 9 deals over $3 million. Cloud bookings were $44 million this quarter and are $95 million year-to-date, which is up more than 130% from last year. Operating expenses totaled $211 million this quarter, compared to $210 million in the second quarter. We expect to maintain a similar run rate in the fourth quarter, while actively investing our resources in our highest strategic priorities. Our non-GAAP operating margin as shown in our Reg G schedule is 27% for the third quarter and 26% year-to-date. We expect the full-year operating margin will be somewhere around 27% to 28%. GAAP net income this quarter was $32 million and non-GAAP net income was $47 million or $1.51 a share, and our effective tax rate was about 22% this quarter. Free cash flow for the quarter was $72 million versus $67 million in the prior year. And for the trailing 12 months, our free cash flow was $188 million. Now, finally turning to the balance sheet, we had $120 million of cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $765 million with the weighted average interest rate of 4.6%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.34 times, which is below our covenant level of three times. And during the quarter, we issued $400 million of fixed interest notes with an eight-year term. Proceeds were used to repay a maturity on an existing private placement as well as to reduce the amount outstanding on our revolving line of credit. During the quarter, we returned $107 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 563,000 shares at an average price of $189.75. We also purchased an additional $55 million in July, which exhausted the $250 million board authorization from last October. We repurchased more than 1.6 million shares this fiscal year at an average price of just over $175. We announced earlier today that the board has approved a new $250 million authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. And we also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance the strategy or strengthen the portfolio and competitive position. Finally, we are reconfirming our guidance that we updated last quarter with revenue of approximately $1.02 billion, GAAP net income of $140 million, non-GAAP net income of $200 million and non-GAAP EPS of $6.38. With that, I'll turn it back to Will for some final comments.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Mike. Next quarter, we'll talk about our expectations and guidance for 2019, but for now I'll say that we're happy with the progress we've made in 2018 and are very bullish on our future prospects. In our software businesses, we've made significant progress on our cloud first analytic forward strategies. We're signing more deals and larger deals and it's showing up in our bookings numbers. And we're seeing the cloud bookings, which have more than doubled in fiscal 2018, beginning to turn into cloud revenues. These recurring revenues give us more visibility to steady sustainable growth than ever before. On the Scores side, we're continually looking for new ways to make the most of this incredible IP asset. On the B2B side, we're working with customers to help them find new ways to use the FICO Score. On the B2C side, we're committed to providing products and services to promote financial inclusion and to help consumers pursue their financial goals. In summary, we're well positioned as we finish up our fiscal year and look to the future. We remain committed to our strategy and are eager to make the most of the many opportunities ahead. Now, I'll turn it back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we will now take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Thank you. We have a question from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Yeah. Good evening, guys. My first question is maybe we could just revisit the DMS growth profile and how that's changed. Because I think at the beginning of the year, you talked about that should be sort of a low-double-digit kind of growth business, but it's been declining. So can you just help me walk through what changed there, what's going on again?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Manav, this is Mike. So, really what's happening is the DMP as a standalone segment is becoming a little less relevant to a separate reportable unit for us. Where we are seeing growth from the DMS and the DMP platform is primarily coming off of the products that we have created using the DMS and the DMP, which is our Originations product and our new Strategy Director product. And so, while we're disappointed, I'd say in the standalone performance of the revenue of what we classically call DMS we're very, very happy with the value that we're creating from the investment in the platform itself and it's showing up in terms of benefits in other areas that are probably buried within the Applications business.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
So I guess is there – so it sounds like there's a few of those products you talked that are disappointing, but is it being made up for elsewhere or was it the Scores business that's making up for these in terms of your guidance?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I wouldn't say that we're disappointed. We're not disappointed in any of our products, Manav. Things are actually going quite well, including in DMS. You're getting the shift from license to recurring, so that's part of it. And then, as we've talked about in the past, DMS, it's not a pure thing. It actually underlies so many of our other products, and sometimes it gets sold as DMS and sometimes it gets sold as an application with a different name like Strategy Director or Originations. And so I think we're in pretty good shape there.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then, just on the Scores side, I mean can you just maybe some incremental color on the pricing increases that you had on the mortgage side last quarter? Any increased adoptions? And also just any thoughts on the FHFA stopping the review of the scoring alternatives I guess?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well, first, with respect to the mortgage pricing, we put in place some pricing changes some time ago. As you know, the way that market works, many of the contracts with the end users are over extended period of time. And so, not all the pricing has completely kicked in. But we haven't had any issues. Things seem to be going very smoothly there. With respect to the FHFA process, we're on board with it and remains to be seen where it goes.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And maybe just last question. Any thoughts on market trends and color, just the usual on mortgage or to cars (17:22), any changes there?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We're continuing to see strength. I mean, everyone worries about the fall off in volumes, but we're not really seeing it.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
All right. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Our next question is from Brett Huff with Stephens. Please go ahead.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Hi. This is Blake on for Brett. Thanks for taking my questions. First one is the bookings, those were nice in the quarter. It seems that you're getting more larger deals, as you pointed out. With that in mind, I was wondering if we could get an update on the pace of cloud infrastructure investment and maybe the duration of that. Any update on how that is going, how long it should last? And specifically in the quarter, gross margin was a little bit lower than we had modeled at least. Was there any incremental infrastructure investment in the quarter maybe that was in that line item?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. So, we're seeing – well, we entered the year with an internal mantra of cloud first. And our sales organization, their compensation plans, even our internal non-sales comp plans are really focused on building out a world-class cloud business that we believe we're well underway to doing that. What we've seen so far through nine months is we've seen a tremendous amount of growth on the bookings side, well over 130% year-to-date compared to the prior year. And along the way, as I think we've mentioned numerous times, we've increased our investment in our security, in our operations, in our infrastructure. And frankly, most of the new employees that are finding their way into FICO are tied to those kinds of activities. Many of them are in our lower cost areas, including in Bangalore. But the point is a lot of the investments that we're making this year are to basically build out the infrastructure to keep up with all the demand and the actual growth in that business. So I would say the increase in costs that you've seen over the past few quarters has primarily been tied to that and it's starting to level off, but it's at this new run rate. The only other item that is maybe of interest on the expense run rate at least this quarter is, it was a bit inflated in quarter three because we had our annual FICO World Customer User Conference in April, and that's $3 million to $4 million of one-time marketing dollars get spent for that event. But beyond that, we're just kind of continuing to put money against the growth and the opportunity in the cloud.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Great. And then, with regards to the price increase in mortgage, can you talk about the potential for maybe other price increases you maybe see in the future in the B2B segment? Are there any specific verticals or use cases you think most likely? And then any timing you'd give on that as well?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
There's no specific verticals and no specific timing. We regularly and continuously review our pricing. We have the flexibility to change our pricing once a year. And so there is kind of an annual cycle for that. I think that you can be assured that our Scores people are trying to strike the right balance between not shocking the market with price increases, but at the same time making sure that we are adequately compensated for the value that we're providing. And so there's a continual assessment of that. We interview customers and our distribution channels to understand what's appropriate. And we recognize we're in a special position and are careful about that.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
All right. And then last one for me was, you mentioned the refi. That other expense was a little bit higher than we expected. Did that higher interest expense kick-in in the third quarter at all? And then maybe any comments on the impact there on the interest expense line?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. The debt was refinanced in first week of May. And so I guess it was a partial quarter where we had reduced the revolver, which is just around 3% debt, around that area, and we replaced it with about 5% debt on the new offering. But what you ought to see over the course of the next few quarters going forward is some nominal increase in interest expense, but not all that significant, because our weighted debt is just nominally higher than what it was pre-refinancing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
And the revolver is tied to LIBOR and that's been taken out. So that's some of it too.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Great. Thank you very much.
Operator:
We have a question from Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Please go ahead.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good afternoon, everyone.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So, first of all, congratulations on the really strong bookings. That's impressive.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
The first question for you is that I wanted to ask about the cyber security product. It looked like you had started on a new strategy, a freemium/premium model. So I was going to ask about what the plan is with that and then how also you think about the overall opportunity in terms of what it could be for you.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Oh, thanks for asking that question. We're very excited about our prospects there. So, as you know, we call it the Enterprise Security Score. It comes in two forms, one is an outside-in look at a company. So you can look at all your vendors. You can look at all kinds of people from the outside-in without their permission just based on what's publicly visible. And then there's an inside-out look, which goes much deeper and is the kind of thing that companies would do for themselves and insurance underwriters might insist on for underwriting cyber insurance for an insured. And so those are the two broad flavors. What you're referring to the freemium model is, it turns out that it's not that hard for us to produce this score. And there is some cost associated with it, but not huge cost. And therefore we thought that in the interest of adoption, we should make it free and let people get their own FICO Enterprise Security Score by going to the website and signing up. And they'll get their score and they get the feedback. And then they also have an opportunity, I should point out, to improve their score, if they think that any of the data on which the score is based is erroneous. They have an opportunity to submit that and potentially improve their scores, if they feel like there's any error there. And then, from there, obviously you move to paid product and you'll be paying for assessing all of your vendors and so on.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
And then the revenue trends look very strong. The bookings trends look very strong. I wanted to ask about how we should start to think about the timing of when we should see some of that strong incremental profitability actually flow through and drive some margin expansion?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
That's another great question, Bill, and we wrestle with that one. We wrestle with that one internally all the time because, as you know, we have a lot of control over our expenses...
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Right.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
...and we can improve the software margins at any time at will. I mean, we really can. And so, for us, the debate is always is this the year to do it, should we be dialing back our investment and stretch out the roadmap, the timeline for producing all this innovation that we're producing. In the interest of showing our investor base that we have this profit-making potential or, alternatively, should we continue to invest based on what we believe the market opportunity is to carve out kind of first-mover advantages, I mean I think we have the absolute world-leading analytics platform, there's no one that has anything quite like what we have. And so we're in a little bit of a race and we're really throwing a lot of energy and resource at it. But the balance is there and it's in our control. And so I think you'll just see us going year-by-year and making a determination about how much and at what pace do we want to make these investments. I think it would be fair to assume that over the coming five years, the margin is just going to continually trickle upward. It's going to tick upward. But in terms of a commitment to improving the margin right now, I think that really depends on this balance between market opportunity.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
And then you talked about a number of different applications. You didn't mentioned CCS and I just wanted to check in on that one. That's one that I know you had been getting a lot of traction with in the past. Just wanted to get a sense for about approximately what it was in terms of dollar size. What kind of growth rate you're seeing on it and where are you getting the best adoption?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Okay. So Mike will give you the growth rate in a second, but I would just say that CCS continues to be a very strong business for us. We have the world's leading product there. Obviously, the components of messaging to a consumer, many of those are commoditized and are available at kind of commodity price levels. But CCS has a tremendous amount of value-add and case management associated with it, and we obviously have all the analytics horsepower that we bring to it. And so, in a world where our customers are increasingly focused on customer journey and understanding the consumer through the entire life cycle, having the ability to interact with the consumer and optimize every one of those interactions is increasingly important. And so we're just seeing a lot of appetite and uptake for it. It's very strong in Asia right now. We finally have enough capacity between owned data centers and AWS extension. We have the capacity now to support customers in a way that we never had before. And so we're seeing geographic expansion. And, of course, our core customers in the UK and in the U.S. are very happy in renewing our product.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
In terms of the numbers, Bill, the CCS business is growing year-to-date about 14% and the run rate is just around $25 million per quarter of all recurring cloud revenue. Third quarter, we were slightly below that, in fact half that, mainly because of some volume declines that happened at a couple of large customers as they were re-outlining some of their strategies. But we see those as kind of short-term items. Long-term, the pipeline is very fat and healthy in this area and the product is world-class.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. And I just wanted to ask for a little clarification on – within Applications, of course everybody always thinks of you guys in terms of Falcon and TRIAD, but it seems like if you group together a couple of your other products like CCS and, I don't know which ones exactly in terms of the size, whether you would throw in Originations Manager in there or Strategy Director, but it seems like they're almost getting to the size of Falcon and TRIAD on a combined basis. I mean, maybe you can help us understand the dynamic within the portfolio of Applications?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. So you're absolutely right, there is growth. We're seeing good growth in Originations and in Strategy Director, and frankly, in collections and recovery also I mean. So, if you think about our big franchises, obviously, Scores is big and strong and in good shape; Falcon, same thing. And then you get into – the CCS is in good shape. We just talked about that. And then if you go down to our fourth and fifth and sixth businesses, they're all very healthy and doing really well and kind of taking share in the market, and that would be Originations, Strategy Director. I'd say those are the big ones. So Strategy Director, one way to think about that is it's the next generation of TRIAD. So it's not really a distinct thing. And yet very often it's sold together with Originations. And so it's both kind of a successor product to TRIAD as well as a sister product to Originations.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
One last thing I'd add to that, Bill, that probably wasn't evident in the pre-comments, but the collections and recovery product of ours, which we've had for now a little while, we've added a lot of features, capabilities, took it to the cloud. On a year-to-date basis, that part of our business has the largest bookings of the entire software suite is in collections and recovery and most of that sitting in backlog, which is pretty remarkable, because just two-and-a-half, three years ago that product was much smaller and when we sold it, it was all upfront license revenue. And that's just not the model with that anymore. So, that will become more prominent along with CCS and Originations I think over the next 12 to 18 months.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. One housekeeping item, number of shares that you actually bought in July?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We spent $55 million and it was, let me give you a number, 300-some-thousand shares.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Give me a good quick second and I'll put my finger on that for you.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. While you're doing that, I'll slip in another one. I just wanted to check in on FICO XD, just to see where that was in the adoption. I know that we've gone through beta testing with a number of banks. I think there were a couple of banks who were trying it out. Just trying to get a sense for how that's doing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
So far so good. I mean, everything is right on track with XD. You know that adoption is slow, but there's a lot of appetite for it and it continues to proceed apace. We announce adoption as we can once our customers are comfortable that they're going to adopt and it's gotten through the testing and so on.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. We took in about 240,000 shares in the month of July.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
240,000 shares.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Our share count is just over 29.2 million, 29.1 million, right in that range right now, after the plan.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. That's what I was trying to get at, so. All right. Well, I've got to go because I've got to get home and work on my tasks that are being assigned to me by the Score Planner, so I can improve my FICO Score.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks a lot. You'll get up there yet, we'll get you a mortgage someday.
Operator:
And we have a question from the line of Adam Klauber with William Blair. Please go ahead.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Thanks. Good afternoon. Just a couple of follow-ups. So, on the Applications bookings, just a ballpark, how much actually is coming from the Origination and collections? Is that the majority of it now?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Adam, give me a second, I'll take a peek. We had a pretty good quarter in both Originations, collections and recovery, and fraud banking. So, between the three of them, that was about $50 million of the $80 million, those three product lines.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Okay. And I think you said the pipeline even for more new business is still pretty good in both those products?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Collections and recovery in particular, we have a very large cloud pipeline. We're starting to see it level off a little bit in Originations. We've been on fire the last two years and that's levelling off some and it's being replaced frankly with collections and recovery and our Strategy Director products.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
And with the collections and recovery, is that more replacing competitor products or is that more sort of a new tool for banks that they just haven't had before?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, it's replacing usually an existing vendor or an internally billed product. Most of these are third-party vendors. So it's a complicated piece of software. It's 5 million lines of code, our collections and recovery business. So those if you're big and complicated, you don't build them yourself, you go look for a vendor and we're more often than not now on that short list.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. And what's the average term of the contracts both on the Origination and collections? Do they tend to be longer on average?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, our average term blended all-in was 28 months. These tend to around three years.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Okay. And then DMS, I think you've talked about transition a fair amount, but for next year do you think overall revenue will be flat or up based on that transition?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We'll let you know here in three months. To be quite honest, we're – and the reason I say that is a big contributor to our growth rates on a go-forward basis is the amount of deals we book and how they what we call waterfall or how they roll out and get recognized in the future.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Sure.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
And because we have such a heavy weighting of our bookings in the fourth quarter, it's often hard to do an estimate of how much revenue we'll have in the bank and rolling forward into next year until we get closer to the end of the quarter. So, that's why we really haven't given a whole lot of directional guidance at this point yet.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Yes. That makes sense. And then, on the FICO Score Planner, how is that business being monetized?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It becomes part of the bundled package that we sell on myFICO or that our vendors and resellers are selling into their package. So it really helps support the existing consumer pricing and in maybe some cases it creates a little premium. But, right now, it just becomes part of a richer bundle of packages and gives consumers more reason to go in and sign up and stay longer.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Great. And is that having that – not maybe ask for a number, but is that having a material effect on the growth in B2C right now?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Not yet.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, not yet. We just announced it here a month ago. It's a pretty neat innovation, but it just literally got announced within the last 30 days.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
And there are no further questions at this time.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Okay. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that concludes the call. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your line.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp. William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp. Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc. Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. As a reminder, this conference call is being recorded Thursday, April 26, 2018. I will now turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you. Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO's second quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared with the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 26, 2018. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Steve. I'm happy to say we delivered our highest revenue quarter ever, and our team is executing at a high level. We remain very bullish on our business and because of the increased visibility into our growth, we are today raising our full year guidance which Mike will explain shortly. In our second quarter, we reported revenues of $258 million an increase of 13% over the same period last year. We delivered $32 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.03 per share. We delivered $48 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.54. Most importantly, we're delivering revenue growth while we're successfully transitioning our business model from upfront license revenue to a recurring revenue base. This quarter year-over-year revenue grew at 13% even while license revenue declined by 36%. We were able to drive growth through increasing our recurring revenue which is up 21% over the last year. In fact, recurring revenues accounted for 76% of our total revenues this quarter compared with 71% last year. In Applications, revenues were up 9% over the prior year. Our Originations Solutions and Customer Communication Services were particularly impressive, up 50% and 17% respectively from last year. We were able to grow total recurring revenue in Applications by 14% giving us more visibility to predictable future revenues. In our Decision Management Software, we continued to make progress even as this segment sees the most impact of the revenue model transition. This quarter for instance, upfront licenses were down 52% from last year, which caused total revenues to be down about 19%. Historically, Blaze Advisor and Xpress Optimization were sold as perpetual or term licenses. More and more we're selling these in the cloud either our own FICO Analytic Cloud or on AWS. And as a result the revenue is reported as SaaS recurring revenue. We continue to have a healthy pipeline of opportunities as our technology drives sales in both our DMS and Applications segments. In the Scores business we had a great quarter as we continue to look for new revenue opportunities. Total revenues were up 34% versus the prior year and are up 26% year-to-date. On the B2B side, revenues were up 47% over the same period as last year. This was driven partly by increased volumes but much of it was due to targeted price increases. As we've been saying for the last several quarters, we are continually reviewing our pricing practices and have identified instances where the pricing was not commensurate with the value delivered. We implemented some adjustments in January with pricing increases, in this case primarily, in mortgage originations. B2C revenues were up 13% this quarter and 19% year-to-date. We continue to roll out new programs with existing partners and are beginning to see revenues from recently implemented deals. We still have a large pipeline of potential deals and see many opportunities to serve this constantly evolving space. As always, we remain focused on driving shareholder value. We've repurchased nearly $125 million in shares halfway through our fiscal year. At the same time we're actively investing in exploiting the many opportunities that we're pursuing. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but now I'd like to turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today I'll emphasize three points in my comments. First, we delivered $258 million of revenue, an increase of $29 million or 13% year-over-year. Recurring revenue was $195 million, up 21% from last year and bookings were $102 million, up 12% from last year. Second, we delivered $32 million of GAAP net income which is up 29% year-over-year. And finally, we had $42 million of free cash flow this quarter and we spent $75 million on repurchasing shares. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reported segments. Start with Applications where revenues were $147 million, up 9% versus the same period last year. We had a particularly strong quarter in Originations and our Customer Communications Services product lines, which both had strong increases in transactional volumes. Our Applications bookings of $69 million is up 42% from last year. In the Decision Management Software segment revenues were $23 million, down 19% versus the prior year due to the decreased license sales. Recurring revenue in DMS were up 3% from the previous year and bookings were $20 million, while down 15% from last year it was up 68% over last quarter. Finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were $88 million up 34% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 47% versus the same period a year ago due primarily to some targeted price increases in mortgage as well as overall volume increases. The B2C revenues were up 13% from the same quarter last year. We continue to expect to see continued growth from both B2B and B2C in the back half of our year. Looking at revenues by region, this quarter 75% of total revenues were derived in the Americas, our EMEA region generated 17% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 76% of total revenue, consulting and implementation revenues were 18% of total and license revenues were just 6% of total revenue. Cloud revenue was $63 million this quarter, up 26% from last year. In fact year-to-date cloud revenues are $120 million, up 20% from the same period last year. Bookings this quarter were $102 million, up 12% from the prior year, we generated $13 million of current period revenue on those bookings for a yield of only 13%. The weighted average term for our bookings was 30 months this quarter, and this quarter we had 13 deals over $1 million, and we booked six deals in excess of $3 million. In addition, our cloud bookings were $32 million this quarter and are $51 million year-to-date, which is almost double from the same period last year. Operating expenses totaled $210 million this quarter, compared to $195 million in the first quarter. This increase primarily relates to variable expenses associated with our increased revenue and employee incentive costs including the special all employee restricted stock grant we announced last quarter. We expect to maintain our current cost run rate over the back half of the year while we actively invest our resources in our highest strategic priorities. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 27% in the second quarter. We expect some margin expansion in the back half of the year and that the full year operating margin will be between 26.5% to 28.5%. GAAP net income this quarter was $32 million and non-GAAP net income was $48 million or $1.54 per share. The effective tax rate was about 21% this quarter and we expect our tax rate to be in the low to mid 20s over the remainder of 2018. Free cash flow for the quarter was $42 million versus $61 million in the prior year. And for the trailing 12 months our free cash flow was $183 million. Now, turning to the balance sheet, we had a $108 million of cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $704 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.2% and the ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.24 times, well below our covenant level of three times. Depending upon market conditions we may be refinancing some of our debt over the next two quarters. During the quarter we returned $75 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 461,000 shares at an average price of $162.71. And through the first two quarters of our fiscal year we repurchased almost 800,000 shares at an average price of just over $156. We have about $162 million remaining on our latest board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, as Will mentioned, we're raising our previously provided guidance. We're now guiding the full fiscal year as follows. We expect revenues to be about $1.02 billion, up from the previously guided $990 million. GAAP net income which we previously guided at $136 million is now expected to be approximately $140 million. GAAP earnings per share, previously guided at $4.34, is now approximately $4.47 and non-GAAP net income previously $191 million is now expected to be $200 million, which equates to $6.38 per share on a non-GAAP basis. With that, I'll turn it over to Will for his final comments.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Mike. We are halfway through our fiscal year and I'm very happy with where we stand. Last week we hosted our FICO World Conference where we brought together more than 1,000 of our customers to showcase the latest in our decisioning solutions. I had the opportunity to sit with many customers and those discussions confirmed for me that we are uniquely positioned to help a wide range of companies solve their most difficult decisioning problems. Our development teams have done a magnificent job of cloud enabling our IP and tailoring it to be delivered in an efficient cost effective manner. And our sales team is successfully signing deals to build the backlog of recurring transactional revenue. At the same time our FICO Scores continues to prove the value they bring to the entire financial ecosystem. We believe we're poised to do great things in the remainder of fiscal 2018 and beyond. I'll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Certainly. Our first question is from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please proceed with your question.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Hi. How are you guys doing? Good evening.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Good.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
My first question is just is the guidance raised entirely due to the B2B scores performance?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It's pretty much all around our Scores business, yeah, both B2B and B2C.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
So, I mean those price increases that you implemented, my guess is you, I guess, sort of knew that was happening. So was there a hesitation that it wasn't going to take hold that you didn't include it in guidance in the beginning or maybe just some more color there?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, I think that it's a matter of certainty versus uncertainty. So we had our views about the way things would likely evolve. But until it's done, it's not done. And so as you know, we tend to be conservative on guidance.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Got it. And then maybe just on that specifically. Obviously, in the context of the news around what TAM (14:29) you want to do and so forth in the mortgage market and the debate around the scores, I guess just some thoughts on your timing to put that price increase with that debate going on?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. I think that's a fair question, we did talk about it. And I think our view is that who knows how this is going to shake up from a regulatory standpoint – from a statutory standpoint. But in the event that we wind up being a sole source score provider, we didn't want it said that we were leveraging that position to push through price increases. I mean, I think that we're really trying to just have the pricing reflect the value being provided to the end user.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then last one just on this, I guess what I'm trying to understand is on the B2B score side like what was just the market driven growth, so ex your price increases. And I guess, just trying to make sure we don't – you don't take this 47% and add that to your numbers for the rest of the year basically?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Two points to that, Manav. So we're not going to get real granular in terms of how much of this came from price versus how much came from volume. But I can tell you that we saw volume increases across the board, across all the lifecycles that we talk about, B2B. And in certain cases some of the lifecycles were in the high-single digits. But that being said, obviously a significant amount did come from some of the very targeted pricing that we did do. As it relates to what we see in this guidance that we just provided, we see a run rate in scores similar to what we delivered in the second quarter and certainly the rest of the year will be dependent upon increases or decreases in volume and any other pricing schedules that begin to become applicable. Again, the bureaus roll these out to their end customers over a period of time and so the uncertainty Will was referring to is because we're not party to those agreements, it's uncertain when exactly the bureaus pass on some of these increases. So that's one of the reasons why this wasn't included back in November when we gave our guidance.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. Got it. Thanks guys. I'll turn it over.
Operator:
Our next question is from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens. Please go ahead.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Good afternoon, and thanks for taking my questions.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Sure, Brett.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Can we – thanks for the detail on the B2B scores that (00:17:44) things like that given that you guys use channels to distribute those, I wanted to follow up on any new developments in the B2C relationships that you have, the channel solutions that you're working with Experian and then maybe some of the other credit card providers, it's one of the things that at least to us seems like a really big opportunity and it seems like those lead generation efforts on the part of more customized issuers seem to be doing well. Any new developments there?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Nothing new in terms of new clients that we're announcing today. I would say though that we've signed a number of deals in the past quarters. They're starting to ramp. Not all of them are fully ramped yet. In this quarter, our consumer revenue coming through those channels are almost as large each quarter as are myFICO business. So both are growing at a very nice rate, I'd like to call out our myFICO business is growing better than 5%, 6%, 7%, so what you're seeing in our numbers on the B2C side is just continue to roll out of what we have and we're continuing to work deals as they arise, but nothing new to announce this quarter.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
And then just to dig in a little bit on Scores. Any commentary, I think, you mentioned different lifecycles of the Scores, some were high single-digits, some were lower. Where did pre-screen fall into that? I don't know if you want to get that granular, but sometimes you'll give us the data on pre-screen?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Our pre-screen, our acquisitions scores actually was the highest. It was very high-single digit this quarter. There were some very strong marketing from what we saw this quarter in the numbers we're reporting.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
And then last question for me just a general kind of loan origination environment, anything you guys are seeing change either accelerate or decelerate, particular verticals that have changed since the last time we all talked?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, not really. Things are pretty solid in the same areas that it has been. We're not seeing any significant shift from certainly last quarter or even the last couple.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. That's what I needed. Thanks for your time, guys.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Sure.
Operator:
Our next question is from the line of Adam Klauber with William Blair. Please go ahead.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Thanks. Couple on Applications, clearly it's some good volumes, but how much of the growth, for just general sense, came from more products from existing clients or how much came from new clients. In other words, what was not volume related?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. So a lot of it came, a lot of the growth on the recurring line in particular came from deals that we signed or booked in our fourth quarter, third quarter last year. And they're starting to come online. So we had a lot of growth that came from deals at that point in time. I would say the mix of new client logos versus existing client logos still is primarily existing client logos. It's more – more than half easily or coming from existing customers who are adopting some of the new products. Though we do have a couple of new marquee customers and new logos that we signed to the latter part of last year where you're starting to see the recurring revenue. So it's a nice blend but mainly coming from our existing customer base.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Okay. And then I know sometimes on renewals they can be lumpy as we think about the next quarter or two, have there been any renewals that have been moved up or down that we should think about that could cause some lumpiness?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, we have some scheduled renewals coming in quarter three and in quarter four, we've kind of baked in the effect of that into our new guidance but nothing sizable I would say.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Okay. And then in DMS, clearly you have the shift going on towards cloud and away from license. Could you have just some sense when you think revenue will stabilize?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah, I think that's happening right now as we speak. We're seeing the revenues starting to climb in spite of the transition.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. I think, Adam, I would say the one kind of disappointment we maybe have this quarter was the timing of some deals. Coming into the very end of the quarter we had, I don't know, roughly $10 million, maybe a little bit more, in deals that we expected to sign that would be book deals not upfront revenue, but book deals with recurring revenue and ended up either signing after the quarter or we're still closing them and pursuing them. So there is the lumpiness that will occur in this business, probably less in license revenue and more in bookings...
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Right.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
As we go forward. But there is a lot of pipeline...
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
...there in DMS and we're really happy with the market acceptance and demand around this product.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Our next question is from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good afternoon, everyone.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi. Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So, I don't know, in some ways, I'm speechless. When was the last time you guys raised guidance within the year? I mean, are we talking like -?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I've been around 14 years, Bill. It's been a little while, but we've done it. We've done it.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
It was like 2013, I think, right.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
You got a better calendar than I do on these things.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Anyway. So, I think that probably says something right there. As I look at the 47% growth in the B2B side, it's definitely above anything that I was modelling. So is the thought that we rolled that 47% growth in that piece of the business forward, assuming volumes remain the same as they have been remaining. Does the price increase continue to flow through for the rest of the year? I am assuming that's the way it is, I just want to make sure?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. I think the run rate that we delivered this quarter, the overall run rate $88 million which includes this piece of the B2B is a fairly good run rate to be using right now if all things remain the same on the quantity side. And again, as I mentioned, there is a little bit of uncertainty as to how the rate card gets applied through each of the three bureaus and so there could be a little bit of volatility along the way, but we're assuming in our numbers at least that the run rate is stable.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
How are things going on the lead gen side, you had signed up deals with or you've been working with Experian, with Discover, and it was a different revenue model, are you starting to see some meaningful volumes coming to those channels?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I think the meaningful volumes are still in our future, but we don't really control it, it's more in the hands of our partners. And so when they ramp we will be in good shape, but they're not really, they're in the process of ramping now.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. It wasn't a big needle mover this quarter, but it was definitely some incremental revenue from what we've seen in the past but it wasn't a needle mover.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. And then maybe you can talk a little bit about what's driving the strength in Originations and also in the Customer Communication side. Those numbers seem pretty strong within applications?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. I would say that the answer is the same in both situations. We have the best product in the market. So our Originations product is just a – it's a really high feature, high function elegant code, kind of an offering. And so it's not surprising that the marketplace has really embraced it. And so we're very busy selling it. Customer Communication Services, same thing, I think that we're best in class and we continue to refine what we do and improve the analytics and the feedback so that they can – so that our customers can maximize the return as their – and optimize their interactions with their customers. So it's really having great product is what it is. I mean, it sounds kind of like a throwaway, but it's – I mean it's truly because we have great products.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
You know, Bill, I'd add to that, over the last couple of years, maybe over the last six, seven quarters but roughly call it two years. We've taken what was an Originations product that was not growing much at all. In fact in some cases stepping backwards and over that two year, the last two year period, we signed 25 or more cloud customers, some pretty needy ones in the banking industry. And what you're starting to see in the revenue is you're starting to see the go lives and you're starting to see the recurring revenue coming on that. That's what accounts for the 50% growth in Originations. These have been deals that we've talked about being booked in the past that are now starting to go live and we've got a lot of people working on Originations business, because, as Will said, it's been winning a lot of deals in the market.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. I remember last year the challenge had been that you have been booking a lot of business and the expense side, you had to invest in order to implement the business and also to build out the technology infrastructure to support the business. Now, are you getting to the point where the incremental investment in implementations and infrastructure is starting to slow?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I wish I could say we're getting to that point, but we're not really slowing. The opportunity set is so strong that we're investing for the future and cloud, security, managed services, professional services to support all that. And we're making the investments that show up on the cost side so that the business can be as strong as we think it can be.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah, I would add one more thing, Bill. Where last year we talked a lot about originations pipeline and deals that we were signing. We believe we're at the frontend of seeing a lot of that on the collections and recovery side. In fact this quarter our largest deal that we booked, which was just north of $10 million in the aggregate was a very solid collections and recovery in the cloud deal, probably one of the largest that'll to be implemented on the planet by us and so we're seeing a very good pipeline on that side as well and the hope of course is to see a repeat of what we've done on the Originations side with that product line.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Now it also sounded like you guys have been working on a combination fraud and compliance product, two areas that typically within banks have been handled very separately, but would seem like they would fit together closely, is that the case and where is that paid?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Bill, that is the case, we're very much focused on a broad fraud footprint and the way KYC and AML and fraud are all committing app frauds, they're all coming together and so we're looking at it more holistically and our customers are asking for it that way too.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah, the product hasn't been released yet Bill, but what we're seeing in terms of deals that underpin some of these bookings is we're seeing a lot of Falcon/CCS deals happening together, those are already of course fairly well integrated. And while we're integrating the AML Solution that we bought from TONBELLER, we're actually seeing a ton of standalone AML deals, some quite large ones and we expect a few more before the end of the year. Falcon X as Stuart calls it will be hopefully available by the end of the calendar.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Excellent. All right. Well, thank you very much. Congratulations on a really strong quarter.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks. Thanks, Bill.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Bill.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you. That concludes today's call. We would like to thank you all for joining us. Have a good day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your lines.
Executives:
Steve Weber - VP, IR Will Lansing - CEO Mike Pung - CFO
Analysts:
Brett Huff - Stephens Incorporated Manav Patnaik - Barclays Katelyn Young - William Blair Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Thursday, January 25, 2018. And now, I’d like to turn the conference over to Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO’s first quarter earnings call. I’m Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I’m joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the Company’s filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call also includes statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the Company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and the Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the Company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 25, 2019. And now, I’ll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. I’m pleased with the results and I’m happy to see we have good momentum as we look at the year ahead. In our first quarter, we reported revenues of $235 million, an increase of 7% over the same period last year. We delivered $27 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $0.86 per share. Our GAAP earnings and EPS include the charge of $12 million or $0.37 per share associated with the recent enactment of tax reform. We delivered $41 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.30 per share, up 23% and 27%, respectively from the same period last year. Mike will talk more about the impacts of tax reform but it is certainly a net positive for us going forward. We believe the reduced ongoing tax rate will have a positive impact in fiscal 2018 of nearly $14 million and today are updating our guidance to reflect that. In light of tax reform, we also announced to our employees today that we’ll be issuing a special grant of 10 restricted stock units to every FICO employee, making each employee an owner to share in our long-term success. On the software side of our business, we continue to build through our recurring revenue base as we sell more cloud-based deals. Our applications segment was up 5% over last year and recurring revenue was up 10%. We had particularly good quarters with our compliance, Customer Communications Services, collections and recovery and originations solutions. These products are innovative, relatively new cloud-based products and they’re now getting to a size where their growth can move the needle for the Company. In our decision management software, revenues were down about $1.5 million or 6% due to less upfront license sales. Our emphasis is on cloud deals in DMS, meaning more recurring revenue. However, those revenues were up 13%. Overall, our cloud based revenues were up 13% and our cloud based bookings were up 34% over the same period last year. In the Scores business, we continue to drive significant growth. Revenues this quarter were $70 million, up 18% from the same period last year. On the B2C side, revenues were up 27% over the previous year as we had new partners and seek growth from our existing partners. Today’s consumers are more focused than ever on their personal financial information and their credit worthiness. We’ve been focused on educating consumers first to our Open Access program and then with partners to provide additional content around the Scores with information like simulators, score ingredients, summary reports and monitoring. We are constantly looking for ways to expand offerings to consumers and provide more value to our partners to work together to give consumers best possible view how lenders assess them. On the B2B side, revenues were up 13% over the previous year as we continue to see increases in both volume and price. The current credit climate remains very strong and we expect to drive growth on the B2B side throughout this fiscal year. I’d like to take a minute to update you on our Financial Inclusion Initiatives that we’ve been talking about over the last several quarters. As you know FICO is an independent data analytics company, not a credit bureau. FICO’s role in the lending system is to harness the credit bureau’s data to produce FICO Scores, which are predictive of consumers’ credit risk. In order to produce the credit score that is reliable and predictive, we rely on quality data standards that are refined over decades and we know what’s at stake. The consumer’s ability to get a car loan or mortgage hinges on the lender’s ability to accurately assess risk. Our data standards play an important role in ensuring the robustness and accuracy of our credit scoring system and by extension the stability and soundness of millions of lending decisions every day. We are responsibly using new and regulatory compliant alternative data sources that allow us to give reliable FICO Scores to people who cannot be scored using credit bureau data alone. Our approach ensures that the integrity of our scoring standards as well as the expansion of credit scoring to a broader, more inclusive and more diverse group than ever before. I’ll share some summary thoughts later but now I would like to turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike Pung:
Thanks, Will Good afternoon, everyone. Today, I’ll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $235 million of revenue, an increase of $16 million or 7% year-over-year. Recurring revenue grew 14% over last year, double-digit growth in all three segments and at a $175 million accounted for nearly 3/4 of the quarter’s revenue. Second, we delivered $27 million of GAAP net income, which included some charges associated with the tax reform act. Our ongoing recurring tax rate will decline over the remainder of the year, resulting in an estimated savings of $14 million or $0.44 per share. Finally, we generated $25 million of free cash flow this quarter and we used $50 million to repurchase shares in quarter one and an additional $50 million for repurchases in January. I’ll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reported segments. Starting with the applications, revenues were a $141 million, up 5% versus the same period last year. Recurring revenue grew 10% over last year, partially offset by a decline in license revenue. We had a very strong quarter in our Customer Communications Services product where volumes pushed revenues up 18% from last year. We also had a strong quarter in collections and recovery, up 14% and in originations, up 13%. Our applications bookings of $62 million were flat with the prior year. In the Decision Management Software segment, revenues were $24 million, down 6% versus the last year due to fewer upfront license sales. That was partially offset by an increase of 13% in recurring revenue. Bookings of $12 million were also down, following last quarter’s record bookings. As we continue to transition to more SaaS based deals, we will likely see less upfront revenue but more recurring. And finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were $70 million, up 18% from last year. On the B2B side, we’re up 13% versus last year and are continuing to see positive trends. The B2C revenues were up 27% from the same quarter last year. As Will noted, we expect Scores growth to continue to accelerate throughout the year. Looking at revenues by region, this quarter’s 74% of total revenues were derived from the Americas; our EMEA region generated 18%; and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources continued to trend up, this quarter representing 74% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenue were 18% and license revenues were 8% of total. Bookings this quarter were $82 million, down 15% from the prior year quarter. Total bookings for the trailing four quarters is $450 million. We generated $15 million of current period revenues on those bookings for a yield of 19%. The weighted average term for our bookings was 27 months this quarter. And this quarter we had 9 deals over a $1 million including 4 deals over $3 million. Operating expenses totaled to $195 million this quarter compared to $192 million in the fourth quarter. The increase is primarily related to our annual salary increase. And as you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 25% for the first quarter. We expect that operating margin to be between 26.5% and 28.5% for the full year. GAAP net income this quarter was $27 million and included a charge to income tax expense of $12 million or $0.37 per share associated with the Tax Cuts and Job Act. The charge encompasses several elements, including a tax on accumulated overseas earnings and profits, and the re-measurement of deferred income taxes. We also had a reduction to income tax expense of $11.5 million, or $0.36 per share associated with the excess tax benefits from shareholders. Including all these items, the effective tax rate was about 20% this quarter. We anticipate a reduction in our tax rate will result in a savings in our fiscal 2018 of about $14 million. We are still evaluating the long-term impact of the tax reform but expect our tax rate to be in the low to mid-20s over the remainder of 2018. Free cash flow for the quarter was $25 million versus $28 million in the prior year. Turning to the balance sheet, we had $94 million of cash on hand at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $664 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4%. The ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.2 times, below the covenant level of three times. During the quarter, we returned $50 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 335,000 shares at an average price of around $148. We repurchased another 313,000 shares in January at an average price of about $160. We have about $187 million remaining on the latest board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. And finally, we are updating our previously provided guidance to adjust for the impact of the tax reform legislation and the reduction in our share count. We are now guiding the full fiscal year as follows. Revenues remain unchanged at $990 million, GAAP net income previously guided at $139 million is now adjusted by the tax charges, and the ongoing rate benefit to $136 million, GAAP earnings-per-share is now approximately $4.34, non-GAAP net income previously guided at a $171 million is now revised to $191 million, making non-GAAP earnings per share an increase from $5.32 to $6.09 per share. With that I’ll turn it over to Will for some final comments.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I believe we have remarkable momentum and are just beginning to reap the benefits of our strategic initiatives. Our Scores business continues to lead the way. It’s really a unique franchise business at the heart of the U.S. credit markets. And we continue to find new opportunities to make the most of that valuable IP. On the software side, the product innovation we have invested in over the last several years is opening new markets and allowing us to serve entirely new sets of customers. At the same time, we are making a gradual but steady transition to our recurring SaaS revenue model that will deliver predictable profitable revenue. It’s truly an exciting time to be at FICO. I’ll now turn over to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we’re ready now to take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And we have a question from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please proceed. Sorry Mr. Patnaik your line is open. We also have a question from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens Incorporated, please proceed.
Brett Huff:
Thank you. Good afternoon, guys. Couple of quick questions. Definitely, I want to hear a little bit more about the B2C growth. I know that’s one of the big focuses that we hear from investors. It sounds like it was driven kind of across the board by your current partners continuing to kind of penetrate some of their programs and they’re pushing it, and then also some new partners. Are those new partners -- do they look like the old one, like with Experian or like maybe with Discover or are they new and different and any detail on that would be helpful?
Will Lansing:
Yes, Brett. I mean, a great deal of it was driven from our expanded relationship with Experian which we announced last year in January along with the Discover deal. Recently, we booked some new transactions for an Affinity deal and several other educational programs, and those deals are starting to go live and we’re starting to see revenue flow from that. And I should also add that our myFICO business had a very nice quarter as well growing in the mid single digits. So, it’s a combination of a lot of small things beginning to add up.
Brett Huff:
Can you talk a little bit about kind of the relative economics on any of those? I don’t know how much you guys have talked about how much more beneficial maybe selling for a consumer application, FICO Scores for consumer application versus a B2B. But have you maybe dimensionalized that for folks at all?
Will Lansing:
No. I mean, we have I guess to some degree. We’ve talked certainly about the broader relationship with Experian and the way that the pricing dynamic works there, as they grow, we grow; and as they decline, we decline. So, we’re very much tied on a percent of success or failure. For each of the other deals, they’re very independently negotiated and they tend to be based upon the amount of technology or the amount of IP scoring technology they’re using in the systems that they’re implementing, and also based upon the size of the market they’re addressing. And so, we would literally have to go into each deal individually which of course we can’t do for confidentiality reasons.
Brett Huff:
Okay. And then, one last question, on the 13% B2B growth that’s also really nice acceleration, I think you mentioned just kind of generally good place where we’re in the credit cycle and consumer and economic activity and things like that. Anything from a share shift point of view vis-à-vis the Equifax breach that you saw between potentially different distribution partners?
Will Lansing:
No, but we don’t see any share shift, it’s just strength in the market and we don’t see any of that.
Brett Huff:
One last one if I can. An update on which products we have SaaSified? I know that the communication, the origination manager, collections I think are all pure SaaS at this point. Where are we kind of innings wise on getting the Falcon and TRIAD products more that way? I believe last quarter you sold maybe what your first of one of those two in the SaaS version?
Will Lansing:
Yes. Great question. It’s actually easier to ask the question which ones haven’t made the full transition yet. And you mentioned Falcon and TRIAD. What I would say is with respect to TRIAD, we actually have the TRIAD successor product called Strategy Director which is available in the cloud. And we also can offer Falcon in the in the cloud although it doesn’t -- it’s not as fully featured as we intend for it to be in the long run. So, there is more work to be done on falcon. But virtually, all of our major franchise offerings are available on the cloud now?
Operator:
We have a question from Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please proceed.
Manav Patnaik:
So, the first question was just obviously with the nice tax benefit, it looks you are giving employees those RSUs. But broadly, should we expect any change to capital allocation here, pick-up buybacks or maybe just do more M&A, just some thoughts there?
Will Lansing:
No. I think the answer to that is no. I think our business continues to go along the direction it’s been on. The level of buyback is a function of our free cash flow and also kind of what we consider to be optimal leverage. And so, you’ll see our buybacks drift upward and downward to maintain the level of leverage that we think is efficient for our balance sheet. So, we’re -- as we mentioned, we are at 2.2 times, which is a little bit low for us. And so there is room for us to potentially increase the buyback a little bit, but I think the way to think about it as business as usual.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. And then, I was just wondering on the mortgage market side of things, the two-part question. One, what are the trends you are seeing there, within that 13% B2B, like is that all mainly credit card? And then, I guess, obviously, there is a the whole debate on the FICO Score within the mortgage market, if you have any thoughts there?
Mike Pung:
I can take the trends part. This is Mike. The quantities of B2B FICO Scores pull this quarter were up across the board, across all of the lifecycles that we service, marketing, originations and account management. As it relates to specific areas, we saw tremendous amount of strength in credit cards and have for the last number of quarters. But credit cards was a very big driver this quarter. We also saw a lot of strength in our marketing of auto loans and origination of auto loans and mortgage was little bit up from last year, flat to up slightly.
Manav Patnaik:
And just I guess thoughts just on the scoring debate out there in the market?
Will Lansing:
Well, yes. As you know, there is some pressure on the GSEs to reconsider the scores that they use to put on the paper. And today, FICO was very much the standard there. And we continue to believe that makes sense for FICO to remain the standard there. There is an RFI out and we are responding to that with our [indiscernible] and up to date offerings. And we think that system that we have today works well and there is -- from a policy standpoint it is really wrapped around safety and soundness. So, we would anticipate -- we hope that that system won’t change.
Manav Patnaik:
And then just last one for me on the DMS side of things, good to obviously see the recurring piece be up, but the license down. I mean, is that a trend we should continue to see? I was just hoping you could give us some more color there, maybe where we are in that transition, like what the mix looks like?
Will Lansing:
Well, I think what we saw this quarter is a continuation of what we have seen in the last couple of quarters. And that is upfront license revenue was starting to trend downwards on DMS as we are growing our recurring revenue business. It will continue to be lumpy depending upon the timing of when a deal is booked and revenue was claimed. Obviously, this quarter, we had very light bookings, not only in DMS but frankly across the whole Company, which isn’t too surprising to us coming off of the record we had in the fourth quarter. The decline in the license revenue is more than offset in general in the business by the recurring revenue. So, it’s just the continued advancement of the business model to more recurring revenue coming from the cloud products.
Operator:
We have a question from Katelyn Young with William Blair. please proceed.
Katelyn Young:
I was wondering if you could spend some time talking about the bookings in the quarter. Obviously, I understand you are coming off some really strong quarters over the last year. So, I was wondering if you could please just compare and contrast the bookings this quarter with perhaps a year ago in terms of product mix or client mix and if it is anything that was noticeably weaker in the quarter, any trends you are seeing there?
Will Lansing:
Yes. I wouldn’t call it a trend. I can explain a little bit about this quarter versus maybe prior quarters. Last years in total, we reported over $90 million each quarter bookings, with the last quarter of the year being been a very large record high. And we fell below that 90 million this quarter which internally was a disappointment to us. Fortunately, it was just due to some timing of some deals that we have in the pipeline and being we are in the first quarter, we are not too concerned that there’s any underlying trend there. It’s just simply the timing of when deals get signed and done. I would say that in the mix of the deals we have this quarter, many of them relate to our new cloud business including from a previous question we had another TRIAD cloud deal that we sign that was in one of our top 10 deals this quarter. So, there’s some very strong business that’s out there, unfortunately we didn’t get it all done by the end of December. But, we anticipate that we will catch itself up before the end of the fiscal year. So, beyond that, I wouldn’t say there is any other important trends to think of.
Katelyn Young:
And then on the B2B growth side, are the XD relationships -- from the international work you guys are doing, is that a material contributor to revenue growth year-over-year yet or is that still kind of building out?
Will Lansing:
Not yet, it is pretty much in build mode.
Operator:
And we also have a question from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Please proceed.
Bill Warmington:
So, first question for you on the pipeline in the B2C Scores business. So, it sounds like you’ve got the two education clients are ramping. The Affinity client, it looked like American Express under Experian went live in early January. So, congratulations on that. And then, on the lead gen side, you mentioned Experian and their group of banks and as well as Discover. I wanted to ask if there have been any new players added to those three buckets, and then, also, if there was a pipeline of potential new deals in each of those three buckets.
Will Lansing:
Bill, there is a pipeline of potential opportunities in those buckets, and we added no new players in terms of new deals of any size that I can think of in quarter one. So, hopefully, we’ll have more to speak about in the next quarter or two on that.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then, very strong performance on the B2B side. The question I had there is, is your guidance still assuming zero percent growth for that for the year?
Will Lansing:
Well, inherently, it’s the same as what we guided at the end of last year, because we have not updated our revenue guidance. So, from that regard, yes, that is true. We obviously had a stronger first quarter than we anticipated. We have a lot of license revenue to sign to hit the 990. And based upon a lighter first quarter in that it made sense to just let the guidance ride as is. But, I would say it’s safe to say, we feel better and better as we continue to see strength in all aspects of our Scores business.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then, on the DMS side, I just wanted to ask, you had mentioned that -- it sounded like there were some deals that were close to closing that may have closed after the end of December. How are bookings trending so far in the March quarter?
Will Lansing:
Well, we’re not into March yet, Bill. Remember, we’re in January. I know out in Boston, you kind of wish it was the March timeframe. I’ll let you know. So, I would say, most of our deals frankly are loaded to the backend of any given quarter, usually comes in the third month of the quarter. And so, giving you much more guidance on January really probably won’t do a whole lot.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then, another question on the tax reform. You’ve given us some guidance in terms of the actual rate impact and EPS impact. What’s the cash flow benefit do you expect on an annualized basis?
Will Lansing :
Well, if our cash expense is going down $14 million, which is what we stated, that’s dollar for dollar cash. So, we should see that -- this claim for the timing of when the cash payments go out or estimated cash payments go out. But, over the course of time we should see at least $14 million starting to come back through our cash flow statement, at least based on the way we see it today.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. And then, the only other question I had for you was on the -- housekeeping question, the impact of the grants that you are giving out on the share count going forward, how do you think about that?
Will Lansing:
Yes. That’ll just be several million dollars this year, for the remainder of this fiscal year and they’ll might be a couple of million that’ll spill into next year but it’s a pretty inconsequential amount compared to our overall numbers.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. One final one. You had mentioned the strength in the B2B volumes, which again, given the consumer credit tailwinds is not a surprise but you also mentioned better price there. Maybe you can talk a little bit about what’s going on there to drive better pricing?
Will Lansing:
We adjust our prices for our score, all of our scores typically annually. And so, every year we evaluate kind of where we are and we make modest adjustments and this year is no different. And so, yes, there is a little bit of pricing impact, but every year, we have little bit pricing impact.
Mike Pung:
Yes. What you are seeing in this quarter is the pricing impact that took effect basically January 1 of last year, just as an FYI.
Operator:
And there are no further questions registered at this time.
Steve Weber:
All right, thank you. Thank you all for joining today’s call. This concludes our call and we will be back to update you next quarter. Thank you.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that concludes call for today. We thank you for your participation and ask you that you please disconnect your line.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp. William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp. Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded today, Wednesday, November 1, 2017. I'd now like to turn the conference over to Mr. Steve Weber, Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer. Please go ahead.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you, Colin. Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also feature statements including certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and the Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 1, 2018. And now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. I'll summarize our financial results for the quarter and full fiscal year and talk about the progress we've made this year on several fronts. Finally, I'll discuss the momentum we have going into 2018 and beyond. In our fourth quarter, we reported revenues of $253 million, a record quarter for us, and an increase of 7% over the same period last year. We delivered $40 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.25 per share, both up 25% from last year. And we delivered $53 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.65 per share, up 27% and 29%, respectively. The revenue and earnings growth is particularly impressive given our transition to cloud-based revenues. The 6% full year revenue growth comes in spite of our cloud transition. We have moved to a cloud-first strategy in development, sales and delivery. More and more, our customers are thinking cloud-first when they look to us for help to analyze and automate their decisioning processes. We began to see this demand nearly two years ago in originations where the dominant ask was for an originations platform in the cloud. In the last fiscal year, that cloud preference has moved to collections and recovery, account management, and fraud products as well. We made the important strategic decision several years ago to cloud-enable all of our technology, invest in our FICO Analytic Cloud, and make our products available through public clouds like AWS. Because of this, we now have well over $100 million of pipeline for our cloud products. This is enabling us to significantly build our recurring revenue base, which will mean predictable, profitable growth going forward. For other software companies, this sometimes means a disruption of revenue and earnings models. Many software companies have seen this as they've shifted from on-premise to cloud solutions. For FICO, this shift has had some impact on our revenue and margin growth, but it's been less dramatic for two reasons. First, our legacy revenue model incorporates a lot of recurring revenue. And second, our transition from license to cloud has been deliberately gradual. In 2017, we still had $100 million of upfront license sales, but that number was actually lower than 2016, as we sold more deals on our recurring revenue model. The lower license sales were more than offset by an 8% increase in our transactional revenues. This is especially encouraging, as most of our cloud bookings are recognized over several years, meaning we have more revenue to be recognized in future periods. Of course, to effectively build long-term repeatable cloud revenue, we need to book new deals. We've been able to accelerate our bookings over the last year, culminating this year in $146 million of new bookings, our largest quarter ever. In fact, this quarter, bookings were up 82% over the same period last year, and our full year bookings were up 13% over fiscal year 2016. These numbers not only validate our product strategy, but they also give us better visibility into future revenue flows and give us the building blocks for steady sustainable growth. And perhaps, most impressive about this quarter's bookings is the breadth of sales. We had 13 deals in the fourth quarter of $3 million or more and 29 for the fiscal year. That compares to the 10 we booked in all of 2016. And we're selling big deals in a variety of our product solutions. We had 10 different product lines in 2017 with deals larger than $3 million. The fact that we're booking more deals in more industry verticals with a variety of our products bodes well for us as we enter the new year. As we pursue our cloud-first strategy, we continue to add more advanced analytics throughout our product offerings. We have deep expertise with analytics and machine learning and have had success with many of our established products. We now have opportunities to take our expertise into new areas of demand. For instance, in anti-money laundering, the next level of innovation is in analytics. Most of the solutions available today are rules-based, but because of the sophisticated money laundering schemes, there's a necessity to attack the problem with much more sophisticated analytics. In this space, as well as others, we have a competitive advantage because there's demand for the very analytics in which we've invested for decades. This is at the very core of our Decision Management vision. Last year, I discussed our innovation and cloud strategy and that we were seeing signs of acceptance in discussions with customers and prospective customers. A year later, we have solid evidence with newly signed deals. We're still in the early stages of a new era for FICO and we're excited to continue to execute on the vision. In our Scores business, we had another very successful year. Scores were up 15% in the fourth quarter versus the prior year and were up 10% for the full year. We're driving growth in B2B, up 13% for the quarter and 9% for the year; and in B2C, up 17% for the quarter and 13% for the year. The FICO Scores brand is as strong as it has ever been. Studies show that 90% of consumers recognize the FICO Score and they're increasingly recognizing that the FICO Score is the score that lenders use. We continue to find new opportunities to grow revenue in the consumer space. We've made great progress in adding content around the Scores with Simulators, Score Ingredients, Summary Reports and monitoring. And we're delivering that content through Affinity channels, resellers and education programs by enhanced Open Access content and expanding Open Access to DDA accounts. We look for continued growth in 2018 and beyond. On the B2B side, we're leveraging our decades-long leadership as the score that lenders use to drive innovation and identify new opportunities. We're investing in various Financial Inclusion Initiatives using alternative data and new approaches to bring more consumers into the traditional credit system around the world. In the U.S., we just introduced FICO Score XD 2.0, which scores more than 26 million people who were previously unscorable and 72% of the previously unscorable applications coming into lenders. We've been working in China, India and other markets and have made great progress on Financial Inclusion that will drive real revenue in 2018. And we continue to work on other initiatives to drive more value out of our incredible Scores asset. As we look ahead to 2018, we'll continue to invest in areas of our business where we see the greatest growth potential, and we'll continue to invest in security. In fact, we're substantially increasing our spend in the security space and have added additional personnel and expertise, and we'll continue to make decisions with the interest of our shareholders in mind. In fiscal 2017, we generated a record $205 million in free cash flow, up 10% from the previous year. We deployed much of that in our share repurchase program, returning 1.5 million shares and we purchased an additional 252,000 shares in October, exhausting the current board authorization. We were able to bring basic shares outstanding below 30 million, and today, announced a new board authorization of an additional $250 million. As I look at our business, I see many opportunities in many areas. We're conservative about committing to growth timelines, but I'm convinced we have the right products and the right people to execute on our vision. I'll talk more about our outlook for 2018, but first, I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my comments. First, we delivered $253 million of revenue this quarter, up 7% over the same period last year and a total of $932 million for the year, up 6% from the prior year. Second, we delivered $40 million in net income this quarter. Net income for the full year was $128 million. Finally, we delivered $49 million of free cash flow in the quarter and $205 million for the fiscal year. We repurchased 1.5 million shares during the year or about 5% of our outstanding shares. I'll begin by reviewing the results in each of our three reporting segments. Our Applications revenue were $150 million, up 12% from last quarter and up 1% versus the same period last year. Full year revenues for Applications were $553 million, up 4% from last year. The increase in revenue was driven from our recurring businesses, primarily our originations management cloud solutions, our Customer Communication Services and our compliance solutions. In our Decision Management Software segment, revenues were $31 million, up 12% from last quarter and up 29% versus the same period last year. Full year DMS revenues were $113 million, up 5% from last year. DMS bookings were $22 million this quarter, up 44% from the previous year, and our full year DMS bookings were $92 million, up 32% from last year. Finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were a record $72 million, up 4% from last quarter and 15% from the same period last year. B2B was up 13% over the same period last year, driven by strong consumer lending, and B2C revenues were up 17% from the same period last year. For the full year, Scores revenues were $266 million, up 10% from last year. Looking at our revenue by region, this quarter's 71% of total revenue were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 20% and the remaining 9% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 68% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 20% of total and license revenues were 12% of total. For the full year, 70% of our revenues were recurring compared to 69% last year. Our cloud revenue topped $200 million for the year. We generated $24 million of current period revenue on record bookings of $146 million, which is a 16% yield. There were no large whales driving this result. The weighted average term for our bookings was 29 months this quarter. And for the full year, bookings were $429 million, up 13% from the prior year. Our cloud bookings topped $100 million for the year. Our operating expenses totaled $192 million this quarter, up $3 million from the prior quarter. The increase relates primarily to variable expenses associated with increased revenue in the largest booking quarter in company history offset by the restructuring charge we had last quarter. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 32% this quarter and 27% for the year. We expect that operating margin will be somewhere between 26.5% to 28.5% in fiscal 2018. GAAP net income for the quarter was $40 million, up 25% from the prior year. We had a reduction to income tax expense of about $1.2 million or $0.04 a share associated with the Excess Tax Benefits we've been discussing. Our non-GAAP net income was $53 million for the quarter, up 27% from the same quarter last year. For the full year, net income was $128 million, which included $25 million in reduced tax expense from Excess Tax Benefits and non-GAAP net income was $158 million. The effective tax rate for the full year was 15% after adjusting for the Excess Tax Benefit, and the effective rate was about 31.6%, slightly higher than what we guided for the full year due to increased profits in higher tax jurisdictions. Free cash flow for the quarter was $49 million compared to $22 million last year. For the full year, free cash flow was $205 million compared to $186 million last year. Looking at the balance sheet, we had $106 million in cash on the balance sheet. This is down $25 million from last quarter due to debt reduction and share repurchases, partially offset by the cash we generated. Our total debt is now $605 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4%, and our ratio of total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2 times, which is below the covenant level of 3 times. We bought back 520,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $139.94. In fiscal 2017, we repurchased a total of 1.5 million shares at an average price of $131.82, for a total of about $193 million. We continued in the month of October repurchasing an additional 252,000 shares at an average price of $145.20. Those repurchases exhausted the board authorization and we, today, announced a new $250 million authorization. We continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. And we continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio or competitive position. With that, I'll turn it over for Will for his final thoughts.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
As I said in my opening remarks, I believe we have significant momentum as we move into 2018. Our FICO Score brand is stronger than ever. We have significant opportunities in both the Scores' B2C and B2B markets. On the software side, we'll continue to pursue our DMS strategy. It's the core of our R&D efforts and the core of how we're going to market. We continue to make progress, release new innovation and most importantly, book new business. We're diversifying beyond financial institutions. We're making progress in telco, auto and a number of other verticals. We're still a trusted partner to our financial services clients. But now, we also have so many opportunities in other industries. And we're continuing our cloud-first strategy. I believe 2018 will be the biggest cloud year for FICO ever. We've gone beyond making products cloud ready, we're now designing with a view of cloud-first as we're seeing more demand from both our existing and prospective customers. Our strong bookings in fiscal 2017 give us confidence that as we move into 2018, we're building predictable, reliable backlog that will deliver recurring revenue well into the future. With all this in mind, we're providing the following guidance for fiscal 2018. We're guiding revenues of approximately $990 million, an increase of about 6% versus fiscal 2017. We are guiding GAAP net income of approximately $139 million, up 9% over 2017. We expect an Excess Tax Benefit of $20 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $25 million in fiscal 2017. GAAP earnings per share of approximately $4.33, non-GAAP net income of $171 million and non-GAAP EPS of $5.32. I'll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we will now take questions. Colin, please open the lines.
Operator:
Certainly. Thank you. Our first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Your line is open, please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Thank you. Good evening, gentlemen. My first question is just around your top line guidance of $990 million or 6% growth. Could you maybe walk us through your – or give us some high level guidance around the assumptions by the different segments?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. I'll be happy to, Manav. This is Mike. Good afternoon. We're building our $990 million, I would say, as follows; in our software businesses, we're building an assumption in for Applications of roughly mid-single-digit growing, something very comparable to what we did this year. We're building our guidance around our DMS business in the double-digit range, slightly ahead of what we did this year. And our total Scores business, we have built into roughly mid-single-digit range with relatively flat on the B2B side and high-single-digit growth on the B2C side.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And maybe just honing in on that B2C side, because I know on the B2B, you always do flat which is conservative, but, I guess, the 17% growth this quarter for B2C, I mean, should we be thinking of that as the right run rate, or maybe asked differently, actually, like was the growth there driven – any incremental drivers from the lead-gen business that you started partnering with Experian, or is this still just the legacy base contract you had with them?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, this is the legacy business that we've had. There was very little from the lead-gen, it's starting to kick up, but, frankly, very immaterial at this point. The timing of how quickly the lead-gen business ramps up is still uncertain for us, and it's tied to the marketing efforts at Experian. And so, we've taken a pretty cautious approach to how we build that into these numbers that I'm providing. And so, what you're looking at is the run rate with some of the deals that we described with respect to Affinity and several others beginning to go online.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then on the costs side, could you maybe call out the – maybe the major buckets of investment? You're guiding to basically another flat margin year. Just curious what the main areas therefore, I know Will called out cyber, but anything else?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, I would say what we're seeing certainly in the fourth quarter and what we see in the pipeline for next year is a pretty significant amount of cloud deals. In fact, in the fourth quarter, we had $146 million of bookings, and not quite, but almost half of that were cloud deals and in that, $60 million to $70 million of cloud bookings in our quarter four are going to be implemented throughout the earlier and the middle part of 2018. And that requires people, it requires costs and revenue, obviously, follows that thereafter. So, I would say the mix, because of our fourth quarter bookings, is probably a factor in our margin, certainly, in the first part of next year. And, in addition, as Will mentioned, we've put some extra money aside probably above and beyond what we had done in the past for security and infrastructure in order to build the walls further in terms of our data security and protection.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And on that, again, maybe just my last question, any broad thoughts on if the Equifax breach has or had any impact to your business?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No. It really hasn't had any impact to our business. Of course, like everyone, we do a gut check and we take a deep look at ourselves to think about whether we're vulnerable and whether we're doing everything that we can to be secure. And, frankly, it was a bit of an impetus for us to increase our budget for our own security. And we were feeling pretty good before and we thought why not feel a little bit better, and that's why we put the extra investment in.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Got it. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko with Sidoti. Your line is open, please go ahead.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Hey. Good afternoon, guys.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
So, I guess, just a point of clarification in terms of increased investment in cyber security, is that internal use or is that also including building out your products?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
The increase in investment that we're referencing was internal use. Now that said, we are also increasing the R&D in our cyber products because they're starting to get a little bit of traction. So, things like the Enterprise Security Score is now up and available. And, so, yeah, there's definitely investment that's going in there, also, on the distribution side for that Score.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got you. All right. Appreciate that. And then in terms of the cloud-first and just traction you're getting in the cloud, is it coming more from kind of the non-traditional verticals you outlined, or is it really broad based?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I would say that last year, 2016, and even the beginning of 2017, as expected, the appetite for cloud was in the non-financial services verticals initially, and we expected that, and so, we were seeing appetite in telecom and in other verticals. This year, we've started to see the demand in financial services as well, which for us is a really welcome sign. We always expected this to occur, we never knew what timeframe we'd see our customers move into the cloud in, and to see it actually happening is extremely encouraging. So, I would say, now, it's across the board, it's not just the non-financial services verticals.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got it. Appreciate it.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens. Your line is open, please go ahead.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Hi. This is Blake on for Brett. Thanks for taking my questions. Just wondering, if you could talk a little bit more about the very strong bookings, I know you said about half were cloud, and you said there are no whales in there. So, should we assume this is – how should we think about the run rate for 2018 with such a large increase this quarter? And then, maybe, are these taking a little longer on average to implement given the revenue growth of 6% would maybe imply these hitting the P&L next year?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well, so, we don't really give guidance on bookings. But I think if you were to extrapolate from this quarter and annualize it, you wouldn't be far off and that wouldn't be too optimistic an assumption. We really are feeling very strong about the trend in bookings. And we're at a point now where we've made some efforts to really make our sales people neutral on doing cloud deals versus upfront license deals. We really want to do what the customer wants, and so, there's no – much as we love revenue, we do not have a bias in the system towards revenue. And so, what's happening is through a combination of being even-handed in the way we incent our sales people, coupled with genuine demand from the marketplace, we're really seeing that strong cloud appetite, and we expect that to only increase. And, yes, we absolutely expect that to be reflected in bookings. And it is at the expense of upfront revenue. There's clearly a difference and I think our revenue run rate would be different and higher, if we weren't doing as much cloud business as we are, but we're quite comfortable with that.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
All right. And then on the margins, I know you talked about your investments a little bit. And last quarter, you had talked about going through the decision of how much to expand margins this year. Can you just elaborate a little more on that decision for the 26.5% to 28.5% margin? I guess, it's a fairly wide range. What are the drivers of that uncertainty right now?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well, I think, if you take a step back and you look at the broad strategic direction for our business, we've gone from – we're in the midst of this transformation from a license revenue business to a cloud business. And, initially, if you go back three years, it took the form of cloud-enabling our products, making our products available in the cloud. And what that really meant was, we took our license revenue products and we installed them in our own data centers and made them available on a hosted basis to our customers, and we called that cloud and it is cloud. But that's not the SaaS business, that's not the multi-tenant, highly configurable, standardized, high returns to scale cloud business that we all love. And so, over the last couple of years and especially this year, and especially going into next year, we're making tremendous investments in, not just the infrastructure, the infrastructure is a part of it, making sure that we have the infrastructure to support it, but also the products themselves, rebuilding, retooling, reengineering the products, so that they can be more standardized and highly configurable, which we think is going to reduce the time to go live, reduce the cost of operation, shorten up implementation times and, generally, be a hit with our customers, and that's really where the investment is going. And so, we're – I won't say we're sparing no expense because we still are mindful of making our commitments, but we're very focused on positioning the software business for a future cloud business with much more standardized, highly configurable, scalable products. That's where the investment is going.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
All right. That's helpful. And then last one for me would be the FICO Score XD sounds like a good opportunity over time. Any more color you can give on the timing and the size of that revenue growth opportunity? And then, how much competition do you see for that since that's kind of a newer market? Do you think you could take a dominant position in that?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
So, it's not meaningful revenue today and we have not yet announced any big partners who have gone to production with it. But this is definitely the year in which partners will go public with it. It's been in test for quite some time with good results and so, we should be in a position to announce some big partnerships shortly. It is our proprietary Score, we do it with in conjunction with Equifax and the NCTUE data and LexisNexis. And there's – it's not easily replicable by others. Now, there's a lot of efforts in the market to score the unscorable, to use alternative data to score populations that are – have hitherto been difficult to score. But this one has been in development for years and is really robust, really does the job, scores new people, is highly predictive. And from the standpoint of lenders, it's going to result in new business for lenders that they otherwise wouldn't have had. And so, it's pretty strong value proposition, we feel pretty good about it. How big will it be in 2018? I don't know that it'll be tremendously meaningful. It all depends on kind of how quickly the lenders ramp up with it.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Great. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Your line is open, please go ahead.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good afternoon, everyone.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi, Bill.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So, I want to start out by asking about the Enterprise Education programs that you had announced last quarter. You mentioned you had two large clients that had signed up for those. Are those starting to ramp, are we seeing some of the benefit in this quarter? Are there any additional takers in the pipeline?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
They are starting to ramp and there are additional takers in the pipeline.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It's part of what drove the quarter four growth in the B2C, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Okay. And then, on the Enterprise Security Score, last quarter, you talked about having your first large seven-figure deal for that healthcare IT reseller. It doesn't seem like that's much revenue for you now. How has demand been for that product? It would seem post-Equifax breach that that would be a source of – a product with a lot of demand, but I just wanted to see if you're actually seeing that.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We're just starting to see it, so we've gotten three deals. There's no question that the – the product does what it's supposed to do. And it's – I don't want to say it's totally unique in the marketplace, but it's a highly credible offering, there's no reason why we couldn't dominate that market. I do think that this is a first-mover kind of a situation, I think it's important for us to invest in that right now to kind of build a franchise. And it will be a scramble over the next 24 months to distinguish our Score from some of the competitors out there. I think, from a predictive standpoint, we have a product that really works and we understand scores and how to make sure the score means something, and we have the brand trust. We have to work on the sales and the distribution to make sure that it gets out there ahead of some of the competition. Again, we're nearly $1 billion revenue business, and so it's not going to be a tremendously meaningful event in 2018. But does it have long-term potential as a very strong franchise? It does.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. And speaking of the Equifax breach, TransUnion had mentioned on their call that they saw a bit of a spike in business in September following the breach. Did you guys see any benefits from that? And if so, did it continue or what are your thoughts there?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We saw a little bit in myFICO. The activity in myFICO was a little bit up. But, as you know, that's a very small part of our business, so it doesn't have a meaningful impact.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good point. I wanted to go back to the margin guidance that you guys have. You've given color on some of the different drivers on the expense side that are causing the margins to be down on a year-over-year basis and I thought it'd be helpful if maybe you could give some additional quantification of that, meaning you could talk about how 100 basis points is coming from X, 150 basis points is coming from this, if you could give that kind of insight.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Sure, Bill. This is Mike. That's a good question. There is close to 100 basis points of margin incremental expense going into the company that relates to the IT security that we described earlier. So, absent that additional investment above and beyond what we've been doing, call it, 50 basis points to 100 basis points higher in terms of the margin, in terms of the guidelines that we gave you. The bigger driver though, frankly, and the reason why there's such a large range, 26.5% to 28.5%, is really the same reason that we had in fiscal 2017 which is, if our mix of business continues to be very heavily kind of oriented or dominated by cloud business, it takes money to put that business in place and get it up and running before the revenue begins to flow. And despite the fact that we had such a large booking year in cloud, probably bigger than we expected, we still kind of landed in the middle of the guidance we gave in 2017, we guided 26% to 28% and we delivered just over 27%. So, it's really the same reasons that are driving the larger size of the range. And then on the margin, there's maybe 50 basis points here and there for some things that are just prudent considering what's happening in the environment around us.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. Another question for you on the debt structure. You have some relatively high-priced debt coming to maturity. In the past, you've talked about the pros and cons of potentially prepaying some of that. Maybe you could review for us where we are in that, how much is refinancing, what the delta is versus current rates?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah, I'd be happy to. So, in our notes – these are tied up in our insurance notes. We have about $240-ish million in insurance notes that are sitting on the balance sheet right now. About $130 million of that matures in May and that has over 7% coupon on it. And so, we're going to off board that 7% coupon in May. And it'll get replaced by either our revolver, which is in the 2% to 2.5% rate, or it will end up in some other form of refinancing which is quite possible by the time May comes. The next year after that, we have $28 million due, and the rates are somewhere in the 6% to 6.5% range, I don't remember the exact number. And then, the final coupon of $85 million is due in 2020. That one still has a relatively large May call on it. And so, we're just going to let that one probably sit where it is rather than incur the penalty on the May call. But it's only $85 million out of $600 million. So, we're going to take care a big chunk of this, I think, in May. And we're in the process of thinking through and looking at the best foot forward on that. We ought to see a little bit of improvement on our interest rate as a result.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. So, final question, just wanted to ask about, essentially, the Chinese FICO Score, you guys had – you made some progress in terms of helping to develop a Score in China and then also helping to develop a Score for the unbanked population in China, just see if we could get an update on that.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. So, it's moving along actually quite well. It isn't really tipping the needle in terms of the big picture, but it's helping push that B2B growth to the levels that it has been. We're not quite generating seven figures yet, but next year, we should be well over seven-figures revenue at least if the momentum that we see right now continues through the year. So, we might have a couple of million dollar product in China under current rate and pace. And we're working hard to see if we can improve on that, but it's moving along actually quite well in a country where things don't move very fast.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Operator:
And Mr. Weber, there appear to be no further questions on the phone lines. I'll now turn the call back to you. You may continue with your presentation or closing remarks.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
And ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude the call for today. Thank you all for your participation. You may now disconnect your lines.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp. William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp. Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc. Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. During the presentation, all participants will be in a listen-only mode. Afterwards, we will conduct a question-and-answer session. As a reminder, this conference is being recorded, Monday, July 31, 2017. I will now turn the conference over to Steve Weber, Vice President, Investor Relations and Treasurer. Please go ahead, sir.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's third quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing, and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through July 31, 2018. Now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. We delivered another solid performance in our third quarter and I'm increasingly confident in our ability to deliver on our full-year guidance. In our third quarter, we reported revenues of $231 million, $25 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $0.78 per share. We delivered $37 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.16. We had a very good bookings quarter with $95 million in deals. That's a 21% increase over the same period last year. And the $35 million in transactions bookings this quarter is a 64% increase over last year. This means we're building more recurring revenue streams that will be realized in future periods. We continue to pursue and sign more and bigger deals. In fact, this was the third straight quarter with bookings of more than $90 million. In our software businesses, revenues were down from last year due to fewer upfront license deals. This is primarily a timing issue and one of the reasons that we give full-year instead of quarterly guidance. The lumpiness of the license sales can overshadow the underlying recurring revenue, which has been growing nicely. Our bookings were balanced across many of our key product lines, including Fraud, Originations Manager, and our Decision Management platform. We continue to see more of our pipeline and bookings related to cloud deals. One notable deal this quarter was one of our cybersecurity offerings, where we signed our first seven-figure deal for our Enterprise Security Score. The deal was with a provider of IT solutions, including cybersecurity services for hospitals and others in the healthcare space. We are still in the early stages with this product, but we are excited about our technology and the opportunities to help our customers protect themselves and their consumers. The big story this quarter is our Scores business, where we continue to make significant progress on our strategic initiatives and are adding new revenue sources to our B2C business. We drove solid growth throughout Scores, with total revenues up 14% versus the prior year. B2B revenues were up 13% for the quarter as we continued to see strong volume trends. Our B2C revenues were up 16% this quarter versus last year. On the B2B side, we had very strong volumes, as the demand for FICO scores in the U.S. continues to grow. One of the fastest areas of growth is fintech, as well as new verticals like telco. We also had some exciting developments on the B2B side this quarter. A top-10 bank went live with our FICO Score XD, a product to score the previously unscorable. And we're seeing our first revenue from our global financial inclusion initiative with usage in China. Neither XD nor financial inclusion will have a material impact this year, but both can provide growth in fiscal 2018 and beyond. As I've said for the last several quarters, we have a lot going on in our Consumer Scores business. We are continuing to find new ways to monetize FICO Scores, the scores that are used by lenders, in products marketed to consumers. Those scores are a significant component in paid credit monitoring and identity theft protection products, like those sold at myFICO.com and through our partnership with Experian. We are pursuing the white label affinity market with deals like we signed last quarter. We've entered the lead gen space with deals that have gone live over the past several months. And we just signed another lead gen deal with a large card issuer that will be rolling out in the coming months. Finally, we are now seeing demand for more content from banks that have rolled out the highly successful Open Access program. As a result, we've recently signed deals with two different issuers to provide additional educational information for consumers. These new deals will likely have little impact in the last three months for our fiscal year, but they will provide important recurring backlog as we enter fiscal 2018. As always, we remain focused on driving shareholder value. We're actively managing our expenses and generating significant free cash flow. That discipline has allowed us to repurchase $140 million in shares so far this year. I'm pleased with the progress we're making executing on our strategy and I believe that we're well-positioned as we finish our year and look ahead to 2018. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but now I'd like to turn call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today I'll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $231 million of revenue this quarter, with recurring revenue up 8% from last year, which was partially offset by a large decline in upfront license revenue. Revenue of $679 million year-to-date is up 5% from last year, again driven by a 7% increase in recurring revenue. Second, we delivered $25 million of GAAP net income this quarter and $88 million year-to-date, and are on track to delivering our guidance. Finally, we had $67 million of free cash flow this quarter and $155 million year-to-date. We used $46 million to repurchase shares and have spent $140 million on repurchases this fiscal year. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reporting segments. Starting with Applications, revenues were $134 million, down 5% versus the same period last year, which had record license sales. We had a strong revenue quarter in our Customer Communication Services and Compliance product lines. Year-to-date, Applications are up 5% over last year, primarily driven by growth in recurring revenue. We had a very strong bookings quarter in Applications with $62 million of deals, up 26% from last year. In the Decision Management Software segment, revenues were $28 million, down 23% from the prior year. The decline was due to lower upfront license sales, primarily Blaze Advisor. Bookings continued to be strong in this segment at $21 million. Year-to-date bookings are $70 million, up 29% over last year. And finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were about $70 million, up 14% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 13% versus last year. The B2C revenues were up 16% from the same quarter last year. As Will stated, we have a number of Scores initiatives coming online that will further propel growth in this space. Looking at revenue by region, this quarter's 74% of total revenues were derived from the Americas. Our EMEA region generated 17%, and the remaining 9% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 72% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 19%, and license revenues were 9% of total. We expect license revenue to increase in quarter four due to a combination of new deals with upfront revenue and some expected license renewals. Bookings this quarter were $95 million, up 21% from the prior-year quarter. We generated $19 million of current period revenue on those bookings for a yield of 19%. The weighted average term for our bookings was 29 months this quarter. We continue to book more large deals. This quarter we had 14 deals over $1 million, and we booked three deals over $3 million. Cloud bookings were $15 million for the quarter and $41 million year-to-date, or 14% of total. Operating expenses totaled $190 million this quarter, compared to $188 million last quarter. This included a $4 million restructuring charge, as we reallocated some of our resources towards our highest strategic priorities. We expect our fourth quarter expense to be slightly lower than our third quarter. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 28% for the second quarter and 26% year-to-date. We expect the full-year operating margin to be between 26% to 28%. GAAP net income was $25 million and included a reduction to income tax expense of just under $3 million or $0.08 per share, associated with the adoption of FASB accounting standards update 2016-09. Adjusting for that impact, the effective tax rate was about 36% due to increased profits in higher tax jurisdictions. Non-GAAP net income was $37 million for the quarter. We expect our actual tax rate to be 17%to 18% for the full year, which includes the impact of the new accounting standard. Free cash flow for the quarter was $67 million versus $80 million in the prior year. And for the first three quarters of the fiscal year, free cash flow was $155 million. Turning to the balance sheet, we had $131 million of cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $612 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.3%. And the ratio of total net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.1 times, well below the covenant level of 3 times. We expanded our revolver this quarter, increasing our capacity to $500 million, and have used this to refinance the $72 million in notes that matured in July. We expect to refinance our total debt sometime in fiscal 2018. During the quarter, we returned $46 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 340,000 shares at an average price of $134.92. In addition, we repurchased another 140,000 shares for $20 million in July, leaving about $90 million remaining on the total board authorization. And we continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy, our strength in our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, we're updating our previously provided guidance to adjust for the third quarter impact of the new accounting standard. We are now guiding the full fiscal 2017 as follows
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Mike. Next quarter we'll talk about our expectations for 2018, but for now I'd like to review what we've been able to accomplish in 2017. In Scores, we're making significant progress in leveraging our B2B leadership into the consumer market. We're signing deals and are looking forward to seeing further, steady, sustainable growth. On the software side, our SaaS-enabled products and Decision Management suite technology are gaining traction and opening new markets. The bookings we are now signing are building substantial future recurring revenue flows. We are well-positioned for 2018 and beyond. We have extraordinarily valuable IP, a long heritage of our analytic prowess, and a very talented team to make the most of our opportunities. I'll turn the call back to Steve now for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Certainly. Our first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays. Please go ahead.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Yeah. Thank you. Good evening, gentlemen. It looks like you explained a lot of, I guess, your numbers relative to what we had as timing differences around license deals and so forth. Maybe asked another way, in terms of your segment expectations for the full year, particularly maybe on the DMS side, like, what should we think about what that should look like? Is one doing better than the expectations and one lesser maybe? Just maybe some color there would be helpful.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Manav, this is Mike. So, as the year is shaping up, I would call it the following
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then maybe could you just elaborate on DMS then? Like, what's going on there? Because I think you guys are obviously hiring sales people to help with that effort. There was a lot of positive talk on it through the years. So is it just timing or is there something else going on there?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Manav, I would say it's just timing. We're as excited about DMS as we've ever been. We are putting a ton of resource into DMS, not just in sales but across the board. All of the R&D activity is really pointed in that direction. And so it's kind of a question of when it happens. But we're actually highly confident about the future of DMS.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Manav, said another way, it's all upfront software basically that is the shortfall in that area and that's offset by the transactional volume increases in Scores and in the Apps part of our business.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. Got it. And then, just one more. On the Scores side, can you maybe give a little bit more color on the backlog you're talking about going into 2018, and maybe just some perspective on the lead gen initiative you have going on with Experian? Would you say that's sort of – I think they just launched that effort obviously recently. So how should we think about the runway left there?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
To answer the second one first, with respect to the lead gen, we really rely heavily on our partner, Experian, and the timing of their efforts there. We are very much joined with them in partnership and in advancing ahead. And we're really happy with the value proposition, which is clearly the strongest value proposition in the market. As we've discussed in the past, in addition to providing the genuine FICO Score to consumers, which is a substantial improvement over what all the competitors do, we also take into account the lender's lending criteria and match that carefully with what we know about the consumers who come. And so the breakage in terms of the lead gen is much, much lower than with competitors. And so we're feeling really good about the value proposition. And it's just been launched, and so time will tell how that performs. And so we have high expectations for 2018 obviously, but it depends on kind of how things go there. And then we mentioned backlog with respect to FICO Score XD and some of the other initiatives that are just getting started right now. So there's no significant revenue to show for them right now, but we're feeling good about the future of those. And again, we'll see how the market takes them, but early results are promising.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
All right. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Please proceed with your question.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good afternoon, everyone.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hey, Bill.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So the first question I had was on the B2C Scores business, the new education scores you referenced. Maybe give us a little more color on how those work, what the revenue model is?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Bill, this is Mike. So what we did this quarter is we announced a couple of new deals where an existing Open Access customer of ours, a bank, is going to be adding additional features to their offering for their consumers, basically expanding additional educational information into the offering beyond what they get with the Open Access program. Those features and capabilities, there are often additional reason codes and a simulator, and information to that degree that helps the consumer understand their credit position more thoroughly, are paid for by the bank to FICO, but are provided as part of the relationship that the bank has with its customer. Those deals were just signed. We really didn't claim anything, if you will, from that at this point. That'll be kind of ratable revenue as it rolls out across the Open Access platforms.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So, when do you expect that to actually go live at the banks?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It'll differ from bank-to-bank in terms of how quickly they roll it out across their portfolio. So I can't give you like a specific date, but I'm imagining it'll start to feather in beginning here in our fourth quarter and, more importantly, into the winter months.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. And then I wanted to ask also about the Cybersecurity Score. That sounded like sort of a proof-of-concept win, if you will. Maybe you can give us a little more detail in terms of what the revenue model is there and how you think about the revenue opportunity?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. So this is kind of a basic reseller for us. It's, as we said in our prepared remarks, a health care provider – IT provider to the healthcare industry. And they offer a number of products, including now some additional cyber products, the ESS Score from FICO, and they'll be selling it to their end customers. The way the economics work for us essentially is that the fee that will be charged to the healthcare provider by this reseller of ours will be based on their number of endpoints. Number of points like computer terminals, or phone terminals, or whatnot. They're commonly called endpoints. And there's a grid that they pay based upon the number of endpoints and the number of employees the end customer has. And we do a very simple revenue share with the reseller. They keep a piece and they pay us a piece for that.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. And so, on the implied EPS guidance for Q4, I just wanted to check something with you. The last year was kind of an unusual year in that Q3 was as strong as it was in pull some revenue forward from Q4. If I go back 2014, 2015, it looks like the sequential increase from Q3 to Q4 was running in like the 55 to 60% range. So is the conclusion there that basically 2006 was an aberration and now you're returning to more of the seasonal pattern that you've had in prior years? Is that the message?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
You could definitely take that away from the way the numbers are falling out. But I would just say that we don't focus that carefully quarter-to-quarter. The truth is that we really think about our business on kind of an annual run rate basis and we get near the end of the quarter, and of course, everyone in this company is scrambling to try to deliver revenue by quarter-end. We're a software company like every other software company. But the place where we're not like every other software company is, it is rare that we want to provide incremental discount or make concessions in order to rush the revenue into the quarter. And so we do wind up in situations where these deals, which are increasingly complex and take longer to sort out, slide from one quarter to the next. And so, this year, I think that that conclusion that you've drawn is accurate. And I would just say, in general, that the revenue comes when it comes. We try to bring it in, we try to bring in kind of a rational way, and we don't rush it. We take our time to do it right.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. And one more question, if I might, on the Experian relationship. On their call, they had mentioned the strength on both the identity protection side and the lead gen product side. And they had mentioned that they were in the process of rolling that out more aggressively during the September quarter. And they made some comments around the Experian website seeing traffic that was converting well and that the revenue generation on those leads was very strong. And so my question is, do we see some of the benefit of that flowing through already in the June quarter? Or is that really going to be coming in more the September quarter and beyond?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Not really in the past, in the current, and more in the future. But as go their fortunes, so go ours. That is accurate.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. All right. Well, thank you very much.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens. Please proceed with your question.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Thank you. Congrats on a nice bookings quarter. One question that I had on guidance, just want to make sure that I understand it. I know that you guys don't discount, and I think holding firm on price is obviously a really good thing. But knowing what we know now, do we need to be thinking about deals that might slip for the full year on that $925 million revenue? Any more risk there than they normally might have, just based on what you're seeing?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No. I would say, Brett, that the reason we confirmed guidance at $925 million is that's what we feel pretty good about and I think that's what you should focus on.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. Thanks. And then the Open Access cross-sale of the additional value to product sounds really interesting. Have you kind of contemplated or shared at all what kind of penetration you think you might be able to get of those banks that use Open Access, or sort of size that for us? Because I know Open Access doesn't officially generate revenue, but I think it does increase score usage sort of indirectly. This seems like the first sort of more direct revenue from that. And given the broad adoption of Open Access, how do you guys think about that in terms of size of opportunity?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Great question, Brett, and I'm glad you gave us an opportunity to kind of clarify. So, as you noted, we don't charge for Open Access, and it's very much designed to be available to consumers with no charge. Of course, it was our hope always that financial institutions would be interested in sharing more about credit, more about the FICO Score, more about consumer capabilities and capacities and how to influence those things. And it was our hope that we would be able to monetize them. The most aggressive form of that monetization comes in the form of paid subscription offerings, which we do with myFICO.com, but we largely do with our partner, Experian. And the question has always been which direction the financial institutions would go. Would they favor kind of the paid offerings and the fee income that comes with that? Or would they treat it as more of a customer relationship strengthening, free content kind of a thing? And it was never really clear which way the market was going to evolve. And I think what we see is both. But we're pleasantly pleased with the market receptivity to the idea of increasing content for consumers for free, because it means that they go out to all of their consumers, not just a subset. And we do think that the kind of raising awareness about FICO Scores that has occurred because of Open Access is getting the banks into a mode of thinking, how do they provide more credit content, and FICO credit simulator, and so on to all of their customers. And we're obviously working with them on that.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Great. That's helpful. And then last one from me. You talked a little bit about the DMS deals in the pipeline and the bookings were good. I know we have the big telco deal and that seems to be going well. And I think you said that you felt that was kind of a repeatable product in that industry. Based on how good the bookings are, is there a pattern emerging in terms of what verticals are most assimilating this product, or are there specific use cases that are sort of emerging as the killer app? Any trends there yet?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I think that the most natural candidates, beyond financial institutions that are interested in our IP and in our offerings, are customers that have a large consumer base and a building relationship. They have some kind of customer acquisition activity that resembles originations. They have a customer management activity that resembles what we do at TRIAD with banks. They have billing and receivables that they have to manage with consumers that cause them to have a need for collections and recovery, just like banks do. And if they're involved with transactions, they obviously have an interest in fraud detection. And so, when you look at the kind of key IP that we provide to banks, where we're best-in-class for banks, you have other verticals that are focused on these same activities
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Great. Thank you for your time.
Operator:
Our next question comes from the line of Adam Klauber with William Blair. Please go ahead.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Oh, thanks. Good afternoon. One or two questions. First one on expense and margin. As you've sort of let us know that over the last year or so you had this step-up in expenses, as you've been investing in sales and infrastructure. I guess, going forward, are there any initiatives that would cause a major step-up as we look forward over the near term, the next 12 months? And if not, is it possible that 2018 could be more margin-accretive than 2017?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
That's a great question, Adam. So there's no particular categories that are looking like big step-up in expenses in the near- and intermediate-term, and I can't speak to the long-term. But certainly, in the near future, we don't see anything that would be a big uptick. In terms of margin expansion, this is what we wrestle with every day. We're in our 2018 planning cycle right now. We're wrestling with how much to increase margin and how much to reinvest in the business, and it is, frankly, a choice. There is certainly margin that could flow through in terms of market expansion, should we choose to do that. And if we decide to not do that a lot or not do it at all, it will be because the investment opportunities are quite compelling. And so you've caught us a little bit early in the planning cycle. We haven't given guidance for 2018 yet. I'm fairly confident that we're looking at neutral to improved margin for next year, not a shrinkage, but how much margin expansion remains to be determined.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Thanks. That's helpful. And then, on the Scores, B2B growth, and I'm sorry if you mentioned this before, was pretty strong. What was driving that this quarter?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Adam, a lot of it was volume. We've had good volume increases with some of the big banks, especially on the pre-screen side. We also are picking up volume through fintech and some telco providers, call that new volume for us. And then there was a little bit of price increase in there from some of the smaller lenders that all netted into the number.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Thanks. And then, as far as the XD effort, again great news that the first one is coming through. Are there a couple others near the finish line? Or is it more of one's going to jump in and then the others maybe take a look and maybe eventually jump in?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It's really up to the financial institution when they want to deploy in production. So, typically the rhythm is that they take it in-house, they evaluate it, they decide that it's interesting because it scores a population they don't otherwise score. They decide to test it for a period of time, and then they make a go/no-go decision. So far, no one has ever said no-go. So far we're in the introduction, the education and the testing mode. We've got one that's decided to go live, one big one trying to go live, and we expect that there will be others that follow. But we're still on that getting to know the score and evaluate it phase.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. That's helpful. Thanks.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I will now turn the call back to the presenters.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Okay. That concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining us.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, that does conclude the conference call for today. We thank you for your participation and ask that you please disconnect your lines.
Executives:
Steven Weber - VP, IR Will Lansing - CEO Mike Pung - EVP and CFO
Analysts:
Brett Huff - Stephens Manav Patnaik - Barclays Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo Adam Klauber - William Blair Matthew Galinko - Sidoti
Operator:
Good day, ladies and gentlemen, and welcome to the Fair Isaac Corporation quarterly earnings conference call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call is being recorded. I would now like to introduce your host for today's conference, Mr. Steve Weber. Mr. Weber, you may begin.
Steven Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's second quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 27, 2018. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. We're now halfway through our fiscal year, and I'm happy to report that we're driving growth in each of our three segments. In our second quarter, we reported revenues of 228 million, an increase of 10% over the same period last year. We delivered 25 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $0.78 per share. We delivered 34 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.05. And again this quarter, we're delivering balanced growth throughout our business. Our Scores segment was up 7% over the same period last year. Our Applications segment was up 10%, and our Decision Management Software was up 21%. In Applications, revenues were up 10% over the prior year. This is particularly notable as this segment includes many of our more mature products, but we're continuing to drive growth with our Fraud Solutions. And the investments we've made to cloud-enable our other products, like Originations Solutions, have opened new markets, leading to growth. We've also been able to drive growth from acquisitions like Adeptra and TONBELLER. These products are growing 16% and 32%, respectively, year-to-date. In our Decision Management Software, the investments we've made continue to pay dividends. Revenues were up 21% versus the prior year, with particularly good results in our Blaze Advisor and Decision Optimizer products. Bookings this quarter were up 67% over last year. We have a strong pipeline of opportunities in this space and are excited about growth prospects. In the Scores business, it was another quarter of good growth, and we also had some important developments. Revenues were up 7% versus the prior year, with B2C revenues up 16%. As we've been saying, we have a lot going on in this space and we expect revenue growth, particularly on the consumer side, to continue to accelerate as a number of initiatives go live later this year. The expanded agreement announced last quarter with Experian is still in early stages, and we expect to begin seeing its impact as the program rolls out. We also signed some new consumer agreements in second quarter, including an affinity deal for a major card issuer. While these deals will take time to go live and will have little impact on fiscal '17, they will be contributors to fiscal '18 growth, and we are doing exciting things to promote financial inclusion throughout the world. We're working on initiatives in places like China, Peru, India, the Philippines and Russia to help 850 million consumers who are currently credit invisible. These efforts parallel what we're doing in the U.S., leveraging new alternative data sources to help unbanked consumers find a path to access credit. These initiatives will not have an immediate impact on Scores revenue, but they're important in solidifying the brand globally and then laying the groundwork for possible future growth. On the B2B side, we continue to see positive signs. Year-to-date revenues are up 5% from the previous year, and the current economic conditions bode well for moderate sustained growth. And we remain focused on driving shareholder value. We've repurchased nearly 75 million in shares halfway through our fiscal year. And we actively manage our business to efficiently allocate resources, expand margins and continue to accelerate free cash flows. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but now I'd like to turn the call back over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike Pung:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize 3 points in my comments. First, we delivered $228 million of revenue, an increase of $22 million or 10% year-over-year. Our cloud revenue was $50 million, up 9% from last year. Second, we delivered $25 million of GAAP net income, up 9% year-over-year. And finally, we had $61 million of free cash flow this quarter, and we used $44 million of it to repurchase shares. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our 3 reporting segments. Starting with Applications. Revenues were $134 million, up 10% versus the same period last year. We had a strong quarter in Fraud Solutions, Originations and in our Customer Communication Services product lines. Our application bookings of $49 million is down from last year, when we had a record quarter, but still represent a solid quarter, and we continue to have a strong pipeline of potential deals. In the Decision Management Software segment, revenues were $29 million, up 21% versus the prior year. The increase this quarter was driven by Services revenues and Decision Optimization and Blaze Advisor sales. Bookings continue to be strong in this segment at $23 million, representing a 67% increase over the same period last year. Year-to-date, revenues in this segment are up 14% and bookings are up 46%. We continue to build transactional volumes which will give us predictable recurring revenue streams. And finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were $65 million, up 7% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 2% versus last year, which included a true-up of under-reported royalties. The B2C revenues were up 16% from the same quarter last year. We expect continued growth from both B2B and B2C in the back half of the year based on current trends and as new opportunities go online. Looking at revenues by region. This quarter's 75% of total revenues were derived from the Americans. Our EMEA region generated 18% and the remaining 7% from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 71% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 18%, and license revenues were 11% of total. Bookings this quarter were $91 million, down 31% from the prior year quarter, when we had a record booking quarter. We generated $21 million of current period revenues on those bookings for a yield of 23%. The weighted average term for our bookings was 26 months this quarter. We continue to book more large deals. This quarter, we had 13 deals over $1 million, and we booked six deals over 3 million. In fact, in the first two quarters, we booked 13 deals over 3 million, more than the 10 we booked all of last year. Operating expenses totaled 188 million this quarter compared to 185 million in the first quarter. We expect to maintain our current cost run rate over the back half of the year, while actively allocating our resources to our highest strategic priorities. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 25% for the second quarter and 25% year-to-date. We expect some margin expansion in the back half of the year, and that the full year operating margin will be 26% to 28%. GAAP net income this quarter was $25 million and included a reduction to income tax expense of about $4 million or $0.11 a share associated with the adoption of FASB standard number 2016-09. Adjusting for that impact, the effective tax rate was about 35% due to increased profits and higher tax jurisdictions. Non-GAAP net income was 34% for the quarter, down 3% from the same quarter last year. We expect the unaffected or normal tax rate to be about 30% for the full year before any impact of the stock-based comp change. The free cash flow for the quarter was $61 million, which included the impact from the new accounting standard. On a comparable basis, free cash flow was 38 million in the prior year. For the trailing 12 months, free cash flow was $191 million. Turning to the balance sheet. We had 116 million in cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is 626 million, with a weighted average interest rate of about 4.2%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.1 times, below the covenant level of 3. During the quarter, we returned $44 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 348,000 shares at an average price of $126.97. We have about 155 million remaining on the latest board authorization, and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, we're updating our previously provided guidance to adjust for the second quarter impact of the new accounting standard on share-based comp. We are not including any impact in future quarters until they are known. We are now guiding the full fiscal 2017 as follows
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. Halfway through our fiscal year, I'm very pleased with our progress. We have a very strong team in place, which is solidly executing on our strategy. We're driving sustainable balance growth throughout our portfolio and building a backlog of recurring transactional revenue. And we're seeing evidence that there's demand for the new products we've been investing in. At the same time, we're focused on expense management and margin expansion as we continue to deliver increasingly strong cash flows. I'll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're ready now to take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Brett Huff from Stephens.
Brett Huff:
Just a quick follow-up on the bookings, it sounds like you had a good Applications quarter. Can you just give us any detail on the kind of win it was? Was it a renewal with expansions? Was it a new logo? It sounds like it was a larger fraud deal. Just any detail on that would be helpful.
Mike Pung:
Yes, Brett, in our Applications business, we had strong bookings, really, across the board. I wouldn't say there was any one particular product line that stood out over any others. We typically see larger bookings numbers in areas like fraud banking, which is where we have Falcon, and in our Originations business, where we are seeing a lot of demand for the new Originations manager product we've released.
Brett Huff:
Okay, that's helpful. And then any update on the DMS? I know we've got a big telco under our belt. How is that implementation going? I think it went live recently. Any update from that customer? And then in terms of pipeline, you mentioned that a couple of times, any thoughts or insight on the DMS part of that pipeline that you can tell us about?
Will Lansing:
So on the telco deal, it's going smoothly, and we're really happy with the progress to date. And DMS pipeline continues to improve every day, a little bit stronger than the day before.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays.
Manav Patnaik:
I just wanted to hash out the performance in the Scores business a little bit more. So first on the B2B side, I think you said 2% growth. Can you just explain that? I thought that could have been better than that. And then on the B2C side, maybe you could you give us a little bit more color between myFICO.com and the different pieces of Experian there?
Mike Pung:
Sure, Manav. So on the B2B side, we did report 2% growth. You got to realize, last year, we had a true-up of an underpaid royalty that affected last year's number. So if I would pull that out and set it off to the side on an apples-and-apples basis, without that number, the growth rate on the B2B side was between 8% and 9%. In terms of B2C, we had a very strong quarter, 16% growth. Much of it coming through our indirect partner channel. If I look back and take a quick look at our myFICO business, it grew mid-single digits, with the rest of it coming through new products that are starting to go online in our relationship with Experian.
Manav Patnaik:
And that relationship with Experian, you had the legacy piece of it and then the new lead gen piece of it. Is that something you guys can parse out and see the growth from the different areas? And has the -- would you say a lot of that 16% came from the newer side of things?
Mike Pung:
No, the rollout of the lead gen side is just getting underway. The deal was announced on our last call at the end of January, and so very little impact has been reflected in our numbers so far for that, which means the rest of it by default would come from the legacy agreement we had with them on the consumer side.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay, and then, Will, just broadly, I mean, we've talked before about how you guys need to invest in the infrastructure or whether that sale, support services or cloud offerings and so forth for all the different things you guys are working on, particularly DMS. Maybe just any color there. Is it more of the same? There's still a lot left to go? Just some thoughts there.
Will Lansing:
There's definitely investments still left to go. I think that what we're seeing is that the market appetite in and outside of the financial services sector for cloud offerings is increasing, and it's increasing very rapidly. So I would say that we're happy that we've invested as much as we have to date in terms of getting our products cloud ready and hardening our cloud infrastructure, but we're not finished. And if anything, I think we're accelerating our plans in terms of being cloud-ready for whatever the market demands. So we're not at a point where those investments are tapering off and you can expect margin expansion, at least not yet.
Manav Patnaik:
Okay. And then just last one for me. I guess, we've just seen a bit of PR from you, but is the cybersecurity score something to talk about now or is it just early?
Will Lansing:
In terms of revenue dollars and material contribution to FICO's revenue and profit profile, it's definitely early. In terms of opportunity, it's quite interesting. We have couple of things to work with. One is the IP surrounding what we bring to the cybersecurity game. And the second is our brand for Scores. I mean, FICO as a brand stands for respected, trusted, neutral, science-based evaluation of risk. And applied to the enterprise equity space, we had a great opportunity. That market is still wide open. As you know, we made an acquisition in that space recently, and we're pleased with it so far. We're doing additional development and efforts around it right now. But in terms of accounting to dollars, it's very early.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Our next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Bill Warmington:
So congratulations on the Affinity win. I had a couple of questions about it. You mentioned it was a credit card issuer. So I wanted to ask whether this was what would be called like a traditional Affinity deal? Meaning that you're going to do monthly credit card, credit report, credit score, credit file monitoring or whether this was more of an educational program type deal?
Will Lansing:
This is more the former than the latter. I hesitate to call it the traditional Affinity business. But it's the Affinity business that we originally envisioned where through major partner players, we bring the FICO scores part of monthly monitoring by subscription kind of an offering out to the market. And so it has been a long time in coming, but there's a major player and we're quite excited about the prospects.
Bill Warmington:
Now is this going to be done on a white-label basis or will we actually see you guys as the implementer?
Will Lansing:
You -- well, it's a combination of us and others. But you will certainly see our brand there in a very prominent way.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then I wanted to ask about the demand you're seeing from credit card issuers in general. It seems like you're basically providing a couple of different solutions on the Score side in terms of providing for lead gen solutions and also retention solutions. And the credit card banks have come out with some reasonably aggressive goals for 2017 in terms of their credit card unit growth. So I wanted to ask whether you're seeing that demand remain pretty stable, whether you're seeing it pick up or slow down versus maybe where it was three months ago.
Will Lansing:
I would say, stable to up. I think that what you're seeing is absolutely right, which is there's a lot of activity in the marketplace. And I think that increasingly issuers are recognizing that the FICO brand and FICO Credit Score and the things wrapped around it are a differentiator and are valued by the market. So we're more involved than ever in efforts to win new customers and to retain old ones.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then on the DMS side, last year was a year of investment in terms of growing the sales force. I think it had gone from around 10 or so in the early part of the year up to about 50. I wanted to ask, where that sales force was now? How the productivity was? And whether you feel like you've started to see the acceleration in the bookings there that you were hoping for?
Will Lansing:
So there are few things going on in our DMS business. One is, when we talked about DMS-dedicated sales, it really takes kind of two forms. One is, most of our sales force is organized around reaching business leaders, Credit Risk Officers, Business Unit Heads. Basically, the business owner. And the idea with some of the dedicated DMS sales was that we would also go after the IT shop and after the CIO, kind of demonstrating the value and extensibility of the DMS platform. As this thing has evolved, we've decided -- we continue to obviously serve the CIO and the IT side, but we've decided to broaden the DMS effort so that it's not just the people focus and specialize on DMS, but our generalized sales force is increasingly becoming equipped to explain the value -- the DMS value proposition to customers and obviously they can bring in specialized sales people, presales people as needed. But our ability to take DMS to market, we're now in an effort to broaden it and have it go to our broader sales force and not just specialized DMS sales people.
Bill Warmington:
And so what are we looking in terms of headcount for sales approximately these days?
Will Lansing:
I think you have to think of it as unchanged. We are adding heads as fast as we can to get the qualified people that we can. But we're not -- I don't feel like we're at a tremendous deficit. I think we're in a constant mode of renewal, we're adding new people and cutting lower performers. And I think you'll see gradual, very gradual incremental increase over time. But we don't feel like we're at a big deficit and we're not in a giant growth push on headcount.
Bill Warmington:
Okay, and then I wanted to ask, in terms of -- the revenue growth came in strong for the quarter, the margins were down year-over-year. I wanted to just double-check, you've addressed some of the issues, but I wanted to double back on that in terms of is it a function of mix? Is it a function on the revenue side? Is it a function of investments that you're making in the cloud preparation? What's the dynamic there?
Mike Pung:
Yes, Bill, I think the dynamic you're seeing is there was a step function in investment, mainly in sales and distribution that happened last year in our third quarter. That's when we really begin to step up the additional sales heads that we were adding. And, obviously, those sales heads weren't there in our second quarter last year, and you'll see them in our SG&A numbers in this year's second quarter. On top of that or beside that, but to a lesser degree, we put some money into our operations team that we had budgeted and planned for and spoke about at the beginning of the year. So the run rate, if you go back and look from probably quarter three last year, has been pretty stable in terms of expense. The step-up function happened between quarter two and three last year.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. Makes sense. And then final question for me was just to touch on the free cash flow; that seemed particularly strong in this quarter. And just wanted to understand what the component to that were?
Mike Pung:
Yes, the big source of cash this quarter is our DSO. A drop from what's kind of traditionally been 65 days down to somewhere around 56 or 57 days. And those eight or nine days, if you think about it, one day in a DSO is $2.5 million. And if you have pickup eight or nine days, that's $20-plus million of cash flow. We just had very strong collections across virtually every part of the world we operate in, and that spiked the number quite a bit.
Bill Warmington:
You're starting to use your own collections product in-house with Adeptra?
Will Lansing:
Hey, you got it.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Adam Klauber from William Blair. Your line is open.
Adam Klauber:
Just one or two. Applications, you had some good wins. Are those a combination of existing and new clients? And if I remember, last quarter, you were having some success internationally there, did that continue to follow in this quarter?
Mike Pung:
Yes, Adam. So it is a combination. We we've had some very nice wins in our Fraud business, especially in Latin America, over the last couple of quarters. We had a large renewal this quarter in Fraud, which helped the Applications business as well. And we're also seeing a host of new customers that bought Origination Manager from us in the cloud, starting to go online and we're starting to see the revenue flowing through from that. Those are two probably the strongest areas. And beyond that, on the upside, our CCS business, which is the old Adeptra business we acquired a few years back. We're starting to see more and more customers come online on that across the world as well, with particular strength in Asia and North America. So it's a mixed group, but it's across a couple of pretty important product lines for us.
Adam Klauber:
Okay. And then a sort of similar question on the Tools side but more core of financial vertical versus nonfinancials, I guess. How is the mix of sales going there?
Mike Pung:
Yes. This quarter, we had a couple of strong license deals that were outside of financial services that drove a nice increase in revenue. And then we had kind of the typical deals, especially on the optimization side. One of the real successes so far for us internally here is our optimization practice. We signed an incredibly large mortgage optimization deal this quarter. It's not upfront license, but it's a lot of services and some ongoing licenses. We signed that one down in Asia-Pacific. And we've also, over the course of the year, signed several credit line optimization deals, which are just very nice big and important deals for the banks and nice margin deals for the company. So those have been kind of highlight areas, as I would call them.
Adam Klauber:
Okay, okay. And then on B2C on Scores, obviously, a good quarter. You have some of the deals ramping up towards the end of the year. So is this growth level in the range sustainable? Or is for some reason was 2Q just a little too high in B2C?
Mike Pung:
Quarter 2 on the B2C side is always a little bit higher than others. It's seasonally high. Not materially, but seasonally high. And I would say, we're starting to see some of the deals we signed earlier ongoing online a little bit heavier, and that's why there was a nice quarter-over-quarter step-up. We would expect the numbers to continue to grow but maybe not on the same step function we saw quarter 1 to quarter 2, but we still see the back half of the year being stronger than the front half of the year.
Operator:
And our next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko from Sidoti.
Matthew Galinko:
So appreciate you breaking out TONBELLER growth rate. Just curious how sustainable that is as we move forward?
Mike Pung:
Yes, the -- year-to-date, our TONBELLER product is up about 30%. Remember, this was about a $20 million product line, overall. So it's a high percentage on a lower dollar amount. The TONBELLER team are continuing to sell a lot of, I'll call them, legacy deals that they were selling prior to the acquisition. Since the acquisition, we've signed a couple of very large deals that were probably out of the reach of them as a standalone company, and we're working on several others. The deals are more ratable revenue-oriented. They're not big upfront license sales like you typically see in some of our other lines of business. And so we're just kind of grinding away and trying to build a bigger book of business with the AML software we bought. And so far, we're happy with where we're headed.
Matthew Galinko:
Got it. And then maybe just a follow-up on your large telco wins from last year. I'm wondering if you're finding that to be repeatable or is that go-live is having any influence on other deals in the pipeline that might be with other telcos?
Will Lansing:
I think it is repeatable. The time line for that is uncertain. So there's -- obviously, the experience we're having with that large one is letting us kind of harden the product and understand scalability challenges and so on. The appetite in the marketplace is there, and so we work on it and it's anybody's guess as to when we'll see more in that vertical. But I think it is likely in our future.
Operator:
And I'm not showing any questions in queue at this time.
Steven Weber:
Thanks, operator. This concludes our call today. Thank you all for joining, and have a good day.
Operator:
Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for participating in today's conference. This does conclude the program, and you may all have a great day.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp. William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp. Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc. Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Sarah, and I'll be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. Steve Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you, Sarah. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's first quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and the Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 31, 2018. With that, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you, Steve, and thank you everyone for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. I'm pleased to say, we're off to a good start, delivering solid growth across our portfolio. In our first quarter, we reported revenues of $220 million, an increase of 10% over the same period last year. We delivered $38 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.16 per share. Our GAAP earnings and EPS were positively affected by the adoption of a new accounting standard, which Mike will detail. Adjusting for that impact, GAAP net income and EPS were both up 7% from last year. We delivered $33 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.03 per share, both up 4% from the same period last year. I'm pleased that we're delivering growth throughout our business both our Scores and Decision Management Software segments were up 6% over the same period last year and Application segment was up 12% over the same period last year. We're continuing to see positive signs in our cloud business, where revenues were up 14% and bookings were up 48% versus last year. In fact, it was the second largest quarter ever for our cloud business and the pipeline for our solutions remains strong. As we sign more deals and grow our customer base, we are building a strong transactional revenue stream with recurring predictable revenues. We are seeing more evidence every quarter for increased market acceptance of our Decision Management Software. Bookings this quarter were up 31% over last year and represented the largest quarter ever in that segment. The investments we have made in distribution over the last year are beginning to pay off and we expect solid growth in this space moving forward. In the Scores business, we continue to make great strides towards maximizing the value of this cornerstone franchise. It's been two years since we announced the deal with Experian to add FICO Scores to their premium consumer offerings. The first year of that partnership was dedicated to rolling out Scores across the Experian platform. We continued last year to fine tune the program and pursue other opportunities with Experian. That led to an agreement we signed this month to further expand our relationship. This new agreement broadens the content we provide to Experian's premium consumer offerings. It also includes licensing the FICO Score as a key component in Experian's direct lead generation business. We believe in the value that this lead gen business can create for consumers and lenders by taking the friction out of the process. By including FICO Scores, the scores that are used by lenders to originate new loans, this lead gen business can instantly match consumers with the best pre-qualified offers. Furthermore, offering FICO Scores can produce higher response rates, better conversion rates and increased consumer satisfaction. We're excited about the possibilities of this expanded partnership and we're also pursuing several other meaningful opportunities in the Score space. In partnership with Experian, we're offering consumers world-class financial products in both the lead gen channel and the premium channel. On the B2B side, we're continuing to see positive results. Originations continue to be strong and we're seeing account growth in account management scores as well. In a rising rate environment, it's important to remember that our biggest point of leverage on the B2B side is in credit cards, which drives nearly two-thirds of our B2B scores revenue. Unlike other market participants, we price mortgage scores at the same rate as other credit card scores. Because of this, our exposure to mortgage is roughly only 10% of B2B scores revenue. So we're less affected by mortgage market headwinds. With the current momentum as well as visibilities into new revenue sources, we expect Scores growth to accelerate in the second half of the year. I'll share some summary thoughts later. But now, I'd like to turn the call back over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks Will. Good afternoon everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my comments. First, we delivered $220 million of revenue, an increase of $20 million or 10% year-over-year. Cloud revenue was $50 million, up 14% from last year. Second, we delivered $38 million of GAAP net income, which included the impact of adopting ASU 2016-09, the new accounting standard related to share-based compensation. Finally, we had $28 million of free cash flow this quarter, and we used $30 million to repurchase shares. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reporting segments. Starting with Applications, revenues were $135 million, up 12% versus the same period last year. We also had a strong quarter in fraud solutions, originations in our Customer Communication Services product lines. Our Application bookings of $62 million represented an increase of 11% from the prior year. In the Decision Management Software segment, revenues were $26 million, up 6% versus the prior year. The increase this quarter was driven by services revenues in Xpress Optimization. Bookings were again strong in this segment at $26 million, representing a 31% increase over the same period last year. As Will said, it was the largest bookings quarter ever in this segment. Finally in our Scores segment, revenues were $59 million, up 6% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 8% versus the same period a year ago, and are continuing to see some positive trends. The B2C revenues were up a modest 3% from the same quarter last year, but we expect that to accelerate in the back half of the year as the new opportunities Will discussed go online. Looking at revenue by region. This quarter 77% of total revenues were derived from the Americas. Our EMEA region generated 16%, and the remaining 7% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter, represented 70% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 20% of total, and license revenues were 10% of total revenue. Bookings this quarter were $96 million, up 12% from the prior year quarter. We generated $21 million of current period revenues on those bookings for a yield of about 21%. The weighted average term for our bookings was 27 months this quarter. We continue to book more large deals. This quarter we had 13 deals over $1 million versus 10 in the same period last year, and we booked 7 deals over $3 million compared to a total of 10 all of last year. We continue to drive strong bookings growth in our cloud-based products and built more backlog this quarter as our transactional bookings were up 21% over last year. Operating expenses totaled $185 million this quarter compared to $191 million in the fourth quarter. The investments we are making in delivery, support and infrastructure are proceeding as we discussed on our last call. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 24% for the first quarter, we expect that operating margin to be between 26% to 28% for the full year. GAAP net income this quarter was $38 million and included a reduction to income tax expense of $17 million or $0.53 per share associated with the adoption of the Accounting Standard Update 2016-09. Non-GAAP net income was $33 million for the quarter up 4% from the same quarter last year. Under the new accounting standard excess tax benefits or deficiencies generated upon the settlement or exercise of stock awards are no longer recognized as additional paid in capital, but instead recognized as a reduction or increase to income tax expense. Estimating this item is difficult because it's dependent upon our future stock price in relation to the fair value of our awards. However, the largest impact typically happens in our first fiscal quarter because our annual grant vests in December. We expect the quarterly impact going forward to be much smaller over the remainder of the year. As a result of this change, the effective tax rate was negative 32% this quarter. We expect the unaffected or normalized tax rate to be about 29% to 30% for the full year before any impact of the accounting standard. The free cash flow for the quarter was $28 million, which included the impact of the new accounting standard. On a comparable basis, free cash flow was $46 million in the prior year. For the trailing 12 months, reflecting this impact, free cash flow was $168 million. Turning to the balance sheet, we had $88 million of cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $621 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.1% and our ratio of total net debt to adjusted EBITDA this quarter is 2.3 times, well below the covenant level of 3 times. During the quarter, we returned $30 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 258,000 shares at an average price of $117.91. We repurchased another 158,000 shares in January at an average price of $122.90. We have about 180 million remaining on the latest board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire technologies and products that advance our strategy and strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, we are updating our previously provided guidance to adjust for the first quarter impact of this new accounting standard. We are not including any impact in the future quarters until they are known. We are now guiding for the full fiscal year as follows
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I believe we are well-positioned for success as we move into 2017 and beyond. Our Scores business has never been stronger, and is now beginning to build market share on the consumer side to match the dominance we have had for decades among financial institutions. And now, we're beginning to see the tangible impact of the investments we made in our Software business. We developed products; we've invested in sales resources. Now we're producing higher bookings and building a backlog of recurring transactional revenue. We're still working in getting our distribution up to speed, as we train and deploy newly hired sales resources but we're gaining momentum and we're confident we're on the right track. I'll turn the call back now to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take your questions. Sarah, please open the line.
Operator:
Your first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays. Your line is open.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Thank you. Good evening gentlemen. The first question I had was in terms of your expanded agreements with Experian and your commentary on B2C growth should accelerate because of that, could you help us maybe just understand the, I guess, the change in the scope of that agreement? I know you said, I guess it was mainly lead gen and does that include the Discover, I guess, work that you're doing with those guys?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
There is really two pieces to the expansion. One piece has to do with a broader use of FICO Scores with Experian's paid products. And as you know, there is more than one FICO Score and most of the Experian premium products were wrapped around using a single FICO Score as opposed to a broader set of scores. And the new agreement contemplates the broader use of FICO Scores so that consumers can get effectively a dashboard of multiple FICO Scores and have a more comprehensive view of their credit position. So that's one part of it. And we've given Experian a great deal flexibility to construct the products in the way that they see is most valuable to consumers and so it's an expanded flexibility that we have tried to drive here so that the consumer winds up with a better offering, Experian gets better offering and we obviously benefit for that. The second part of it has to do with the lead gen piece and that's a business that we have contemplated for several years now as we've watched other players in the space build lead gen programs. We have always believed that FICO participation in a lead gen program would be more valuable to the lenders than the offerings by these other players because there is a lot less breakage and friction in going from a FICO Score for a prospect to an offer of credit. And so working together with Experian, we're now prepared to offer a lead gen offering to the market that uses a FICO Score as opposed to so-called education scores. So that's really the second part of it.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And does that include the Experian Discover partnership or is that separate?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
That's separate.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. So it's an expanded Experian and then the Discover work you do. Okay. And then I don't know maybe I'm reading too much, but your commentary on evaluating M&A options, the technology and so forth, is that just standard commentary or is there something in the pipeline that we should be looking out for?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
That is our standard commentary. So we continue to love buying back our own stock and we set a very high bar for M&A activity. And at the same time, we're always on the prowl, always looking for opportunities, but as you know and as we've said many times, the alternatives to investing in our own business are obviously being held to a pretty high standard because we're so happy with our own prospects.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Got it. And then just last question from me, any initial read-throughs or comments that are coming from your customers on the impacts from the new administration that you would want to point out?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, I think it is a little early to say. But the obvious elements have to do with if there's a reform in regulation that eases the burden on our bank customers, they're likely to benefit from that and if they do, we will.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. All right. Thanks a lot guys.
Operator:
And your next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good evening everyone.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So congratulations on a strong quarter and especially on the strong bookings. So I wanted to start out by asking about what's new on the affinity side? That's an opportunity that you guys have talked about in the past and see if we could get an update there.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah, Bill, we are obviously in discussions with others about doing additional affinity programs and work. Those discussions are underway. We're not in a position to announce anything yet. But I think that announcements are coming soon. We feel pretty good about our prospects in the affinity space. And I guess, connected with that, a little bit different from affinity, but related is our activity in the paid education space where we have been exploring paid programs that go well beyond the free open access program and some of those are imminent as well.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So this is – I've heard this referred to as Open Access Plus, sort of a hybrid between the traditional credit monitoring and the Open Access program. Is that the way to think of that?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I think that's a way to think about it. I think we're careful to distinguish between two only because Open Access is a completely free program designed to let the consumer benefit from a score that the bank is already purchasing. And so this program, it does go above and beyond Open Access, but we don't call it an open access program because it's not a free program. It's a paid program. It's paid by the bank, not by the consumer, but is still a paid program.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So Discover had made some interesting comments on their call last week. It sounded like they're planning to increase their marketing investment to support an acceleration in the credit card loan growth from, looks like they did about 4.7% growth in 2016 and they're talking about talking it up 5.5% to 7.5% in 2017. The other comment they made was that about 75% of that loan growth is coming from newer card members. So I wanted to ask how that was going insofar as you could talk about it and then also ask whether you're in active dialogue with other issuers to replicate that type of an offering?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
So we can't really comment on Discover except to say that we have a program with them today that we're very happy with and we continue to work on expanding it. Don't have anything to announce today, but we're obviously always looking to expand and broaden our partnership with them. And do we have similar kinds of things in discussion with other players? Yes, we do.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. And then separately with Experian's right offer, you had mentioned that goal of better matching consumers with a prequalified credit offer with the thought that that will produce a better response rate and better conversion rate for the lenders. I guess, my question is how is that going? Is the goal of the program actually being met? Is it actually resulting in better conversion? And then how many lenders are working with it, and what kind of a revenue model is it using because it sounds like it is a different model than the traditional per subscriber per month basis.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Okay. So it's early days to provide data. So, our views about the lower breakage for lenders and the higher utility for consumers that comes out using a FICO Score versus non-FICO Score, we don't have data to present. It's more kind of a logic thing where we just believe that if you give a consumer a real FICO Score and that's the basis for making the decision once the credit offer is made, there is going to be less breakage. That seems like kind of basic. But we don't have data to share there yet. And then with respect to the revenue model, it is a rev share kind of an arrangement. I can't go into a lot of detail on it. But basically, we have completely aligned interest with Experian on this and it's a rev share model.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. And then a question on DMS Telco deal that you guys had announced this past May, I think that had plan to go live in November and I wanted to ask how that have performed during the peak holiday season? And then also ask about the next piece of that implementation on the marketing piece how that was looking? And then ultimately, how we should think about modeling the revenue for that?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well, so just to take those questions in order, we have gone live. We've gone live without a hitch. We ran smoothly right through the holidays without any kind of outages or failures. Although, I'll say that we were tested. I mean, that's natural, and, this represents a pretty big volume and a big infrastructure play for us. And so we had a lot of work to do to make sure that we're up to snuff. But we sailed through it and we're happy with the results. Too early to talk about the marketing, but we're feeling pretty good about the way that entire operation have gone.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. And then one housekeeping question. Just on the B2C growth, how was the growth within the myFICO piece of that?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
So this quarter, Bill, year-over-year, we had 3% growth across all of B2C, and myFICO was about mid-single digits and all the rest collectively was a little bit shy of that.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko from Sidoti. Your line is open.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Hey, good afternoon, guys. You called out strength in Customer Communications. Curious, was there just a single large deal that was pushing on that, or did you have number of deals, and, just generally what's your, I guess, outlook for that product?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It's across the board. It's not a single deal. That's ratable revenue and so it kind of marches upwards smoothly, at least we hope it does and it is now. That's been a multi-year journey for us, getting all of the offering on to a single code base, getting the infrastructure in place globally so we can support customers around the globe, leveraging AWS to get to places that we don't have operations. So it's been a journey. Right now we feel like we're hitting our stride. We think we have the best offering in the market by a fairly right margin. Customers seem to believe that too. And so, it's gone very smoothly. But it's not one single thing, it's kind of everything working together, good execution across the board.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got it. And if I'm not mistaken, did you acquire that asset?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We did. It was...
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
So I think you had about 20%
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I am sorry, go ahead.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
I was going to say I think you had, when you made the acquisition, it was somewhere around low double digit growth rate, maybe around 15% to 20%. And, you talked a little bit about the size of the market for you there. But can you talk a little bit about I know you said you're hitting your stride. Is there a substantial addressable market ahead of you on that and do you see that as being a product that can drive, your Software business over the next couple of years?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah, good question. Okay, so just a bit of history. The company was called Adeptra. We bought it a bit over four years ago. It was a good growing company when we bought it. It had reached some scale limits on the infrastructure on which it was operated. I would say that we spent several years in a retrenchment mode and I don't think it's just kind of post-merger integration blues. I think we really had a lot of rework to do on the code base and on the infrastructure. And so we really didn't have tremendous growth for several years in the middle. I feel like we're back onto a double digit growing kind of trajectory. Where is the growth coming from? It's multiple areas. There is the growth that comes out of appending Customer Communication Services to our existing franchises. So that takes primarily two forms, one is fraud, where we have a very strong franchise and now we have an opportunity to talk directly to our customers' customers about fraud alerts and is that really you and did you make this transaction, and those kinds of things. And then a second franchise where we have natural extension and have a lot of volume is in collections and recovery where our Debt Manager 9 products offering is naturally complimented by an ability to talk directly to our customers' customer. And, of course, there is a feedback loop there that improves the efficacy, improves the outcome. So those are kind of the more natural things for us where we build and extend from businesses we're already in. It does have the potential to open up doors in new areas like marketing and particularly since we now have this DMS platform that allows our customers to use the same data from multiple data feeds but the same data to inform different kinds of activities, whether its origination or line management, or marketing solutions or customer communications, we now can append this Customer Communication Service to many other things. So we anticipate the demand it will grow beyond even the two franchises were strong right now.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got it. Thanks. And maybe a left field kind of question here, but insofar as you have a lot of products that you're I think to some degree experimenting with or testing, that aren't necessarily core at this point, but if you find kind of a non-core product that you think you could better monetize through divesting the product line, I mean, do you think about that at all? Or do you still feel that everything you have today is better taken to market under the FICO umbrella?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well that's a great question Matthew. I mean, we have a fairly disciplined process here. We've adopted GE's S1-S2 strategy process where we review all of our businesses twice a year, kind of mid-year with a look to what the three year outlook looks like, and we look at the competitive environment and the market and total addressable market, and what the headwinds are, how strong our product is, and what its prospects looked like. And we then we come back towards the end of the year, where we tighten down and lock up the budget for the subsequent year, and that's the S2 part of the S1-S2 process and in that we kind of have the buttoned up tactical next year plan. In the course of that strategy work, we always evaluate whether it makes sense for us to continue to be in the business, whether the business would be more valuable in someone else's hands, and whether we're adequately resourcing some of our young not yet big and widely profitable businesses. And of course, that's a challenge for a company like ours because we have prospects that are really tremendous, far more than we can effectively resource. I think we recognize that we have this kind of feast of riches in analytics and we can't participate in all the great opportunities we have around us. I would say that the businesses that we're in, we have the half dozen or so core franchises where we're typically number one or number two in the business and if we're not number one or number two, we believe we have the industry leading product. And there is only a couple of exceptions to that in our portfolio and where there is an exception, we're usually in it for a different reason or because we believe that there is an opportunity for us to improve it. And so I would say that that's a long way of saying that we're pretty happy with the portfolio. There is nothing in the portfolio today that we're prepared to divest or that we're seriously contemplating divesting. There are some growth opportunities that have to be managed carefully because we can't do everything we'd like to do and so we have to pick our winners. For example, we're putting a lot of investment into cyber right now. That's a money losing business for FICO because we're pouring in resources and the revenue is not there yet. We have every expectation that that's going to be a great business in several years. And so we are resourcing it appropriately. But of course that's going to crowd out some other opportunities and that's what it is doing and those are the hard decisions we have to make.
Matthew E. Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got it. I appreciate that color and congrats on the quarter.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Brett Huff from Stephens. Your line is open.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Hey, guys, congrats on a nice quarter. This is Blake Anderson on for Brett. In Applications, I know you briefly touched on your customer communications, but can you size the license sales in Fraud Management Solutions? Was there anything, any outsized deals in fraud for to you call out?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Just one. We had a scheduled license renewal in fraud that hit this quarter. The scheduled renewal was quarter two and it got signed by end of December at the request of the customer. Beyond that it was kind of routine business in the numbers.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. Thanks. And then your gross margins were down just a little bit year-over-year. Anything to call out there that was driving that?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Not really. The mix of the margin is often dependent upon the mix of how much ratable and services business we have in comparison to license revenue and scores revenue, the latter being higher margin, the former being lower margin, and we had a higher mix of services revenue because of some of the deals we booked last year. Beyond that nothing.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. And then for the margin guidance for the year, are you still attributing that range primarily to your investments and delivering cloud infrastructure, or is there anything that's kind of popped up in the 1Q that might be driving that that we should pay attention to more throughout the rest of the year?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, nothing changed from what we said in November when we set the guidance. It really is tied to two things. It's tied to the additional investments we built into our budget that we're making with respect to our infrastructure and our cloud. That's number one. And, number two, it's tied to the ultimate mix of business we have between lower margin ratable and services business compared to the higher margin license and scores. And thus the 300 basis point range. But nothing has changed from November.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
All right. And then lastly, how does paying down debt kind of stack up in your uses of cash priorities? I know you said share repo, is number one. I know you mentioned the comments on M&A. But how do you guys think about paying down debt?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well, so the current debt we have, the blend is at about 4.1%. So it's pretty cheap debt. More than half of it is in a revolver, which is under 200 basis points. And I guess, we could pay that down, but we think we have a better use of cash than paying down 2% debt. On the other hand, the rest of it is in term notes that have scheduled maturities and if we pay those off early we have a penalty, a make whole penalty and as a result we have just simply let the maturities happen and we rolled them into the revolver. So at least under the current kind of regulatory environment and tax environment, what we have been doing is what we will continue to do until we reach a point where we think it's sensible to refinance the entire debt structure and we're a little a ways away from that, probably a year away from that.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We don't really think about it as a paying off debt. I mean, we like our leverage where it is in this 2 times to 2.5 times area. And so to the extent that we have maturities, we replace it with lower cost revolving debt. And at some point we could reevaluate that equation. But I wouldn't expect a very big difference in our leverage position going forward.
Blake Anderson - Stephens, Inc.:
Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Adam Klauber from William Blair. Your line is open.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Hi, good afternoon, and thanks. When we look at the bookings, could you give us a rough idea on the Decision Management? How many of those came from sort of the existing core of financials versus newer verticals?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. I don't have the exact numbers, Adam. It's probably this quarter more slightly weighed towards financial services than it is outside of financial services. So of our total bookings, I can tell you 60%, 68%, 69% were with our kind of core financial services business. The remainder was outside. As it relates to DMS, I just don't know that level of detail offhand.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Sure.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It's probably similar.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. That's helpful. Then just following up on the margin. You know, just on an absolute basis, as you mentioned you've been investing in sales and delivery and expenses are up compared to year ago, but its looks like they're flattening out. So is that a way for us to think about it? Are they at a better run rate today compared to a year ago but you won't see big jumps up over the rest of the year?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Our current run rates are around $185 million plus or minus.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Yeah.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
You usually see a little bit of uptick in our second quarter, the one we're in right now, simply because our annual salary increase happens in December and so you see the first full impact of 2% to 3% salary increase in our fiscal second quarter. And then oddly enough, you see a payroll tax reset. Most people have hit their payroll tax maximum by the end of the year and it gets reset January 1. So we see actually $2 million, $3 million increase in that. So that kind of will put the number up a little bit higher than $185 million. But we're kind of locked in, in this range, and are kind of managing our business at that level as we pursue a more top-line growth.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Great. And that sounds like more normalized growth going forward then sort of jumps we've seen over the last couple of quarters then?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Okay. Then as far as the Experian, obviously a great sign. Is that a couple of quarters that we'll see some of the impacts from those new agreements or can we see that more near term?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
I think a couple quarters is pretty near term, but I think you'll see it grow throughout the year. It's going to start smaller and ramp up.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
And remember it's kind of tied to Experian's marketing budgets and marketing plans which are outside of our area of control. And so it can vary, the speed and pace at which the, basically tied to their new fiscal year coming up here in April.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Right. Right. Okay. And then as far as cyber you mentioned and obviously that's a long-term effort and it's still very, very early. Any chance we'll see even a little revenue this year or is that probably more of an 2018 type occurrence?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
It's really more than 2018 occurrence, although little bit of revenue trickling in. There is a lot of interest. There is a lot of interest. There are lot of conversations going on. We've got a little bit of business going. We've got business going with our iboss partnership. So things are coming along, but it's way premature to expect any kind of revenue in 2017. Could it be meaningful in 2018? It will be visible. It will be visible in 2018 and meaningful in 2019.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay, great. That's great to hear. Thanks, guys.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Adam.
Operator:
And there are no further questions in the queue at this time. I will now turn the call back over to the presenters.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp. William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp. Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Amanda and I'll be your conference operator today. At this time, I'd like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. Thank you. I would now like to turn the conference over to Mr. Steve Weber. Please go ahead.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thank you, Amanda. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes our financial results compared to the prior-year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and the Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 07 of 2017. And now, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. I'll summarize our financial results for the quarter and full fiscal year. And then take a step back and talk about the progress we made this fiscal year on our growth initiatives. And finally, I'll discuss how these initiatives have us poised for growth in 2017 and beyond. In our fourth quarter, we reported revenues of $236 million, an increase of 1% over the same period last year. We delivered $32 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1 per share, which included a favorable tax adjustment that Mike will walk through. We delivered $41 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.28 per share. It's a great finish to an outstanding fiscal year. Our full-year revenue growth of 5% beat our guidance and even adjusting for the tax benefit we still beat our guided net income and EPS. On the software side, our Applications business was up 1% for the full-year over last year and our Decision Management Software business, which we historically called Tools was up 2%. I'm pleased we were able to show growth at the time when we're shifting to radical cloud based revenues. The real growth story in our software is our bookings, which grew 23% from last year for these segments. In cloud revenues which increased 14% in fiscal 2016 and an indication of we're building more and more committed backlog for the coming periods. Our Scores business was up 9% this quarter versus the prior-year quarter and 16% for the full-year versus the prior-year. Consumer revenues were up 27% for the full-year and B2B was up 12%. It was a very good year for us and I am happy with the progress we're making in a number of areas. In our Scores segment, we continue to expand our industry leading business-to-business FICO Scores into the larger faster growing U.S. consumer market. The FICO Score Open Access program continued its expansion during the current year. Through this program we now have more than 180 million consumer accounts with access to their free FICO Score. The partnership agreement we launched in fiscal 2015 with Experian continued to accelerate during the current year. And we are looking at ways to expand that partnership. We also announced partnership with Progrexion and the non-bank affinity deal, which we expect a ramp throughout 2017. And we are in discussions with additional partners to further expand the FICO Score sold directly to consumer. We also introduced a lead generation program used by financial institutions and credit card lenders to identify new customers. On the software side, we've made and continue to make significant investments in innovation. We've invested in growth initiatives that expand our addressable markets. We've taken our core IP coupled with the QuadMetrics acquisition to bring cyber analytics solutions to market. We expanded our traditional on-premise software into cloud-based solutions in our Applications and Decision Management segments to provide growth opportunities with customers that can benefit from the affordability and simplicity of these solutions. Our software solutions are now available through our private cloud, the FICO Analytic Cloud, and we are adding delivery of our solutions through large vendors like AWS and geographic locations across the world. And this year, we introduced the FICO Decision Management Suite 2.0, which provides an easy way for customers to evaluate, customize, deploy and scale state-of-the-art analytics. The Decision Management Suite allows customers to quickly integrate our tools and components with their data, helping organizations of all sizes, realize the promise of Advanced Analytics and Decision Management in a cost-effective scalable cloud or on-premise solution. These have been important strategic investments, and we're now beginning to see the signs of the path. In fact, I believe the second half of 2016 was an inflection point for our Decision Management Suite and for FICO as a whole. We're seeing signs of it in our revenues as we continue to build recurring cloud revenue streams and committed backlog. And we're seeing it in our bookings, where our recurring revenue bookings increased 38% in fiscal 2016 versus the prior-year. Most importantly, we're seeing it in the discussions we're having with our customers and prospective customers. We're working closely with the broader group of industries than ever before. We continue to be a go-to-vendor for financial services, but more and more we're talking with a wide variety of industries and governmental entities to help them use data to make their most difficult decisions. As we look ahead to 2017, we will continue to invest in areas of our business where we see the greatest growth potential. Last year, I said we would concentrate on sales and distribution in 2016 and we've done that. We've increased our sales force by about 50 people and we grew our bookings in 2016 by 20% from the prior-year. Our current year cloud bookings doubled from last year, representing just over one-fourth of our total bookings. In addition, our cloud pipeline is healthy and growing fast. As a result of this growing demand, we're accelerating investments in our delivery support and infrastructure operations during 2017 to ensure successful deployment and improved customer experience with our solutions. We remain focused on balancing prudent investment with the return to our shareholders expect from us. And we're very thoughtful in how we deploy our strong cash flow. In 2016, we paid down some debt, as some of our (7:21) matured. And of course, we remained committed to our stock repurchase program buying back 1.3 million shares in 2016. We are strong believers in our own prospects and we're investing in repurchases as an excellent use for the cash we generate. We are increasingly confident about our future. We still see occasional lumpiness due to uneven license sales, but that volatility gets muted as licenses become a smaller percentage of the overall revenue. It's also difficult to predict timing of many of our larger go-live dates or new partnerships, but we have more opportunities in more areas than we've ever had. I'll talk more about our outlook for 2017, but first I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $236 million of revenue this quarter, up 1% over the same period last year and a total of $881 million for the year, up 5% from the prior-year. Full-year revenue derived from our cloud products were $192 million, up 14% from the prior-year. Second, we delivered $32 million in net income this quarter, which included a reduction to income tax expense of $3.3 million. Net income for the full-year was $109 million. Finally, we delivered $14 million of free cash flow in the quarter and $161 million for the fiscal year. We repurchased 1.3 million shares during the year or 4% of our outstanding shares. I'll begin by reviewing the results in each of our three reporting segments. Our Applications revenue were $149 million, up 5% from last quarter and flat versus the same period last year. Full-year revenues for Applications were $533 million, up 1% from last year. The increase in revenue was driven from our recurring businesses, primarily our originations management cloud solutions, customer communication services and compliance solutions, partially offset by higher term license revenue last year in our Fraud Solution. In our Decision Management Software segment, which we formally called Tools segment, revenues were $24 million, down 34% from last quarter and down 8% from the same period last year. In both cases, due to fewer upfront license deals. Full-year DMS revenues were $108 million, up 2% from last year, DMS bookings were $15 million this quarter and $70 million for the year. And finally in our Scores segment revenues were $63 million, up 3% from last quarter and 9% from the same period last year. B2B was up 13% over the same period last year, driven by strong consumer lending and B2C revenues were up 4% from the same period last year. For the full-year Scores revenues were $241 million, up 16% from last year. Looking at revenue by region. This quarter, 70% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 20% and the remaining 10% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues which are derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 65% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 22% of total and license revenues were 13% of total revenue. For the full-year 69% of our revenues were recurring compared to 67% last year. We generated $16 million of current period revenue on bookings of $80 million, a 20% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 37 months this quarter. For the full-year, bookings were $378 million, up 20% from the prior-year, giving us good visibility into our revenue as we head into fiscal year 2017. Also let me provide some additional details around our cloud products, which include our CCS Solutions, our cloud enabled franchises such as Origination Manager, the Decision Management Platform, Debt Manager and our Legacy Custom Hosting Products. Cloud revenue totaled $192 million for the year versus $168 million last year, an increase of 14%. Bookings related to these products were $99 million compared to $45 million last year. We have customers in a variety of industries with the largest concentration in financial services, Telco and insurance. We've been pacing our investments as the business grows and plan to increase our infrastructure cost modestly in 2017 to stay ahead of the growing demand. Our operating expenses totaled $191 million this quarter, up $7 million from the prior quarter. The increase relates to performance-based incentives and some additional software development and professional services head count. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 26% for the quarter and 27% for the year. We expect that our operating margins will be between 26% to 28% in 2017. GAAP net income this quarter was $32 million, down 4% from the prior-year. We had a reduction to income tax expense of $3.3 million, or about $0.10 a share associated with one-time foreign tax credits. Our non-GAAP net income was $41 million for the quarter, down 19% from the same quarter last year. For the full-year, net income was $109 million, up 27% from the prior-year and non-GAAP net income was $155 million, up 15% compared to the prior-year. The effective tax rate for the full-year was 24%, below our previous guidance due to the foreign tax credit and other benefits derived from foreign entity restructuring. We expect the effective tax rate to be 29% to 30% for our full-year fiscal 2017. It's important to note, we're early adopting FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. This standard changes the accounting for share-based payments and our expected tax rate excludes the impact related to these changes. Under this pronouncement, excess tax benefits or deficiencies which were previously recorded as an adjustment to paid-in capital will now be reflected as reductions or increases to income tax expense. In fiscal 2016, we reflected an excess tax benefit of $25 million as a credit to paid-in capital, whereas under the new accounting; this amount would have been reflected as reduction to income tax expense. The free cash flow for the quarter was $14 million compared to $39 million in the same period last year. For the full-year, free cash flow was $161 million compared to $105 million in the prior-year. Turning to the balance sheet, we had $76 million in cash at the end of the quarter, down $42 million from last quarter, due to debt reduction in share repurchases, partially offset by cash generated from operations. Our total debt is now $571 million with the weighted average interest rate of 4.1%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.2 times, below the covenant level of 3 times. We bought back 308,000 shares in the fourth quarter at an average price of $123.19. In fiscal 2016, we repurchased a total of 1.3 million shares at an average price of $103.65 for a total of $138 million. At the end of the quarter, we still had $230 million remaining on the latest board authorization, and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy, our strength in our portfolio and a competitive position. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on 2017.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I believe we're well positioned for success as we move into 2017 and beyond. We continue to find new ways to leverage our Scores assets and have significant opportunities to further expand usage of the industry-standard FICO Score among consumers. Our investments in software innovation, our Decision Management Suite is showing signs of market acceptance and early signs of corresponding revenue growth. And our Applications for years available is on-premise solutions had been refreshed and are expanding into new markets as cloud-based solutions. We have focused and invested in innovation. And as I've said in the past, I'm confident that we have multiple paths to growth in our future. As we signed larger deals, it's difficult to know the exact timing of the launch, but we are committed to putting resources behind the implementations to get them live and producing recurring revenue. With all this in mind, we're providing the following guidance for fiscal 2017. We are guiding revenues of approximately $925 million, an increase of about 5% versus fiscal 2016. We are guiding GAAP net income of approximately $109 million flat with 2016 due to the impact of the lower tax expense in 2016. GAAP earnings per share of approximately $3.39, net GAAP net income of $158 million and non-GAAP earnings per share of $4.92. The EPS guidance excludes the impact of ASU 2016-09 and assumes current share counts; although as Mike said, we continue to view repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. I'll now turn the call back to Steve to handle the Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we will now take your questions. Amanda, please open the lines.
Operator:
And your first question comes from Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Thank you. Good evening, gentlemen. First question is just on the Tools or now DMS business. The first, I think just to clarify, I think you guys had called out high single-digit growth for the end of the year, it sounded like you said a lot of the stuff might have got pushed out, was the underperformance this quarter just purely because of timing around there, just some color if you could add there? And then just to clarify, the renaming of Tools to DMS. Is that just a rename or are you going to move some numbers out of Tools into Apps or something and this is purely a DMS sale number now?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Hi, Manav, it's Mike. The DMS is just purely a renaming. There's no change in any other way any of our products are being rolled up between our DMS and our Applications business. As it relates to the revenue for DMS, you are right, we were calling high single-digit. We came in low single-digit for the year and it's a combination of deals that we signed that are ratable and a combination of the timing of license – upfront license revenues. The amount of bookings, the amount of backlog continues to be really strong in the health of the business is strong as well.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And just some – maybe just some logic again just on the Tools to DMS, because isn't there more than just DMS in there or are you guys selling it differently now?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
No, there's no change. We're rebranding the segment to be called Decision Management Software. The Decision Management Software includes what was previously called our Component Tools, but it also includes a lot of the products that we've been talking about that we've added to this table of products in the segment. And so, we felt it was just a better way to describe the work in process of building out the product suite into something much more broader than just a simple toolset.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then just on the – again on the margin commentary or the guidance of 26% to 28%, you ended this year 27%, it's a wide range, and I think at least the assumption was – Will, I think you talked about 2017 being the inflection point, and we thought obviously margins would be high, so what are the variables that have you at such a high range in that margin guidance?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Great question. It really has everything to do with the amount of investment we put against cloud infrastructure to support more and more cloud deals. So, you can see that the ramp in our cloud deals is climbing, and frankly, climbing even a little faster than we expected. And as a result, we find ourselves in a situation where we want to really get ahead of the curve in terms of having cloud infrastructure to support these new cloud customers as they come on. Frankly, it is a bottleneck and a constraint for us today. We could do more than we're doing because we have some capacity constraints. So we're making the investments to make sure that we have all the infrastructure we need to support these new deals. And the range has to do with how fast we have to do it. So, we have – what we think is a pretty realistic estimate of the investment we need to make for next year, and it could go up or down from the estimate based on really how quickly the business comes in.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And how about just comments around the investments you are making in the sales force and maybe R&D like are those going to step up as well this year?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well, R&D remains roughly the same. We remain committed to refreshing and continuing to expand the innovation in our product, and so that's not going to stop. But I don't think you will see as a percentage, it's not going to grow either. And then on the sales side, we did step up in sales last year, and we did spend more there, and we wound up with more coverage than we've had in the past. I mentioned that we'd added 50 heads and not that we're going to stop. That's a work in progress, and we continue to add and lose people as is natural. But I think that in terms of where is the most investment going on a relative basis, the most investments is going into delivery and into cloud infrastructure.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. I appreciate that. I'll get back in the queue.
Operator:
And your next question comes from Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good evening everyone, and congratulations on a strong quarter.
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks, Bill.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Thanks.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So I wanted to ask about the Discover deal. Just in watching some of the World Series notice some ads for the Discover product, the Scorecard and wanted to ask how that relationship was going. I figured if, Discover was out there aggressively promoting it on a major sporting event that you guys had reached agreement in terms of the revenue model and just wanted to get some further thoughts there?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Well, I would say, we're delighted with our partnership with Discover. And the fact that they're doing the promotion that they are doing ought to give you some sense for how satisfied they are with the initiative. Clearly, this notion of using FICO Scores with non-customers with potential customers' prospects, the idea of using FICO Scores to win fresh business for the banks is a big idea. And traditionally historically, we've had FICO Scores using the credit decisions on the B2B side. We have FICO Scores in the paid business as in our Experian partnership. We just started to toe in the water with the affinity business, affinity paid business. We have FICO Scores and Open Access, which is not a big revenue item, but it really cements our positioning with the consumer. And the one big gap really has been using FICO Scores with prospects. And so the idea of doing that is a big idea. Discover is first in this. They are partnering it and it's going really well.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Now as you mentioned Discover is an early adopter, they were an early adopter of Open Access as well. Are you talking with other banks?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
We are talking with other banks; yes. And I think you can expect that this program will expand through 2017 and beyond. The alternative that the banks have is to get leads from other lead providers who don't use FICO Scores. And as a result, there is breakage in the model where they get into score, that turns out to not to be the score that the big bank uses for making its credit decision. So obviously, there is a big benefit to using the same score in the customer acquisition than used (25:32) for making the credit decision. It enables you to make an offer of credit with a lot more confidence. Beyond that the FICO Score has such a strong brand identity that's actually a nice – it's a nice tool for customer acquisition that brings in the traffic, brings in the volume in a way that a non-FICO Score does not. So, we anticipate tremendous interest from other banks as we go forward.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
One of your wins last year had been a large Telecom client for Decision Management Suite. You had been doing implementation for that, has that DMS client gone live now? Is that actually generating the main piece of the revenue the $10 million to $12 million per year?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yes, I'm happy to report that it has gone live. It's gone live smoothly. We have a happy customer and we have a lot of people who are working around the clock to make sure that it continues to run smoothly. But it is – the early returns are really excellent. We're really excited about the way it's gone. And in terms of the revenue that builds over time, most of it's transaction-based.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. A couple housekeeping question just on the Scores business, very strong growth there. On the B2C side, in the past, you've talked about the – how the myFICO piece has done versus the rest of the B2C business. I was hoping if we could get that detail?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. We'll give you that detail in a second. I would say that the thing to keep in mind with myFICO, myFICO is doing great. So let me start with that. We're really proud of what we have there and we have it positioned as really as the premium offering in the marketplace. That said, we will never be able to put the marketing muscle behind myFICO that our partners can put behind leveraging FICO for their brands. And so, we wind up living with a certain amount of cannibalization of the myFICO business, because we work so closely with partners like Experian.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah.
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
So, obviously that would be – the headwind is the cannibalization that we've created for ourselves and notwithstanding that we continue to be very successful with it and it winds up being kind of the industry-leading offering. And also a little bit of a lab for testing out new ideas, which we then share with our partners and encourage them to adopt. So, that's the broad picture. Let me give you a little bit of detail, do you have that handy?
Michael J. Pung - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. For the quarter Bill, year-over-year, the myFICO part grew about mid single-digit and the rest of it was low single-digit growth year-over-year.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Excellent. Well, thank you very much. I'll get back in the queue.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Matthew Galinko from Sidoti.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Hey, good afternoon guys. Will, you talked about hitting an inflection point in the DMS business in the second half of this year. So, I was hoping you could maybe drill a little bit more on to that of what you think has changed, is it just the product readiness or just a combination of that and the reps you're putting in place or just market acceptance, in general, just what's changed?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
You know, I think it's all the above. It's not one single thing, but what we have is, (29:12). The product is more mature. It's very usable. The product is not a product as such, it's a set of capabilities that underlies a lot of our Applications and Solutions. And so, what we're seeing is that, it gives us the ability to get up and running faster with the customer. It used to be that to install a big application on-premise could take 14 months, could take 16 months multiyear deal, big expensive complex; and while of course, we still have some deals that are structured that way because of their complexity, being able to do things with DMS is definitely (29:55) our implementation process. Such that, we're now doing very big deals in eight months and nine months and smaller deals we can get up in two months, three months, four months. So, I would say, speed to market, speed to go live, overall cost of implementation, market acceptance, all those kinds of things are what's in play here.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got it. And then you mentioned the 50 sales reps, I assume quota carrying that you added this year and I guess can you just qualify if that was in line with what you are targeting? Are you satisfied with their performance as a whole and is there anything that you are tweaking along the way in terms of structure of comp or how you incentivize them that you were aim to get – to I guess optimize what you get out of your sales force?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Yeah. Good question. Well, if you asked the CEO of Software company, how the sales force is doing? He'll answer, they can always do better. And that's the case today too. I would say that, we're happier and happier with the performance of our sales force. The number of heads it's 50 is right in line with what we were looking for. Would I be delighted to hire another 50 or 100 or 200? I would. The challenge is that until we get them productive it winds up being a cost item. And so, we kind of – we do it on a measured basis as we bring them in. We continue to refresh the sales force. There's a lot of focus on productivity these days. And bringing people up to speed and getting them the right training. Ours is not a simple sale. This is not software that comes in a suitcase. It's a technical sale, it requires domain expertise. And so, our sales people are really, really high quality domain and technical product experts. Those people are hard to come by and when we grow them on our own, which is a very successful strategy, it takes long time. But that's working very well for us. So, the long answer to your question is, we're happy with the progress we've made. We're not satisfied that we're done. We'll continue to work at it. And I expect that the sales force will get stronger, both in terms of coverage and in terms of technical depth and quality.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got it. Maybe just one more on that – what is the time to get a new sales rep productive that has experience or domain expertise?
William J. Lansing - Fair Isaac Corp.:
The sales cycle takes the better part of half the year, almost three quarters of the year, like 270 days sales cycle. And then if you figure that it takes months, several months, three months to six months to get a salesperson sufficiently familiar with our products to be effective, we're talking about really a year – when we onboard them and turn them into highly productive salespeople. Occasionally, we do better than that when we bring in people with deep experience. As I said, a very successful strategy for us has been to grow them internally, so if we can bring in people on, we have them as business development reps or inside sales or in marketing and they learn our products and become familiar with what we have and then we move them into the field. We find that that is a really nice transition and we have them productive little quicker when we do it that way.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Got it. Thank you.
Operator:
And there are no further questions.
Steven P. Weber - Fair Isaac Corp.:
Okay. Thank you, Amanda. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining. And we'll talk to you next quarter.
Operator:
That does conclude today's call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations
Analysts:
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Robert Mattson - Dougherty & Co. LLC Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Kelly and I'll be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. Thank you. Steve Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations:
Thank you. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's third quarter earnings call. I am Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through July 28, 2017. With that, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. I'll briefly summarize our financial results for this quarter, and then I'll discuss the progress we're making on our strategic initiatives. In our third quarter, we reported revenues of $239 million, the highest single quarter in company history, up 14% from the same period last year. We delivered $35 million of GAAP net income or $1.08 per share, both up 76% from the prior year. We delivered $47 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $1.45 per share, both increasing 45% from the same period last year. We continue our strong cash generation with $78 million of free cash flow this quarter. Most importantly, we had strong quarter across the board, with growth in each of our segments. Our Scores segment delivered $61 million of revenue this quarter, an increase of 10% over the same period last year. Our Applications segment revenue of $142 million was an increase of 11% over the same period last year. Finally, our Tools segment, which includes our Decision Management Suite, delivered a record $36 million, up 36% from last year. Much of the growth this quarter came from an exceptionally large number of license deals, but we also continue to add to a recurring revenue base. We've made tremendous progress on our strategic initiatives and we're starting to see the results of our hard work. Our B2B Scores business continues its healthy growth. Volumes are up across all life cycles and revenues are up 11% year-over-year. FICO Score use among lenders is as strong as ever and increase volumes prove that financial institutions rely on the Score to find new customers, as well as manage and monitor risk. We are also continuing to make progress with our consumer business. We recently announced an agreement with Progrexion, a market leader in credit report repair services to provide FICO Scores to consumers. We also signed our first affinity deal through a license with Experian. The non-bank deal is smaller in size, but it is an important proof point for us. We expect both of these to ramp-up by the end of the calendar year. And earlier this month, we partnered with Discover to power their first of its kind credit scorecard, which allows consumers, even those who are not Discover customers, to see their FICO Score for free. With over 150 million accounts accessing their FICO Scores through Open Access, it's now easier than ever for consumers to regularly see their FICO Score. This is good for consumers, as they can understand and improve their credit worthiness, and it's good for FICO as consumers understand that the FICO Score is overwhelmingly the score that matters for lending decisions. Because of this, we believe that FICO Scores can be a key differentiator for businesses marketing various financial services. We are continuing to make progress with opportunities in this market, as evidenced by the deals we completed this quarter, and we expect more to follow. On the software side, our investments are continuing to pay off. We are winning deals and are building a nice pipeline. This quarter, we closed a number of license deals with particularly strong sales in our Banking Fraud and Blaze product lines. Overall, we had a strong sales effort this quarter. Our bookings this quarter were $79 million, up 31% over the prior year. Fiscal year-to-date, our bookings are up 42% over last year. Many of these bookings are enabling our recurring revenues growth. This quarter, our recurring revenue is up 6% from last year, and year-to-date, recurring revenues are up 9%. This has been a key part of our strategy as we build out our cloud business and increase predictable recurring revenues. And we continue to innovate. Last quarter, I gave an update on Version 2.0 of the Decision Management Suite. We generated a lot of interest at FICO World in April and we're now meeting with potential customers to help them solve their toughest decisions. We also announced the introduction of our Enterprise Security Score, which will help rank an organization's level of cyber security risk. To further this effort, we acquired QuadMetrics, an innovative cyber risk security scoring company. QuadMetrics leverages predictive analytics to monitor signals from open source and proprietary data sources to provide an overall security score for an enterprise, helping security professionals address gaps and enabling partners and insurers to understand a firm's security risk. QuadMetrics will complement our own FICO Falcon Cybersecurity Analytics for threat detection and will create an easy-to-understand metric that will facilitate board level risk assessment, third-party vendor management, and cyber breach insurance underwriting. Along with a score, the product will provide current threat profile characteristics and granular insights into potential security issues. As always, we remain focused on driving shareholder value. This quarter and year-to-date, we've increased our margin by 400 basis points, and our strong cash flow has enabled us to bring our leverage down this fiscal year, while still returning 118 through our share repurchase program. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but now I'd like to turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First of all, we delivered $239 million of revenue, up 14% over the same period last year, and $1.08 of GAAP EPS and $1.45 of non-GAAP EPS, an increase of 76% and 45% year-over-year, respectively. Second, we delivered $78 million of free cash flow this quarter and $147 million year-to-date, an increase of 122%. We completed our most recent share repurchase plan and today we announced that our board reauthorized a new $250 million plan. Finally, we are updating our bottom-line guidance to reflect the higher margin revenues and resulting lower than expected expenses we are driving this year. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reported segments. Starting with Applications, revenues were $142 million, up 11% versus the prior year. This was driven by increased license sales in Fraud Management Solutions, increased transactional volumes in Customer Communication Services, and increased license and services revenues in Origination Solutions compared to last the year. The quarter Applications bookings were up 59% versus the same period last year. In the Tools segment revenues were $36 million, up 36% versus the prior year. This is the largest revenue quarter ever for Tools, led by increased license sales of Blaze Advisor and the FICO Decision Management Platform. Finally, our Scores segment was also strong, with revenues of $61 million, up 10% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 11%, and on the Consumer Scores revenue, we're up 7% from the same quarter last year. Looking at revenues by region. This quarter, 72% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 20% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 64% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 19% of total and license revenues were 17% of total revenue. We signed $79 million of bookings this quarter, up 31% from the prior year. We generated $22 million of current period revenue on those bookings, for a yield of 28%. The weighted average term for our bookings this quarter was 28 months. Year-to-date, we have signed $298 million of bookings, up 42% from last year. Operating expenses totaled $183 million this quarter compared to $168 million in the prior quarter. The increase relates to variable costs associated with the increased revenue, wages and performance-based incentives and the cost related to FICO World. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 30% in the third quarter and 27% year-to-date. We expect that operating margin to be between 27% and 28% for the full year. GAAP net income this quarter was $35 million, up 76% from the prior year. Non-GAAP net income was $47 million for the quarter, up 45% from the same quarter of last year. The effective tax rate was about 30% this quarter. We expect the effective tax rate to be about 28% to 29% for the full year. Free cash flow for the quarter was $78 million, compared to $34 million in the prior year. For the trailing 12-month, cash flow was $186 million, up 42% from the previous year. Turning to the balance sheet, we had $118 million in cash at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $601 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.4%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2 times, which is below the covenant level of 3 times. During the quarter, we returned $32 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 289,000 shares at an average price of $111.06. We also repurchased an additional 154,000 shares in the month of July for a total of $18 million. Year-to-date, we have returned $118 million to shareholders through our repurchase plan. Today, we announced our board has approved a new authorization for $250 million, as our previous authorization was exhausted this last month. We continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, we are updating our previously provided guidance for the fiscal year. We're now changing our revenue guidance, which we expect to be $860 million to $870 million. To achieve the top end of this guidance, we will need to sign about $28 million of license revenue in the fourth quarter. We now believe GAAP net income will be between $98 million to $102 million, up from the previously guided $94 million to $98 million. We expect GAAP earnings per share of $3.03 to $3.15, up from $2.89 to $3.02. Non-GAAP net income, we expect to be $145 million to $149 million, up from $144 million to $148 million, and non-GAAP earnings per share of $4.50 to $4.62, up from $4.43 to $4.55. With that, I'll turn it back to Will for some final comments.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thanks, Mike. Next quarter, we'll talk about our expectations for 2017, but for now I'd like to step back and summarize our strategy. In Scores, we're looking to extend our B2B leadership and brand value into the consumer market. At the same time, we're pursuing innovations such as FICO Score XD to open new markets with financial services institutions. In Applications, we've developed cloud-enabled versions of our products, while expanding sales coverage and productivity to reach new markets. And in our Tools business, we've invested in our Decision Management Suite to provide a simple cost-effective method for customers of any size to develop and deploy analytics. At the same time, we're very focused on making appropriate investments throughout the portfolio and using excess cash for share repurchases and M&A. So far, we've been happy with the results, and I firmly believe that we have the management team in place to succeed in the months and the years ahead. I'll now turn the call back to Steve so we can do questions-and-answers.
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take any questions you may have. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
Our first question comes from the line of Brett Huff from Stephens. Your line is open.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Good afternoon, guys. Congrats on a nice quarter.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Just wanted to ask if you could characterize a little bit more some of the big license wins. It looks like it came in both in Tools and in Applications. And then maybe more specifically, were any of those a continuation of the DMS win from last quarter or was there a new DMS win in there?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
So, Brett, this is Mike. So you're right. We had two large renewals on the Applications section for our Falcon Fraud product. One of the two new renewals had additional services, additional licenses associated with it, and the other was a straight renewal. In the Tools business, we actually had a large Blaze renewal that drove a lot of that increase. That one also came along with an up-sell.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. And then just given that the guidance didn't go up on revenue, did some of this just happen earlier maybe than we on the Street had modeled them or was this incremental in any way and is there just sort of conservatism in the rev guidance?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
No, I think your first point is right. I mean as we all know, it's hard to determine what period a license occurs, including renewals. Sometimes they happen a little earlier, sometimes they happen a little later. And what we saw this quarter is some nice big renewals, some of which earlier than what we had expected. So I think what people were modeling in the fourth quarter likely happened in the third quarter, and probably the reverse is true.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. And then last question, and I'll get back in the queue. Could you just comment on DMS progress? How the win from last quarter is going? And then if you did have a chance to close additional ones of those or how the pipeline is looking?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yes, so the deal we closed last quarter were in the implementation cycle right now for a large customer. That will happen as we described last quarter through the fall and into the end of the calendar year when the expected go-live will happen. The project is going great. It's on track. Things are moving along very well. In terms of the rest of the DMS in the cloud business, we're also seeing continued progress being made very positively. The revenue year-to-date in cloud is up 12% year-to-date. Bookings, about 30% of our year-to-date bookings are related to the cloud, much of which is DMS. And so, the progress is coming along nicely, probably never fast enough, but very nice at that.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Great; that's what I need. I'll jump back in the queue.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good afternoon, everyone.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Hi, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So, congratulations on a strong quarter, I'll say.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thank you.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thanks.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So, a couple questions for you. One is just to ask about how things are going in the affinity market. You had mentioned the Progrexion deal whether – and then to ask whether there's revenue being generated from that. And then also, if you could talk about how the pipeline of opportunities looks in that space now.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
The Progrexion deal will unfold in the course of the year. So it's started, but the full impact won't be felt until later on, but that's going very smoothly. Our efforts in the affinity space continue and we're in discussions. I would say that in general, the whole affinity business, as you know, has gone more slowly than we expected. We thought that it would have a much more steep ramp in 2016 then it's had. Some of that I think is related to just kind of slow adoption, but sounds likes it's also that the market is evolving in different kind of ways. And I think that our Scores people are coming up with some innovative programs that complement some of things that are place now that – I hate to call them a substitute for affinity, but there are different kinds of programs and they represent different directions that the affinity business has gone. So I think you're still going to see FICO Scores in the center of all this. It may not all lined up in the affinity business as we originally envisioned it.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Yeah. These transactions – there's been speculation that a large deal would be somewhere in the $40 million in revenue arena, maybe netting out $8 million in EBITDA. Is that about the level to think about for these types of deals or is it just -
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
I think it depends on whether we're the general contractor or whether we're just supplying FICO Scores to someone else who does it. I think that the economics that you just described would represent a large deal, if we were the GC. I do think that we favor working through partners and where there is others, for example, Experian, who can do a good job on offering the service, we're happy to partner with them, provide our Scores and value add that way. And obviously, at that point, it's much smaller revenue, but much higher margin. (20:47)
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
I'm sorry, Bill. In fact, today, in Will's prepared comments that he made reference to the fact that we did sign our first affinity partner today through Experian. So we did sign an affinity deal. We're a provider of the FICO Score to Experian and their servicing that deal. It's rather small for us on, but it was the first and a good proof point.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Excellent. And then there's been a lot of talk about trended data and I was hoping you could talk a little bit about the new product that you guys are coming out with on the trended data side in the auto space with TransUnion.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah. We're making progress with TransUnion. We announced that deal last quarter. We're working with them to bring it into the marketplace. And beyond that, I really don't have anything new to discuss around that. We've been involved with or in discussions with each of the bureaus and a variety of ways on their trended data initiatives. But for us, it frankly isn't as big of a driver as some of the other activities we have going on.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Thank you very much. I'll get back in the queue.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Great.
Operator:
Your next question comes from line Robert Mattson from Dougherty Markets. Your line is open.
Robert Mattson - Dougherty & Co. LLC:
Great. Thank you and congrats on the quarter as well. I wanted to circle up in a couple things. One is kind of an admin thing. I missed that number you said that the high end of the guidance would require on license?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
It would require about $28 million of license revenue to hit our high end in the guidance range.
Robert Mattson - Dougherty & Co. LLC:
Okay. I wanted to circle up with the Decision Management. You got 2.0 out now. A lot of – historically, a lot of enterprise is a little hesitant to do a 1.0 until 2.0 comes out. Have you seen a change in the discussion, a willingness of people now to engage around Decision or has this not really changed and things are cruising along?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
No, things are going very smoothly with a lot of customer interest in Decision Management Suite and actually, we're at work on 3.0 and the move from 2.0 to 3.0 is very fluid and easy. And so although you're right that customers are reluctant to be the guinea pigs on a 1.0, we're well past that. We have DMS deployed in a lot of places now. It's working really well. We have happy customers. And so we're kind of through all that early pains.
Robert Mattson - Dougherty & Co. LLC:
Okay. And outside if you could talk a little bit about additional traction outside of your core markets on the Decision Management Suite? Any – I don't know whether you want to talk about in terms of pilots or whatever color you can give on how you're getting traction outside there?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Well, last quarter, we did this big telecom deal, which would be outside of kind of our core markets. But frankly, telecom is becoming a core market because we have a lot of telecom customers. So we continue to be heavily focused on financial services. I think that's the reality, but it is the case that our stuff works elsewhere, we're getting interest from other verticals. I think there's more rapid adoption outside of financial services of cloud-based solutions. So what we're seeing is a disproportionate cloud mix when you go outside of financial services. That would be one difference.
Robert Mattson - Dougherty & Co. LLC:
Okay. And then I guess the last question more of a ad hoc question. Any update on the progress in terms of continuing to hire sales people?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Oh, yeah. Well, we're continuing to pound away at it and we're happy with our efforts. I would say that never enough. So we still have open head count. We're still hiring and we'll hire every talented salesperson that we can find. But as you know we obviously hold these candidates to a very high standard and so it never goes fast enough, but yes, continued progress.
Robert Mattson - Dougherty & Co. LLC:
Thank you and congrats again.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Adam Klauber with William Blair. Your line is open.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Thanks. Good afternoon. Just a couple of follow-up. In Applications, you mentioned that Falcon had a pretty good renewal and then an upgrade. Could you just give us a flavor or what's the nature of the upgrade?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yes. The nature of the upgrade is we have a variety of broad related products that go along with the Falcon product. There are additional analytic models and additional analytic technologies. And we had a client, a very large non-U.S. client, renew their Falcon platform. And in the process of doing the renewal, they purchased some additional technology that complemented Falcon.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. I guess that up-sell is that newer technology or is that just core product that they haven't been using before?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
It's a newer version of core product that they hadn't been using before.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Okay. That's helpful. Then you mentioned cyber, your cyber security offering, and I realize that's new, but can you give us an idea of what we could look for next year to see if that effort is ramping up?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Sure. So we're quite serious about our cyber security initiative. What we have is an opportunity to take our really fabulous Falcon Fraud IP and apply it in the cyber security space. And so where we had little missing pieces, we went out and bought QuadMetrics. But I would say that it's a pretty nascent effort. The product is coming along very rapidly. We announced the enterprise security score and we ought to be in a position to be selling it by the end of the year. But I think that realistically it's going to be small dollars and in the greater scheme of things in 2017, only because it take a while to ramp a specialized sales force and to get traction, but the product'll be ready and will be in the marketplace, and it's just going to take a while to get recognition.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay, okay. That's helpful. And then finally on capital – cash, capitalization utilization, as the stock price has clearly done well in the last six months or so, does that change your view on buying back stock?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
No, not at all. I mean, you could have made that comment every quarter for the last 20 quarters and it would've been true that the stock price had done well and you could be questioning whether it would make sense for us to keep buying back our stock at these levels. So far it's been a winning bet for us and we remain as optimistic about our future as ever. And every time we think about alternate uses of cash, when we measure them against investing in our own business, we really love our own prospects. And so we wind up coming down over and over and over in favor of stock purchase over M&A. That's not say we never would do it, but so far the stock repurchase really looks great. I guess a corollary to that embedded in your question is a little bit of a question around market timing. We're not market timers. We can't really speak to whether the overall market is frothy and will continue or will it get the correction. You guys are in that business, we're not. But we feel strongly that our business is strong today and it's going to be better in the future. And so we think it's a good use of cash to keep buying back our own stock.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. And then actually one final follow-up. You obviously had a strong quarter all around, but particularly your net – your free cash really jumped up. Should – I mean it's much, much higher level. Is that just reflecting a lot of the momentum in the quarter or is that continual (28:51)
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
It's a couple of things. Yeah, I wouldn't multiply it by four, put it that way.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Right. Yeah.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
But the contributing factors are, one, yes, the strong license revenue had an effect. And two, we had improvement in DSO. So, those two things were the things that gave us the outstanding result this quarter. So, I wouldn't expect that that would be that kind of strong in the future.
Adam Klauber - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay, okay. Thanks a lot.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So one follow-up for you. Just wanted to make sure to ask about the Discover opportunity that you announced last quarter. Just ask how that's ramping? When – have you started to generate revenue from it? If not, what do you think the timeline is likely to be?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
We're super excited about this. So the program, just to be clear what it is, Discover Scorecard, is a Discover driven website where consumers, both Discover customers and non-customers, can come and get their FICO Score. And then, Discover obviously works through that, making credit offers. And so it's a prospecting kind of an opportunity. That's kind of a new space for us. We haven't really used our FICO Scores for any kind of lead gen or prospecting in the past, not this directly. And so this is a new opportunity. We're very excited about doing it with Discover. They leaned into it with radio advertising and with television advertising. We're very happy about the messaging in the program, because they are focused on, among other things, pointing out the differences between a genuine FICO Score and the other scores that lenders don't actually use for making lending decisions. So, Discover has some uniqueness in their offering. It's too early to speak about the results and I wouldn't be in a position to do it. It would be for Discover to discuss that. But early returns are good and we're happy.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. All right. Thank you very much.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I will turn the call back over to presenters.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thank you. Now this concludes our call for today. Thank you all for your interest and joining. And we will see you next quarter.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC Katelyn Young - William Blair & Co. LLC
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Alex and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation quarterly earnings call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. Thank you. Steve Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations:
Thank you, Alex. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's second quarter earnings call. I am Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this quarter, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through May 4, 2017. With that, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. I'll briefly summarize our financial results for the quarter, and then I'll discuss the progress we're making on our strategic initiatives. In our second quarter, we reported revenues of $207 million. We delivered $23 million of GAAP net income, $0.72 per share, both up 23% from the prior year. We delivered $35 million of non-GAAP net income, up 18% from last year, and non-GAAP EPS of $1.09 per share, an increase of 20% from the same period last year. Most importantly, we signed $132 million of bookings, up 67% from the previous year. This included a large cloud-based engagement that will drive significant recurring revenue for the next several years. In fact, our transactional bookings this quarter were up 234% over the same period last year. This is a validation of our cloud products strategy and also an important driver of our recurring revenue in future periods. Our Scores segment delivered $61 million of revenue this quarter, an increase of 22% over the same period last year, and the highest Scores revenue quarter in the history of the company. The consumer piece grew 42%, and now represents one-third of Scores revenue. Our B2B business is also performing well and is up 14% year-over-year. Our Applications segment was down 9% over the same period last year, which included two very large up-front license sales. Many of our sales this quarter were transactional, with revenues to be recognized in future periods. Our Tools segment was up 4% over the same period last year. We're now just past the halfway mark in our fiscal year, and we're making significant progress on our strategic initiatives. Our B2B Scores business is experiencing healthy growth, with volumes up across all life cycles over the prior year. And we just announced the general availability of FICO Score XD last week, at FICO World. There is substantial interest among lenders for this innovative product, and we'll keep you posted on how that interest unfolds in the coming months. We continue to make significant progress on our B2C business. We recently announced that we crossed another milestone in our Open Access program. 150 million consumer accounts now have regular access to FICO Scores for free. We recently added Wells Fargo and Bank of America to the program. We're also pursuing new opportunities in Consumer Scores. This quarter, we signed an agreement with a specialty reseller of reports and scores to provide FICO Scores to consumers. This agreement will ramp over the course of the year, and is expected to be fully implemented by the end of calendar 2016. We believe that FICO Scores can be a key differentiator for businesses marketing various financial services, and are pursuing a range of opportunities in this market. We expect to soon announce programs that will allow lenders to make FICO Scores available for the first time to non-customers. While the potential of this is difficult to quantify at this point, we are excited about it, and we'll update you in the coming quarters. On the software side, our decision management products are continuing to gain traction. As I mentioned, we had a record number of bookings this quarter. One large deal bundles elements of the FICO Decision Management Suite, including our marketing, originations and other analytic applications, into a SaaS solution that will produce profitable recurring revenues when it goes live this fall. Recurring revenues from our cloud-based offerings continue to grow. Year to date, revenue growth was 8%. More importantly, bookings have grown over 300% compared to the previous year, so those bookings point to a recurring revenue stream that will propel revenue growth in future quarters. This cloud strategy has been a key long-term growth initiative. We've focused investments on expanding our cloud offerings, and more recently, our distribution channels. The FICO Decision Management Suite 2.0, unveiled at FICO World last week, represents a major leap forward in the practice of prescriptive analytics and decision management. It provides everything businesses of all sizes need to rapidly develop innovative analytic applications and improve business decisions. The expanded suite of analytic tools offers a unified and more intuitive user interface. Business analysts can now model a decision using FICO Decision Management Notation Modeler, and put it into production with the Decision Management platform, without involving IT. Our new FICO Strategy Director gives users control over decision flow structure. We also announced a partnership with iboss, to combine their web security platform with patented FICO Cyber Analytics for detecting and remediating cyber attacks. We believe this solution will reduce the dwell time before an attack is recognized, which is often months in duration. These were among many announcements at our FICO World Conference last week, where I heard directly from our customers around the world how these products are helping them transform their businesses by making better decisions. There's, for example, the insurer that is using the FICO Decision Management Suite to reduce enrollment time from 22 days to six minutes, enabling it to double volumes while keeping cost flat and improving the quality of customer interactions. For another customer that used FICO Text Analytics solutions (7:16) take millions of unstructured legal documents and incorporate analytics and machine learning to improve fraud and abuse detection. We helped a European Bank put Agile Champion/Challenger, Simulations which previously required IT development, into the hands of business users who were able to define, configure and control the solutions themselves quickly, and thereby gain important competitive advantage. Another bank I heard from is now deploying Enterprise Fraud Management at the customer level across the lifecycle to significantly decrease fraud and reduce false positives. We're in the beginning stages of delivering tremendous innovation to our customers, and much of it's cloud-based, generating recurring revenue. If you have not already done so, I would encourage you to watch the FICO World webcast on our website by our Chief Technology Officer, Stuart Wells and his team. It's a great overview of how our technology is enhancing the way customers manage decisions. Of course, we do all of this with an eye toward driving shareholder value. We were again able to increase year-over-year margin by 200 basis points, even with more ratable bookings as opposed to upfront license fees. We do this by remaining disciplined about cost control and by pursuing high-margin revenues. Combined with our ongoing repurchase program, we continually look for ways to leverage our growth and ways that maximizes value for our shareholders. I'll share some summary thoughts later, but let me now turn it back over to Mike.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thanks, Will. Good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my comments. First, we delivered $207 million of revenue, flat with last year, due to fewer upfront license deals but with a 9% increase in recurring revenue. Second, we had $132 million of bookings this quarter, much of it transactional, which will generate around $12 million to $15 million of annual recurring revenue beginning next year. Finally, we delivered $0.72 of GAAP EPS and $1.09 of non-GAAP EPS, which is an increase of 20% year-over-year, driven from growth in our Scores revenue and improving margins in our Implementation Services. Now, I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three segments. Starting with applications, revenues were $122 million, up 1% sequentially but down 9% versus the same period last year. This decrease was due to a decline in license revenue this quarter. The prior year included two large term license agreements with upfront revenue associated with them. As we continue to sell more cloud-based deals, our transaction-based applications bookings and revenue will continue to grow. This quarter, application bookings were up 112%, versus the same period last year. In the Tools segment, revenues were $24 million, up 4% versus the prior year. We continue to invest in sales and distribution in order to drive growth in this part of the business. Finally, we had our largest Scores quarter ever, with revenue of $61 million, up 22% from the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 14% from last year. In the Consumer Scores revenue, we're up 42% from the same quarter last year. As a reminder, our agreement with Experian will lap in our third quarter, making for tougher comps going forward. Looking at revenues by region, this quarter, 74% of total revenue were derived from the Americas. Our EMEA region generated 19%, and the remaining 7% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 73% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 19% of total, and license revenues were 8% of total revenue. We signed a record amount of bookings this quarter, at $132 million, up 67% from the prior-year quarter. We generated $18 million of current period revenues on those bookings for a yield of 13%, which means we've built a significant amount of revenue that will be recognized in later periods. This quarter's bookings should drive $12 million to $15 million of new annual recurring revenues, starting next year. The weighted average term for our bookings this quarter was 55 months, reflecting the large multi-year agreements we signed in comparison to prior periods. Operating expenses totaled $168 million this quarter, compared to $169 million in the prior quarter. Entering the year, we restructured our expenses in order to reinvest the savings in sales and distribution of our products. We expect the rate and pace of these investments to grow in the back half of the year proportionately with the growth in our pipeline and associated revenue from our new products, and as we incur the implementation costs associated with the deals that we have booked to date. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 27% for the second quarter and 26% year to date. We expect that operating margin to be in the 26% to 28% for the full year. GAAP net income this quarter was $23 million, up 23% from the prior year, and non-GAAP net income was $35 million for the quarter, up 18% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate was about 28% this quarter, and we still expect the effective tax rate to be about 28% to 30% for the full year of fiscal year 2016. The free cash flow for the quarter was $34 million, compared to $37 million in the prior year. For the trailing 12 months, free cash flow was $143 million, up 17% from the previous periods. Turning to the balance sheet, we had $85 million in cash at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $611 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.3%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.3 times, well below the covenant level of 3 times. During the quarter, we returned $40 million in excess cash to our investors, by repurchasing 420,000 shares at an average price of $95.26. Year-to-date, we have returned substantially all of our free cash flow to the shareholder. We still have $51 million remaining on the latest board authorization, and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy and strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, we are reiterating our previously provided guidance for the full fiscal year. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for some final comments.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thanks, Mike. Halfway through our fiscal 2016, I'm pleased with the progress we're making on several fronts. Our Scores business is delivering record revenues, and we're pursuing additional growth opportunities as we expand into new markets and distribution channels. On the software side, the last few years have been an innovation renaissance at FICO. Our technologies have been refreshed, expanded and cloud-enabled, to serve a broadening market that's eager to use analytics to make more precise decisions more quickly. We've made substantial progress in the last five years, but I believe the best is ahead of us. We're on the cusp of a revolution, as companies everywhere look for ways to use data and analytics to automate and improve their decisioning. This is the promise that FICO was founded on 60 years ago. And with our portfolio of industry-leading technologies, we're better positioned than ever to deliver on that promise. With that, I'll turn it back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're now ready to take your questions. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
Your first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays. Your line is open.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Thank you. Good evening, gentlemen. I wanted to first just get some color from you guys on the 14% growth on the B2B side of things. If you can just flesh out the drivers of that growth, were there any one-time big contracts or projects like we've seen in the past, or just if you can break down that 14% for us, that would be helpful.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Sure, Manav. So the 14% was driven primarily from across-the-board volume increases in what we call the lifecycles of how we sell the scores, so ranging from prescreened to new account openings through account management. Across the board, the range grew somewhere in that 10% to 14%. We did have a one-time true-up of a prior-year number that was relatively minor and even if you back that out, we were still – are a high-single digit growth across the Scores business.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
So when we think about the next couple of quarters, and we look at comps and the one-time true-up and everything, is high-single digit probably then the reasonable number we should be modeling?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Well, on the B2B side, that would continue to be a very ambitious number for us to see, and it is really dependent upon continued health in the consumer lending that's going on in the U.S. This is probably the fourth quarter in a row where we've had high-single digit or greater. And it's hard to predict whether that trend stays there for the next couple of quarters, but so far, reports are coming in quite strong.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then, Will, in your prepared remarks, I think you talked about, it was on the B2C side, a contract, I think it sounds like a new contract you signed with a reseller to sell your Scores. And then I think you also mentioned something else in the works in terms of giving your Scores to non-lenders, I believe. If you can just clarify those two, if they were separate, and maybe a little bit more color on each?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah, it's not non-lenders, it's to non-customers. So the thought there is, our Open Access program is to share scores with our customers' customers. And so this is more in the category of acquiring new customers, so it's a little bit of an exploration of a new business model for us.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. So – sorry, so were you talking about two different opportunities when you referred to something around the resellers, or were those tied together?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
No, those are different opportunities.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yes, so there were two thoughts, Manav. The first thought was, we signed a second deal to distribute our FICO Score for a fee through a distributor. It's not a bureau, it's a – other kind of participant in the marketplace who uses scores and reports as a central part of their business model.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
That deal was signed, and it's beginning to get tested and will be rolled out towards the end of our fiscal year. So our first meaningful revenue will begin to hit next fiscal year for us on that. And the second thought is the one that Will talked about, which is expanding the use of the FICO Score beyond a limited use for Open Access, providing a free score and a couple of reason codes. This would be providing that type of information to non-customers for things like pre-qualification and other activities. The testing that we're doing in that area and that we plan to do are not for free; they're for service fee.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
So is the latter one more like lead generation?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. You could call it that.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And so just – sorry, on both these then, I guess, we'll get more color as the testing continues? Or (19:32)...
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
No, that's exactly right.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
...that we missed? Or just trying to understand how we should model or size this.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Well, I don't know there is anything to model yet, but we have our toe in the water, is a way to think about it. And I think it looks promising, and we'll have to see over the coming quarters, whether this turns into a new line of business for us or not. It's new for us, so we're exploring it.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then last one for me. Clearly, your PR team was busy during FICO World. I mean we saw a whole bunch of press releases coming out, which was probably expected, but if you could help us just narrow it down to the key takeaways from FICO World, how much of that is more – just sort of lead gen with your customers, versus how much new business you really got? Is that why the $132 million of backlog?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Well, I would say, they're related but not really related. So the FICO World is a huge event, and it's been going on for 40 years. And it's our goal for it to be the Davos of analytics. We take it ever-more seriously every year. And this year, this program that we've put on for a thousand bankers and data scientists and analysts and people focused on decisioning who come together to explore the latest and greatest in technology, was really an incredible event. Of course, a lot of business gets done at the event, and we have – the majority of the people who are at the event are our customers, and we explore ways in which we can use our technology to expand our relationship with the customers, but there is also a ton of people we have not yet done business with, and we spend a lot of time working with them on how to – again, how to use our products and solutions to move along their business. So it's – I'm not sure how to answer your question, except to say, it's a big event in its own right, and it is a big driver of business for us.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Okay. None of the bookings this quarter, though, came from FICO World. FICO World was last week, so...
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
(21:38).
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
It would be a future booking.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Got it. Fair enough. Thanks, guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Brett Huff from Stephens. Your line is open.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Good afternoon. Thanks for taking my questions.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
No problem.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
First question is, can you give us a little more detail on the big – I think you said it was an applications deal, and it was – it sounds like it was more SaaS focused. First of all, is that right? And can you just give us more detail on that? And is that the kind of deal that – I know that you all are striving for – and is that kind of the model going forward? And are there any others kind of in the pipeline of that size? I know it sounds like it was a big one.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah, Brett. Thanks for asking the question. It's probably worth putting a little more color around it. The deal is a very large one, in the tens of millions. It's large by any standard for us. And what's interesting for us and what I think is notable is not so much the size of it, which of course we're all delighted about, but the fact that it leverages our latest and greatest technology. So it's built on Decision Management Suite, which is our latest offering where we've taken all of our analytics, IT and put them into a platform. And the beauty of this platform is that it's incredibly flexible. It's really easy to hobble (22:52) together different pieces of functionality to have a solution that crosses a lot of different things. So in this case, yes it is a SaaS offering. It's a cloud offering. It straddles different areas of our IP, so it's originations as well as marketing solutions, and it's also outside of financial services, so it's a pretty major step in terms of diversifying beyond financial services. So on kind of a bunch of our strategic desires, this deal really is tremendous
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
And are there others like this? Is that the new platform? Is that opening some doors? And should we – is this the kind of thing where there is a big one every – periodically, I know it's hard to predict, but are those the kind of discussions that you're finding that you're having? And are those moving down towards (24:21)?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
I think that's exactly and it's hard to predict. There is no question that the capability is there, and certainly the desire on our part to do very large deals is there. We like to do deals that are transformational for our customers, and so how frequently will these occur? Will they become a regular part of our business? I sure hope so. But I don't think you can model it. This is quite a big one.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Brett, I think it's safe to say that DMS has made us a fairly new and unique vendor in these kinds of offerings, wherein the past we likely wouldn't have made the final cut on it, and now we're seeing wins.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. That's helpful. And then on the – just kind of stepping back on all SaaS revenue, I know that you've got a number of different sort of SaaSification methods (25:08) or projects going on. Can you just give us an update of where we are, if you can quantify that on a percentage of your revenue that SaaS, and maybe distinguish that from hosted, and maybe distinguish that from the other versus maybe last year or sequentially?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah. I'll be happy to do that. So all-in or all of our cloud business, which includes some of our legacy managed services business, so all-in our cloud business is around 22% of our total revenue, growing at about an 8% rate. If I put the managed services piece off to the side, which is on a small decline, the other parts of the business, which include products like Adeptra, Origination and Debt Manager on a cloud, examples that Will had given here, that's growing in the mid-teens, and in some cases greater than that. As a percent of bookings year-to-date, so halfway through the year, about one-third of our bookings are actually coming from cloud-related deals that we have signed over the past six months. And looking at our pipeline, we expect that to continue to be a pretty solid percent going forward as well.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
That's helpful. One other detailed question on that. Have you split sort of the managed services versus the SaaS? Can you give us – the 15%-plus grower, is that half of that 22%, or I mean (26:33) ballpark?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
No. I'll give you ballpark. We haven't given that in the past. Give me a quick minute. I would say it's probably more like one-third managed services, one-third Adeptra, one-third the other Fair Isaac cloud – FICO Analytic cloud-type offerings, roughly.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
That's helpful. And then one question on the Scores. It sounds like the Experian deal is going well. And if I'm remembering right, that's fully ramped on all of their sites, or the majority of their sites? Or is there sort of more, whatever, organic kind of within that to go even before you start lapping it?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Well, it is fully ramped, but there is more (27:13), to go because they're doing – their business is going well.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. And then, I think you mentioned doing work with another partner that wasn't a bureau, but it is another person who uses your IP as sort of key to their business model. When you look out, I mean, how does that pipeline look? I know that maybe there are bigger, smaller deals, et cetera. How does that opportunity continue to look for you all now that Experian is kind of in the door has a big nice base on that extension?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
There's continue – there continue to be opportunities on the horizon, more of the same kinds of things we do with Experian potentially, and then new business models as well, so there is a pretty wide range out there.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Great. That's exactly what I needed (27:55). Thank you for your time.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good afternoon, everyone.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Hi, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
First of all, congratulations on the quarter. I mean with the booking and landing an affinity deal in the same quarter, congratulations. So...
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Well, Bill – thanks. Just, Bill, just to clarify, it wasn't an affinity deal in the way we've been talking about affinity. It's a new kind of deal but it's not exactly an affinity deal. But yes, thank you, we'll take the congratulations all the same (28:34). Thanks.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So help me understand the new deal and how it differs from an affinity deal then. Maybe that would be a good place to start.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Well, how to distinguish it without getting into a level of detail that we don't really want to get into. So...
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Sorry.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
No, so Bill, this is kind of maybe an off-the-radar kind of provider of credit report and credit score support organization for consumers around the U.S. And so they use scores and reports on a regular basis in coordination with the business that they do to their end-customer. And in the past, they have been using a educational score, and in order to improve their offering, they struck a deal with us to include the FICO Score. So we're not trying to be real vague on purpose, but we expect they'll be making their own announcements down the road. And we don't want to steal their thunder. On the other hand, we thought it's important to at least make our investors aware of the fact that we're continuing to make good progress in this area.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. So this would be, just to – in terms of putting it into buckets, this would be more in keeping with the Experian-type relationship. I mean, I don't...
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
...know Experian is bureau, but I'm saying that would be more or like that.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
I mean, you can characterize this as an affinity deal if you wanted to, it's just not the same players that we normally think of when we go thinking about that affinity business that we've talked about in the past.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
So it's a new player.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Well, on that topic of traditional affinity deals, how is that pipeline looking? Are you beta testing any of these – any of these – we've been talking about large banks as being some of the likely first movers in that space. Are you beta tasting with any of those large banks?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
The pipeline continues to look good and we're in conversations, and some very early testing, but we're not really ready to talk about anything.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Next quarter.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
That's right. Now, on the DMS side, maybe you could give us an update in terms of the number of customers that you have there, the number of salespeople there. It sounded like the sales cycle was relatively short compared to the other parts of the business.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
So, everything about DMS is shorter. The sales cycle is a little shorter. The implementation cycle, for sure, is shorter. We can give you a sales – a dedicated sales number in a second, but I would caveat it by saying, DMS is becoming so much part of the fabric of our business, that we sell solutions to customers and we lead with the solution, not with the technology. We talk about what the solution is going to do for the customer, and not the underlying technology. And so, increasingly – and this shouldn't be a surprise to anyone, customers say, they look at the technology as part of the diligence afterwards, but it's not – we're not selling DMS. We're selling a solution, and then DMS is the way that we fulfill it. And, as a result, in addition to the dedicated sales staff that we have for DMS, we also have a ton of people who are not dedicated to DMS, but they know our solutions well, and they're out selling our solutions, and DMS as a service (32:04). So, I would say the dedicated sales number is misleading, because we actually have a lot more of our sales force selling DMS than just the people who have DMS on their hats. That said, we're in the high-20s, is that right?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
On dedicated.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
On dedicated DMS salespeople.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So it sounds like what's happening is that the DMS, basically, is broadening its appeal as a solution, so that more and more of your existing sales force is able to sell it and leverage it. Is that a way of -?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah, that's exactly right. I think what you're seeing is, what you're seeing is our business is starting to blend together. So we have – you could call it cannibalization, you can call it blurring of the lines – but basically, applications and tools and DMS are all blurring together. And what you have is decisioning and analytics IT, which we have incorporated in DMS and we like to sell it that way, although we still sell tools, and you can buy Blaze Rules engine all by itself. And you can buy applications dedicated to a particular solution all by itself. But the line is getting blurrier, so you're going to continue to see some amount of cannibalization. And we're actually careful to – we don't want turf wars internally with our salespeople. We want them to go put the best solution in front of the customer. And so they'll get paid whether it's DMS, or whether it's an application, or whether it's a custom tool solution.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. And so the poster child for this new way of selling, so to speak, is this large applications deal, the SaaS deal, the one – tens of millions a deal.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yes, the one we just did. That's right, that's a good example. Although it's not the first, and we've actually done others that were large deals also, not this large, but this is not the first. We now have quite a few DMS deals behind us. It's (34:00).
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Are these deals – I think one of the thoughts was that these deals were going to be outside of the financial services space, is that actually coming to fruition?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. I'd say that's mostly true, although DMS works for financial services just as well. So it's both. We happen to have done more deals outside than inside the financial services to-date, but I'm not sure how it's going to be in the future. I now would expect that lots of banks would be very interested in us.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. And then, I wanted to ask for some help in terms of the modeling, in terms of where you thought expenses were going to come out by quarter over the next couple of quarters.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah. Well, so we're sticking with our guidance for the full year. And what that would imply is that you'll see a step-up in our spend beginning in quarter three and into quarter four, kind of commensurate with the revenue ramp-up that we have built in to the plan for the back half of the year as well. There is a few things that are driving the ramp-up and the expenses. I'd say the main one is the hiring that we have done on the sales side. Since the beginning of the year, we've added about 48 salespeople across various parts of the company, and they have been layered in over the last six months with many of them coming in, in the last three months. And so you'll start to see a full quarter's worth of salary and commission expense associated with that hiring. We also held FICO World, which is kind of a one-time expense you'll see in our third quarter, from our last week's event. That's a fairly expensive event for us. And in addition to that, with the sizable bookings that we've done, there is a fair amount of implementation costs that are going to begin to hit our cost-to-revenue, along with the top-line implementation revenue. It will scale as the revenue does. So there'll be a noticeable increase in the back half of the year expenses for kind of those reasons and to the degree we continue to find a few good salespeople.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. Well, again, congratulations on a really strong quarter. Thanks.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thank you.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thanks, Bill.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Matthew Galinko of Sidoti. Your line is open.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Hey, guys. Good afternoon. Thanks for taking my questions.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Hey, Matt.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
First one being how should we think about the pace of adoption of FICO XD over the next two quarters?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
It's in test. It's been in successful test with 12 institutions and they're happy with their early returns. And so I would imagine that people are going to start turning it on. That said, I don't think that we can expect it to be a massive revenue driver any time soon. And I think we have to be realistic in our expectations. These things are long, slow build. In terms of who it applies to, we think that there is about 50 million people who were previously un-scoreable who are now scoreable with XD. So that's a pretty big TAM if you want to think about it that way. But I just think it's going to take time to build; it will ramp slowly. It's also more expensive than traditional FICO Scores, which is a little bit of a barrier.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Do you see a secondary distribution strategy for that going B2C like you do the traditional score? And...
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
We've...
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Sorry.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
We have thought about that. We don't have any immediate plans to do it, we've thought about it and we've been asked about it.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Okay. And then probably won't answer me on this, but excluding a large cloud deal, can you say what bookings growth looked like this quarter?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Matt, we're not going to break it apart, but you can probably back into it if you do a little bit of head scratching. I mean it was a very large deal.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Okay. Fair enough. And then you kind of alluded to your Decision Management 2.0 release and you called out the user interface getting a little bit more simple, can you just kind of qualify how important that is to your customer, to the people who have kicked the tires on this? Is it important that business users can implement models without going to the IT department?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Yeah. I mean that's – those are just a few little words, like doing models without going to the IT department, but they're pretty important words. A lot of things are going on with the Decision Management Suite, but essentially we've gotten to the point now where you can take decisions and break them down using Decision Model and Notation, and record the decision in a way that you can go back to afterwards. And so what you're doing is you're creating a knowledge repository in a business around its decisioning that opens up all kinds of possibilities. It lets you audit, it lets you go back and see what worked and what didn't work, and it gives – suddenly you're not at the mercy of whether an employee walks out the door carrying all the decisioning intelligence of the firm. The UI is quite important from a usability standpoint. So it's – when you don't have to go to IT to change things around, things get a lot easier. And that promises to be a pretty big deal for us. So I would say, yeah, that's not a trivial thing, it's a huge thing.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Co. LLC:
Great. All right. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Katelyn Young from William Blair. Your line is open.
Katelyn Young - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Thank you. Good afternoon, everyone.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Hi, Katelyn.
Katelyn Young - William Blair & Co. LLC:
First question, it sounds like you guys are continuing to invest in the sales and distribution side on the Tools segment. My question is do you think you'll be hiring more people than you thought you would have maybe a quarter ago or at the end of last year?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
I wouldn't say more. Here is what I would say. I would say I wish it could be more, okay? I think we hire as many people as we can that we can bring in productively and that we think have the qualifications to sell our quite sophisticated offerings. We're probably hiring a little more slowly than we anticipated, and that's probably a little bit of wishful thinking on our part on how fast we could get people up to speed on our products and services and our IP. This is not a simple sale. This requires a really intelligent, highly-trained, sophisticated salesperson. It's a very complicative sale. We have a 270-day sales cycle, on average – now, of course, some things are much faster – but it's a different kind of sale than your average software sale. And so it's – I would say it's going more slowly than we would like. I wish we could make it go faster.
Katelyn Young - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. That's helpful. Thank you. And then secondly on the one large contract, are you able to tell us which industry that client is in? It sounds like they are outside of the traditional FS space.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
This is a telecom client. We've actually started to do a lot of work in telecom. FICO had a robust telecom business some years ago, and then telecom went through a downturn, and FICO went through a downturn, and we put a lot less focus on it. In fact we sold off some of that business. And more recently, especially with Decision Management Suite, we have offerings that are highly relevant and useful to that industry. And so we're seeing a lot of appetite both in the U.S. and overseas. And so we have quite a few telecom clients now, and that large one was a telecom deal.
Katelyn Young - William Blair & Co. LLC:
That's great. And then, I guess just thinking more broadly about the pipeline, I know it's a lot of moving pieces to think about, but is there anything characteristically different about the pipeline now or that you're learning more about it than you had seen maybe six months or a year ago in terms of size, or types of customers who have a larger demand appetite?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
I think one of the things that we're seeing that's really encouraging is that, in the past, people would – they'd have an analytics problem, a decisioning problem, they have a very high-stakes decision that needs to be made, and they'd come to us for a point solution for that kind of decisioning. It might be originations or line management and site triad (42:40) or some other kind of application decisioning. But usually some kind of point solution. And customers still think that way and buy that way. They come to you with their specific problem that we're trying to solve. But what's interesting is that with Decision Management Suite, because all of the IP is common underneath and you can do so much more than just solve a particular decision with it, what we're seeing is the discussion around deals and the scope of disillusion is expanding. And so I think the deals, they might be getting a little bit more complicated. They're certainly getting broader in function and in solution. That's a little bit different in the pipeline, but I wouldn't read too much into that. It's just early days on that but it feels good.
Katelyn Young - William Blair & Co. LLC:
Okay. Fair enough. Well, thank you. That's all I had.
Operator:
No further questions at this time. I turn the call back over to the presenters.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer:
Thank you.
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations:
Thank you, everyone, for joining us today. This concludes our call.
Operator:
Conference is now complete. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc. Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Caitlyn and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation's Quarterly Earnings Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speaker's remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. Thank you. Steve Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations:
Thank you, Caitlyn. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining today's FICO first quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to prior quarter, in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 28, 2017. And now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you everyone for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. I will briefly summarize our financial results for this quarter and then I'll discuss some of our strategic initiatives and their expected impact. In our first quarter, we reported revenues of $200 million, an increase of 6% over the same period last year. We delivered $19 million of GAAP net income, up 34% from last year and GAAP earnings of $0.59 per share, up 36% from last year. We delivered $32 million of non-GAAP net income, up 42% from last year and non-GAAP EPS of $0.99 per share, an increase of 45% from the same period last year. Our Scores segment was up 27% over the same period last year. Much of this was due to growth in consumer scores but our B2B business is also growing nicely due to higher volumes. Our Applications segment was up 4% over the same period last year and our Tools segment was down 21% due to a one-time favorable settlement last year. It's a strong start to our fiscal year and I'm pleased with the results. Our top line revenue growth of 6% over last year continues our growth trend and I'm pleased to report that recurring revenues were up 12%. As Scores revenue continues to grow, and we expand our cloud-based business, we expect recurring predictable revenues to be a bigger percentage of our total numbers. And as our revenue growth trend continues, we are beginning to see how we can leverage that revenue growth to the bottom line. Last year, I talked about some large implementations that encountered cost overruns. Those overruns had a negative impact on our margins and masked much of the progress we were making. This quarter, by contrast, we drove 6% revenue growth, much of which is very high margin revenue. Because of this, and our focus on cost controls, we were able to increase our non-GAAP operating margin by 600 basis points and we were able to super-size that leverage by our ongoing program of share repurchases. At the same time, we remain focused on driving growth. As promised, we're shifting resources towards distribution. While our overall head count is down 22 from last quarter, our quota-carrying sales force grew by 23 people, to help bring our products to market more quickly and broadly. Our sales force will continue to grow as the year progresses. Bookings this quarter were up 24% over the same period last year and our pipeline looks strong. Demand is growing for advanced analytics that enable better decision making and we are committed to marketing our technology aggressively to capitalize on that emerging opportunity. While these distribution investments are primarily in our Tools and Applications segments, we are also pursuing growth in Scores. We again delivered significant Scores revenue growth. Much of this was on the consumer side where the combination of our Experian partnership and growth from our myFICO business continues to drive our high margin recurring revenue. And we're also growing our B2B business. We're seeing two important trends in Scores B2B. First, we're seeing increased volumes of origination in Scores, as the macro credit market continues to improve. And second, we're seeing significant volume growth in account management scores as customers pull more scores to support their risk management initiatives and customer loyalty programs. Finally, we remain focused on expanding our market share in all areas of our business and we remain disciplined in our investment strategy. I'll share some summary thoughts later. But now I would like to turn the call over to Mike.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $200 million of revenue; that's an increase of $11 million over last year, primarily driven by high margin recurring revenues. Second, we delivered $19 million of GAAP net income and $32 million of non-GAAP net income, which is an increase of $10 million year-over-year. Finally, we had $36 million of free cash flow this quarter and our trailing 12 month free cash flow number was $146 million. We used $28 million to repurchase shares this quarter and improved our net leverage position. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reporting segments. Starting with Applications, revenues were $120 million, up 4% versus the same period last year. Much of the increase was driven by our acquisition last year of TONBELLER, a provider of financial crime and compliance solutions. But we also had a strong quarter in fraud solutions, adding two new Falcon customers, and also signed a new Collections and Recovery customer. Our Applications bookings increased 24% from the prior year, with strong growth in transactionally based products. In the Tools segment, revenues were $24 million, down 21% versus the prior year. The decline this quarter was driven by a onetime favorable settlement last year related to underreported royalties on our Blaze Advisor rules product. More important though is our Tools bookings increased 9% from the prior year, adding to our backlog of revenue that will be claimed going forward. And finally in our Scores segment, revenues were $56 million, up 27% from the same period last year. We're continuing to see very positive trends in both parts of our Scores business. On the B2B side, we're up 8% versus the same period a year ago. As Will mentioned, volumes are increasing, particularly in originations and account management, as we've added some new customers and have also seen existing customers increase the frequency of score pulls. The B2C revenues were up 88% from the same quarter last year, as we've now completed a full year since initiating our partnership with Experian. Looking at revenues by region, this quarter 76% of total revenues were derived from the Americas. Our EMEA region generated 17% and the remaining 7% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 74% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 17% of total and license revenues were 9% of total revenue. Bookings this quarter were $86 million, up 24% from the prior year quarter. We generated $23 million of current period revenue on those bookings for a yield of 26%. The weighted average term for our bookings was 24 months. Operating expenses totaled $169 million this quarter, compared to $192 million in the prior quarter, which included a $16 million restructuring charge. Adjusting for that charge, operating expenses were still down about $6 million compared to last quarter when we had high cost of revenue associated with certain professional services engagements. We remain focused on managing costs tightly while still investing responsibly in growth. And we expect our OpEx run rate to be approximately $170 million to $175 million over the next few quarters including amortization expense. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 25% for the first quarter. We expect that operating margin to be between 26% to 28% for the full year. GAAP net income this quarter was $19 million, up 34% from the prior year and non-GAAP net income was $32 million for the quarter, up 42%. The effective tax rate was about 19% this quarter and was positively impacted by a catch-up from the reinstatement of the R&D tax credit. As a result, we expect the effective tax rate for the full year to be about 28% to 30%. The free cash flow for the quarter was $36 million compared to a negative $5 million in the prior quarter. For the trailing 12 months, cash flow was $146 million, up 13% from the prior period. Turning to the balance sheet. We had $91 million in cash at the end of the quarter. Our total debt is $619 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.3%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA declined this quarter to 2.4 times, below the covenant level of three. During the quarter, we returned $28 million in excess cash to our investors by repurchasing 319,000 shares at an average price of $89.11. We still have nearly 91 million remaining on our latest board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. And finally, we are reiterating our previously provided guidance for the fiscal year. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
As I've been saying for several quarters, I believe FICO is in unique position with tremendous prospects. This year, we celebrate 60 years in business. We built the legacy of high quality products that are industry leaders, particularly in financial services. Yet there is increasing demand for our IP from our markets. Our build-out of the Decision Management Suite allow businesses to take the same decision making capabilities that our financial services customers have used for decades and apply cutting-edge analytics to improve their decisions. And our FICO Score continues to demonstrate why it's the industry standard. Among both our existing financial services customers and consumers were increasingly understanding that the FICO Score is indeed the score the matters. I'll turn the call back now to Steve to cover Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Vice President, Treasurer & Investor Relations:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
Your first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays. Your line is open.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Yeah. Hi, good evening, gentlemen. My first question was going to be around sort of what you guys were hearing in the economy but I think you sort of answered it with your comments around origination activity. I was hoping if you could give us a little bit more color maybe by the different origination lending areas, like what was driving the growth? Was it broad based? And also when you said the account management score pulls were increasing, just curious, what drove that because it sounded like the pulls in account management were already increasing for quite some time because of just the increased risk management by the banks?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah, Manav, what was driving originations this quarter is a lot of what we've seen leading up to this quarter, which is the auto scores that are being pulled for auto sales, along with more credit card pulls, that are starting to appear within the underlying numbers. As it relates to account management, we have been seeing a trend of an increase in scores pulled; in fact, this quarter was one of the largest we've seen in a number of years. And what's been driving that in part is enhanced credit risk management going on within the banks, as well as more and more banks who are rolling out open access programs, are beginning to pull scores more frequently in order to provide that to their customers in the form of a monthly report.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then just stick on Scores, and it seems like obviously everyone is pulling the FICO Score more and more. I was hoping you could provide some of your thoughts on – we've seen in the recent press obviously you've had someone like SoFi take pretty aggressive stabs in the marketing of the FICO Score. And then there's also been some noise around making sure FICO is not mandated to be used, or however you want to phrase it, in the mortgage market? I was hoping we could hear your views on that.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Sure. The very short answer to your question is the FICO Score franchise has never been stronger. It's very healthy and what we're seeing is more and more customers coming to FICO, not customers departing from FICO. As you know, in the U.S. we have a 90% share in credit decisioning in situations where scores are used. And what we're seeing is, in the 10% we don't have, we're seeing customers come back rather than departures. I'm glad you raised the question because it's worth commenting on some of these recent articles and the discussion with the alternative lenders. When we put together a FICO Score, our goal is to provide precision credit decisioning with the most predictive power possible across as large a population as we can, an actionable population for our clients. And so the FICO Score that we're all familiar with is designed to do that. It's designed to provide a high level of prediction across a large population. There are always situations where you can take a very narrow population and find some dataset that has high predictive power for a credit decision for a very narrow population. And that's not a problem for FICO, in fact, we do custom scores for our bank clients and we're happy to use all sorts of alternative data in a custom score to provide a more precise decision with respect to a particular population. But when you get into some of these alternative lending situations, you see players who are focused on very narrow populations and so they look at data beyond the tradeline data that we tend to focus on. Now of course we can look beyond that too and we do. And we're always on the lookout for new and different data sources that can score populations that are previously unscored. And so for example, we've launched this FICO Score XD which lets us score on the order of 50 million consumers who were previously unscorable. And that's leveraging utility payment data, telecom payment data, some rental payment data. And although it's not as broad as the tradeline data that we use in the traditional FICO Score, it is predictive and useful for a smaller population that wasn't being picked up before. So where we can do it, we do do it. I think some of the headlines reflect a bit of a desire by some of these alternative lenders to stir up controversy. We're not really seeing it in our numbers. We're not selling fewer Scores. In fact, we sell our Scores to many alternative lenders and those volumes are going up not down.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then just last one. Thank you. That was really helpful. Just the Experian contract looks like it's going pretty well. I just wanted an update, I think last time you had said that you had a few other sort of things in the pipeline with respect to D2C, any updates there for us?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
We do have things in the pipeline but we don't have updates for you at this time. We continue to have bigger prospects there and we have very strong partnership with Experian but nothing to announce right now.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay, fair enough. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good afternoon, everyone.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Hi, Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So congratulations on a solid quarter.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Thanks.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So one of the themes that seems to be coming across in the number of different segments is new customers and you mentioned that for Falcon. You mentioned it for Collection and Recovery. You mentioned it for B2B. And I was hoping if you could just go to those segments and talk about what is it that suddenly in what's perceived to be a relatively mature market, highly penetrated, you're actually bringing in new customers?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Yeah, absolutely. Some of it is increasing capability and additional features around our core offering. Some of it there is some amount of international expansion that's going on. With questions on recovery what started out as being a bit more of a focus on third-party collections has really broadened so that we believe we have the premier offering for both banks and third party. So there's a broadening there and an expansion of our Collections and Recovery franchise. And then B2B Scores, we touched on it earlier. You're seeing some activity that just comes from the economy picking up and more attention to risk management from the banks but also we believe that banks are pulling the scores much more frequently to support their communication of the scores to consumers. And so as they put FICO Scores on to bank statements, they're reaching out for scores on a more frequent basis and sometimes for more accounts than they were pulling before.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. So question for you on DMS. You mentioned that you'd added 23 quota-carrying sales people, what's your total up to now?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Our total, Bill, I got to check. Give me a second to check.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. While you're checking – my question is going to be, you were selling previously. It sounded like average sale was running about $0.5 million. You were seeing some of your existing customers come back and buy more. What have been the trends there? Are you adding new customers? Are you able to – are the existing customers coming back and buying more?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
We're adding new customers and we're seeing existing customers buy more. Although we don't position DMS as a platform when we sell it, and we position it as a solution to a problem, the fact is the way it's architected, we're putting in a lot of platform capability when we sell the very first solution. And so the ability to expand on that, and to broaden the solution and to move into adjacent areas for our customers is pretty high, flexible and fast. And so we are seeing initial DMS sales followed by follow-up sales.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So on the Tools side, what was the size of the one-time royalty settlement? I'm just trying to get at a normalized growth rate for Tools?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
It was just under $6 million a year ago.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got you. So that was the onetime royalty settlement?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Yes, so if you pull that out, you'll get a sense for where we are.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. And what was driving the increase in the transactional and maintenance revenue on a year-over-year basis from 69% to 74%?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
A lot of it, Bill, was the myFICO Scores and the B2B Scores business, along with the Experian revenue as well as fraud and TRIAD revenue that comes through our channels on a transactional license basis. So it's kind of the big products.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
And I wanted to ask about your – you mentioned potentially using your free cash for repurchases and M&A. I wanted to ask, given the pullback in the share price, what your leanings were now and whether you guys have been out in the market in January.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
We have been in the market and we continue to view our stock as just a terrific opportunity especially at these levels. And so you can imagine and expect that we'll continue to participate in stock repurchase at these levels in a fairly aggressive way.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
We are, though, Bill, just as a remainder, blacked out during the period leading up to our call, but beyond that we're in the market.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
And Bill, just to close off on your first question on sales, at the end of this last week, we have roughly 345 people in all of sales and roughly 190 of them are field sales quota-bearing reps.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Brett Huff from Stephens, Incorporated. Your line is open.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Hey, this is James Rutherford in for Brett. Congratulations on the quarter. I just want to ask on Affinity, and I apologize if you talked about this for the first couple of minutes that I was actually absent from the call. But have you guys made any kind of headway in those discussions you've been having with financial institutions on Affinity?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Headway, yes, but we have nothing to announce.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. Are there any expectations in the guidance for the year in terms of Affinity acceleration? I'm trying to get kind of a feel for how your expectations are on that?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
No. No, we did not build Affinity into our guidance.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. And then I wanted to follow-up on Bill's question on Tools, if we take out that settlement benefit last year of $6 million, growth would have been...
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
It was closer to $5 million, it was under $6 million. Just around $5 million.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. So growth would have been roughly flat, I think by my math. I just wanted to clarify what the expectations are going to be for the remainder of the year? I assume we're still expecting growth but kind of what's going to drive that change?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah. So James, we built into our guidance, which is the number we reconfirmed today, for Tools high single digit, and we still expect to get there through a combination of license deals and any SaaS offerings that we sell through the DMS.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. That's helpful. Thank you. I was actually going to ask about SaaS next. You guys won couple of Falcon deals; that's a nice sign. Were those SaaS, and even if not, can you give us an update on kind of how the sales in the SaaS business are going in general?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah. So on the Falcon deals, those were on premise deals with some European customers. So they were not SaaS. They were sold under the classic Falcon model. Though on a SaaS basis, we had another strong quarter. We had almost $8 million of booked deals across a variety of our products, including the Collections and Recovery products and the Debt Manager products, and of course the Adeptra product line which is all SaaS basis.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay, excellent. And then just a question on Scores, very, very nice growth on the B2C side. I was curious, are you guys breaking out sort of what the growth would have been excluding the Experian contract, just to kind of get a flavor for how to model that once that sort of lapse?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah, it lapsed. What we did is we built into our guidance the run rate exiting the year our fourth quarter. That's what we built into the guidance. It essentially lapsed in our quarter ending in June which is when we had almost the first full rollout of all of the Experian subscriber base. And let's see, the other part of your question was do we break that out separately? We don't but I will tell you that our myFICO business grew at very high double-digit rates this quarter compared to last year.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Great, okay. I just had one more quick one, if I may. Are there any quarters this year that have a hard licensed comp in Applications or in Tools that might make growth outsized in one direction or another, so we can get an expectation for how that might flow through?
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Yeah, well our fourth quarter last year the one ending in September was a record quarter where we had I think it was roughly $40 million, $45 million of license revenue. So if there is a tough comp that'd be it.
James Rutherford - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. That's very helpful. Thank you so much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko from Sidoti. Your line is open.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
Hey, guys. Good afternoon. My question is, are you actively marketing myFICO at this point, or is it simply benefiting from some of the other promotional activities like Open Access or Experian's efforts?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
We do actively market it but as you can imagine, we don't have anything like the war chest that our competitor have for marketing their offerings. And so you don't see us on television for example. We're footing the tab for the advertising costs but we do market it. It's not a hobby, it's a business.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
Sure, fair enough. And in terms of your goals on hiring out the quota-carrying sales force, how far along are you in that process? Are you still looking to hire? Are you satisfied with the pace that you've been able to bring people on board to push your Applications strategy?
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
We're not quite satisfied with the pace and we are pushing to hire and we'll continue to hire. What's happened is we're getting traction with the products and the services. We've got this terrific offering. And we're really in the mode now hiring – hiring confidence sales people to sell this kind of stuff as quickly as we can and we still have openings.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
Got you. All right. That's all for me. Thank you.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thanks, Matt.
Operator:
We have no further questions at this time. I turn the call back over to the presenters.
William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President & Director:
Thank you. This concludes today's call. We'd like to thank you all for joining.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Treasurer, VP & Investor Relations Officer William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations
Analysts:
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC Manav Shiv Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc. Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Courtney and I will be your conference operator. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation's Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. Thank you. Mr. Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber - Treasurer, VP & Investor Relations Officer:
Thank you, Courtney. Good afternoon, everyone, and thank you for joining FICO's fourth quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter, in order to facilitate an understanding of the run-rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website, or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 5, 2016. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks Steve, and thank you everyone for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. I'll briefly summarize our financial results for the quarter and full fiscal year and then talk about the progress we made this fiscal year on our strategic initiatives. Finally, I'll discuss our outlook for 2016. In our fourth quarter, we reported revenues of $233 million, the largest ever in company history and an increase of 5% over the same period last year. We delivered $33 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.03 per share, which included restructuring and tax adjustments which Mike will walk through. We delivered $51 million of non-GAAP net income, up 15% from last year and non-GAAP EPS of $1.57 per share, an increase of 18% from the same period last year. It's another great finish to a fiscal year. Our full year revenue growth of 6% beat our guidance. And adjusting for the restructuring and tax benefit, we were within the guided range for net income and EPS. Our Applications business was up 2% for the quarter and 4% for the full year over last year. We are encouraged by the reception for the cloud-based versions of our applications. In fact, our cloud-based products overall were up 13% in fiscal 2015, much of which was due to growth in cloud applications. Our Tools segment was down 9% versus the same quarter last year due to lighter license sales this quarter, but was up 7% for the full year. More importantly, recurring revenue in our Tools segment was up 19% in fiscal year 2015 versus the prior year. As more of this business is sold in the cloud, we will see recurring revenues grow, resulting in a more predictable business model. Finally, our Scores business was up 24% this quarter versus the prior year quarter and 11% for the full year versus the prior year. Much of this was on the consumer side, where full year revenues were up 45% over the prior year. But we also continue to see positive trends on the B2B side as credit markets continue to thaw. I'd like to take a step back and focus on a few of the initiatives we've been working on in fiscal year 2015 and explain why I'm so excited about our prospects. Our Decision Management Suite, DMS as we call it, is set to build on the momentum of 2015. We added 25 new customer logos during the year. Furthermore, all existing Decision Management platform customers have contracted for additional projects, resulting in repeat business from each and every customer. Hundreds of new opportunities have been added to the pipeline and we are winning a significant number of the deals. Additionally, we're winning in less than 90 days with an average of $500,000 per opportunity, rate and pace that fortify the confidence we have in our DMS strategy. Given the strength of our product portfolio, our theme for 2016 is to focus on expanding distribution, which will contribute to accelerating growth. We'll be adding more sales people to supplement those already added in 2015 and our sales team under the strong leadership of Wayne Huyard is focused on execution and boosting productivity. During 2015, Wayne built a strong leadership team that is now focusing on identifying key stakeholders, buyers and influencers. They're zeroing in on places where our decisioning technology is most valuable and communicating FICO's unique ability to provide that value. Supported by field marketing, our sales team will target new logos and continue to expand the portion of our business coming from beyond financial services. On the Scores side, we delivered strong growth in fiscal 2015 and we have several more growth initiatives on the way. We continued to make huge strides with our Open Access program. Just last month, we announced that we had crossed a new milestone. 100 million consumer accounts now have regular access to FICO Scores for free. And we'll be adding many more in 2016. This program has proven beneficial for both consumers and lenders. Lenders have reported that consumers viewing their FICO score demonstrate higher engagement, more visits to bank websites, lower attrition, lower delinquencies, and higher FICO scores. In fact, in a new report published by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia's Payments Cards Center, based on data from the Barclaycard participation, some of those benefits were outlined. 84% of enrolled cardholders check their FICO scores every month. Credit card utilization by the riskiest cardholders generally declines after they enroll in the program and delinquency rates of the people enrolled in the program remain below those of their non-participating peers for up to nine months after enrollment. While the program has raised consumer understanding and awareness of FICO scores, many consumers remain confused about the various credit scores provided to consumers by others. A recent study found that a majority of consumers, 62%, who have received non-FICO credit scores online believe they have in fact received actual FICO scores. Further, 82% think these non-FICO credit scores are also widely used by lenders. Formulas used by others to create credit scores for the same consumers that are often significantly different from their FICO scores, sometimes 100 points or more. Consumers who know their actual FICO scores have an accurate understanding of how lenders will evaluate them when they apply for a loan. We will continue to work for consumer credit education and transparency. Overtime, we expect that consumer awareness about FICO scores will reduce confusion. Marketers selling non-FICO credit scores will be unable to leave their customers with the impression that they're receiving FICO scores when they are not. This transparency and brand awareness will also help us as we move forward to pursue other opportunities in the consumer space. We're currently pursuing innovative ways to further grow our business in the consumer space including through partners. The Affinity market is one we've spoken about in the past and we continue to expect to participate significantly in this market. While we don't have any revenue expectations built into our 2016 numbers, due to uncertainties around timing we do expect to be making announcements in this space in the coming months. We also announced this year, a pilot of our new alternative data score called FICO Score XD. This product is a great example of how we leverage our technology and expertise to support our banking clients by bringing new products to market. This new FICO Score is focused on expanding access to credit, not simply scoring more people. We've created a way to provide a FICO Score for millions of additional consumers, many of them credit worthy. Based on the results of the pilot program the new FICO Score XD can be a lifeline for millions of previously unscorable people. Validations of actual applications show better than expected results. We can score nearly 60% of in the door applications. We expect the FICO Score XD will be available for commercial use in fiscal 2016. Looking ahead to 2016, we continue to invest in areas of our business where we see the greatest growth potential. As we said last quarter, 2015 has been a year of significant product innovation and 2016 will be a year where we expand our distribution to leverage that innovation. Obviously, it's not either or, we will continue to build innovative products. That said we see significant opportunities in the market today for expanding distribution for the products and capabilities available for their customers today. As always, we're diligent in how we just deploy our strong cash flow. We made one acquisition in fiscal 2015 TONBELLER, which gave us critical risk-based financial crime prevention and compliance capabilities that we expect will be increasingly important to our clients. And we continued our stock repurchases. In fiscal 2015, we repurchased 1.7 million shares and in the last five years, we've repurchased nearly 16 million shares. We are strong believers in our own prospects, and view investing and repurchases as an excellence use for the cash we generate. In short, we are very excited about our future. There may be bumps in the road as we continue to experience quarterly lumpiness due to uneven license sales. And it's difficult to determine the timing of revenues from many of our new initiatives. But we are in a unique position in the marketplace on both the Analytic side and the Scores side, we have products and capabilities that the world needs, and those needs are growing. It's up to us to execute on our plans to serve those needs and expand our scope and I'm confident we have the team in place to succeed. I will talk more about our outlook for 2016, but first I will turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thanks Will. Good afternoon, everyone. Today I'll emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $233 million of revenue this quarter, up 5% versus last year and a total of $839 million for the year, up 6% from the prior year. Our fourth quarter included $43 million in license revenue. Second, we delivered $33 million in net income this quarter, which included restructuring expenses net of tax of $11.5 million and a reduction to tax expense of $5.4 million. Finally, we delivered $39 million of free cash flow in the quarter, which we used to pay down our revolver. We repurchased 1.7 million shares during the year or 5% of our outstanding shares. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reporting segments. Starting with Applications, revenues were $149 million, up 17% from last quarter and 2% from the same period last year. The increase over the prior year was primarily driven by increases in Customer Communication Solutions, Collections and Recovery Solutions, and revenues from the TONBELLER acquisition and included a large license renewal. Full year revenues for Applications was $526 million, up 4% from last year. In the Tools segment, revenues were $26 million, flat with last quarter and down 9% from the prior year. The year-over-year decline was due to fewer Blaze and Decision Optimizer license sales this quarter. Full year Tools revenue were $106 million, up 7% from last year. And finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were $57 million, up 3% from last quarter and 24% from the same period last year. B2B was up 5% over the prior period, driven by strong originations and B2C revenues were up 86% from the same quarter last year. For the full year, Scores revenues were $207 million, up 11% from last year. Looking at our revenues by region, this quarter 65% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 27% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 64% of total revenue. Consulting and implementation revenues were 18% of total and license revenues were 18% of total revenue. We generated $23 million of current period revenue on bookings of $105 million, a 21% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 18 months this quarter. For the full year, bookings were $315 million, down 13% from the prior year. Our operating expenses totaled $192 million this quarter, up $19 million from the prior quarter. This quarter included a $16 million restructuring charge, which was driven primarily from the write-down of several facilities, as well as the reduction of some head count that will be redeployed to distribution roles. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 32% for the quarter and 26% for the year. We expect that non-GAAP operating margin will be between 26% to 28% in 2016. GAAP net income this quarter was $33 million, down 9% from the prior year due to this quarter's restructuring charge of $11.5 million which is net of tax or $0.35 per share. In addition, we had a positive tax adjustment of $5.4 million or $0.17 per share. Our non-GAAP net income was $51 million for the quarter, up 15% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate for the full year was 21%, below our previous guidance, due to the favorable tax resolution of a state tax audit and an increase in earnings in lower tax jurisdictions. We expect the effective tax rate to be between 29% to 30% for the full year of fiscal 2016. Free cash flow for the quarter was $39 million compared to $65 million in the prior year. For the full year, free cash flow was $105 million compared to $160 million in the prior year. Moving on to the balance sheet, we had $86 million in cash at the end of the quarter, which is up $2 million from last quarter due to the cash we generated from operations, partially offset by the payments on the revolver. Our total debt is $608 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.3%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.5 times, below the covenant level of 3 times. We did not repurchase any shares in the fourth quarter, but we bought back 226,000 shares in October at an average price of $88.41. In fiscal 2015, we repurchased a total of $1.7 million shares at an average price of $76.39 for a total of $131 million. We still have $99 million remaining on the latest board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on 2016.
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, 2015 was a pivotal year for us. We made significant strides in improving our products and capabilities, and expanding the delivery options. Our applications are now available to customers to either run on premise or access from the cloud. And we now offer customers through our Decision Management Suite, an easy way to evaluate, customize, deploy, and scale state-of-the-art analytics and decision management solutions. Finally, we found new ways to leverage our Scores assets, and we'll continue to expand usage of the industry standard FICO Score among consumers. We've laid the foundation and are confident we have multiple paths to grow in our future. The difficulty is predicting the timing of these initiatives, in the near-term we do still face some uncertainty in the marketplace. Many of our financial services customers are working in a difficult interest rate and regulatory environment and in some cases its effecting our sales cycle, and lower bookings in 2015 caused some headwind as we head into 2016. With all this in mind, we're providing the following guidance for fiscal 2016. We're guiding revenues between $860 million and $870 million, an increase of about 3% to 4% versus fiscal 2015. We're guiding GAAP net income between $94 million and $98 million. GAAP earnings per share between $2.89 and $3.02. Non-GAAP net income between $144 million and $148 million, and non-GAAP earnings per share of $4.43 to $4.55. The EPS guidance assumes current share counts although as Mike said, we continue to view repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. I'll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber - Treasurer, VP & Investor Relations Officer:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take your questions. Courtney, please open the line.
Operator:
And our first question comes from Bill Warmington.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Good evening, everyone.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Hey Bill.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Congratulations on a strong finish to the year.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thank you.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
So I wanted to start off by asking about the build out of the sales force for this past year and next year, if you could just talk a little bit about how many sales people were actually added in 2015? How many you plan to add in 2016?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, Bill, I'll give you the actual numbers. So, we started to shift internal dollars that we were spending primarily in development into our distribution channels in around the third and the fourth quarter. So for the last quarter and a half, we probably added about 30 people and onboarded 30 sales people and in the meantime we have reduced our head count in other areas by just over 100. We expect between now and the next month or two to probably add at least another 30 to 40 people in the sales capacity and all-in we're expecting to bring our sales team up by roughly 60 people, most of which are hired from the outside, but some we actually have redeployed from areas like product management into our sales force. So to some degree, we are reshifting already existing spend as opposed to adding new spend to the organization.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Okay. And then, if you could talk about the – you mentioned the Affinity market being a source of potential opportunity for you. Could you talk a little bit about the pipeline that you see in terms of the number of transactions that you're considering participating in, what types of industries they're in and then maybe even talk about what such a potential deal might look like?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Well, so we have a – we're in conversations with probably half a dozen potential Affinity customers and we're looking at it in a couple of ways one is directly where we would be, for lack of a better word, the general contractor, and also in other situations where we provide the FICO Score to a partner participating in that space, who would serve the bank or the retailer or whoever it is providing the Affinity services to their customers. And that is kind of the range it's, it is very typically banks, it's retailers, it's anyone who has a large customer base that are good candidates for credit report monitoring services. In terms of the timing, these things take a long time to negotiate and they take quite awhile also measured in quite a few months to turn on, to implement and turn on, and so although we have conversations that are quite far along right now, it's not clear that the revenue will flow in 2016, we'll just have to see how that plays out.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. And then I wanted to ask the top line guidance, it looks like it's about roughly 2.5% to 3.5% times. If you could talk a little bit about the growth assumptions within each of the three segments, Applications, Scores and Tools?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Sure. I think that we expect continued growth in Scores, strong growth in Scores. We expect continued strong growth in Tools, although as some of that shifts to cloud and recurring revenue, it may not appear quite as strong in the revenue as it has historically when it was license sales. So we are a seeing a shift from Tools being predominantly license to being more of a mix with SaaS and our DMS offering. And then Applications is clearly the slowest growing of our major business segments. I do think it's probably worth pausing on this for a moment and talking a little bit more about the relationship between Tools and Applications. The fact is that the IP that underlies our Applications, and the IP that underlies our Tools is the same IP. And we solve the same kinds of problems, whether it's originations or questions on a recovery or any other kind of decisioning. And at some level, the way we've gotten to where we are is Tools were a more flexible and a more custom solution. And when there were enough customers who had the same kind of a problem, we would build an application, which was kind of a somewhat standardized solution for a group of customers sharing the same kind of a problem. And so, the distinction between Tools and Applications is a little bit of a fuzzy one because you can use either Tools or Applications to address the same problem. What we're seeing today is much more fuzziness between the two. Our sales people are not compensated to sell one over the other. We are really focused on selling the right solution to the customer, whatever that may be. And as Tools have become more easy to use, as our DMS suite has developed more functionality, more features, it's become more of an alternative to some of our applications and I think what we're seeing is in certain situations, customers opt for a Tools solution where they might previously have opted for an Applications solution. So, this is a case of some amount of cannibalization of our Applications business by our Tools business and it's not a bad thing. You have to look at it holistically and look at the two on a combined basis to have an accurate picture of how our business is doing.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities LLC:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Okay. And your next question comes from Manav Patnaik.
Manav Shiv Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Yeah. Good evening, guys. So, just on the revenue growth and I guess the margins, we're still in this low single-digit range in revenue growth. Margins still look like they'll be flattish. And I guess you've talked about your long-term targets for quite some time now to do well beyond that. So, I was just wondering in the context of that, like when is that breakout year in your view, where we start getting close to those ambitions?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Manav, I think that is a very fair question, and I think that 2016 is on our way to a breakout year in 2017. I think that the only reason you see the caution that you see today, is we really do have uncertainty about when some of the stuff hits, but I don't think it's three to five years out. I think it's in the next couple of years. And so, what doesn't happen towards the end of 2016, I think we will start to see happening in 2017. We fully expect that 2017 will be a year of stronger revenue growth and expanding margins.
Manav Shiv Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then in the context of this quarter probably being the first full quarter ramp of the Experian deal, we were hoping you guys could provide a little bit more color on what the baked-in assumptions are for Scores and maybe that segment in 2016 to try and sort of gauge what the moving parts really are?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. So, Manav embedded in the guidance that we provided for Scores is high-single digit growth. And what we did not try to bake in to the guidance for Scores is any incremental revenue that would run through the Experian channel as we have it today, the direct-to-consumer channel beyond the run rate that we are starting the year with. There are other opportunities and other products that could get added along the way if Experian chooses to do that, and if the customer demand exists for it, and that could provide something beyond what we have built in to our guidance. And as Will mentioned in his comments the Affinity programs and any revenue that could come through a partner like Experian or directly through the customer has not been built into any of the guidance as it also is quite uncertain as to when a customer is ready to launch a program like that. I guess I'd lastly say that we also very purposefully have left to the side the alternative Score XD and not included any of that in our plan for fiscal 2016, though from the latest feedback we've gotten from the test group there is certainly is a high degree of interest to bring that into their credit risk management processes. And those things also take a little bit of time and so in order to be prudent we thought we would hold that off to the side and see that how that plays out. So we think there is some upside opportunities along the way in our Scores business that provide some of the tailwind if you will that may offset some of the headwind we saw this year in our software businesses and the late bookings.
Manav Shiv Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Okay. And then just one more from me, so just on the Tools side obviously, historically you've shown it and you've always guided to sort of low double-digit growth. It seems like I guess momentum didn't carry on in the last quarter here, but should we still see low double-digit in 2016?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah, inherent in our guidance is much higher growth in Tools along with high single-digit in Scores and then relatively low single-digit in the biggest part of our business, Applications.
Manav Shiv Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
And on that Applications, would it be fair to say that if it's conservative it's because you just don't know when those license deals hit?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
That's very true with Applications. We also have some tough comps in the Fraud area where the last two years we've had some pretty large Fraud revenue quarters because of the timing of license revenue. And so with that being harder to predict , we think you blend it all together and this is a reasonable range to operate from and set our cost structure around.
Manav Shiv Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Inc.:
Got it. All right. Thanks guys.
Operator:
The next question comes from Brett Huff.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Good afternoon. Thanks for taking my question. One thing that looked really good in the quarter was the bookings, they really turned around. Is that just a typical seasonality or was there some things in the works that finally came through or is there any color there that you can give us and then may be anything, any thoughts as you move into 2016?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Yeah. There was no real seasonality in it. it was more some things that have been in the works for a while that finally came through. The bright spot embedded within the bookings numbers, the $105 million of bookings is that a larger percentage of those bookings than we've seen in recent quarters relates to transactional volume revenue and so that's part of the recurring revenue stream that, once they go live we'll start seeing that revenue quarter-after-quarter. There's a less of beginning an end point if you will like there is in License and Services. So, not only was it a larger number I would say from my perspective the quality of those bookings were better than we've seen certainly over the last few quarters.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
That's helpful. And then, on the Affinity you were talking about I just want to make sure, did you – have you signed any of the Affinity programs to the new FICO Scores, either directly or through partners or are these the ones that are still in discussion?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
No, these are still in discussion.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. And then last question from me is given the success of the Experian reseller agreement or partnership, how do we feel about the other credit bureaus or even other ways to distribute that that FICO Score not the Open Access, but through another similar credit bureau or other similar partner?
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
You know, we continue to look for other ways to take the FICO Score to market. I'm not in a position to comment on the specifics of our discussions with credit bureaus, with the other credit bureaus. But we're always interested in expanding the use of FICO Scores.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. That's exactly, and thank you for your help.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time.
William J. Lansing - President, Chief Executive Officer & Director:
Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for joining.
Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President & Investor Relations:
Thank you.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steve Weber - Vice President, Investor Relations Will Lansing - Chief Executive Officer Mike Pung - Chief Financial Officer
Analysts:
Greg Bardi - Barclays Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo James Rutherford - Stephens Inc.
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Latvia and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac’s Third Quarter Earnings Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers’ remarks, there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] Thank you. Mr. Steve Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. Good afternoon and thank you for joining today’s FICO’s third quarter earnings call. I am Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I am joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run-rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation maybe characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements may involve uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company’s filings with the SEC, in particular in the risk factors and forward-looking statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company’s earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company’s website at fico.com or on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through July 29, 2016. And with that, I will turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks, Steve and thank you everyone for joining us for our third quarter earnings call. Today, I will brief you on our financial results for this quarter and how we are doing year-to-date. Then I will take a step back and reiterate our strategy overall and in each operating segment and how we are doing executing against that strategy. In our third quarter, we reported revenues of $209 million, an increase of 6% over the same period last year. Year-to-date, revenues were up 7%. This quarter, we delivered $20 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $0.62 per share. We delivered $32 million of non-GAAP net income, up 10% from last year. During the past year, we brought down our diluted shares from 35 million to 32 million, accelerating our non-GAAP EPS to $1 per share, an increase of 20% from the same period last year. Our applications revenues were down 2% over the same period last year due to lighter license sales this quarter. The segment has performed well this year, up 5% year-to-date. Our tools segment was up 18% over last year, driven primarily by increases in both recurring and license revenues. Growth has been steady in the tools segment and year-to-date tools revenues are up 14% over last year. Our scores segment continues to do very well. Total scores revenue was up 23% compared to last year. Our B2C business was up 73% and our B2B business was up 5% versus last year. Year-to-date, the scores business is up 7%. As we move through our fourth fiscal quarter, it’s a good time to review our strategy and our success in executing on that strategy. In our applications segment, we have invested heavily in order to increase the addressable market for our market-leading analytic applications. We have made available cloud-based versions of our solutions. We have built out additional functionality in our products and we have acquired additional capabilities through a number of acquisitions. In some cases, we have strengthened the motor under our market leading products. In fast-moving markets like fraud prevention, our acquisitions of Infoglide with its identity resolution engine and of TONBELLER with its financial crime and compliance technology have enabled us to offer a much broader, more responsive fraud prevention solution to our customers. We have improved our strong offerings in the customer account management, originations and collections in recovery spaces and have expanded the addressable markets by offering cloud-based versions of them. We believe that over time these investments will drive growth that we couldn’t achieve by simply selling to customers buying on-premise solutions. With a strong portfolio of products now in place, we are shifting our focus to distribution. In fact, this quarter, we had a small restructuring charge as we moved some expenses from building our products to distributing those products. We are working on refining our distribution and go-to-market for both the applications and tools segments. This includes significant sales training and increasing sales resources to reach new market segments. We are confident about our prospects, but also understand that our banking clients are operating in the constrained environment. So, even as our ability to compete and win is growing, it remains difficult to predict the timing of individual deals. In our tools business, we have also been working on ways to expand distribution to a much larger market. The challenge is similar to the one we faced in the applications business, but the approach is different. Essentially, we are actively pursuing ways to get our best-of-breed products into the hands of the disparate markets and disparate industries that are looking to use analytics to extract value from data. Furthermore, we are growing recurring revenue in our tools business as over time, we had more subscription-based cloud revenue. In our scores segment, we are beginning to realize the results of our strategic initiatives. The $56 million of revenue this quarter was the highest since Q4 of 2007. As we look ahead, we see opportunities to continue to grow. In B2B scores, we are seeing increased volumes, including another quarter of growth in origination activity. As this score used by lenders, we are well-positioned to benefit from a macro expansion of consumer lending. And our consumer scores business continues to deliver outstanding growth. In fact, this quarter that business is up 73% over last year. We are driving growth at myfico.com as consumers continue to receive a premium value in our FICO score-based products and services, including access to the most widely used FICO score versions across all three bureaus. And our partnership with Experian delivers a premier financial monitoring product, where Experian provides the FICO score with their data. Consumers are beginning to understand that the FICO score is the store that lenders use, and therefore, the score they need to know. We continue our efforts to educate and inform consumers with the expectation that they will ultimately choose products that include the same analytic used by the overwhelming majority of financial institutions, the FICO score. As we review our strategies, investments and results, we continue to carefully evaluate uses of cash. In our third quarter, we repurchased 327,000 shares. So far this fiscal year, we have repurchased around 1.7 million shares. As I said before, we are committed to a core strategic business model, focused on growth and profitability while giving shareholders an even greater return by reducing shares outstanding. I will share some final thoughts later, but now I will turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike Pung:
Thinks, Will. Good afternoon, everyone. Today, I will emphasize three points in my comments. First, we delivered $209 million of revenue, up 6% from the same period last year. This quarter includes a 23% increase in scores segment and an 18% increase in tools. While our applications segment was down slightly, this segment is up 5% year-to-date. Second, we delivered $20 million in net income, which included restructuring and acquisition-related expenses of $2.3 million. While we continue to invest heavily in our growth initiatives, our emphasis is shifting from new product releases to refining our distribution capabilities. Finally, we delivered $34 million of free cash flow and repurchased 327,000 shares during the quarter. I will begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reporting segments. Starting with applications, revenues were $127 million, down 2% versus the same period last year due to lighter license sales this quarter in our marketing solutions and fraud management products. This was offset somewhat by our acquisition of TONBELLER. Year-to-date, our applications revenue are up 5% versus the same period last year. In the tools segment, revenues were $26 million, up 18% versus the prior year. The growth this quarter was driven by our rules and models products and our data management platform. Year-to-date, tools revenues are up 14%. And finally, in our scores segment, revenues were $56 million, up 23% from the same period last year. B2B was up 5% driven by another strong originations quarter and B2C revenues were up 73% from the same quarter last year. Revenue increase this quarter had a double-digit rate on myfico.com and our Experian partnership continues to evolve with virtually all their subscribers now receiving a FICO score as part of their bundled offering. Looking at our revenue by region, this quarter, 74% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region; our EMEA region generated 18%; and the remaining 8% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 69% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 18% of total and license revenues were 13% of total revenue. We generated $16 million of current period revenues on bookings of $60 million, a 27% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 21 months this quarter. Year-to-date, our bookings are pacing below our expectations, which is important as bookings generate future revenue. Our operating expenses totaled $172 million this quarter, down slightly from the prior quarter. This was higher than the amount we got in last quarter due to the $2.3 million charge for restructuring and acquisition related expenses. The restructuring expense resulted from moving resources to distribution roles. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 26% for the quarter. We expect the full year that operating margins will be between 25% and 27%. GAAP net income this quarter was $20 million, down 3% from the prior year. Non-GAAP net income was $32 million for the quarter or up 10% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate was about 35% this quarter, higher than previous quarters due to higher U.S. based profits. And it’s 29% year-to-date, which approximates where we expect the effective tax rate to be for the full year 2015. Free cash flow for the quarter was $34 million compared to $25 million in the prior year. Now moving on to the balance sheet, we had $84 million in cash at the end of the quarter. This is down $2 million from last quarter due to repurchases of shares and some debt reduction, partially offset by cash generated from operations. Our total debt is $648 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.2%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.7 times, below the covenant level of 3 times. During the quarter, we returned $30 million in cash to our investors by repurchasing 327,000 shares at an average price of $91.72. We still have remaining $119 million on the latest Board authorization and continue to do share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. And finally, we are reiterating our previously provided guidance for the fiscal year. This implies quarter four revenues of between $224 million to $229 million and net income of $39 million to $42 million. This requires us to close at least $35 million of license revenue in quarter four compared to the record $46 million we delivered in quarter four of last year. We have several large deals and a strong pipeline of mid-sized opportunities in our pipeline for quarter four that supports our current forecast. With that, I will turn it back over to Will for some final comments.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Mike. With less than one quarter to go in our fiscal year, I am pleased with our progress towards our targets for the year. More importantly, I am pleased with how the company is positioned to deliver value to our shareholders now and in the future. We laid our first strategies through our business. For our software assets, we have invested to maintain our deeply embedded market leadership and to expand our IP assets under broader markets. We are beginning to see results, but there is much more yet to come. On the scores side we are just now seeing how we can take a brand that is so strong in financial services and create substantial value among consumers. Even as we operate in markets with significant stress and turbulence, I believe we have never been better positioned to make the most of our significant opportunities. We will have much more to say next quarter as we talk about our expectations for fiscal 2016. Rest assured we will remain focused on execution. And while 2015 was the year of innovation, 2016 will be a year where we expand our distribution to leverage that innovation. And all that we do will be with an eye towards providing value to our shareholders. I will now turn the call back over to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we are ready now to take any questions. Operator, please open the line.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Greg Bardi:
Hi, this is actually Greg calling on for Manav. Just wanted to ask about myfico.com, nice to hear that it’s growing double-digits, I think that might be a step up from at least, anecdotally, what you were saying last quarter, just wondering what’s driving the strong growth there and what you are seeing, at least in the direct channel?
Will Lansing:
Well, in the direct channel, we are seeing a lot of volume coming through along with some of the enhanced packaging that we put together last year. We took and added several products, including identity theft product last year and we are seeing the benefits of that increased volume against the higher price point.
Greg Bardi:
Okay, that makes sense. And then also just wanted to ask about the – you talked about the distribution for both applications and tools, when we think about the cost base, is that a shifting of costs from product development into that sales or are we going to see a step up from the added distribution?
Will Lansing:
I would say that you are going to see a little bit of both. So what we have is a situation where over the last several years, we have invested extremely heavily in our product portfolio both through organic development and also through acquisitions. And we are now in the fortunate position having a really robust set of products and services to offer. And our distribution doesn’t match the breadth of our product portfolio. We – I suppose I am not alone as CEO of a software company who feels like you can never have enough distribution for great product. But it is really very much the case with our company that our product portfolio exceeds the coverage that we have and the ability to distribute it. So we are taking some resource from the products side and shifting it in the direction of distribution – sales and distribution. And we will also be increasing the expenses associated with sales and distribution because we think it represents a pretty big opportunity.
Greg Bardi:
Okay. And then maybe one more sort of on the same line, just an update on the integration of TONBELLER and where you are in the process of taking that outside of its core markets to some of the other European markets?
Will Lansing:
It’s very smooth. The integration is very smooth. We have retained all the personnel. We are really thrilled with the management team there. The growth is still being driven primarily and probably will for the foreseeable future, will be driven primarily by the TONBELLER’s sales and distribution arm selling their products. But we are starting to take it out to the FICO parent side of the house.
Greg Bardi:
Okay. Thanks guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo.
Bill Warmington:
Good afternoon, everyone.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Bill.
Bill Warmington:
So, I was asked for a little additional color on the bookings numbers. And you saw it in terms of what are the headwinds that you guys faced this quarter that just passed and then also what gives you confidence that you can go ahead and – that you will be able to source new transactions and also, close the ones that are in the pipeline for this coming quarter?
Will Lansing:
Great question, Bill. So this is a couple of quarters in a row now where bookings is underperformed at least our internal targets. And as a reminder, bookings represent net new deals that are signed, new revenue associated with it, not standard renewals. Lighter bookings tends to create a headwind because we rely on deals that we signed to generate future revenue for us. And so with a headwind in the bookings numbers that provides or creates a situation where we have to go and get more net new revenue in order to fill that – to meet our objectives and our plans. The environment that we have been operating in, both in the U.S. and at least in the third quarter EMEA, have been what’s driven to the lighter amount of bookings. In other words, we have been dealing with this challenge in North America for some time. In the last quarter, we had a very light quarter in EMEA, which is quite unusual for the team there. And so, we are actively working towards getting some deals closed that we accounted on and planned for certainly within the fiscal year and in a certain case in the third quarter. Some of the work that we are doing to refine the sales organization includes some new blood that we have brought in over the past few months, including leaders in our fraud line of business and in our marketing line of business. And we are using all those efforts to close the gap here for this fiscal year and as we look at next year’s plan.
Greg Bardi:
Got it. And then on the scores side of the business, on the B2C side, wanted to ask about what kind of activity you are seeing in the affinity market, that’s been a market that’s really been pretty quiet now for a number of years, what’s going on there and are you guys participating?
Will Lansing:
It’s good news. And we are participating, but I would also say it’s going slowly. So what we see is an increase in the number of RFPs out there. We find ourselves on the receiving end of the RFPs and we are definitely a player in the market and considered so by the people we are looking for affinity [ph] channel. I am very confident about our prospects in this space. That said, recognize that these are complex deals that take a long time to put together and they take even longer to implement. So the revenue impact of doing deals in the affinity space will be delayed, but the early signs are extremely promising.
Greg Bardi:
Got it. Thank you very much.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens Inc.
James Rutherford:
Hi. This is James Rutherford in for Brett. Thanks for taking the question. Just got a couple here first, on scores, should we expect that kind of strong growth to continue in the fourth quarter and then how should we think about the tough mortgage comps in the fiscal fourth quarter to impact that growth? And then I have one more follow-up after that.
Will Lansing:
You can expect the growth to be continually strong in the fourth quarter. We are on a trajectory upward in the third quarter while the best quarter we had in a very long time, it’s not a one-off, its part of a trend and you can follow the dots. It’s a booming business and growing and the fourth quarter should be there in the third. Mortgage is not a big part of the story so I wouldn’t spend a lot of time talking about it.
James Rutherford:
Okay. On distribution, the new kind of strategy of shifting spend there, how should we think about the margin impact of those investments, given that I would assume some of the product spend was capital spending versus it sounds like more OpEx, is there an impact to the margin, how should we think about that?
Will Lansing:
No, I don’t think you should – I don’t think you should think that there will be a big margin impact, because in fact, our R&D spending expense is not capitalized. So moving the dollars from the product side of the house to the sales of side of the house is not going to have a big margin impact. And these are not dramatic changes that we are talking about. These are measured changes on the margin.
James Rutherford:
Got it. Okay. Thanks for the help.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] And there are no further questions at this time.
Steve Weber:
Okay, thank you very much. Thank you everyone for joining today’s call and for your interest in FICO. This concludes our call. Thanks.
Executives:
Steve Weber - VP, IR, Treasurer Will Lansing - CEO Mike Pung - EVP, CFO, IR
Analysts:
Greg Bardi - Barclays Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo Brett Huff - Stephens Inc. Matt Galinko - Sidoti
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Sherlyn, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. All lines have been placed to mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks there will be a question-and-answer session. [Operator Instructions] I would now like to turn the conference over to Mr. Steve Weber. Please go ahead sir.
Steve Weber:
Thank you, Sherlyn. Good afternoon and thank you for joining today's second quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the private securities litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO Web site or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's Web site at fico.com or on the SEC's Web site at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 23, 2016. And with that, I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Steve and thank you everyone for joining us for our second quarter earnings call. Today, I will briefly summarize our financial results for this quarter, and then I will talk about where we stand half-way through our fiscal year, and why we are so confident about our strategy and our execution of it. In our second quarter, we reported revenues of $207 million, an increase of 12% over the same period last year. We delivered $19 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings at $0.58 per share. We delivered $30 million of non-GAAP net income up 3% from last year and non-GAAP EPS of $0.91 per share an increase of 12% from the same period last year. Our application segment was up 16% over the same period last year. The results included our TONBELLER acquisition, but we also drove growth across our portfolio specifically in fraud solutions, marketing solutions and customer communications solutions. The margins in applications were negatively affected this quarter by a non-recurring charge that Mike will explain in a few minutes. Year-to-date applications revenues are up 10% over the previous year. Our tool segment was up 4% over last year driven primarily by recurring transactional and maintenance increases. Year-to-date tools revenues are up 12% over last year. Our score segment was up 4% compared to last year. Our B2C business was up 24%, our B2B business was down 2% versus last year, but after adjusting out a royalty true-up in the prior period our B2B revenues were up 7% because of our increases in originations. I'm pleased with the revenue growth we are now driving across our business. We believe we can continue and even accelerate that growth while managing our expenses and expanding our margins. We are doing this by carefully executing the strategies we have outlined in each of our segments. In our application segment, we have invested over the past 18 months to deliver cloud-based versions of our solutions. We have had early success selling our originations and collections from recovery product. Just last week, we introduced TRIAD cloud addition. This new offering give smaller and specialty lenders the ability to use advanced customer focused analytics and strategies to increase revenue, share wallet and customer satisfaction. The addition of TONBELLER in January gives us entry into the financial crime and compliance solutions space, and combined with our strong fraud management franchise makes our offerings more valuable to financial institutions as they view risks across their enterprise. In our tools business, we have been working on ways to expand our distribution to a much larger market. In a world that's increasingly looking for ways to extract value through analytics, we have IP and expertise to help make better decisions. When we introduced our decision management suite last year, we put that IP in the cloud and greatly expanded our addressable market. The pipeline analytic cloud now includes all the building blocks needed to build, deploy and manage predictive analytics for growth profitability and competitive advantage. It's beginning to open eyes in the analytics community and while we are still early, we believe we can become a significant growth driver in the years to come. In our score segment, we are now beginning to see the results of the strategic initiatives we have been working on for the last two years. We had a good quarter. In fact, the highest revenue quarter since Q4 of 2008. But more importantly we are positioned to drive significant revenue and earnings growth well into the future. The FICO Score Open Access program continues to expand. This program is good for consumers, good for financial institutions, and addresses consumer confusion between educational scores and FICO scores. This week we announced the expansion of the program to provide FICO scores to approximately 1 million consumers annually who are in need of credit and financial guidance through qualified non-profit credit counselors and participating government entities. In B2B scores, we are beginning to see increased volumes particularly in originations, which will provide a nice tailwind if the trend continues. Finally, our consumers' scores business is on a strong growth trajectory that we believe will continue. We are driving growth at myfico.com. Also this quarter, we have started to see the impact of our partnership with Experian, which has been migrating subscribers to products with the FICO score. That conversion will continue over the next few months and we expect the subscriber base to grow as more and more consumers look to Experian for genuine FICO scores. As I said before, we are particularly pleased to partner with Experian to provide a premier financial monitoring product to American consumers. And we believe that as we continue our efforts to inform consumers, they will ultimately choose products that include the same analytic overwhelmingly used by financial institutions, the FICO score. We are proud of our latest innovations which came out of several different areas of the business. We recently announced the launch of a FICO score based on alternative data to identify creditworthy Americans who are not able to be scored with traditional credit bureau data alone. FICO on partnership with Equifax and LexisNexis Risk Solutions has launched a pilot program with 12 of the largest credit card issuers. The new FICO score has been well-received by the media, consumer advocacy groups, regulators and large and small lenders. This quarter we released an enhancement on myfico.com, which for the first time provides consumers with a 19 most widely used FICO scores. Continuing our efforts to provide an unprecedented level of transparency and help consumers navigate a complex credit environment in which lenders use different versions of the FICO score for different types of lending decisions. Last month, we announced that 11 of China's leading alternative lending companies have signed on to the new FICO alternative lending platform as part of industry-wide efforts to upgrade risk management across China's booming peer-to-peer and micro loan sector. The 11 companies represent an estimated $10 billion in P2P and micro loans. By using the FICO platform, these lenders will be more stable, viable and profitable than ever before. In February, we announced the availability of the FICO data management integration platform as streaming analytics and real-time distributed processing platform that ingests, normalizes, correlates and distills Big Data as it is being generated. The platform collects filters and aggregates batch and streaming data from hundreds of sources and analysis it on the fly providing applications with greater agility and responsiveness to deliver high impact decisions. We also rolled out the FICO Big Data Analyzer, a purpose built analytics environment for a new generation of data professionals. Big Data Analyzer empowers a broad range of users to collaboratively explore data and discover new insights from any type and size of data on Hadoop. Built-on technology acquired from Karmasphere last year, Big Data Analyzer equips teams of business users and analyst and data scientists with access to their organizations new frontier of competitiveness, data and analytics. Finally, shortly before participating in the White House summit on Cyber Security, we announced the availability of the FICO Cyber Security Analytics Solution. This solution leverages decades of research and streaming analytics technologies as well as new advances in self-learning models to detect emerging and evolving cyber threats in real-time. As the leading provider of fraud detection solutions for financial institutions world-wide, we see first hand how today's cyber security breaches becomes tomorrows payment card fraud and account compromise headlines. We have adopted our real-time streaming analytics technologies to provide the unique analytic layer of event detection and monitoring. Our solution can help organizations of all kinds, protect their data assets and stop damaging data breaches and theft attempts in their tracks. These innovations are just the latest examples of ways in which we are unlocking the value of our core IP, developed from decades of analytics research and development to efficiently and effectively meet the burgeoning market demand for better decisions through analytics. At the same time, we continue to carefully evaluate uses of cash, in our second quarter we repurchased 540,000 shares. In April, we repurchased another 327,000 shares bringing our total to around 1.7 million shares repurchased so far this fiscal year. We remain confident in our strategic business model focused on growth and profitability while giving shareholders an even greater return by reducing shares outstanding. I will share some final thoughts later, but now I will turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike Pung:
Thanks Will. Good afternoon everyone. Today I will emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered $207 million of revenue up 12% from the same period last year with growth in all three segments. This quarter includes initial revenue generated from our Experian partnership. We expect revenue from this partnership to ramp up as the program is rolled out across the various Experian platforms. Second, we delivered $19 million of net income, which was negatively impacted by a non-recurring pre-tax charge related to a loss contract and the TONBELLER acquisition costs both of which totaled $4 million in the aggregate. Finally, we funded the acquisition of TONBELLER, and also repurchased 540,000 shares in quarter two and another 327,000 shares in April. I will begin by breaking the revenue down into our three reporting segments. Starting with applications, revenues were $134 million up 16% versus the same period last year. This included about $3 million in revenues from our TONBELLER acquisition. The biggest gains came in our fraud and marketing solutions. License revenue was particularly strong at $23 million this quarter more than doubled the prior year. In the tool segment, revenues were $23 million up 4% versus the prior year. The growth this quarter was driven by our optimization products and our data management platform. And finally, in our score segment revenues were $50 million up 4% from the same period last year which included a royalty true-up. Adjusting for that true-up B2B was up about 7% primarily due to increased originations. Sequentially B2B is up 5%. The B2C revenues were up 24% from the same quarter last year and 40% sequentially due to increased sales at myfico.com and to the first revenues from the Experian partnership. We expect B2C revenues will continue to grow this year while Experian converts its existing subscribers to the FICO score and with new subscribers being added through the ongoing marketing efforts. Looking at our revenues by region, this quarter's 73% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 20% and the remaining 7% was from Asia-Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 67% of total revenues consulting and implementation revenues were 18% of total; and license revenues were 15% of total revenue. We generated $24 million of current period revenues on bookings of $80 million up 30% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 22 months this quarter. Our operating expenses totaled $173 million this quarter compared to $165 million in the prior quarter or up $8 million. This was higher than the $165 million to $170 million we guided last quarter due to a non-recurring $3.2 million charge from a cost overrun on a large implementation project and about $500,000 in legal and tax charges related to the TONBELLER acquisition. For quarter three and quarter four, we expect our operating expenses to be approximately $170 million per quarter including amortization expense. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin was 24% for the quarter, we expect the full year that operating margin will be between 26% to 28%. GAAP net income this quarter was $19 million down 9% from the prior quarter but non-GAAP net income was $30 million for the quarter up 3% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate was about 28% this quarter. We expect the effective tax rate to be about 29% to 30% for the full year fiscal 2015 slightly lower than we previously estimated. Free cash flow for the quarter was $37 million compared to $44 million in the prior year. Moving on to the balance sheet, we add $87 million in cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. This was down $8 million from last quarter due to the purchase of TONBELLER and repurchases of our shares partially offset by cash generated from operations and draws on our revolving line of credit. Our total debt is $658 million with a weighted average interest rate of 4.6%. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.8x, which is below the covenant level of 3x. During the quarter we returned $40 million in cash to our investors repurchasing 540,000 shares at an average price of $74.30. Additionally, we repurchased 327,000 shares in April. We still have $119 million remaining on the latest Board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy, our strength in our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, we are reiterating our previously provided guidance for the fiscal year. With that, I will turn the call back to Will for some final comments.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Mike. As I said, last quarter, it's a special time in the history of FICO. After refining our strategy and investing in our future, we are now beginning to see signs of sustainable growth returning to the business. Our score segment is poised to unlock the value that's been built over 25 years of leadership in the financial services system. Our applications remain industry leaders and we have the opportunity to reach new markets by offering these solutions in the cloud. And our decision management suite takes the proven value of IP we built and delivers it to markets that are just now looking to use data to make better decisions. We need to remain focused on execution. We will invest carefully in opportunities for growth and ensure that we deliver a high-quality products and technology on-time. And we will continually look for ways to monetize our IP and expertise and to provide value to our shareholders. I will now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're ready now to take your questions. Operator, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
GregBardi:
Yes. Greg calling on our Manav. So the B2B score looks like it came in pretty strong at the 7% and you talked about some mixed benefits from origination scores. I was wondering if you could just touch on which markets you are seeing that strength whether it would be in a mortgage, credit cards et cetera.
MikePung:
Yes. Greg, it was virtually across the board this quarter on the origination side led by cards and followed by mortgage and auto, which were both strong as well.
GregBardi:
Okay. And then looking at B2C, I was wondering if you could to the extent that you can help us parse out, how much of that growth is coming from the core myfico versus the Experian deal and even if there is anything coming from the indirect market which you guys have talked about a little bit?
MikePung:
Yes. Greg, so we saw growth as we mentioned both across myfico and across Experian coming from the experian.com rollout that happened on December 29. We are not going to break down the numbers further between one or the other, we are just saying that overall we are starting to see some of the acceleration on the consumer side that we have been talking about here since November.
GregBardi:
Okay. And the indirect I guess at this point, you guys are attacking that but haven't seen anything flow through to revenues.
MikePung:
Yes.
GregBardi:
Okay. And then, I guess one more from me just on the kind of under banked FICO score, just wondering, how you guys are thinking about that, is it more of a public goodwill initiative, or is it really something that you think could start to generate revenue and what your strategies there?
Will Lansing:
I would say its both. I mean there is a pretty large group of customers that are been found no file and hard to score with traditional bureau data. And in a world where we can start to use the other kinds of data to make these decisions, it makes all the sense in the world to produce scores on it. And we have been working with Equifax and LexisNexis for some time on putting this thing together. We are really pleased with the results. It took a while to bring it to market because we wanted to maintain the integrity of what the score represents. And so we feel pretty good about the decision makers wrapped around these new scores. Is it, do we think we are generating goodwill with that? I hope so. And we are hoping to open up credit markets for the under banked. How bigger market will this be? Time will tell. I think that there is definitely an appetite from lenders to reach these consumers and we will just see how long it takes. But I think there is definitely a business there.
GregBardi:
Okay. It makes sense. Thank you, guys.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo.
Bill Warmington:
Good afternoon, everyone.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Bill.
Bill Warmington:
So a question for you on the B2B score side. You did about 11 billion scores last year, if I remember correctly. What's the run rate currently based on this quarter?
Mike Pung:
Yes. Bill, the overall volumes are up modestly. They are up higher on originations and a little bit lower on acquisition scores primarily due to a large client or two that have paired back on some of their marketing activities. But overall, we are running up about 3% or 4% in volume wise.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. And then the – I wanted to ask about the – on the application side, and the SaaS offerings there. If you will give us a sense for about how much revenue was actually being generated on a SaaS basis, and then also a sense for your success selling into the small and mid-size clients in the U.S., and then also internationally?
Will Lansing:
Yes. So I don't have the exact number on the SaaS revenue this quarter, but I will tell you our SaaS business, the revenue that we are claiming is growing at around 5% clip. So mid-single digits. The backlog is growing at a rate slightly faster than that. In terms of kind of market penetration and market acceptance. We are continuing to work pipeline opportunities. We are seeing a lot of larger opportunities as well as smaller market opportunities come across our plate. But it's kind of slow as you go in terms of being able to get those deals in place, get them signed and then obviously convert them over to revenue.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. And then jump back to the scores business, on the B2C side, with the Experian implementation on the direct subscribers, I wanted to ask what inning are we in, in terms of that process currently?
Will Lansing:
Well, for the quarter we just ended, our quarter two the revenue that is a component of our B2C from Experian came exclusively off of experian.com, which was launched on the 26 of December. Since the end of the quarter, other properties are becoming to convert over. And its – Experian game, they haven't reported any of those crossover numbers subscriber numbers to us yet that reporting will start coming across probably in about a month from now. But just for the knowledge here, we reported the numbers exclusively from experian.com.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. Okay. And then, as you look down the road, I know that currently the arrangement is for solely the FICO score, is there – what do you think about the opportunity of being able to sell other products into that subscriber base over time things like the multiple scores that you had mentioned or maybe the score simulator or maybe something else that you are in the process of developing?
Will Lansing:
Yes. Bill, I think those are all good examples. We very much have the intension of continuing to enrich the offering to the consumer and those are all good candidates. With the multiple scores we have them up on myfico.com today; I guess that would put us in the forefront of sharing multiple scores with consumers. But, we are certainly willing and happy to have other partners share multiple scores with the consumers and from our standpoint we hope the market goes there. It would be a great thing. In terms of the simulator absolutely that's another natural and we have also talked about consumer card control as a potential offering. So there is a handful of things that are in the works.
Bill Warmington:
Got it. And then one housekeeping item, on the buybacks you mentioned the – for the April buyback what was the actual dollar amount on that?
Mike Pung:
It was $30 million that was [certainly down] [ph] there, shares we brought back in April.
Bill Warmington:
Okay. All right. I will see if anybody up – go back in the queue. Thank you.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Bill.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from Brett Huff with Stephens Inc.
Brett Huff:
Good afternoon.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Brett.
Brett Huff:
Wanted to ask, a nice work on the apps growth that was obviously a really strong number, can you – I think you mentioned last quarter that you expected some renewals to happen maybe in the back half of the year and you talked sort of how the margin might go up as a result of some of those renewals in the back half, I think is how you described it. Is that still going to happen in the back half is – was the app strength to this quarter related to that or was this something from the pipeline, just kind of give us a sense of kind of what was the nature of the app win this quarter?
Will Lansing:
No. We had in terms of the win this quarter, we had one renewal that happened this quarter and then we had several other pretty healthy deals that we signed. That renewal happened in the second quarter and we had anticipated that in our guidance. The renewals we talked about in the back half of the year are still scheduled. And we expect them to come through as a component in the guidance that we have given for the full year.
Brett Huff:
Okay. And then question on the B2C direct to consumer agreement with Experian, it sounds like that's potentially really nice channel, what is the pipeline look for you all in terms of other outlooks where other partners you might be able to distribute through or work with in similar nature?
Will Lansing:
I can't speak to partnership discussions that are in the works. But, I will say that its our fervent hope that the entire industry adopts FICO scores instead of education scores because as you know FICO scores are the scores that lenders use and so many of the education scores that are being given to consumers are really not being used for credit decisioning purposes. So our goal is to see FICO scores, wherever consumers interested in and how their credit worthiness is being evaluated, we want the FICO score shared with them. And we are exploring all channels to make that happen including the most successful one so far which is Open Access.
Brett Huff:
And then last one from me, I think somebody asked this about SaaS before, but and I'm not sure that this question was asked. The percentage of rev that is composed of SaaS products, if we get that number of percentage on – I forgot – I may have just missed that.
Will Lansing:
No. I didn't have the number directly in front of me. I said the SaaS revenue was growing about 5% year-over-year that's claimable revenue. In general, I would have to look at up at our SaaS revenue was roughly 20% of our overall total revenue on an annual basis.
Brett Huff:
Okay. That's it for me. Thank you.
Will Lansing:
That would include hosted and SaaS by the way.
Brett Huff:
Oh, hosted and SaaS, okay. Thank you.
Will Lansing:
Correct.
Operator:
Your next question comes from Matthew Galinko with Sidoti.
Matt Galinko:
Hey, thanks for taking my question. I guess – last quarter you talked about TONBELLER acquisition making a sort of the combination making FICO more strategic of vendors for compliance. I'm just curious where you are on technical integrations now around that acquisition and what the timeframe is, that we might see the benefits of becoming more strategic?
Will Lansing:
The technology that we acquired with the TONBELLER acquisition is being held in tact. We haven't done a lot of work to try to merge that with our products because it's not necessary. What we are doing is focusing on the sales and distribution piece. And what we have seen is that the way anti-money laundering products are increasingly being bought is in connection with the Chief Risk Officer with a broader view of the risk facing the financial institution. And so we are lining up our TONBELLER capabilities along with our Falcon Fraud capabilities and our Infoglide and so on to bring it to the same decision maker just really on the sales and distribution side more than on the technology integration.
Matt Galinko:
Fair enough. And then I guess one other quick one, just curious how if you could talk a little bit more also about the go-to-market plan with the cyber security technology.
Will Lansing:
Good question. The interest thing that's going on with the cyber security and how we play in that market is that our – our cyber solutions, which are a directly across our Falcon Fraud capabilities addressed cyber issues in real-time, which is not typical for the industry. And are able to score degree of threaten away that's not typical for the industry, usually the alerts are binary. And so we think we have some fairly distinctive capabilities in cyber. What we do not have is a strong self and distribution built there. And so right now we are working on more of an OEM basis with some of the major players to bring our technology to market along side theirs. A decision for us remains in the future whether it makes any sense to go direct. But right now our plan is to go through partners and channels.
Matt Galinko:
Got it. That's helpful. And do you have any kind of timeframe to just think about on when we might start seeing not necessarily meaningful, but any sort of revenue contribution from that.
Will Lansing:
Well, I think certainly not before next year.
Matt Galinko:
That's great. All right. Thank you.
Operator:
Next question is a follow-up question from Brett Huff with Stephens Inc.
Brett Huff:
Thanks. Just one quick follow-up, did you guys in your guidance it didn't change I know, have your perceptions, or your assumptions in your guidance changed since last quarter on the piece guidance in revenue that is Experian driven based on kind of the early returns, or is it kind of coming in as you guys expected it and it just kind of take some time to get these conversions done.
Will Lansing:
No. It's coming in as we expected. We didn't make any kind of resource all of our guidance based upon the first three months worth of activity from Experian.
Brett Huff:
Okay. And then in terms of the after-tax or the charge, I think you said was $4 million, you guys called out, did that end up being where just from how its taxed, is that about a $0.08 hit to the reported numbers is that about, right?
Will Lansing:
Yes. It's between $0.08 and $0.09 a share and it related to the two pieces, the contract write-off and then just the cost of the acquisition at TONBELLER.
Brett Huff:
And the contract write-off that -- just describe that again for me, I know you mentioned it, but I'm not sure understand kind of what that is?
Will Lansing:
Yes. We are working on a large program outside the U.S. with a customer of ours, who are consolidating a number of legacy platforms and systems into a FICO platform. And the complexity of the project is driving some cost overruns and the accounts requires us to take any loss on – any estimated loss on a program like that when we know about it and that's why we booked this quarter.
Brett Huff:
Got you. Okay. That's it for me. Thank you.
Will Lansing:
You are welcome.
Operator:
At this time there are no further questions.
Steve Weber:
Thank you. This concludes our call. Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
Thank you for your participation. This concludes today's conference. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasurer William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President and Director Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investor Relations and Executive Vice President James M. Wehmann - Executive Vice President of Scores Business Unit
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Research Division William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division James Rutherford - Stephens Inc., Research Division
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Mike, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] I will now turn the call over to Steve Weber. You may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber:
Thank you, Mike. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's First Quarter Earnings Call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; our CFO Mike Pung; and our Executive Vice President of Scores, Jim Wehmann. Today we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward looking under the private securities litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements include many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statement portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through January 29, 2016. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing:
Thanks, Steve, and thank you, everyone, for joining us for our first quarter earnings call. I'll briefly summarize our financial results for this quarter and then I'll discuss some of our strategic initiatives and their expected impact. In our first quarter, we reported revenues of $190 million, an increase of 3% over the same period last year. We delivered $14 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $0.43 per share, down 15% and 8%, respectively, from the prior year. We delivered $23 million of non-GAAP net income, down 14% from last year, and non-GAAP EPS of $0.68 per share, a decrease of 7% from the same period last year. Our Applications segment was up 3% over the same period last year and our Tools segment was up 19%. Our Scores segment was down 7% compared to last year when we had a large global FICO Score deal. These results were in line with our internal expectations coming off last quarter's record results. We continue to invest in areas where we see the greatest potential with the goal being to drive predictable, sustainable growth. Let me give you a few examples. First, we announced this month that we have acquired TONBELLER, an innovator in risk-based financial crime prevention and compliance. This acquisition combines FICO fraud detection and analytics leadership with TONBELLER's capabilities to address the rapidly growing demand for integrated enterprise-class financial crime and compliance solutions. Now on the face of it, this may appear to be a simple technology tuck-in, giving us better capability in the areas of anti-money-laundering and know-your-customer. In fact, this acquisition is much bigger than that. We believe it will enable FICO to leverage our fraud analytics and risk management expertise to vault ourselves into the increasingly important market for integrated financial crime and compliance solutions, also known in the industry by the acronym FCC. There are a couple of aspects to this market that we find particularly compelling. First, incumbent FCC solutions in the market today are rule-based. With our in acquisition of TONBELLER, we're in a position to offer a risk-based approach, which leading industry experts believe will be required as institutions struggle to anticipate and respond quickly to known and emerging risks across the enterprise. And second, the buyers of this solutions tend to be chief risk and compliance officers. Now many CROs know FICO for our risk management solutions, but they generally view our powerful product solutions as tactical point solutions. By integrating them within a robust FCC offering, FICO will move into a more strategic position within financial institutions, helping chief risk and compliance officers move quickly toward their goal of a common, unified view of the entire risk spectrum. So needless to say, we're very excited about the prospects of this acquisition to help even FICO's value within our customers' businesses. We continue to make progress with some of the innovation we've introduced in our Applications and Tools segments. We signed a new Turkish client for our applications fraud solution and it includes Identity Resolution, a product that we integrated from our Infoglide acquisition. We sold a few deals this quarter where we integrated the InfoCentricity technology that we acquired last year. And we're seeing validation of the Decision Management suite with new customers in banking and retail across North and South America and Europe. We also ran our first competition in partnership with Kaggle. There were 500 participants and more than 2,000 individual entries. More than 130 teams leveraged FICO's technology in their algorithms, and the winning entry was based on FICO's Xpress Optimization technology. This was a great first effort for our Kaggle collaboration. In our Scores business, we announced that the largest private credit reporting agency in Malaysia, CTOS Data, will offer FICO Scores to all its clients beginning in early 2015. The CTOS-FICO consumer credit score will be developed based on FICO's proven score modeling technology. The scoring model for CTOS is created by analyzing the information found in CTOS's comprehensive credit information database. Expanding our valuable FICO Score franchise internationally is an important component of our growth strategy, and agreements like this one in Malaysia represent meaningful progress. In addition, we continue to build momentum with the FICO Score Open Access program. Citi is rolling out the program to its customers right now, and Chase and Ally have committed to do so in 2015. Thanks to our program, American consumers now have a better view of how banks measure their creditworthiness. It's also a win for the banks who are providing valuable information to their customers. We've heard anecdotally that by doing so, they may be reducing their risk. Better informed consumers make better borrowers. Ultimately, this program helps differentiate FICO Scores from the numerous irrelevant scores available in the marketplace that are not used for actual lending decisions. Finally, our partnership with Experian was rolled out at the end of December, making FICO Scores available through Experian's considerable direct-to-consumer channels. As I said last quarter, we're particularly pleased to partner with Experian, a premier provider of financial monitoring products to consumers. The product launched 4 weeks ago, so we don't have results to report yet. But early signs have been positive and we're very excited about the prospects. More broadly, we believe that FICO Score provides substantial value to consumers, just as it does to financial institutions, and consumer credit products that include FICO Scores are differentiated in the crowded market of generic products. It's too early to discuss the impact of this partnership agreement, but we will provide updates beginning next quarter. We believe that it will become a significant driver of revenue and earnings by the end of our fiscal year and well into the future. We continue to carefully evaluate uses of cash. This quarter, we're happy to announce the strategic acquisition of TONBELLER, but we also deployed significant cash toward share repurchases. We retired more than 800,000 shares in the first quarter and approximately 500,000 shares in January. As we look toward the future, I'm more convinced than ever that FICO is well positioned to excel in each segment of our business. We continue to invest heavily in our R&D initiatives, and we remain extremely focused on execution to deliver superior products to our customers and sustainable value growth to our investors. I'll have some summary thoughts later, but now I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today I will emphasize 3 points in my prepared comments. First off, we delivered $190 million of revenue, with $23 million of license revenue, the area where we historically experienced most of our lumpiness. While our Scores business was down compared to last year, our consumer offering is well positioned to drive meaningful growth going forward. Second, following last quarter's record free cash flow of $65 million, we actually had a negative cash flow of $5 million this quarter due to several large payments, mainly our annual incentive payment, which was made in November, and our estimated federal taxes. Finally, we refinanced our revolving line of credit, increasing our capacity from $200 million to $400 million. We used the revolver to repurchase our stock, retiring 844,000 shares in quarter 1 and approximately 500,000 shares in January, as well as to fund the TONBELLER acquisition in January. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our 3 reporting segments. Starting with applications. Revenues were $116 million, up 3% versus the same period last year. The biggest gains came in Collections and Recovery Solutions and Originations. In the Tools segment, revenues were $30 million, up 19% versus the prior year. The growth this quarter was driven by our Blaze Advisor rules product and our data management platform. And finally in our Scores segment, revenues were $44 million, down 7% from the same period last year, which had included a large global FICO Score license. Because of that, on the B2B side, we're down 8% versus the same period a year ago. Sequentially, B2B volumes increased 4%, and on a trailing 12-month basis, we sold about 11 billion Scores. The B2C revenues were down 5% from the same quarter last year, as the product mix continues to shift away from upfront sales to subscription products. We're at an inflection point in our Scores business and given the progress Will described earlier, we expect our B2C business to grow significantly moving forward. Looking at our revenues by region. This quarter's 72% of total revenues were derived from our Americas regions. Our EMEA region generated 20% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 69% of total revenues, consulting and implementation revenues were 19% of total revenue and license revenues were 12% of total. Now turning to bookings. We generated $23 million of current period revenue on bookings of $70 million, a 32% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 21 months this quarter. Our operating expenses totaled $165 million this quarter compared to $170 million in the prior quarter, down $5 million. And they were at the higher end of the range we provided last quarter. We remain committed to investing reasonably in our growth initiatives. As Will mentioned, we have invested heavily in R&D, with continued emphasis on our Collections and Recovery and bank fraud products, as well as our Decision Management suite. With the acquisition of TONBELLER, we expect our OpEx run rate to be approximately $165 million to $170 million over the next few quarters, including amortization expense. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 19% for the first quarter. We expect for the full year that operating margins will be between 26% to 28%. GAAP net income this quarter was $14 million, down 15% from the prior year. Non-GAAP net income was $23 million for the quarter, down 14% from the same quarter last year. The effective tax rate was about 21% this quarter and was positively impacted by a catch-up from the reinstatement of the R&D tax credit. We expect the effective tax rate to be about 30% to 31% for the full year. Free cash flow for the quarter was negative $5 million compared to $26 million in the prior year. While our first quarter is typically our lowest cash flow quarter, this year was particularly light due to the annual payments for incentives and some large estimated tax payments. For the trailing 12 months, cash flow was $129 million, which is more indicative of our annual expectations. Moving onto the balance sheet. We had $95 million in cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. This is down $10 million from last quarter. The primary activity for the quarter was share purchases and draws off our revolving line of credit. Our total debt is $607 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 4.8%. During the quarter, we refinanced our revolving credit facility, which previously had a $200 million capacity. The new facility has a capacity of $400 million, and we now have $160 million balance on that credit facility. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.6x, below the covenant level of 3x, and our total fixed charge coverage is at 4.6x, well above the covenant level of 2.5x. During the quarter, we returned $61 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing 844,000 shares at an average price of $71.78. Additionally, we repurchased approximately 500,000 shares in January. We still have nearly $150 million remaining on the latest new board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also continue to actively evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio in competitive position. Finally, today, we are updating our guidance to reflect the purchase of TONBELLER. We expect the acquisition to provide about $10 million of revenue this fiscal year and to roughly break even during that period. We now expect revenues to be between $830 million to $835 million. We're making no changes to our previously announced guidance ranges for net income and EPS. As a reminder, this EPS guidance assumes outstanding shares of about $33 million fully diluted shares, although ongoing repurchases will likely bring that number down. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for final comments.
William J. Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. It's now been 3 years since I became the CEO of FICO. At that time, I talked about the strong IP of the company and the exceptional talent the company has to help solve our customers' most difficult problems. My goal then was to find ways to unlock some of the potential that I believe was still untapped. I'm now convinced that we're beginning to see that promise realized. Our FICO Score brand, which was long thought to be a mature product pegged to the U.S. GDP, is once again poised to deliver meaningful growth for the business. The cloud versions of our applications opened up new markets and can provide a new source of recurring revenues. And our Decision Management suite has the opportunity to change the way businesses of all sizes and across all industries use analytics to make better decisions. It's a special time in the history of FICO. We're focused, as always, on execution, yet when we pause at times like this to review where we've been, where we are today and where we're headed, we realize that the future holds a lot of promise for FICO and for our shareholders. I'll turn the call now back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're ready now to take your questions. Mike, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The first question is from Manav Patnaik with Barclays.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
The first question I have was sort of a big picture question around innovation of the company. I know you talked about a lot of recent partnerships and so forth, but I was wondering how you guys look at that internally in terms of a target, like a lot of software companies have with x business revenues coming from new products over the last 3 to 4 years, et cetera. Like do you guys have targets like that? And how many new products a year or so forth are you trying to target? Can you give us some color on that?
William J. Lansing:
Well, as you know, we have large, mature franchises, and bringing up new products is not a super speedy thing. We have kind of a longer-term view of our investment horizon and when those products will fully mature. For example, Decision Management suite, which we started several years ago, is just now this year becoming really commercially interesting. And in the coming years, it will be a significant contributor. But right now, it's still not moving the needle dramatically. We don't have a specific metric around percentage of revenue that have to come from new products. But we continue to pour investment into developing those new products. Our R&D is up this quarter to -- up nearly 2 points versus the year-ago period, and you see that reflected in kind of the case of what's coming out of our product and technology organization. The other place where we're seeing it is in the speed of releases. We're releasing -- I hesitate to call them updates. We're releasing additional features and functionality to our existing products at an ever faster clip, and I think you have to put that in the category of innovation. And certainly we're putting a lot of our investment energy into improving our existing products and franchises.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay, fair enough. And then if I can just ask on the just relative to guidance. You gave us some good color on OpEx and I think R&D and so forth. Just wondering, I guess, obviously, licensing is lumpy. It seems like a little slow start, obviously, in this quarter. Like what are the other moving parts or onetime items in terms of comps versus last year that we should be looking out for in terms of modeling the rest of the quarters?
Michael J. Pung:
Well, Manav, I think that the numbers are going to be pretty straightforward along the most variable lines. I'd say the only maybe slight anomaly we also had this quarter that will normalize itself out was our cost of revenue line item on the PL was a little higher this quarter. And that's more attributed to a couple of very large projects where we're utilizing some pretty heavy outside fees and outside costs. And we expect that to average itself out a little bit and reduce itself over the course of time and over the course of the year. The only other, I guess, point to make is that with the acquisition of TONBELLER, their heavy quarter for them, usually in their revenue cycle, is the quarter ended December. And so if you take the $10 million of revenue that we're suggesting in our guidance revision coming from TONBELLER, probably a little more than 1/3 of it, because we have 3 quarters, will come in our September quarter and you can't just annualize that. It's more heavily weighted towards the December quarter, which of course won't be in our numbers. So you can kind of spread that out with a little bit more of that revenue and the related expenses in the September quarter.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. Fair enough. And then the last one is just any FX impacts to note or how should we think about your exposure by currency?
Michael J. Pung:
Well, there was a little bit, as a result of some of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Nothing that large and, therefore, we didn't report it out. We denominate a lot of our contracts, especially the legacy ones in U.S. dollars, and so the impact for us when the exchange rate moves dramatically is maybe not quite as big as it is for others.
Operator:
The next question is from Bill Warmington with Wells Fargo.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
So I wanted to ask where you're seeing the greatest traction with your SaaS offering so far?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes. I think the place we're seeing most of the market opportunity is coming in 3 areas
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Interesting. Okay, and then on the Scores business. You mentioned the large global contract that distorted the year-over-year comps. If you excluded that from year ago base, what would the year-over-year growth in the Scores have look like?
William J. Lansing:
Bill, if you took it out, we'd be roughly even for the quarter-over-quarter as opposed to down 7%.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Got it. Okay. And so maybe if you can comment a little bit about what's going on within the Credit Card business in terms of the level of solicitations that you're seeing.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, I'd be happy to take that, Bill. So year-over-year, Will is right, we would be roughly flat in terms of dollar revenue. In terms of where the volumes are shifting, more of the volumes were shifting year-over-year towards prescreen or acquisition scores, as well as account management scores with a little bit less around originations. That's sequentially, I should say. Year-over-year, we saw a little bit higher origination Scores versus the prior year. And so when you look at the actual volumes, sequentially, they're up about 4% and pricing is down slightly because of the mix shift.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Got it. And then if you could talk a little bit about what's going on with bookings. I know that they touched down a little bit this quarter. Is it just a difficult comp that you're seeing there or -- is there anything that's going on in the environment or is it just sort of random timing of how deals are closing?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, nothing is going on in the environment. I mean, bookings tends to be a function of how many large deals we've signed at any given quarter. And frankly, we had a big revenue and a big booking quarter in quarter 3 and 4 last year and it was fairly light this quarter because of the timing of transactions. And so we view that as lumpy, heavy and lumpy, much like we view license revenue as being lumpy.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Okay. And then you mentioned that the operating margin should improve significantly throughout the year going -- I think you mentioned 19% up to 26% -- 28% for the year. How do you get there? What's the bridge to that?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes. The bridge to that is quite simple. I mean, we had a very -- we had an average quarter, if you will, on license revenue, and we anticipate in the back half of the year license revenue to pick up by virtue of term licenses that are scheduled to renew and just new deals that we'll sign. And we expect Scores revenue to pick up, which of course is 100% royalty margins. And those tend to offset what is typically kind of lower margin services revenue. And this quarter, as I mentioned in particular, we had a couple of very large contracts that provided the headwind on the gross margins of the company.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Got it. And then one -- just a quick housekeeping item. What was the -- it sounds like you spent about $100 million of the $250 million authorization on repurchases. Is that right?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, through January.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Through January. Then what was the actual share count exiting the December quarter, fully diluted? I was hoping to get some sort of a sense for where you are tracking so far this quarter.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes. We exited the quarter, so on December 31, with 31.7 million shares outstanding. And the diluted share count, which of course takes into account options in RSUs, was at about 33 -- slightly over 33 million shares. But our actual share counts 31.7 million and declined, of course, with the purchases we did in January.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Okay. So the January -- I wasn't sure. What was the January purchases?
Michael J. Pung:
We said about 0.5 million shares, slightly more than that.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
0.5 million? Okay.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] The next question is from Brett Huff with Stephens.
James Rutherford - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
This is James Rutherford in for Brett, actually. Just a couple of questions here. First on SaaS. I know we touched on it earlier, but I was curious what the SaaS revenue growth was in the quarter and what you guys expect for the year there?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes. Our SaaS revenue quarter-over-quarter growth was about 6% across all our products.
James Rutherford - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And I guess just conceptually, what is the big driver of the significance of the SaaS? Is that enabling you to penetrate kind of different customers that you couldn't with the on-premise license option? What's the kind of the main driver there that's helping you guys on that?
William J. Lansing:
I'd say that's part of it but it's not all of it. So when you think what our SaaS business, it falls into 3 categories. There's our applications available in the cloud, which definitely opens up new potential markets and new customers and faster implementation and sometimes lower pricing. So that's one kind. Another is our debt trust, CCS area, where it's really a pure SaaS offering that's growing very nicely. And sometimes, it's sold standalone and more often it's sold in conjunction with some of our other products. And then third is kind of the new stuff coming along with Decision Management platform, where our customers have a choice of buying it on-premise or in the cloud, and increasingly we're seeing interest in the cloud offering, the cloud version. So it's all 3.
James Rutherford - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay, that's helpful. About the Open Access, I know that that's not a direct driver of revenues near term. But I'm sort of curious, what is the link there between that and the myFICO business. Is there something going on in terms of customer acquisition that you're hoping will help drive adoption to myFICO product? And if so, is that marketing? what specifically is going on there? At this point, it's more of a brand enhancement type of activity?
William J. Lansing:
It's really not designed to the customer acquisition program. I mean, our goal with Open Access was to create a lot of transparency. I mean, I think over the last several years, there has been some amount of confusion in the marketplace about FICO Scores versus, what, credit scores, and particularly versus credit scores that are not really used for lending decisions. And so our goal with Open Access was to make sure that consumers had access to the score on which the decision was being made. And fortunately, that program has come together and we have a lot of support from banks and it provides all this consumer transparency. Consumers can now see what's going on. And it's good for the banks, too. It was never really designed for customer acquisition. And I wouldn't even call it about brand building. It's more about cleaning up consumer confusion. Now we strongly believe that as the market recognizes where FICO Score is relative to other so-called education scores, other kinds of credit scores, we think that there'll be follow-on beneficial effects from that, and that goes to education programs and other kind of things that we can monetize. But monetization was definitely not the goal of Open Access. As it relates to myFICO -- I'll turn it over to Jim Wehmann and let him also speak to this. But as it relates to myFICO, myFICO is an industry-leading credit report monitoring offering. And to the extent there's some spillover effect, that's a terrific thing, but it's not -- I wouldn't call it meaningful. It's not what the intent was. Jim, I'll pass it to you and you might want to speak to some of those things.
James M. Wehmann:
Yes. I mean, I think with respect to the consumer business going forward, I think what's important to keep in mind is that we're not optimizing any one channel per se. We're going to be optimizing kind of the entire opportunity. So it's frankly a little less important to us whether we are growing myFICO to its fullest extent, or are we taking advantage of kind of the entire opportunity both directly and indirectly in the consumer space.
James Rutherford - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay, understood. That's helpful. And continuing on the Scores, I know there's not a lot you guys are saying yet on the Experian deal, which seems to be pretty good for you, guys. I was curious, if you could -- is there any expectations for the Experian deal in your current guidance? And then also, are you guys talking at all about the economics in terms of the royalties from that versus some of the other perhaps B2B scoring as it stands now?
William J. Lansing:
There is. Our current guidance does include our views about the Experian deal. And so I don't expect incremental there. Do we expect more to come from the industry and from other players over time? Yes. And we think that -- we're really delighted to have started this program with the premier player in credit report monitoring business and to go out to the marketplace with real FICO Scores together with Experian. As the world, as consumers, as everyone is sensitized to the difference between FICO Scores and other scores, we think there'll be more interest in incorporating FICO Scores into these credit report monitoring products. And so there could be some benefits down the road that are not in our guidance, but those are further out.
James Rutherford - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay, great. And last question for me on the Tools business, we haven't talked about that yet. Excluding the Blaze Advisor true-up, what was growth there? And then can you just talk about the dynamics in that business and kind of where the things are shaping up in the current period as well?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes. We've been growing our Tools business roughly teens, low teens, over the past several years. There really was no true-up per se. We had several large deals that hit this quarter. So it's kind of hard to include or exclude any one deal and try to do a what-if. So we grew 19% and that's the number.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I will turn the call back over to the presenters.
Steven P. Weber:
Thank you. This concludes today's call. Thank you, all, for joining.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasurer William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President and Director Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Chief of Investor Relations and Executive Vice President
Analysts:
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, Inc. Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Lisa, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] I now turn the call over to Steve Weber. You may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber:
Thank you, Lisa. Good afternoon, and thank you for joining FICO's Fourth Quarter Earnings Call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations. And I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com, or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through November 6, 2015. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing:
Thanks, Steve , and thank you, everyone for joining us for our fourth quarter earnings call. I'll briefly summarize our financial results for the quarter and full fiscal year, and then talk about the progress we made this fiscal year on our strategic initiatives. Finally, I'll discuss our outlook for 2015. In our fourth quarter, we reported revenues of $222 million, an increase of 16% over the same period last year and the largest revenue quarter in company history. We delivered $37 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $1.10 per share, up 28% and 39%, respectively, from the prior year. We delivered $44 million of non-GAAP net income, up 25% from last year; and non-GAAP EPS of $1.33 per share, an increase of 36% from the same period last year. Obviously, I'm very pleased with these results, as it shows not only the strength of our recurring revenue base, but also the license revenue upside that we can deliver. And it's a great finish to a strong fiscal year with growth throughout our business. Our Applications segment was up 23% over the same period last year and up 6% for the full year. We drove significant growth both this quarter and for the full year in a number of our Applications product lines, most notably Banking Fraud, Customer Communication Solutions and Originations. Our Tools segment was up 14% for the quarter and for the full year versus the prior periods. Optimization led the growth this quarter, but Models and Rules Management were also up nicely for the full year. And our Scores segment was flat this quarter versus last year, but up 3% for the full fiscal year. We've also made significant progress this year on our strategic initiatives. We've steadily rolled out SaaS-enabled versions of our products and have signed a number of recurring revenue deals. Most of our products are now available both on-premise and in the FICO analytic cloud. While today, most of our customers still prefer an on-premise model, we believe the cloud is the future of software and long term, the cloud benefits will make this model more and more attractive. The FICO Decision Management platform, which we launched this year, continues to show promise. Just a few weeks ago, in assessing vendors worldwide in the Decision Management platform space, IDC main named FICO the major player. We were distinguished for our strategy and scored higher than all other competitors in terms of the current offering. This evaluation validates our fundamental belief in the power and value of Decision Management software to change the way business is conducted. In our Marketing Solutions business, we made great strides. We signed a landmark partnership with eBay, bringing our marketing products to the retail and e-commerce industries through a powerful channel partner. The commerce marketing platform we've developed with eBay includes a powerful mix of analytics and planning tools that integrate existing eBay Enterprise demand generation technologies with new solutions. Additional strategic partners will be announced in the coming weeks, targeting clients from the financial services, retail and health care verticals. The Marketing Solutions business also continues to scale internationally with large deals closed in fourth quarter in Asia and Latin America. We're very excited about the momentum we currently have here and about the potential to scale the business. On the Scores side, we had several major development this year. We introduced FICO Score 9 which has been more enthusiastically received by the financial services industry, regulators and consumer advocacy groups than any previous new Score version we've developed. FICO Score 9 features a more nuanced way to assess consumer collection information by passing paid collection agency accounts and offering a sophisticated treatment, differentiating medical from nonmedical collection agency accounts. Through a new modeling approach, FICO Score 9 also achieves greater predictive power across multiple credit lines, credit products and all phases of the credit-granting life cycle. The improvements in the FICO Score 9 open up the possibility of lending responsibly and profitably to a larger population than before. We continue to build momentum with the FICO Score Open Access program. Last month, I attended an event at the CFPB offices in Washington, where President Obama discussed credit fraud and announce that Citi was joining other financial institutions in making free FICO Scores available to consumers. We now estimate more than 60 million Americans will have access to their FICO scores under this program in early 2015. This quarter, we rolled out a suite of powerful comprehensive 3 bureau monitoring products that provide consumers with the ability to monitor their credit, FICO scores and identity. Our new FICO 3-Bureau Monitoring product provides consumers with an industry first. Consumers can now monitor their credit reports and FICO scores from each of the 3 bureaus in 1 simple solution, receive customized alerts and use our FICO Score simulator tool to determine how financial decisions can affect their FICO Score. With FICO Identity Ultimate, consumers can take it one step further and also receive identity theft detection and protection. These products are now available at myfico.com. Finally, we signed an agreement with Experian to make FICO Scores available through Experian's direct-to-consumer services. This compelling solution will help consumers understand and monitor their credit eligibility. We are pleased to partner with Experian because of its leadership in the category and reputable brand, and are confident that providing FICO scores directly to consumers will promote transparency and consumer financial help. Looking to the future, we continue to invest in areas of our business where we see the greatest growth potential. We remain committed to innovation, focusing our R&D investment on the FICO Decision Management platform which we see as a smart way to extend distribution of our existing IT and we are committed to building out our growing network of partners who are helping us bring our existing and new products to the widest and most receptive markets around the world. And as always, we remain on the lookout for the best ways to deploy our strong cash flow. We delivered record cash flow this year, presenting us with tremendous opportunities and also great responsibilities. We're very disciplined in how we deploy cash and continue to consider strategic acquisitions as well as share repurchases. As we look toward the year ahead, I'm more convinced than ever that FICO is well positioned to excel in each segment of our business. We remain focused on execution to deliver superior products to our customers and sustainable value growth to our investors. I'll talk more about our outlook for 2015, but first, I'll turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung:
Thanks, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize 3 points in my prepared comments. First, we delivered solid results this quarter with $222 million of revenue, including a record $46 million of license revenue. We delivered $789 million of revenue for the year which includes $112 million of license revenue. Second, we continue to deliver strong free cash flow of $65 million this quarter and $160 million for the year which we used to repurchase 215 million of our stock, lowering our share count by 8% to around 32 million shares. Finally, we are continuing to invest in our growth initiatives while maintaining financial discipline. I'll begin by breaking the revenue down into our 3 reporting segments. Starting with Applications, revenues were $147 million, up 23% versus the same period last year. For the second consecutive quarter, we've delivered the highest revenue ever recorded in this segment. The biggest gains came in Bank Fraud, up 72% from the same period last year due in part to a large multiyear term license renewal; in Originations, up 18%; and in Customer Communications Solutions, the former Adeptra business, up 10% from the same period last year. For the full year, Applications revenue were $504 million, up 6% from fiscal 2013. In the Tools segment, revenues were $29 million, up 14% versus the prior year. The growth this quarter is driven by sales of our Xpress Optimization product and our Blaze Rules products. We ended the year with $98 million of Tools revenue, up 14% from last year. And finally, in our Scores segment, revenues were $46 million, flat with the same period last year. On the B2B side, we're up 1% versus the same period a year ago. The B2C revenues were down 4% from the same quarter last year. For the full year, Scores revenues were $186 million, up 3% versus 2013. Looking at our revenue by region. This quarter, 68% of total revenue was derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 23% and the remaining 9% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues, derived from our transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter, represented 60% of total revenues; consulting and implementation revenues were 19% of total; and license revenues were 21% of total revenue, which again included the large renewal of a term license. Turning now to bookings. We generated $22 million of current period revenue on bookings of $86 million or a 26% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 22 months this quarter. Of the $86 million in bookings, 18% relates to Originations, 16% to Rules, 15% to Fraud Banking and 10% to Optimization Solutions. We had 12 booking deals in excess of $1 million, 3 of which exceeded $3 million. Transactional and maintenance bookings were 28% of total this quarter, professional services bookings were 51% this quarter and finally, license bookings were 21% in the quarter. Our operating expenses totaled $170 million this quarter compared to $161 million in the prior quarter, or up $9 million. The increase is due to increased expense associated with the additional revenue, as well as the accrual of additional incentives associated with our annual performance. As we said last quarter, we have increased our investments to support important strategic initiatives, and we expect R&D and SG&A expenses to stay roughly at these levels for the next several quarters, with our cost of revenues fluctuating with revenue. Those assumptions give us an OpEx run rate of approximately $160 million to $165 million over the next few quarters, including the amortization expense. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 29% for the fourth quarter and 27% for the full fiscal year which is about 100 basis points lower than the prior year. GAAP net income this quarter was $37 million and $95 million for the fiscal year, up 28% and 5%, respectively. Non-GAAP net income was $44 million for the quarter, up 25% from the same quarter last year; and it was $128 million for the year, up 5% from last year. The effective tax rate was about 18% this quarter and was positively impacted by a favorable adjustment related to the settlement of an audit and due to a mix shift in profits to lower tax jurisdictions. We expect the effective tax rate to be about 31% to 32% for the full year in fiscal '15. The free cash flow for the quarter was $65 million or 29% of revenue, compared to $32 million or 17% of revenues in the prior year. For the entire fiscal year, we delivered $160 million of free cash flow compared with $109 million last year, an increase of 46%. Moving on to the balance sheet. We have $105 million in cash on the balance sheet at the end of the quarter. This is up about $12 million from last quarter driven by the cash generated from operations and draws off our revolving line of credit and offset by share repurchases. Our total debt of $546 million with a weighted average interest rate of 5.2%. We now have $99 million balance on our $200 million revolving credit facility. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is to 2.1x which is below the covenant level of 3x, and our total fixed charge coverage ratio is at 5x, well above the covenant level of 2.5x. During the quarter, we returned $56 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing about 900,000 shares at an average price of $63.57. For the full fiscal year, we repurchased 3.7 million shares at an average price of $58.87, effectively reducing our outstanding shares by 8%. We still have the full $250 million remaining on the new board authorization and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We are also actively evaluating opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. With that, I'll turn it back over to Will for his thoughts on fiscal '15.
William J. Lansing:
Thanks, Mike. As I said in my opening remarks, I'm pleased with what we were able to accomplish this year. We continue to build out our product functionality through our own innovation and through strategic acquisitions; we've made great strides enabling our applications for the cloud; and we've been identified as the leader in the Decision Management software platform space. We further solidified our market-leading position in our Scores business, and have positioned ourselves for new opportunities to our Open Access program and with our enhanced relationship with Experian. With that as a backdrop, I'll now turn to guidance. As we look ahead, we see a number of opportunities as we extend our consumer and software offerings into new industries and new markets. At the same time, we see our core financial services customers continuing to operate under difficult regulatory and operating constraints, creating a challenging sales cycle and further lumpiness in our license revenue. With all this in mind, we're providing the following guidance for fiscal '15. We expect revenues to be between $820 million and $825 million, an increase of about 4% to 4.5% versus fiscal '14; we expect GAAP net income between $92 million and $95 million; GAAP earnings per share between $2.78 and $2.88; non-GAAP net income between $131 million and $134 million; and non-GAAP earnings per share of $3.97 to $4.06. The EPS guidance assumes current share counts, although as Mike said, we continue to view new purchases as an attractive use of our cash. I'll now turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steven P. Weber:
Thanks, Will. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take your questions. Lisa, please open the line.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
The -- I wanted to ask about the -- on the tax rate for the quarter, you mentioned there were some onetime adjustments there in terms of the settlement of the audit. What is that EPS? If you have an adjusted EPS with sort of a normalized, if you back that out, what would the EPS have been?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, the EPS -- favorable impact to the EPS for that adjustment, Bill, was $0.06 a share.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
$0.06, got it. The -- now on the large buyback that you have potentially in front of you, how much of that is reflected in the 2015 EPS guidance?
Michael J. Pung:
None of it is. We've left the EPS guidance on the average shares exiting the year in any buyback we do with the additive to the guidance we've provided.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Got it, okay. And then the on the Open Access program, it sounds like that is going to create a lot of brand awareness for you. My question for you is, how do you go about monetizing that?
Michael J. Pung:
So Bill, that's a great question. So we rolled the Open Access program out about a year ago. To date, we've had incredible branding done through the partners that have signed up for the program. Discover, being one of the most notable. The way we see monetizing Open Access going forward is very consistent with what we've described in the past. First, driving traffic to the myFICO website. We've loaded the website up with a brand-new set of products, a suite of products in the month of August that includes credit monitoring and identity theft monitoring and protection, giving us one of the best offerings in the industry. And we believe that branding will naturally drive traffic to that and will convert into ratable revenue in the form of credit monitoring products. So that's number one. Number two, we believe, much like the Experian situation, that others that sell scores into the consumer industry will see the value of bundling a FICO Scoring with their products. And as consumers demand for the FICO Score as part of these offerings grows, we see more opportunities for relationships with others in the industry to resell our products. And finally, the banks historically have had affinity add-on programs that have included a number of financial products including Score monitoring and Scores that they've sold to their consumers on their own white-labeled websites. We see an opportunity for the FICO Score in that regard as well. So we see numerous opportunities over the next several years that the door has been opened through the Open Access program.
William J. Lansing:
I would just add, Bill, that -- this is Will. I would add that our intent with Open Access program was not to make a lot of money from it. That was never the intent. The intent was to make sure that we can get the FICO Score into the hands of consumers so that they could see what their FICO Score looked like. And this is the score the banks use and we want to make sure that consumers get a chance to see it. So it's about transparency. There's obviously a big branding benefit for us, and we love the fact that consumers are increasingly aware of the difference between a FICO Score and so-called education scores that are similar looking to FICO scores, but that actually are not the scores that lenders use. And so that was really the intent of the program and so far, we are very pleased with the way it's rolling out.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
You'll have the brand of the FICO inside.
William J. Lansing:
Yes, you got it. You definitely, got it.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
The one last question for you then. If you can maybe talk a little bit about some of the assumptions that are in the -- or behind the revenue guidance for the year in terms of how you're going to get to that level?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, I'll take that, Bill. This is Mike. So we obviously have come off of a tremendous fourth quarter where we've had phenomenal license revenue, $46 million, as I mentioned on the call. That $46 million is almost twice what it has historically been over the last couple of years on a quarterly basis. And so as we've said in the past and I think most notable, the timing of when revenue is signed can be very lumpy, when license revenue signs, in some quarters, it slips; in some quarters, it doesn't; and this one, it didn't slip. So as we took our fourth quarter and our year-to-date experience and we portrayed it forward, the timing of these license deals remain tricky. And with the challenges that the banks are still facing in the markets we serve, we weighed the pluses and the minuses. The pluses being momentum we're picking up through Open Access and on the consumer side, other momentum on our recurring revenue base in the products that are starting to go live in that area and we weighed that against the minuses, the headwinds in the industries we serve and the lumpiness to the license revenue. And that became the basis for the 4% to 4.5% revenue growth we laid out. Certainly, at that level, 4% to 4.5%, the license revenue is probably a bit lighter than it was this year with some probably increased strength on the recurring revenue side.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko from Sidoti.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, Inc.:
I guess the first one is around -- I know we talked last quarter about wanting to ramp your sales capacity. I guess, I'm wondering at the close of this quarter, how are you feeling in terms of addressing that need?
William J. Lansing:
Well, we have been in a build mode all year and we've added some salespeople, we've added some sales coverage and we had built into our budget for next year incremental sales coverage. So we're feeling pretty good. That said, we could always do more. I mean, the fact is and I've said this before, our product portfolio and our IP vastly outstrips our ability in sales and distribution. We just don't have the coverage that we wish we had given the quality of our products and the appetite for our products. So we'll continue to be strong in financial services where we have a good sales force, and we will continue to invest, I would say, on a conservative basis, in new verticals, where we continue to do that. And I think channels will continue to be an important area for us because that kind of amplifies and gives us additional leverage.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, Inc.:
Got it. And then in terms of the new myfico.com services, I'm curious if you could talk a little bit more about your marketing strategy to drive traffic and users to the site, and sort of how you look to build awareness of those features?
William J. Lansing:
I'd say it's a two-pronged approach. So on the one hand, we do what other e-commerce and Internet-based players do in terms of SEO and SEM, and we have very smart and capable people doing the math on customer acquisition cost versus lifetime value, and we're kind of an open-ended budget for spending as much on customer acquisition as the lifetime value will support. So on that basis, as our product continues to get stronger, which it does, we now have the industry-leading product. As it continues to get stronger, our lifetime value increases and our ability to spend more in customer acquisition will go up, until we see kind of the direct customer acquisition efforts as being strong from that standpoint. The other is side of it is all the things that we wrap around the myFICO offering that are a little less traditional. So our myFICO site has a tremendous amount of educational content, hundreds and hundreds of pages of educational content which is, I would say, is industry-leading, best-in-class, and there is fairly significant SEO component to what we do there. And then finally, the Open Access program, as we mentioned earlier, is raising awareness and we get some spillover effect from that.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, Inc.:
Got it. Then one last one for me. I know you talked a little bit about preference for traditional license type deals that you're seeing from your customers and which I think we clearly saw this quarter versus a cloud or SaaS deal. I'm curious sort of how that decision process is going for the customers? Why are they preferring the traditional license model? And do you think that should sort of shift as we move into '15, and can that influence the potential for repeat growth kind of year in license?
William J. Lansing:
Yes. Let me see if I can clarify. I would say that to the extent there's a preference, it's not so much a preference for a license model as it is a preference for on-premise. So what we have is the banking industry, the financial institutions are far more in the on-premise camp than in the cloud camp. And so that's how they typically buy. And with that, comes a certain amount of license revenue and license structuring to the deals. But even within that, we do a tremendous amount of volume-based and transaction-based revenue. As you know, our recurring revenue is the majority of our revenue. The thing that we see happening is, as our SaaS offerings become more accepted by the marketplace, those typically are sold on a more ratable basis. The revenue gets recognized on a more ratable basis. And so we'll see that continue. And so over time -- and I can't tell you exactly what the time frame is, but over time, I think you will see that our recurring revenue as a percent of total will continue to creep upward. But in any given quarter, who knows? Because all it takes is one big license deal to push the number down. So I think that all we were saying is that today, banks and the financial institutions favor on-premise solutions, which go hand-in-hand often with license revenue recognition. But longer-term, I think we see that changing.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Brett Huff from Stephens Inc.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
A couple of questions, just along the SaaS lines that I was trying to get my arms around. When you all think about how this year, the SaaS deals that you closed, did it make a measurable dent or headwind into your revenue growth? And when you gave guidance for next year, I mean, was there like 20 basis points or 80 basis points, or some sort of taking license out of this period and spreading it out forward? Any thoughts on that?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, Brett, this is Mike. So we have between our Adeptra business, our Marketing Solutions business and other pockets, we actually have about $160 million a year of hosted or SaaS business and have for the last couple of years. This year's growth year-over-year was slightly below $5 million compared to the prior year. It relates -- that additional growth relates to some of the deals we signed this year and then have gone live, as well as just growth in volumes there being pushed through by the existing line of business. And so to answer your question directly, the amount of growth into fiscal '14 was quite small. It was less than $5 million. As we think about fiscal '15 and as we thought about it, the business, at least for the next few quarters and foreseeable -- for at least the next few quarters, is probably still going to be more heavily driven through on-premise and the revenue will be created, if you will, through an on-premise model which usually has an upfront license revenue to it. And as we start to sign more and more cloud deals and the ratable deals, some of that will probably add to it in the latter part of next year and then it will start to grow from there, because as you know, you have to go through the implementation process to get them live and then begin to grow the revenue. So we've built in similar kinds of thoughts into next year. There won't be a dramatic shift, at least not that we see over the next couple of quarters. But hopefully, we'll continue to sign more and more business as we did this year.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then the second SaaS question. Can you just give us sort of the anecdotal or the sort of the best-use case, successful use case that you used? And maybe this is a SaaS question or channel question, I'm not really sure which. But the most successful channel -- new channel method that you're using or maybe -- and I assume again, that's a SaaS delivery, what's the one that's the most popular that you found that greatest traction with most quickly?
William J. Lansing:
Just to clarify, you focused on what kinds of customers are interested in our cloud offerings, or you're focused on the distribution piece of it?
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Well, I'm -- maybe I'm confusing the 2. My question is mostly around the channel. So what new channel have you used as a distribution mechanism? I know you've been talking about trying to do indirect IP distribution basically. What's the one that kind of works best...
William J. Lansing:
Yes, good question. So we have a channels group with some very capable business development executives who are always looking for different mechanisms to take our products and our IP to market. And it's a wide range, everything from processors to major retailers, to -- I mean, there are different ways of taking our IP to market. Probably a great example is our eBay partnership. So we entered into this partnership with eBay, and as you know, they have tremendous, tremendous reach with a tremendous number of retailers who use them for eBay Enterprise is an infrastructure backbone end support for eBay retailers. And that's completely separate from their Marketplace division. This is eBay Enterprise. And one of the things that they wanted to do as part of providing capabilities to their retailer customers is improve the analytics that they provide. And so we entered into this partnership with them, where we took our campaign management platform and some of our analytics and did some additional work to tailor them to soothe eBay's needs. And eBay is now taking out our IP, our analytics IP and some of our campaign management IP out to their customers. And it's just -- it's a lovely partnership because they get best-in-class analytics and campaign management, and we get distribution to all kinds of retailers that we never ever would have gotten near.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then one question, just on the margins. When we see a big license quarter, typically, I thought we would see a pretty big-margin quarter on the gross margins, and I didn't see that, but I'm wondering if I'm missing something. If there was -- there's a dynamic there that I'm not getting.
Michael J. Pung:
No, there's no dynamic there. The numbers are the numbers that we reported. The margin for the fourth quarter, which was around 30%, that's the adjusted margin we report. It also includes the cost to deliver the revenues. So some of that review growth came on the services side, so there's a bit of a mix shift, some additional expenses there. And at the end of the year, we true-up all of our incentives, our sales incentives and our across-the-business incentives, and we perform quite well and we had a larger-than-average incentive accrual. And I suppose that maybe takes away what you would have guessed some of the pop would have been with the license revenue we did do.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then last question for me. I know you've had a logjam of longer sales cycles on the Applications business, and I know that we've had a couple of good bookings quarters in the past 2 quarters and the bookings were still sequentially up a little bit, but did down a little bit year-over-year. Is that logjam in Applications specifically over? I think you -- one of you mentioned in your prepared comments that sale cycles are still elongated. So I'm trying to figure out, is there sort of more to come on that, or are we through that initial logjam?
Michael J. Pung:
Well, last year, as you know, we had a lot of deals slip in our fourth quarter. So the same time last year, we were giving you a lot of different news and it was slipped deals. It took about 6, 9, 12 months to work many of those deals through the pipeline. And what had slipped last year for the most part has worked itself through the pipeline. Logjams can come and go. And whether we have another logjam that comes along is yet to be determined. But for the most part, we work through the issues we had last year and we're very happy with where it ended up. It maybe took a little longer but at the end of the day, it was worth the wait.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
This is actually Greg calling on for Manav. I was wondering if you could give some color on how you're thinking about the different segments of the consumer credit landscape going into 2015. Where are you seeing strengths and where are you seeing the puts and takes there?
William J. Lansing:
Yes, I'm not sure what's underneath your question. I mean it's a pretty complicated landscape. There's obviously the credit report monitoring business which we are in with myfico.com and which others, especially the bureaus are in with paid subscription products. There are incremental products that are now being overlaid on the credit report monitoring offerings, like identity theft. And again, we have it at myfico.com, and some others also have incorporated that capability in their offerings. I think increasingly, you're seeing any major player who has customers and good customer relationships who has some kind of logic for why they would be offering it is now considering or reconsidering being in the affinity space, where they take an offering from someone else and sell it through their consumers, and we are now on that business and starting to compete for that business. And so that's kind of a B2B2C business, but it's the same offering under the covers as myfico.com. I think that after slower growth over the last few years in the affinity space, I think we're going to see that space pick up a bit. So I hope that answers your question. I mean, it's a good -- and then we also have -- I guess the thing I would add that's new is we have some of the players in the premium space have come in to this credit report monitoring and they give away free scores and free summary credit reports in exchange for the right to use your -- the consumers' data for lead generation. I would note that to our knowledge, none of those players is using the FICO Score. They're using what are terribly called education scores. We call them Fake-o scores. And so they're not the score that lenders use. So there's a -- we have quite a bit of concern actually about confusion in the marketplace as these guys go out and say, "Get your free credit score." When in fact it's not your -- it's not the credit score that the banks are using. It's not a FICO Score. And so the question mark, "what is it?" But those players have gotten some traction and I think, again, with Open Access and with increasing consumer understanding of what's really going on in the marketplace, we think that consumers will know the difference between a FICO Score and some other score. The other thing is, you can see kind of the battle lines drawing between the premium players who give away your data. They take your data and they don't charge you anything for it, but they turnaround and they use it for lead generation purposes. And then the -- I would say the players who are much more careful with your data and don't use it that way. And that -- I'd say that we're in that category along with the major bureaus. We're very careful with the consumers' data and careful not to use it in ways it's not intended to be used. And so I -- you're seeing this kind of free/no privacy versus paid subscription, quality and regard for privacy. You're seeing that -- those battle lines developing in the consumer credit report monitoring space, and I think you're going to see that continue. I think that the consumers will become more aware. It's going to be interesting to see how that plays out.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay, that's great color. And I guess I probably wasn't totally clear on my question. I meant more along the lines of spaces in consumer lending that you're seeing strength, your auto has shown some strength recently. And how you're thinking about those different segments of the market going into 2015?
William J. Lansing:
I'm not sure that we're in the best position to comment on that. I mean, I -- obviously, there've been a lot of credit card customer acquisition efforts in recent months, so I think that's way up. I think that refi has had much more longevity than anyone has expected, and so people are still pulling mortgage scores. I don't need to tell you that the auto industry is in pretty good shape and so auto scores are being pulled. But I don't think we're telling you anything you don't already know.
Michael J. Pung:
No, we haven't seen any big shift in mix or any kind of amazing emerging trends in that regard.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay, fair enough. And then you talked about the longer sales cycle, but you're seeing strong results in Applications business. I was just wondering if the tenor of conversations with the customers has changed at all. Or how you -- how those conversations have been going, especially heading into another budgeting cycle?
William J. Lansing:
We are -- our products, our application offerings and also our tools, for that matter, are aimed at kind of 3 areas. One is revenue growth, and we come at that in a lot of different ways; the second is expense control, we come at that in a bunch of different ways; and third, risk and compliance. And our conversations with financial institutions are around all 3 of those areas. On the revenue side, our decisioning applications help banks to make the smartest decision they possibly can. And basically, their objective function is profitability or revenue growth, we help them with that. On the cost side, we have collections and recovery applications and other things that help them on the cost side. And then I guess, I'm very proud of our model central offering, which is a model management offering that is industry-leading and starting to be adopted by the major banks. And so I think there's a lot of interest there because all these banks are interested in demonstrating to regulators that they have excellent control of their business. They have a lot of visibility into the models that are being used. They have good visibility into how the risk around their decisions is. And our model central offering is very much designed to help them with model management, what models went into place when, what attributes were put in place when, when do they go from test to production. All of those kind of things that a bank wants in order to run its business better and also to demonstrate to a regulator that it understands how to run its business well, all of that is tremendously interesting to banks. And so that's been a big conversation recently.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And one more modeling one, if I can sneak it in. A popular topic over the last few weeks is FX, and I was just wondering how do you think of your exposure there and if you do anything to hedge any of your exposure?
Michael J. Pung:
Well -- oh I'm sorry. We hedge the balance sheet risks and kind of our receivables. We have business lines in kind of the larger parts of the world where we have operating expenses that naturally hedge the revenue that we generate. The FX impact frankly on the P&L hasn’t been that huge for us, and it's maybe not as big of an issue as it is for others you follow.
Operator:
There are no further questions in the queue. I'll turn the call back over to the presenters.
Steven P. Weber:
Thank you, Lisa. This concludes today's call. Thank you all for your interest in FICO and for joining today.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasurer William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President and Director Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Chief of Investor Relations and Executive Vice President
Analysts:
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Suzanne, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Thank you. Mr. Steve Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steven P. Weber:
Thank you, Suzanne. Good afternoon, everyone, and thank you for joining FICO's third quarter earnings call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through July 24, 2015. Now I will turn the call over to Will Lansing
William J. Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. Today, we announced the results for our third quarter of fiscal 2014. I'll briefly recap those results, update you on the status of our strategic initiatives and talk about how we see our business position as we enter the last quarter of our fiscal 2014. In our third quarter, we reported revenues of $198 million, an increase of 8% over the same period last year. We delivered $21 million of GAAP net income and GAAP earnings of $0.58 per share, up 5% and 8% respectively from the prior year. We delivered $29 million of non-GAAP net income, flat with last year, and non-GAAP EPS of $0.83 per share, an increase of 3% from the same period last year. We had another good bookings quarter, delivering $84 million of new deals, up 20% from the prior year. I'm pleased with these results and encouraged that much of our revenue growth this quarter was driven by our Applications segment, an area where we had seen limited growth over the last several quarters. In fact, the Application segment was up 13% over the same period last year, and the growth was throughout the entire Applications portfolio, with double-digit growth in Marketing, Mobility, Originations, Banking Fraud and Collections and Recovery. Our Q2 bookings and Q3 revenues and Applications show the progress we've made in pursuing our growth strategy in this segment. We've added functionality to many of our products, and in most cases, they are now available on a SaaS basis. We believe this opens up new markets to us for these best-in-class products and will create new growth opportunities for us going forward. In fact, this quarter, we sold our first large Decision Management platform deal to a large telecommunications company. In our Scores business, we continue to make progress on our consumer initiatives. This past quarter, we announced that Hyundai Motor Finance, Kia Motors Finance and Sallie Mae will all be providing FICO Scores to their customers. We now have 14 customers participating in our Open Access program. We're also in final stages of discussions with several large card issuers to deliver Open Access or our credit education program or both. Consumers know the FICO brand. As they come to understand how the FICO Score is used by lenders, we believe they will have a better handle on their own financial situations, and there will be less confusion in the marketplace. In our third quarter, we also made significant investments in our business. Mike will go into further detail when he discusses the numbers. But I'd like to give you the rationale behind these strategic investments. First, we significantly increased our R&D spending to address a tremendous opportunity, which is to extend the distribution of our IP through new platforms, both through our Decision Management platform and also through platforms being built with third-party distributors. We view these as excellent opportunities to meet evidence demand and provide more robust and competitive products to our existing and prospective customers. We have also made some important investments in our sales and marketing function. This includes geographic expansion to emerging markets that have demand for our products and also improve coverage in our existing geographies. As we plan for continued growth, we're committed to having the proper sales resources and distribution channels in place to bring our products to market. We view these investments as critical to fueling the long-term growth and competitive strength that we believe we can drive from our assets. This quarter, we also returned substantial value to shareholders through our share repurchase program. As I've said in the past, we're committed to repurchases, not just to offset dilution, but also to give loyal shareholders a bigger piece of an expanding pie. In the third quarter, we repurchased nearly 1.6 million shares, more than 4% of the shares outstanding. We continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash, and our strong cash flow provides us opportunities both to repurchase shares and to make strategic acquisitions that will strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. As we move through the final quarter of our fiscal 2014 and look toward the year ahead, I'm more convinced than ever that FICO is well positioned to excel in each of the segments of our business. We remain extremely focused on execution to deliver superior products for our customers and sustainable value growth to our investors. I'll now turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung:
Thanks, Will. Good afternoon, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize 3 points in my prepared comments. First, our revenues this quarter were $198 million, an 8% increase from last year. Our Applications business grew 13% to $130 million, with increased revenues across the entire portfolio. Second, we delivered $21 million of GAAP net income, and $29 million of non-GAAP net income. Free cash flow was $25 million for the quarter, and we returned $94 million to our shareholders through our share buybacks. Finally, we are refining our guidance for the full year to reflect the current business momentum. I'll break revenues down into our 3 reporting segments, starting with Applications, where revenue was up 13% to $130 million versus the same period last year and up 12% versus last quarter. This is the highest revenue we've ever recorded in our Applications segment, delivering growth across all of the products in the portfolio compared with the same period last year. The biggest gains came in Marketing, up 26% from the same period last year; Mobility and Originations, both up 17%; and Bank Fraud, which is up 13% from the same period last year. We also had a good bookings quarter in Applications, signing $54 million of new deals, up 24% from the same period last year. In the Tools segments revenues were $22 million, up 4% versus the prior year. The growth this quarter was driven by sales in our Blaze Rules product. We also had a good bookings quarter in Tools, up from 31% from the same quarter last year. Finally, in our Scores segments, revenues were $45 million, down 4% from the same period last year. On the B2C side, we're up 6%, versus last year on the B2B revenues, we were down 7% from the same quarter last year due to a mix shift towards volumes with lower price points. Looking at our revenue by regions. This quarter 69% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 23% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 67% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 19% of total revenue, and license revenue were 14% of total. Turning now to bookings. We generated $15 million of current period revenues on bookings of $84 million or an 18% yield. The weighted average term of our bookings was 28 months this quarter. Of the $84 million in bookings, 19% relates to Rules; 16% each to banking fraud and Collections and Recovery; and 10% to Marketing Solutions. We had 14 booking deals in excess of $1 million, 5 of which exceeded $3 million. Transactional and maintenance bookings were 24% of the total this quarter. Professional services bookings were 47% this quarter. And finally, license bookings were 29% in the quarter. Our operating expenses totaled $161 million this quarter, when compared to $147 million in the prior quarter or up $14 million. As Will mentioned, we increased our investments to support important strategic initiatives. We added 19 additional heads to our sales and marketing functions, as we built out our teams to meet demand, increased our lead-generation spend and invested in other customer-related activities. We also increased R&D expense by $4 million, as we're in a heavy investment period for our Decision Management platform. Finally, our cost of revenues was higher, primarily driven by third-party contractors, utilized this quarter to deliver increased services revenues. While these additional investments created some headwind in the near term, they were made towards advancing our strategic objectives. As you can see from our Reg G schedule, our non-GAAP operating margin remained at 25% in the third quarter, unchanged from the same period last year. GAAP net income was $21 million, flat with the prior quarter. Non-GAAP net income was $29 million, also the same as the prior quarter. The effective tax rate was 32% this quarter. We expect the effective tax rate to be about 33% to 34% for the full year, unless the R&D credit is reinstated before the end of our year. Free cash flow for the quarter was $25 million or 13% of revenue compared to $27 million or 15% of revenue in the prior year. Fiscal year-to-date, we've delivered $95 million of free cash flow compared to $78 million in the first 3 quarters of last year. Moving on to the balance sheet. We have $93 million in cash on the balance sheet. This is down $15 million from last quarter, driven by share repurchases and partially offset by the cash we generated from our operations, and draws off our revolving line of credit. Our total debt is $530 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 5.3%, with [indiscernible] of $83 million balance under our $200 million revolving credit facility. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 2.2x, below the covenant level of 3x. Our fixed charge coverage ratio is at 4.9x, well above the covenant level of 2.5x. During the quarter, we returned $94 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing about 1.6 million shares at an average price of $59.36, putting us at the end of the quarter with remaining $56 million on the current $150 million board authorization. And we continued to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio and competitive position. Finally, I'd like to discuss our full year guidance as we enter our final quarter. Three quarters in, we are now refining our guidance to the following
Steven P. Weber:
Thanks, Mike. This concludes our prepared remarks, and we're ready now to take your questions. Suzanne, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
This is Greg calling on for Manav. I'm going to ask about the B2B business and the mix shift towards volumes with lower price points. I'm just wondering if that's a strategic decision or if that's a fluctuation that we could see reversed going forward.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, no, that's not a strategic decision. It's simply a function of banks and those that buy credit scores from us buying more prescreened Scores, marketing Scores, which are at lower price points than Originations compared to last year. Those will ebb and flow depending upon marketing programs, and health and consumer lending.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And then, I guess, on the buybacks, highest in recent memory. Wondering if there's any reason to expect a slowdown there, or is that kind of a pace we can expect going forward?
William J. Lansing:
Greg, the way we think about buybacks, we've talked about this in the past, is that we balance buybacks against M&A activity. And we continue to feel like investing in ourselves is a really great opportunity. We're very happy with our prospects. That said, there's imperative about time to market. And so when it's appropriate, when we can find the right deal at the right price, we do from time to time, go out and buy other companies. In the last year, they've been very small, and they really haven't affected us in any kind of dilutive way. Where we sit today is we have a very active M&A group, corporate development group that scours the planet for interesting tuck-in acquisitions and bigger acquisitions, frankly. But at the same time, our sense is that valuations are high. And so as we think about the trade-off between buying businesses and buying assets versus building things ourselves organically, we have been -- in the last year for sure, we have been favoring organic build. And you see that reflected in our expenses. Our P&L reflects the investments that we've been making in, especially in product development. And some of those are very specifically opportunities where we considered buying companies and thought, you know what, we can build the same or better for less money and it'll take a little bit longer, but we're patient, and we know we'll do a high-quality job doing it ourselves and controlling it. And so kind of given valuations in the marketplace and given our own skills in building the stuff ourselves, lately, we've been favoring organic build with the P&L expense impact that, that brings. The benefit is that it has freed up plenty of cash for stock buyback, and so we've been taking advantage of that. So the long answer to your question is, we continue to be interested in buyback. We'll continue to do it cash permitting. And it does compete with M&A and it all depends on the opportunities in front of us, and they vary from quarter-to-quarter. But right now, valuations feel pretty full out there.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. That makes sense. And maybe just talking big picture on the macro backdrop before the consumer. What are you seeing there? Are you seeing banks starting to move down the credit quality chain? And are there specific asset classes that you see elements of credit loosening?
William J. Lansing:
What we are seeing is banks moving. They continue to be very focused on compliance and the new regulations, making sure that they are really buttoned up from a risk and compliance standpoint. But we've recently seen more appetite for focusing on the business itself and improving revenue. And so you see a little more originations activity, you see a little more prescreen, which I think is a function of their belief that, that consumer is ready to engage in a little more business. So that's what we're seeing.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko, Sidoti.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
First one is just how many of the additional sales headcount is quota carrying? And can you provide a number of how many sort of total quota-carrying reps you have at this point?
William J. Lansing:
We don't break that out. That's -- we just haven't shared that, and we don't do that.
Michael J. Pung:
It's pretty safe to say, though, that as we're adding new heads, they're field people rather than marketing people, and they're quota-carrying folks, Matt.
William J. Lansing:
That's correct.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
Got you. Fair enough. And should we think of this sort of as a trend where maybe we'll be adding more through the balance of the year? Or are you pretty comfortable with numbers where you're at?
William J. Lansing:
Actually, it's a great question, and it's a question that we debate internally all the time. What's very clear is that our IP and our product portfolio far exceeds our distribution capability. And we go to market directly, we go to market through partners, we go to market every way we can. But the direct side of that equation, we are growing it, and we're growing it as much as we can afford to invest in it, and it's still not enough. And so we spend a lot of time looking at channel partners and trying to develop channel partners. We are investing in -- I mentioned earlier, we're investing in platforms that partners of ours can use to take our IP to their customers. So that's a long way of saying we feel like our distribution is not as big as it should be. And we want to improve it on every dimension, both directly and through channels and partners.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
Got you. And then one last one. On the R&D side, should we see the increase this quarter kind of as a -- and maybe over the next couple of quarters, as kind of a burst? Or is that a level we can kind of expect to sustain over a couple of years as you build out new functionality?
William J. Lansing:
Probably safer to think of it in terms of years because we -- the opportunity is enormous. We will -- we're going to wind up with fleshing out the product portfolio and our technology either organically or through M&A. To the extent that it happens organically, which we're doing now and which we anticipate doing for the foreseeable future, you will see, I wouldn't call a burst, I'd call it a sustained burst of R&D, especially D, kind of expense. So yes, I think, it's something to plan on. Yes, I think that's a fair thing to plan on.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
So a question for you on the Open Access program. Just wanted to ask if -- what type of benefits you've been seeing and whether you're seeing that flow through to actual revenue yet, or what it would take to see that.
William J. Lansing:
Well, so probably everyone on the call has seen some of our partners leveraging our Open Access program to put FICO Scores in the hands of their consumers. And most notably, Discover and Barclays have been really promoting the FICO Score as part of their offering. But we're in talks with a lot of other banks to do this. I think that we've shared that the Open Access program is not designed to be a revenue driver in itself. The idea is that it is a score that can be freely reused, so if a bank uses the score in making a credit decision, they are free to share that score with a consumer for free. We don't get money from that. It's part of -- the good citizen part of that is there's a lot of transparency, and the consumers can learn -- can understand how the credit system works better, when they can see their FICO Score and how the decisions are made. The longer-term benefit from that for us is, obviously, our consumer scores franchise is that much stronger, our brand identity is that much stronger. And we have programs built around it like an education, an Credit Education Program, which we're in conversation with banks about, where there are additional paid services that kind of build off of Open Access, although they're not tied to Open Access. And so we think that there's a revenue opportunity there. And so that's really where it's going. I would say it's very early innings. We're not seeing -- so the short answer is there's no revenue from Open Access today. It wasn't designed to be a revenue producer. But it is proceeding exactly according to plan in terms of strengthening the franchise and giving us opportunities for other revenue-producing things like our credit education programs, which we're now sharing with other banks.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Okay. In terms of your cloud offering. Last quarter, I believe, you sold about $10 million of the new backlog that came from the SaaS versions of Debt Manager and Originations Manager. The -- how did that trend this quarter? I can't remember if you gave that number or not.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, we didn't, Bill. This quarter, cumulative from the beginning of the year, we're at about $14 million or so of backlog. So we signed up about another $4 million. So we're moving along.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Yes, definitely. And then I wanted to ask about specifically on -- I couldn't remember if you mentioned specifically credit card-related volumes. They were up very strongly last quarter. And I just wanted to ask about those this quarter.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, so credit card marketing was up a tick from where it was compared to last year, down actually slightly from last quarter. I don't think there's any apparent trend there, but those were how the volume numbers came out. Auto volumes for Origination were strong. Much of the rest was not on the Originations side. So it was a solid quarter on the Score side, but I wouldn't call it extraordinary or the signs of any trends on the B2B side this quarter.
William A. Warmington - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division:
Got you. And then I just wanted to ask if you were seeing -- to describe what -- if you're seeing any change in terms of the volume and the quality of the deals that you're seeing out there in the market for M&A.
William J. Lansing:
The volume and quality of deals? There's plenty of volume. I mean, there's a lot of opportunity. And we have a lot of stuff go through our Corp Dep department. And quality -- price aside, the quality [indiscernible] there's a lot of good assets out there. There's a lot of innovation going on. And particularly in our space, in the analytic space, you have tons of startups. You have established companies, more established companies that have now built franchises over a period of years. And so there's a lot of attractive opportunities. But everything is relative, and so it may be an attractive asset. But if the price isn't so attractive, or if it's not attractive relative to investing in ourselves, you see us sitting on the sidelines, and that's what you've seen.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from the line of Brett Huff with Stephens Inc.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
On 4Q, just based on what you guys have said, it sounds like we should expect an absolutely, sort of maybe roughly flat level on R&D from 3Q to 4Q. My question is what's going to sort of get us to that higher or the higher sort of margin that's implied for 4Q? Is it better gross margins? Is it lower SG&A? Kind of how does that trend for 4Q? And then maybe can I ask that question again for as we look into next year also.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, so for the fourth quarter, what we believe from the modeling we've done and the guidance we gave is that we ought to have a heavier mix in license revenue than we have throughout the year. It doesn't necessarily mean services revenue are going to go down dramatically. We have a lot of services backlog that we've been burning, and that, of course, has been driving some of the growth. But as we mentioned last quarter, we have some renewals coming through on the license side. And we had a step-up in expenses, and as we hold the line on expenses this quarter, depending upon how the mix comes out in the license and the Scores revenues, so will the guidance.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
And so the SG&A, that's where the sales folks reside, so it's not only R&D, it's in SG&A as well.
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, yes. In the SG&A -- the only real variability, if you will, in the SG&A is the incentives that are tied to performance. And so if we outperform, that line item will go up, and if we perform as we expected, it'll be at or around where finished here in quarter 3.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then sort of outlook for next year. I don't know if it's sort of a run rate coming out of this year for R&D that makes sense. Maybe also SG&A makes sense. That would imply a -- how do you guys view margins? I mean, that might imply sort of flattish margins. Or is it something we should expect that you guys are earnest enough about spending that you're going to get after that investment and maybe compress margins as we head into next year?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes, so we're, like many, in the budgeting cycle right now, and so we're not in a position to talk about next year yet. We will in November. But one of the things I think that's been hallmark of the company here is that we manage the expenses wisely. And we wring a lot of cash out of the company, and we try to put that cash to good use. And so if you believe those things, then you'll hear from us in the fourth quarter in terms of how we plan to invest and manage the business going forward with the opportunities ahead of us.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Got you. And then just a couple on capital. You said the repo, you've got $56 million left. Is that -- did I hear that right?
William J. Lansing:
Yes.
Michael J. Pung:
On the authorization. On the authorization, yes, I'm sorry.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Yes, we've $6 million left on that. And will you, I presume, that you all would tend to re-up that if you keep burning away at it pretty good?
William J. Lansing:
That has always been what we do, and we would anticipate doing that, although we obviously can't speak for the board. But we -- for years now, we have reauthorized every time we exhaust the existing.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
And then on the free cash flow, I think you said $25 million this quarter, $95 million or so year-to-date. Am I -- did I hear that right?
Michael J. Pung:
That's right.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
And then can you -- is there -- should we -- are there going to be seasonality for that? If there's a lot of license in next quarter, should that come up a little bit?
Michael J. Pung:
Well, so, usually, the license revenues typically come in the last month of the quarter. So to the degree the license revenues signed in the month of September, that probably will be sitting in AR. In this quarter, with the $25 million that we did in cash flow, our DSO went up by 3, 4 days, which is about $7 million, $8 million. And that represents the -- some of the license revenue we signed towards the end of the quarter. So my point is, it's strictly a timing issue. We actually had a fair amount of collections the first week of January that missed the cutoff, or that $25 million would've been higher. And so we kind of look at it as a trailing full quarter to kind of smooth out those sorts of items.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
And then as we look to next year, I know you're not going to give us guidance. I'm not asking for that. But is there anything that would change the cash flow growth as it -- should it mimic roughly sort of your pro forma EPS? Is there a reason that working capital might get eaten up? Or anything like that, that would cause a difference in how your just pro forma EPS might trend versus cash flow?
Michael J. Pung:
No, none that we expect, just based upon what's happened to us over the year. So that's probably a good marker for you.
Brett Huff - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then this is my last question on the business. I know that you had mentioned in your prepared comments about really working on figuring out new distribution channels, particularly the -- as you SaaS-ify or make more SaaS-like some of your businesses, some more modern distribution channels. Any update on that? Any milestones that we've hit in terms of number of products we've gotten into that new mode, or interesting new conversations you're having with developers that might be using some of that functionality?
William J. Lansing:
We're having -- we're in a lot of conversations right now, and I think we'll have things to announce in the near future, but we're not prepared to announce anything today.
Operator:
There are no further questions at this time. I turn the call back over to the presenters.
William J. Lansing:
Thank you, Suzanne. This concludes today's call. Thank you, all, for joining.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steve Weber - VP, Investor Relations and Treasurer Will Lansing - CEO, President Mike Pung - CFO, EVP
Analysts:
Manav Patnaik - Barclays Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc. Matthew Galinko - Sidoti
Operator:
Good afternoon. My name is Tanya, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Call. All lines have been placed on mute to prevent any background noise. After the speakers' remarks there will be a question-and-answer session. (Operator Instructions) Thank you. Steve Weber, you may begin your conference.
Steve Weber:
Thank you, Tanya. Good afternoon and thank you for joining FICO's Second Quarter Earnings Call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Today, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO Web site or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued today for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's Web site at fico.com or on the SEC's Web site at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through April 24, 2015. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
Will Lansing:
Thanks Steve. Today we announced the results for our second quarter of fiscal 2014. I will briefly recap those results, talk about the progress we are making with the FICO analytics cloud and discuss some important recent announcements we have made. In our second quarter, we reported revenues of $185 million, an increase of 3% over the same period last year. On a GAAP basis, we delivered $21 million of net income and earnings of $0.59 per share for the quarter versus $18 million and $0.51 per share from the same period last year. We delivered $29 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $0.81 per share increases of 13% and 17% respectively from the same period last year. We had a very good bookings quarter delivering $109 million of new deals, the highest single quarter's since 2011. Mike will provide more detail on the numbers. But first, I will discuss some of the things we have been working on. We continue to make progress with the FICO analytics cloud. We signed several deals this quarter that will begin contributing recurring revenues in the next few quarters. These deals involve customers that required SaaS delivery, opportunities that we previously could not have competed for. Though, we are in early stage of rollout, we have already signed about $10 million of future SaaS revenue. In March, we announced the acquisition of InfoCentricity, a private software-as-a-service based predictive analytics company. With this acquisition, we are able to put the most sophisticated cloud-based analytics modeling tools into the hands of the entire spectrum of users, from first time modelers and seasoned business analysts up through advanced data scientists and the most demanding analytics professionals. FICO now has the industries broadest offering for predictive analytics modeling available in the cloud and on premise. We also announced last week that we have acquired technology from Karmasphere that will significantly broaden our big data capabilities while increasing the market appeal from the FICO analytics cloud. Karmasphere is a self-serviced product for analyzing data on Hadoop. In the world of big data analytics, easy-of-use is critical because one of the biggest impediments to the wide-scale adoption of big data analytics is the complexity of using Hadoop to discover and apply business insight from various types and sizes of data sets. This is why you hear so much about big data being over hyped. The fact is that the potential big data is quite real, but the number of experts who are capable of performing Hadoop analytics is tiny compared to the demand. Now, with the integration of Karmasphere's collaborative, intuitive and self-service application into the FICO analytic cloud entire teams of analysts and business users will find it possible to transform their businesses using big data on Hadoop. So essentially, while this transaction was small, the implications are big. FICO is simplifying the complexity of Hadoop and putting the power of big data analytics into the hands of all the people who can really use it. Neither InfoCentricity nor Karmasphere will have a material impact on our fiscal 2014 financial results. Yet, they are both important building blocks for the FICO analytics cloud and will enable more rapid adoption by a wider array of customers. We also announced important new program in our sports business, FICO Custom Credit Education. You recall last year, we introduced the FICO Open Access program, which allowed any lender to share the FICO's score with their customers at no additional cost. That program has taken off and this new companion program goes a step further. Lenders can now purchase the entire portfolio of valuable FICO tools and content. With FICO Custom Credit Education lenders can provide their customers with their richest set of tools in the marketplace to improve their financial literacy. Tools like the FICO Score Simulator, Personalized Credit Analysis and Comparisons to FICO's Score High Achievers and FICO Score monitoring and alerts. Early response from lenders has been extremely positive and we are currently in discussions with numerous large institutions to deliver either Open Access, Custom Credit Education or both. We also announced that we will release FICO Score 9, the next version of the FICO Score beginning this summer. With this latest version, we have devised an innovative approach to developing FICO 9 Score that enables us to leapfrog our own industry standard benchmark. FICO Score 9 will be the first release in the suite that updated a new FICO Scores. It will be followed by industry-specific FICO Scores for credit cards, auto loans and mortgages. Future scores in the suite will build on FICO's deep expertise and analyzing on broad spectrum of data types as well as the keen understanding of client needs. These scores will be developed to reliably access the credit worthiness of even more people. Taken together these initiatives are examples of what we are doing to realize FICO's potential. I continue to believe that FICO has a strong portfolio of products and loyal customers by making very selective investments in innovation such as these; we can give an additional boost to our growth trajectory. I will now turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Mike Pung:
Thank you, Will, and good afternoon, everyone. Today I will emphasize three points in my prepared comments. First our revenue this quarter was $185 million, a 3% increase from last year. Our scores business grew 9%, our tools business grew 22% and our applications business was down about 1% from the prior year. Second, we delivered $21 million of GAAP net income and $29 million of non-GAAP net income. Our free cash flow was $44 million for the quarter. Finally, we repurchased about $40 million of stock this quarter which exhausted our previous $150 million authorization and announced today Board approval for a new $150 million authorization. I will break the revenues down into three reporting segments. Starting with applications, revenues were $116 million down 1% versus the same period last year and up 3% versus last quarter. We delivered growth in collections and recovery up 22% from the same period last year, in mobility up 20% and in originations up 12%. These gains were offset by fraud banking revenues, which were down from the same period last year due to lower license sales. While total applications revenue were down slightly versus last year, we did have much higher bookings in that segment. The $79 million dollars of bookings this quarter is up 18% over last year and is the largest quarter for applications bookings we have done in the last 10 quarters. In the tool segment, revenues were $22 million up 22% versus the prior year. The growth this quarter is driven by models and optimization tools. We also had a good bookings quarter and tools up from the prior quarter and up 123% from the same quarter last year. And finally, our score segment continues to perform well. Revenues were $48 million up 9% from the same period last year and up 1% from last quarter. On the B2C side, we were up 11% versus the same period a year ago and up 8% versus last quarter. The B2B revenues were up 8% from the same quarter last year largely due to a royalty true-up and down 1% compared with last quarter when we had a large global FICO score deal. Looking at our revenues by region, this quarter 72% of total revenues were derived from our Americas region, our EMEA region generated 20% and the remaining 8% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenues derived from transactional and maintenance sources for the quarter represented 71% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 19% of total and licensed revenues were 10% of total revenue. Turning now to bookings, we generated $21 million of current period revenues on bookings of $109 million 20% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 28 months this quarter. Of the $109 million in bookings 18% relates to collections and recovery, 15% to marketing solutions, 14% to banking fraud solutions and 10% to origination solutions. We had 21 booking deals in excess of $1 million, 9 of which exceeded $3 million. Transactional and maintenance bookings were 34% of total this quarter, professional services bookings were 38% of total and finally licensed bookings were 28% in the quarter. Turning to expenses, operating expenses totaled $147 million this quarter compared to $149 million in the prior quarter down $2 million. We expect operating expenses to increase modestly over the next several quarters. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 27% for the second quarter unchanged from last quarter. GAAP net income, this quarter was $21 million versus $17 million in the prior quarter. Non-GAAP net income was $29 million versus $26 million in the prior quarter. The effective tax rate was about 33.7% this quarter. We expect the effective rate to continue to be 34% to 36% for the full year unless the R&D credit is reinstated before the end of the year. The free cash flow for the quarter was $44 million or 24% of revenue compared to $31 million or 18% of revenues in the prior year. Fiscal year-to-date, we delivered $69 million of free cash flow compared with $50 million in the first two quarters of last year. Moving on to the balance sheet, we have $108 million in cash on the balance sheet. This is up $12 million from last quarter due to increases in cash generated from operations offset by our share repurchases. Our total debt is $483 million with a weighted average interest rate of 5.7%. We now have $28 million balance on our $200 million revolving credit facility. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is 1.9x below the covenant level of 3x and our total fixed charge coverage ratio is at 4.9x well above the covenant level of 2.5x. During the quarter, we returned $40 million in excess cash to our investors, repurchasing about 750,000 shares at an average price of $53.40. These repurchases exhausted the $150 million that the Board authorized in August of 2012. Today, we announced the Board has authorized a new $150 million stock repurchase program. We continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of cash. We also evaluate opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio on competitive position. Finally, I would like to review and reaffirm our full year guidance. As a reminder, for fiscal 2014, we guided revenues between $763 million and $773 million. GAAP net income between $91 million and $94 million; GAAP earnings per share between $2.50 to $2.60; non-GAAP net income between $125 million to $128 million; and non-GAAP EPS of $3.46 to $3.56 per share. Two quarters into our fiscal year, we are not yet half a way to our guided revenues numbers. So a natural question maybe, what do we expect will change in the back half to get to our numbers? We do remain confident. And our confidence stems from revenue flows on deals that we have already signed along with additional matured deals in our pipeline. So let me provide you a bridge to our revenue guidance range. We reported $370 million of revenue in the first half of this year. So to achieve our guidance range, we need to repeat the first half plus an additional $23 million of revenue. Approximately $15 million of this additional revenue will waterfall from deals we have already signed with our customers. These include services revenue we expect to earn related to recent bookings. And in addition, we will be claiming revenue on previously sold annual term licenses in the next two quarters. The remaining $8 million of additional revenue is consistent with what we have historically seen in the back of our year. This revenue comes from both license sales and associated services generated from matured deals we see in our pipeline and expect to sign in the back half of the year. As always, we will exercise discipline at controlling costs and we will remain highly focused on producing strong cash flow. With that, I will turn the call back to Steve for Q&A.
Steve Weber:
Thanks Mike. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take any questions. Tanya, please open the lines.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions) Our first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays. Your line is open.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays:
Hey, good evening gentlemen. I have a quick question in terms of looking at the M&A strategy and how that's evolved, Will, you have obviously, worked at this now for two years you have made a lot of good sort of tuck-in technology type deals. I was just wondering what the appetite is to do something a little more significant a game changing and just sort of make a bigger impact in terms of diversifying the company and how you think of it with respect to that.
Will Lansing:
Yes. Good question. I would say that our M&A strategy has not changed dramatically. I think you will see us continue to do technology tuck-ins as appropriate where we find pockets of talent in technology and IP that are really synergistic of what we are doing especially around decision management platform and pipeline over the cloud. But, I wouldn't confine it just to those areas. And at the same time, we are always on the look out for bigger, more game changing acquisitions. That said, we remain as conservative as we have always been in terms of evaluating those kinds of acquisitions. And that's not to say we wouldn't do one but it have to meet a pretty high hurdle. We have to be very confident that it's going to advance our business in a pretty material way. And certainly for us to take any dilution, we have to have very high expectations for the return that we will get. As always we evaluate everything against the alternative of buying back own shares and because we are so confident in the brightness of our future that's a high hurdle too. So we absolutely look at bigger deals all the time. I mean its very much within our scope and it remains to be seem whether we are going to build one or not, but we are always looking.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays:
Okay. Fair enough. And just on the scores business maybe can we get a quick update on sort of what the mix there in terms of looking at the different end markets like credit cards, autos and so forth. And are there any early signs that you guys maybe picking up with the economy improving that could be sort of an early read on – if that can start gaining some real good momentum there?
Mike Pung:
Sure Manav. So this is Mike. We had a very – once again a pretty solid quarter across our scores business on both the consumer and on the B2B side. As it relates to the mix of our business, any comparison to last year, we saw our marketing or acquisitions scores grow pretty dramatically. The volume grew from last year roughly 20% volume. Much of that volume was coming from the card side of the business. The bank card as opposed to last year, our business was more driven from originations in new mortgages. So the increase on the acquisition side on cards were about to offset by the decline in the mortgage refinancing and on the origination side – we saw – we look at our business. So one great solid quarter. And time will tell us if those acquisition scores ultimately originate and open up new accounts.
Manav Patnaik - Barclays:
Okay. Fair enough. All right. That's all I have. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Bill Warmington from Wells Fargo. Your line is open.
Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo:
Good afternoon, everyone.
Will Lansing:
Hey, Bill.
Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo:
I have a couple of questions for you. The first if you could talk a little bit about what's behind the strength in application in terms of what's changed, why now you are seeing this sudden surge on the application side?
Will Lansing:
Yes. So over the past three, four quarters now we have had a very long cycle for getting deals completed mainly in the U.S. banks and then the U.S. markets. Some of the deals that have been held up in the sales cycle since last year are starting to sign. And we are starting to see of that in the form of bookings and some of that as part of the revenue that we reported this quarter. But, that cycle is kind of continuing to push. So we have seen a little bit of that backlog come through. We're also seeing some very nice strong services deals for companies that are upgrading to our current version of a product. And so generally, when a company upgrades to a current version, they get that version through the maintenance they have been paying and they hire us to come in and help install, and implement. And so we have a fairly healthy backlog of implementation service that's embedded in part of these deals.
Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo:
Okay. And then I wanted to ask about how quickly you plan to implement this buy back?
Will Lansing:
How quickly that we plan to implement it?
Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo:
Implement the buyback, just something where you just going to basically match it to cash flow quarter-by-quarter, or is it something you will take on from additional leverage to accelerate?
Mike Pung:
We generally are sitting with the pretty decent position of cash on the balance sheet and we also obviously have access to take on a little leverage on the line of credit. We took a little bit last quarter. The buyback program itself, we are just – we are quite regular buyers of the program and so the rate and pace that we have been buying the past is all depending upon alternative cash needs. So I wouldn't say there is a time we are going to turn it on and turn it off. It's just an ongoing program for us and we just assess it with the cash flow in the near term and other alternative uses for.
Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo:
Okay. And then I had a question for about FICO 9, and why switch to FICO 9 now, what drives the adoption?
Will Lansing:
Well, we are constantly looking at improving on the technology that we have out in the marketplace. And just as FICO 8 replaced the scores that preceded that, we have the next generation of scores coming. This has been in the works actually for several years and so why now, I mean why not now. It is a regular thing for us to move generationally from one score to the next and we do it with tremendous caution because FICO 8 obviously has very wide spread adoption that we want to do in a way that's not disruptive to the marketplace. But there is – the beauty of the way we are going at it is – that it is both backwards compatible for people who have FICO 8 in place. And there are opportunities for more kinds of customization for our bank customers who want to do other things that they weren't able to do before.
Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo:
Okay. And then a final question for you on the score side of the business in terms of the demand that you are seeing for scores for pre-screening for banks and credit card use. How are you finding the banks appetite at this point, as it started, are you starting to see a lift there, it sounded with a pick up in volume that you referenced, answer that would be yes, but I wanted to just ask that.
Will Lansing:
The answer to that is yes.
Bill Warmington - Wells Fargo:
Okay. Well, thank you very much.
Mike Pung:
Thanks Bill. Thanks.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions) Your next one comes from Brett Huff from Stephens, Inc. Your line is open.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Good afternoon. Thanks for taking my questions.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Brett.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
One follow-up on the applications question that was asked earlier, did you – I didn't – I'm not sure if I heard it in the prepared comments that if you broke down which of the applications are providing some of that growth, which of the deals or what variety of deals are coming through. And I guess, my question is both which product and what's the delivery mechanism, is it typically license or some other deals I know you have been developing some SaaS versions of those products. Can you give us – just characterize that for us?
Mike Pung:
Let me walk you through that from my portion of the script here. This is Mike. So the growth on the application side came through first collections and recovery which is our Debt Manager 9 product. And all the versions of Debt Manager that are out in the marketplace, those are typically licensed revenues, so the term license is signed and we claim it up front. We were up 22% from the prior year. The second area of strength on the application side was in mobility, which is what we gained when we acquired Adeptra, little over a year-and-a-half ago. Mobility is a ratable model. And its all subscription based. So first shows up in the booking and then once live it shows up in an ongoing revenue stream that we call transactional. That was up 20% over the prior year. And finally, origination, our Originations Manager product, which was up 12% over the prior year. The originations product is also generally more of a licensed based term, licensed based product. Though the SaaS revenues that Will was describing which are going to yield future revenue to us are going to come in a ratable model. Did that help?
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
That's helpful. Yes. That's great. Thank you.
Mike Pung:
Okay.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
And then just kind of a follow up question to the SaaS question, I know you developed various SaaS versions of some of the products you have developed – some of them developed, some of them. Can you give us just a status update of where are we are on that, what any more in or how do you want to characterize it to us that's a big part of the story for FICO right now. I want to just get an update on that.
Will Lansing:
I don't know exactly what anything you call it, the products are there. They have been made available as services and we are just starting to sell them now. The market is increasingly interested in it maybe faster than we even expect it. And we have done our first few SaaS deals where we literally took the functionality that we had in the non-premise application like Originations Manager 4 and have it in the marketplace now and deals done in – on a SaaS basis with Origination Manager 4.5. That would be an example. But, we have that across the board.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
It's helpful. And then, last question for me is, the scores business any commentary on pricing or competition or any update on that front?
Will Lansing:
We have to earn our wins everyday in that business. We don't take anything for granted. The appetite of our customer base for Open Access seems to be very large. And although that's not a lot of revenue that comes from Open Access, it really does help us with cementing the franchise. And we hope that the strong position in Open Access leads to additional revenue in programs like our education program – the credit education program.
Brett Huff - Stephens, Inc.:
Okay. That's what I needed. Appreciate your time. Thank you.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko from Sidoti.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti:
Hey, thanks for taking my question.
Will Lansing:
Hi, Matt.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti:
So, is there any revenue from the customer credit education program built into your fiscal 2014 guidance?
Will Lansing:
No. There is not.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti:
Okay. Thanks. And then, any color you can provide around just the length in the bookings term?
Will Lansing:
The length, is what you said?
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti:
Yes. The length in bookings term?
Will Lansing:
Oh, sorry. I didn't hear you. Yes. Normally our bookings term is usually 23 or 24 months quarter-after-quarter, little bit longer 28 months this quarter. I won't necessarily read into any about it other than we have a couple of our large deals we did 9 deals over $3 million. A couple of them have 36 and 48 month terms to it. One in particular has a four term but that was a larger deal. And so that skews a little bit of the pie.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti:
Got it. Thanks.
Operator:
(Operator Instructions) There are no further questions at this time. I turn the call back over to the presenters.
Steve Weber:
Thank you, Tanya. This concludes our call for the quarter. Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
This concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.
Executives:
Steven P. Weber - Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasurer William J. Lansing - Chief Executive Officer, President and Director Michael J. Pung - Chief Financial Officer, Chief of Investor Relations and Executive Vice President
Analysts:
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division John Campbell - Stephens Inc., Research Division Kevin O'Keefe Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC
Operator:
Good morning. My name is Jeremy, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fair Isaac Corporation Quarterly Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Thank you. I would now like to turn the call over to Mr. Steve Weber. You may begin.
Steven P. Weber:
Thank you, Jeremy. Good morning, thank you for joining FICO's First Quarter Earnings Call. I'm Steve Weber, Vice President of Investor Relations, and I'm joined today by our CEO, Will Lansing; and our CFO, Mike Pung. Yesterday, we issued a press release that describes financial results compared to the prior year. On this call, management will also discuss results in comparison to the prior quarter in order to facilitate an understanding of the run rate of our business. Certain statements made in this presentation may be characterized as forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those statements involve many uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially. Information concerning these uncertainties is contained in the company's filings with the SEC, in particular, in the Risk Factors and Forward-looking Statements portions of such filings. Copies are available from the SEC, from the FICO website or from our Investor Relations team. This call will also include statements regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to the company's earnings release and Regulation G schedule issued for a reconciliation of each of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure. The earnings release and Regulation G schedule are available on the Investor Relations page of the company's website at fico.com or on the SEC's website at sec.gov. A replay of this webcast will be available through February 23, 2014. Now I'll turn the call over to Will Lansing.
William J. Lansing:
Thanks, Steve. First, I'd like to thank everyone for joining us this morning. We're holding our call this morning due to travel schedules. We do expect to conduct our call next quarter at our typical time of 5:00 p.m. Eastern. Today, we announced the results for our first quarter and fiscal 2014. I'll briefly recap those results and then talk about some of the exciting things we've been working on, and how we're measuring our progress. In our first quarter, we reported revenue of $184 million, a decrease of 3% over the same period last year. On a GAAP basis, we delivered $17 million of net income and earnings of $0.47 per share for the quarter versus $23 million and $0.66 per share from the same period last year. We delivered $26 million of non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP EPS of $0.73 per share, decreases of 18% and 17%, respectively, from the same period last year. These results were in line with our expectations as we had an exceptionally strong comparison with our fiscal 2013 fourth quarter. Mike will provide more detail on the numbers. But first, I'd like to update you on the progress we're making in the number of areas. We made significant progress with our cloud initiatives in the last quarter. The first part of our cloud efforts has been focused on making our applications available on a SaaS basis. We now have new software-as-a-service versions of our key products. This quarter, we sold our first 2 Origination Managers SaaS deals and a large debt manager SaaS deal. While SaaS deals don't generate upfront revenue in the quarter they are signed, they had recurring revenue in the future periods. Importantly, these deals did not cannibalize our legacy products. They were new customers that require SaaS delivery, providing early validation of our strategy of growth by exploiting new delivery channels. Mobility has become an important component of our SaaS applications and represents a growth opportunity beyond our core applications. Our Mobility offerings built around our Adeptra acquisition have expanded the utility of both on-premise and new cloud offerings. We have deployed new SaaS delivery infrastructure domestically and internationally, and we'll add to our infrastructure as demanded by the market. The second thrust in our cloud effort is to make our analytics IP available on a Platform as a Service. Where traditionally our analytic tools were available only for on-premise use, today, we can offer the most sophisticated analytic tools in the cloud environment. We call this the Decision Management platform which includes, among other things, components for developing analytic models, optimization algorithms and decision services. We also sold our first Retail Fraud Manager solution. Retail Fraud Managers are new FICO application that we developed in-house. It's targeted at retailers and key outsourcers for the retail industry, protecting them from the costly problems of returns, fraud, waste and abuse. I'm also happy to report on several developments in our Scores business. First, we announced in November a renewed multiyear agreement with Equifax, which will continue reselling FICO Scores and provide FICO access to its consumer data so we can develop and market new analytics. As part of the new agreement, FICO will now be able to sell FICO Scores directly to lenders and third party resellers. Consumers will continue to have access to their FICO Score based on Equifax credit data at myfico.com and on Equifax's consumer site. FICO Scores based on Equifax credit data will now also be made available to consumers through third parties. We also introduced our FICO Open Access program, which allows any lender to share the FICO Score with their consumers at no additional score fee, the same FICO Scores used by participating banks to manage their accounts. In addition to their FICO Score, the standard measure of U.S. consumer credit risk, these customers will see the 2 most important factors affecting their score, as well as FICO educational materials, to help them better understand credit scoring and what behavior impacts their FICO Score. Currently, we have commitments from Barclaycard US, First National Bank of Omaha, Discover and others to roll the program out to more than 35 million U.S. consumers, and we expect more banks to follow in the coming months. The program has been widely praised by consumer advocacy groups and regulators as a means to offer transparency to consumers looking to understand their credit situation. Participating banks have viewed it as a significant value add to the consumer. The FICO Score is being used to drive higher consumer engagement, higher perceived value in the banking relationship and perhaps even better consumer management behavior. We believe consumers benefit first by better understanding how lenders perceive them and second, through the extensive educational materials available to them through the Open Access program. We think consumers also benefit by understanding how the FICO Score, the score that lenders use, differs from education scores that sometimes appear on the market. We expect all of our initiatives to bear fruit as we move through 2014. We're laying the framework with these long-term programs for FICO to grow and flourish in the years ahead. We will continue to update you in the coming quarters and we'll be reporting new metrics to measure our progress, particularly as we see more SaaS customers coming on board. I'll now turn the call over to Mike for further financial details.
Michael J. Pung:
Thanks, Will, and good morning, everyone. Today, I'll emphasize 3 points in my prepared comments. First, our revenue this quarter was $184 million, a 3% decrease from last year. Our Scores business grew 9% and our Tools business, where we signed several large license deals that slipped from our fourth quarter, grew 15% from the prior year. Second, we delivered $17 million of GAAP net income this quarter and $26 million of non-GAAP net income. Our free cash flow was $26 million for the quarter. Finally, we repurchased about $25 million of stock this quarter, and ended the quarter with $96 million of cash with ample liquidity to pursue our investment strategy. Now I'll break the revenue down into our 3 reporting segments. And starting with Applications, revenue was $112 million, down 10% versus the same period last year. Much of our Applications growth was due to the acquisition of Adeptra, which grew 23% from last year, and CR Software, which grew 4% from last year. Declines in our Marketing Solutions business where we experienced some customer attrition earlier in fiscal 2013 and in customer management and fraud banking which had some large license sales in the previous year, offset the increase from our acquisitions. Finally, we signed several license deals that slipped in our fourth quarter with several other large deals from that period still in play. In our second segment, Tools, revenue was $25 million, up 15% versus the prior year and flat with the prior quarter. This segment continues to be an area of strength for us, which grew at double-digit rate in 2013. And finally, in our Scores segment. Revenue was $47 million, up 9% from the same period last year and up 2% from last quarter. On the B2C side, we're up 22% versus the same period a year ago, and down 3% versus last quarter. The B2B revenues were up 5% from the same quarter last year and up 4% compared with last quarter. The increase was primarily due to a global FICO Score deal we signed with a large customer in Latin America. Looking at our revenue by region. This quarter, 74% of total revenue was derived from our Americas region. Our EMEA region generated 19%, and the remaining 7% was from Asia Pacific. Recurring revenue derived from transactional and maintenance sources for quarter, represented 70% of total revenues. Consulting and implementation revenues were 19% of total revenue and license revenues were 11% of total revenue. Turning now to bookings. We generated $20 million of current period revenue on bookings of $84 million, a 24% yield. The weighted average term for our bookings was 23 months this quarter. Of the $84 million in booking, 15% relates to collections and recovery, 14% to originations solutions, and 11% to banking fraud solutions. We had 16 deals in excess of $1 million, 4 of which exceeded $3 million. Transactional and maintenance bookings were 29% of total this quarter. Professional service bookings were 55% this quarter. And finally, license bookings were 16% in the quarter. Turning to expenses. Operating expenses totaled $149 million this quarter compared to $140 million in the prior quarter, or up $9 million. The increase relates to our performance-based incentives. We also incurred a restructuring charge this quarter related to eliminating some headcount, focused on lower priority areas and plan to reinvest the savings towards higher priority investments during the year. We expect operating expenses to increase modestly over the next several quarters. As you can see in our Reg G schedule, non-GAAP operating margin was 27% for the first quarter versus 28% in the fiscal 2013. GAAP net income this quarter was $17 million versus $29 million in the prior quarter, and non-GAAP net income was $26 million versus $35 million in the prior quarter. The effective tax rate was about 37.5% this quarter, higher than the 31% we guided due to the expiration of the R&D credit, a onetime state audit adjustment, and a onetime tax adjustment related to our foreign operations. We expect the effective rate to be in about the 33% to 34% for the full year, unless the R&D credit is reinstated before the end of our fiscal year. Free cash flow for the quarter was $26 million or 14% of revenue, compared to $19 million or 10% of revenue in the prior year. Moving to the balance sheet. We have $96 million in cash on the balance sheet. This is up $13 million from last quarter due to increases in cash generated from our operations, as well as proceeds from options that were exercised, somewhat offset by share repurchases. Our total debt is $478 million, with the weighted average interest rate of 5.8%. We now have a $23 million balance on our $200 million revolving credit facility. The ratio of our total net debt to adjusted EBITDA is at 2x, which is below the covenant level of 3x. Our total fixed charge coverage ratio is at 4.7x, which is well above the covenant level of 2.5x. During the quarter, we returned $25 million in excess cash to our investors by repurchasing about 440,000 shares at an average price of $57.06 per share. We still have about $40 million remaining on our current board authorization, and continue to view share repurchases as an attractive use of our cash. We also evaluate the opportunities to acquire relevant technologies and products that advance our strategy or strengthen our portfolio in competitive position. Finally, we are reiterating our previous guidance as follows
Steven P. Weber:
Thanks, Mike. This concludes our prepared remarks and we're ready now to take any questions. Jeremy, please open the lines.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your first question comes from the line of Manav Patnaik from Barclays.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
This is actually Greg calling on for Manav. I'd like to start with the Scores, which you saw a nice quarter and you said a lot came from the large Lat Am contract. Can you just talk to the momentum you've seen in credit cards and if your expectations have changed for the rest of 2014?
William J. Lansing:
Yes. Thanks, Greg, and good morning. We did have a large deal in Latin America. The first in the country that we signed a deal in. As it relates to the ongoing flow of the business, we had a strong pre-screen or acquisition score quarter, almost across the board compared to the prior quarter. So we're continuing to see momentum now on acquisition scores that are being used for marketing purposes. That was somewhat offset by our higher valued online Originations score where fewer accounts were originated during the quarter. And as a result, the ongoing momentum of the business was down slightly from the prior quarter.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
Okay. And maybe a little bit on the M&A environment here, and I know you're about a year into integrating both CR Software and Adeptra, and what you're seeing and if there's any particular niches of interest that you're focusing on?
William J. Lansing:
Yes. So first, with respect to the acquisitions that we made, those are all fully integrated and running very smoothly and we're happy with all of them, have retained the management from those companies, and are really pleased about the way that goes on. In terms of M&A going forward, we're always evaluating M&A opportunity. We would love to complement our organic growth efforts with acquired growth. That said, we continue to be value conscious. Markets are -- frothy's probably too strong a word, but valuations are high. And so we remain very disciplined in the way we evaluate these things. But we're absolutely active in evaluating. The strategy has not changed. We focus on tuck-ins that extend our current core franchises. We're always open to adding a franchise if we can get it at the right value and with the right kind of growth prospects. And until that -- those are the kind of strengths that we use. Occasionally, we'll do a technology tuck-in like the Infoglide acquisition that we did. But in general, we're pretty happy with our organic technology efforts. We really have a very, very strong development team, strong engineering team and I just have an absolute factory of innovation going on here. So that winds up not being quite as much a focus for M&A.
Gregory Bardi - Barclays Capital, Research Division:
That make sense. And maybe along those lines, as you're expanding your SaaS offerings and building up the analytic cloud, how much more investing do you think needs to be done there? And are there specific areas where there's additional focus that needs to be made?
William J. Lansing:
We will continue to focus there. I mean, we have been focusing there, you see it in the fact that our net income is not growing as fast as it has in prior years because we're taking that money and redeploying it into investment in our business. That's almost entirely a function of the opportunity set that we got. We like investing in stock buyback, but when we see the opportunities that we have in developing products and services organically, they're really attractive. And so we continue to invest there. I don't see that stopping in the near future. At the same time, we don't see it ramping up dramatically. I think that we're trying to strike a balance between continuing the stock repurchase, a lot of fiscal discipline, some level of investment in the business. Could we invest more in the business than we do today? We could. We could. But it would be at the expense of net income. And it would have a P&L impact that we're not happy about. So we don't do that. We're disciplined about how much we invest. But it's not going to stop either. This isn't a onetime shot and then we're done. You can expect continued investment. I mean we're building a business for the long haul here.
Operator:
Your next question comes from the line of Brett Huff from Stephens Inc.
John Campbell - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
This is John Campbell, in for Brett Huff. Just for the EPS guide, are you guys going with a particular tax rate, or does the low end of that range assume that 44% tax rate and then just the high end assume that 33%?
Michael J. Pung:
No. We're using about -- right down in the middle of it, between 33% and 34% now that the R&D credit was not renewed by the Congress.
John Campbell - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay. And then, are you guys able to break out what percent of rev currently is categorized as SaaS, and then maybe if you could just talk about how that trends over time?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes. So we typically haven't broken out what percent is SaaS, but let me give you little order of context around our business. So over the years, we've had lines of business that we have offered on a hosted basis for our customers. And we are now supplementing those hosted long-term deals with new cloud offerings. So if you lump both our hosted business and our cloud business together, on an annual basis last year, we had just over $150 million of revenue of that nature. And it's concentrated in a couple of areas, particularly in our Marketing Solutions business where we host for almost all of our customers and in our Adeptra business which, of course, is a SaaS offering for all of our customers. Outside of those 2, then we have several smaller product lines where we host or provide a SaaS offering. Kind of outside of our environment, of course, we have long had the national processors host and run our TRIAD and broad products for us. And there's another $80-or-so million of business that's being hosted in a cloud, not by FICO for our customers, but by our partners, the processors. So we have a fairly extensive experience in this area through our legacy hosted businesses.
John Campbell - Stephens Inc., Research Division:
Okay, great. And then just last one for us. The CapEx kind of came in, I guess, relatively light this quarter. Is that anything to read into the rest of the year?
Michael J. Pung:
No, not really. Our CapEx is typically around $20 million to $25 million a year. And it ebbs and flows with the investments that we make internally in the technology. And we would anticipate our full year CapEx to be pretty similar to what it was last year. It's more of the timing.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from the line of Kevin O'Keefe from Brown Advisory.
Kevin O'Keefe:
Just to follow up on the SaaS point that the previous caller was making, is there any way you can quantify what the dollar impact you had anticipated going forward from the deals that you signed this quarter?
Michael J. Pung:
Yes. So Kevin, thanks for calling in. This is Mike. So we haven't been, right now, quantifying our SaaS deal separately. This is the first quarter we signed deals both on the Originations side and the Debt Manager side. They basically are compiled as part of the bookings right now and rolled forward in the guidance that we provided. The size of these deals are in the $1 million plus range over a multiyear period of time. And so we don't expect this to have a material impact -- these 3 deals to have a material impact for us. We would anticipate as we start to grow the book of business that is SaaS, as the market starts to migrate for us into that direction, that we'll be providing more specific information on the legacy business in comparison to the SaaS business. But right now, it's not large enough for us to break out and not meaningful enough for the investors to trend forward.
Kevin O'Keefe:
Got you. And we all appreciate that additional break out. The reason I ask is -- on the application side, 2 of your 3 businesses did outstanding this quarter. But the upside, I feel like we've been waiting a few quarters for a large number of deferred contract revenue. I think following the CR and the Adeptra acquisitions, we would have expected higher rouse flowing through on the upside. And since your guidance is unchanged. It seems like it's still kind of in the cards, but I'd love to hear if -- kind of what's driving lower revs right now and what the outlook is moving forward?
William J. Lansing:
I think that it still is in the cards. I think it's safe to assume that Applications business will look a little bit stronger. But the deals on that side, their license deals, they tend to be lumpier. The timing is a little bit trickier. The sales cycle is long, and so I wouldn't read too much into one quarter.
Kevin O'Keefe:
So you anticipate the deals that have been on hold dating to the last summer still in the pipeline, it's not that they haven't closed and -- or they have closed and other business deteriorated, they just had the sales cycles been extended?
William J. Lansing:
Yes. I would -- I think that's a fair summary.
Kevin O'Keefe:
Okay. And just one more if you don't mind, we're really pleased to see you guys back in the market buying your stock back. And I think prior indications have been, in the absence of acquisitions, your preference is to use cash flow to buy in your stock. I'm just curious, how much capacity you have if you did happen to see an acquisition that you found attractive. Could you do it? Or would you -- do you need to replenish your cash on your balance sheet before you think about other acquisitions?
William J. Lansing:
We could do it. We have capacity with our line and with cash on hand and with cash from operations to do a reasonably significant acquisition. And I would say never say never if using paper, although it's -- you know how we feel about it. We value it so much. We're busy buying it in. So it would have to be something reasonably remarkable for us to issue paper to do. But we have the capacity without -- to do a pretty meaningful acquisition without issuing any stock.
Kevin O'Keefe:
That's great to hear. And so -- if I think about your thoughts on capital management, is it safe to say that you think about free cash flow as the engine to purchase in stock, and then you have the flexibility at this point to do a deal and lever up modestly if you have to?
William J. Lansing:
That's exactly right.
Operator:
[Operator Instructions] Your next question comes from the line of Matthew Galinko from Sidoti.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
So I'm just curious if you could show anymore color around the cloud bookings in terms of the duration of those. Is it -- can you say if it's greater than sort of the overall bookings term or less?
Michael J. Pung:
Slightly greater, Matthew. The overall booking term was about 2 years. This is -- the SaaS offerings in here were slightly longer than that.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
Okay. And can we sort of read into that being moving up then in the future or not necessarily the case?
Michael J. Pung:
Well, our objective is we're taking these products to market, is to line up a multiyear deal, much like we do with our other on-premise products. And be able to build in a ratable revenue streams that are -- that come along with these product lines. Customers may react differently but because of the nature of a lot of our products, we don't believe it'll be unusual for many of them to have multiyear periods. Though I'm quite certain there'll be customers who will go by year-to-year. So the market will begin to dictate that for us as we further penetrate it.
Matthew Galinko - Sidoti & Company, LLC:
Okay. And then, another question is around the Open Access move. How do you sort of view that in terms of opportunity versus cannibalization of the B2C Scores business?
William J. Lansing:
We see it as -- we have not seen any cannibalization. We don't anticipate cannibalization there. We think there's a lot of opportunity. Obviously, it raises consumer awareness of the FICO Score. As you all know, there are a lot of non-FICO Scores with similar score ranges that are being sold out in marketplace that are most typically not the scores being used by lenders to make their credit decisions. It causes confusion. And frankly it's not great for the FICO brand. And so, the Open Access program lets us really put the FICO brand front and center, in front of the consumer. It lets -- the banks use the same score that they're using to make a better decision. It lets them disclose that with no additional cost to the consumer. And we think that raising that awareness has long-term benefits for us. One, it keeps the banks happier with using FICO Scores, but that's kind of the obvious one. Well, we also think that in the long run, it's going to create opportunities for us in our consumer Scores business. And so we do hope over time to capitalize on the broader consumer awareness.
Operator:
And we have no further questions at this time. I would like to turn the call back over to Mr. Weber.
Steven P. Weber:
Thanks, Jeremy. This concludes our call today. Thank you all for joining.
Operator:
And this concludes today's conference call. You may now disconnect.